 B@CDLHB"@S@KNF
$QGHUVRQ8QLYHUVLW\
NQRZOHGJHIRUWKHMRXUQH\
Announcements for the One-hundredth and Two Year
2012-2013
Published by Anderson University
316 Boulevard, Anderson, SC 29621
Telephone: 864-231-2000
Fax: 864-231-2004
Web Site: www.andersonuniversity.edu
Catalog Information
This catalog does not constitute a contract between a student and Anderson University
either expressed or implied; and Anderson University reserves the right at any time to
change, delete, or add to any of the content at its sole discretion. This policy also applies
to the Student Handbook, The Music Handbook, The Teacher Education Handbook, and
any other official university publication that may contain descriptions of academic program
requirements, student services, or rules and regulations regarding student behavior.
The catalog contains the program offerings, the graduation requirements, the academic
policies, and the student services in effect on May 15, 2012. The administration and faculty
believe that the educational and other programs of Anderson University described in
this catalog are effective and valuable. However, the ultimate results of programs offered
in terms of achievement, employment, professional licensing, or other measure, are
dependent on factors outside the programs, such as the personality and energy of the
student, governmental or institutional regulations, and market conditions. Therefore,
except as specifically stated herein, the University makes no representation or contract that
following a particular course or curriculum will result in specific achievement, employment
or qualification for employment, admission to degree programs, or licensing for particular
professions or occupations.
Non-Discrimination
Anderson University accepts students on the basis of academic qualifications, character,
and evidence of the potential to benefit from the university experience. The University
accepts all qualified applicants without regard to race, religious creed, place of national
origin, sex, age, disability, or ethnic group.
Complaint Procedure
Students and other interested parties who have complaints regarding institutional
policies and practices, or who wish to request deviation or release from the requirements
of University programs or policies, must submit written statements summarizing their
concerns to the following offices:all minors are subject to the following guidelines:
1. Enrollment Management – matters pertaining to admission and financial aid.
2. Academic Affairs – matters relating to academic programs and policies.
3. Student Development – matters relating to student development programs and
policies.
4. Finance and Administration – matters relating to financial, business operations, and
facilities (including buildings and grounds) programs and policies.
5. Athletics – matters relating to athletic programs.
6. Information Services – matters relating to information services, systems and
technology.
Each office will respond in a timely manner and in writing to each specific written complaint.
ACADEMIC CALENDAR – 2012-2013 (Traditional Program)
SUMMER SCHOOL, 2012
First Term: May 7 – 25; Registration Deadline – May 4
Second Term: May 28 – June 22; Registration Deadline – May 25
SUMMER ORIENTATIONS, 2012
May 19 (Saturday); June 22-23 (Friday-Saturday); June 29-30 (Friday-Saturday)
ADULT ACCELERATED DEGREE PROGRAM - FALL, 2012
Term I - August 13 – October 8 (Holiday - September 3)
Term II - October 15 – December 10 (Holiday – November 22)
FALL SEMESTER, 2012
IPG Retreat ....................................................................................... Monday, August 13
New Faculty Orientation ....................................................................... Tuesday, August 14
Faculty/Staff Meeting and College Planning ..............................................Thursday, August 16
Faculty Retreat ..................................................................................... Friday, August 17
New Freshmen Residents Move Into Residence Halls ....................................Saturday, August 18
Opening Worship for Freshmen Students and Their Families ........... Sunday (Morning), August 19
First Day of Class for the Fall Semester .................................................. Wednesday, August 22
Opening Convocation (During Chapel Period) ...................................... Wednesday, August 29
Labor Day Holiday ........................................................................... Monday, September 3
Last Day to Withdraw from a Course With No Grade (Fin. Responsibility After This Date) ............ Tuesday, September 4
Fall Break .......................................................................Thursday – Friday, October 11-12
Last Day to Withdraw from Courses ....................................................... Tuesday, October 16
Pre-Registration for Spring Semester, 2013 ........Thursday, November 1 - Wednesday, November 14
Thanksgiving Holidays ...................................................Wednesday - Friday, November 21-23
Last Class Day ..............................................................................Wednesday, December 5
Final Examinations ......................................Thursday, December 6 - Wednesday, December 12
Senior Grades Due .............................................................. Thursday, December 13 (noon)
Graduation .................................................................................... Friday, December 14
All Grades Due .................................................................... Tuesday, December 18 (noon)
ADULT ACCELERATED DEGREE PROGRAM - SPRING, 2013
Term III - January 3 – February 25
Term IV - February 28 – April 29 (Spring Break - March 11 and March 14)
Term V - May 6 – July 1 (Holiday – May 27)
SPRING SEMESTER, 2013
Faculty In-Service Training ................................................................. Thursday, January 3
Faculty Planning Day ...............................................................................Friday, January 4
New Freshmen Residents Move into Residence Halls .....................................Monday, January 7
Orientation for New Students .................................................................Tuesday, January 8
First Day of Class for the Spring Semester .............................................. Wednesday, January 9
Last Day to Withdraw from a Course with No Grade (Fin. Responsibility After This Date) .... Tuesday, January 22
Founders’ Day Convocation ............................................................. Wednesday, February 13
Last Day to Withdraw from Courses ........................................................... Tuesday, March 5
Spring Break ............................................................. Saturday, March 9 - Sunday, March 17
Pre-Registration for Summer Sessions and Fall Semester, 2013 ...........Thursday, March 21 - Wednesday, April 3
Good Friday Holiday ............................................................................. Friday, March 29
Honors Convocation ..........................................................................Wednesday, April 10
Last Class Day .................................................................................. Wednesday, April 24
Final Examinations ................................................... Thursday, April 25 – Wednesday, May 1
Senior Grades Due ....................................................................... Thursday, May 2 (noon)
Graduation ........................................................................................... Saturday, May 4
All Grades Due ............................................................................. Tuesday, May 7 (noon)
SUMMER SCHOOL, 2012
First Term: May 6 – 24; Registration Deadline – May 3
Second Term: May 27 – June 21; Registration Deadline – May 24
President’s Message
Welcome to Anderson University!
The academic year outlined in this catalogue begins an exciting new chapter in our
history at Anderson University. Following the celebration of the miraculous history of
this institution, as well as the excitement of what lies on the horizon, today we embark
on the next leg of our journey with amazing new programs and facilities that we will
look back on as pivotal in our progress toward becoming the South’s leading Christian
university.
As the centennial year came to a close two years ago, we paused to reflect on where we
were and how faithful this institution has been to the dreams of the original founders.
In the months that have followed we have proven how serious we are about building on
those dreams and stretching to even greater heights.
And so it is that today Anderson is a rare place indeed – where the entire campus
community is devoted to the high ideals of Christian higher education in an
intellectually stimulating environment.
Here, we view life as a journey . . . gifted to each of us by God and filled with choice and
possibility every step of the way.
As you pursue your particular goals and dreams this year, I encourage you to consider
that the greatest danger to becoming the person you were meant to be is to fall into the
trap of complacency. Anderson University itself is a very good place and our greatest
challenge is to energize one another to make certain that as good as we are, we are
continuously cultivating the desire, ability, and expectation to improve on what we do.
Students, we have a deep desire that attending Anderson University will be just the
start of a lifetime marked by an unquenchable thirst for knowledge, exploration, and
service.
Have a great year at AU!
Cordially,
Evans P. Whitaker, Ph.D.
President
Fall 2012
Contents
President’s Message .................... 4
Presenting Anderson University ............ 6
Admission/Financial Aid/Expenses .........18
Academic Curriculum and Academic Support
... 48
Academic Programs ................... 60
Academic Courses ....................144
Academic Policies .....................272
Graduate Studies .....................294
Student Development and Campus Life .....336
University Directory ...................346
Campus Map ........................383
Index .............................384
User’s Guide to Catalog Information .......386
Presenting Anderson University
Presenting Anderson University | 7
Mission Statement of Purpose
Anderson University is an academic community, affiliated with the South Carolina Baptist
Convention, providing a challenging education grounded in the liberal arts, enhanced
by professional and graduate programs and a co-curricular focus on the development of
character, servant leadership, and cultural engagement. This is a diverse community that is
Christ-centered, people-focused, student-oriented, quality-driven, and future-directed.
Vision Statement
Anderson University seeks to be a premier teaching university where liberal arts,
professional studies, and graduate programs thrive within a distinctively Christian
community of faculty, staff and students dedicated to learning and service.
Values
Anderson’s vision represents a shared sense of the type of university we want to create.
We are bound together as a community by this common aspiration. Values serve as guides
that shape our daily actions. Everyone needs to know and understand the values of our
organization; they are a guiding force in people’s hearts:
A Christian Community
The Liberal Arts
The Individual
The Student
A Diverse Student Body
Continuous Improvement
Servant Leadership
The Future
Our vision provides the big picture of the university ethos while our Strategic Plan, Vision
2014, is a roadmap to the future destination for the university.
Strategic Plan
Vision 2014 is an aggressive agenda for accomplishment to be pursued over the next
ten years. It consists of 14 broad strategies that will lead to unprecedented progress
at Anderson University, placing the institution in the front ranks of Christian higher
education and allowing AU to enlarge its service to and impact on individuals, the local
region, society, and the church.
STRATEGY ONE: Create an exceptional, future-driven Christian learning environment that
emphasizes values, high standards of scholarship, mutual respect, and nurturing support
for all members of the Anderson University community.
INITIATIVES AND PRIORITIES
Strategic Priorities
1. Make student learning - the education of the whole student - our top priority
2. Attract and retain outstanding Christian scholars and staff
8 | Presenting Anderson University
3. Support staff in continuously expanding their professional knowledge and skills;
establish a new employee orientation and ongoing professional training program
4. Create a climate that encourages AU undergraduates to pursue graduate study,
distinguished fellowships, and careers of life-impacting significance
5. Keeping excellent teaching our primary focus, embrace a broad view of scholarship that
includes teaching, discovery, application, and integration; develop discipline-specific
standards for quality scholarly and creative faculty contributions
Strategic Initiatives
6. Maintain an overall student to faculty ratio between 13:1 and 17:1
7. Increase percentage of full-time faculty with terminal degrees from 65% to 80-85%
8. Restructure academic units (currently divisions) to reflect the maturity and quality of
the academic programs
9. Establish a center for teaching and learning to encourage, assist, and support faculty in
their efforts to continuously improve as learner-focused teachers
10. Increase faculty salaries to median levels for comparative aspirant institutions
11. Increase faculty development funding to competitive levels
12. Implement a compensation management program for staff designed to keep staff
salaries competitive
13. Establish exceptional co-curricular learning opportunities designed to set AU
undergraduates apart – such as extraordinary internships, original research projects,
international educational travel, and Christian missions
14. Develop high quality, self-supporting masters, specialist, and doctoral degree programs
that make sense for AU; develop a timeline for graduate program development
15. Design new facilities to support and foster learning, research and teaching including a
new library
16. Enhance student-centered services to enable academic success such as exceptional
advising and user- friendly administrative and academic processes
17. Make curricular enhancements to foster the development of students’ communication
(oral, written, and technological) and reasoning skills
18. Explore and consider membership in the Associated New American Colleges (ANAC)
consortium and the Council of Christian Colleges and Universities (CCCU)
19. Explore and consider restructuring the academic calendar to facilitate a January term
STRATEGY TWO: Create robust, engaging student development and residence life programs
that support retention goals, foster relationship-building, create community, emphasize
Christian growth and character development, and create extraordinary student satisfaction
INITIATIVES AND PRIORITIES
Strategic Priorities
1. Seek to continuously improve student development programs to enhance Christian life
and develop leadership and character development among students
Strategic Initiatives
2. Provide campus housing for at least 75% of the traditional student population
3. Incrementally refurbish residence halls with new furnishings and décor
4. Fully embrace the “residence life” philosophy wherein residence halls are nurturing
living and learning environments
5. Embrace a view of student life that values and programs for various student sub
cultures such as athletes, commuters, adult ACCEL learners, minorities, etc.
Presenting Anderson University | 9
6. Enhance “community building” activities within residence halls
7. Enhance weekend student activities
8. Renovate/enhance and expand the student center
9. Add full-time residence life staff qualified at the masters degree level
10. Expand the role and responsibilities of residence hall supervisors and resident
assistants for enhanced supervision, community building and greater residence life
effectiveness
11. Enhance food service facilities and food variety
12. Create a senior year experience program that ensures that the end of the student’s
undergraduate career is as promising as the beginning
13. Create services and a total campus atmosphere that is affirming and supportive of
ACCEL students
S
TRATEGY THREE: Create within the context of our distinct Christian mission, an
environment that welcomes and extends Christian hospitality to people from diverse
backgrounds, recognizes the dignity and worth of each individual, and seeks to foster
greater understanding.
INITIATIVES AND PRIORITIES
Strategic Initiatives
1. Make a budgetary commitment to hire minority faculty
2. Seek a representation of minorities on the faculty and professional staff that equals
the racial diversity of the campus; an initial goal of 12%
3. Increase minority representation in the student body; an initial goal of 17%
4. Initiate a “minority fellows” program designed to recruit promising minority faculty
members early in their academic career
5. Develop community partnerships to support minority programming
6. Develop an ambassador program for minority recruitment
7. Increase the campus presence of visiting Christian scholars from other countries and
cultures who understand and appreciate our Christian mission and Baptist tradition
8. Consider the creation of a cultural affairs function within the Student Development
division to enhance attention given to the needs of minority and international
students
9. Add curricular and co-curricular emphases of interest to minority students
10. Increase the presence of artwork, speakers, and performances that reflect the racial
diversity of our campus and society
11. With the Christian faith (see Romans 12:2) and our Baptist tradition as our compass,
foster student understanding and discussion of racial, ethnic, cultural, and religious
diversity issues in the context of learning settings
S
TRATEGY FOUR: Build on our present commitment to the integration of faith and
learning, cultivate and nurture an institution-wide passion for integration.
I
NITIATIVES AND PRIORITIES
Strategic Priorities
1. Affirm the teachings of Jesus Christ, with special emphasis on the Great
Commandment, the Great Commission, Christian civility and the Golden Rule
2. Integrate ‘Great Commission’ emphasis into selected service/study programs
STRATEGIC INITIATIVES
3. Develop learning opportunities (speakers, conferences, peer-to-peer learning, etc.)
for faculty to develop greater understanding of and practice in the integration of faith
and learning - that is, to help students explore and discuss the natural intersections of
the Christian faith and the disciplines
4. Recruit faculty and staff who are committed to the integration of faith and learning
5. Create and organize out of class opportunities for faculty and students to discuss the
implications of the Christian faith in the disciplines and professions
6. Create opportunities for juniors and seniors to reflect on their AU learning experience
to facilitate synthesis of faith and learning and its implications for life after college
7. Consider the facilitation of more faculty and student faith discussions specific to the
academic disciplines
S
TRATEGY FIVE: Educate students for global citizenry
I
NITIATIVES AND PRIORITIES
Strategic Initiatives
1. Require a foreign language in all traditional undergraduate programs
2. Create additional study abroad opportunities and international university partnerships
for faculty and students
3. Develop a viable model for financial accessibility to study abroad for full-time
traditional students
4. Seek to increase the enrollment of international students
S
TRATEGY SIX: Attract, support, and retain a student body that is academically talented,
motivated to succeed, and desirous of membership in an academically challenging
Christian learning environment
I
NITIATIVES AND PRIORITIES
Strategic Initiatives
1. Achieve a headcount enrollment of 2,000-2,200 students; 1,400 traditional, 600
adult students, 200 graduate students
2. Achieve a freshman retention rate of 80%
3. Achieve a six-year graduation rate of 55%
4. Apply selective admission standards with the goal of increasing minimum entrance
scores, grade point averages, and the percentage of students in the top 25% of their
high school class
5. Develop a strong, focused retention plan
6. Target for recruitment the top 10 to 25% of Hispanic students
7. Enhance recruitment efforts of minority students
8. Develop admission marketing plans for each academic division; link marketing plan for
academics to web site
9. Enhance career services to all majors, with special emphasis on business
10. Reduce the traditional student discount rate from 40% to 30%
11. Design into Freshman Programs a presentation that will help students and parents
understand and appreciate their sources of financial assistance (SC Baptists, the
State of South Carolina, the Federal government, individual donors, and Anderson
University)
10 | Presenting Anderson University
Presenting Anderson University | 11
12. Create exceptional academic services to support and maximize the academic success of
our students (registration, financial aid, business office, etc.)
13. Develop within The Cultural Experience Program a social skills series that will ensure
that students develop the social skills (etiquette/protocol, dress, etc.) they will need
to positive reflections of Anderson University, upwardly mobile in their careers, and
successful in life
S
TRATEGY SEVEN: Pursue additional programmatic distinctions that will set Anderson
University further apart from other Southern comprehensive colleges and universities
INITIATIVES AND PRIORITIES:
Strategic Initiatives
1. Conduct an audit of current “distinctives”
2. Create an enhanced focus on study abroad and mission work that will allow each AU
student that persists past 90 semester hours with a 2.5 GPA to engage in one of the two
options
3. Develop quality indicators
4. Be known in the region as “the quality provider of adult education”
5. Seek additional affordable specialized accreditation for appropriate academic programs
6. Pursue a goal of AU graduates scoring in the 75th percentile on all disciplinary
competency and knowledge assessments
7. Cultivate and nurture true excellence in academic programs
8. Investigate non-traditional day scheduling
S
TRATEGY EIGHT: Guide all AU students in academic and student life programs to
understand the Christian perspective of life, embody the attitudes of leadership and
stewardship, and view work as vocation
INITIATIVES AND PRIORITIES
Strategic Priorities
1. Affirm the teachings of Jesus Christ with special emphasis on the Great
Commandment, the Great Commission, Christian civility and the Golden Rule
2. In both academic and student life programs, help students understand life as a gift over
which they are to be stewards of their talents, abilities, and all God has given them and
understand they have a responsibility to serve others as an expression of gratitude
3. Encourage and support student leadership of campus spiritual life through a wide
variety of religious activities
S
TRATEGIC INITIATIVES
4. Enhance institutional focus on service to others and Kingdom growth
5. Enhance chapel with an increased budget to attract more speakers that emphasize the
Christian foundations of life, work, and intellectual activity
6. Provide enhanced generation-specific Christian growth and evangelism activities
7. Place a new, stronger emphasis on the creation and facilitation of extraordinary
mission opportunities for students, faculty and staff
8. Explore extending a form of The Journey (chapel) to ACCEL students that makes
sense for evening students
STRATEGY NINE: View the campus as a precious resource and continuously enhance
its beauty
INITIATIVES AND PRIORITIES
Strategic Priorities
1. Establish a community value of viewing the campus as a precious resource that
enhances campus living, student recruitment and retention, and regional pride
2. Faculty and staff will model stewardship and campus pride
3. Maintain high standards for safety across campus and high standards for health
inspections in the residence halls
Strategic Initiatives
4. Remove concrete and asphalt from the inner campus to create additional green space
5. Develop a long-term plan to remove the tower from the campus
6. Expand parking
7. Install new aesthetically pleasing signage to enhance campus beauty and facilitate better
visitor navigation
8. Create more gathering spaces, both inside facilities and on the grounds
9. Designate smoking areas away from public traffic and develop a proposal for a smoke-
free campus
10. Restore the prayer garden at the Sullivan Building
11. Enhance the beauty of the campus with additional plantings, outdoor art, gazebos,
water features, flower gardens, etc.
12. Professionally design all new and replacement landscaping
13. Where cost economies can be gained, add environmentally conscious features to
facilities
S
TRATEGY TEN: Further build an athletics program that is characterized by a winning
tradition, academic achievement, sportsmanship, and character development
I
NITIATIVES AND PRIORITIES
Strategic Priorities
1. Promote and value a winning tradition in all sports
Strategic Initiatives
2. Increase the six-year student-athlete graduation rate to 55 percent
3. Consider adding sports that attract out-of-state students
4. Consistently lead the Carolinas Virginia Athletic Conference Honor Roll
5. AU athletes will be the conference model for sportsmanship in all sports
6. AU athletics will emphasize character development among all student-athletes
7. AU student-athletes will promote character development to children and youth in
schools, churches, and youth organizations
8. Develop a master plan for athletic facilities
S
TRATEGY ELEVEN: Establish an integrated marketing program that will communicate
12 | Presenting Anderson University
Presenting Anderson University | 13
Anderson University’s identity as a leading Christian comprehensive university
I
NITIATIVES AND PRIORITIES
Strategic Initiatives
1. Be perceived by the local community and the region as a premier private college
2. Be perceived by prospective students as an academically serious, intentionally
Christian, caring university that produces successful graduates
3. Ascend to the top tier of US News and World Report’s Southern Comprehensive
Colleges and Universities
4. Establish and adequately fund an office of marketing and communications
5. Establish within each academic division a marketing and outreach plan for student
recruitment and the development of stronger ties with disciplinary peers in the
schools; tie marketing plan for academics to web site
6. Increase coverage of AU in local and regional media outlets
7. Increase the presence of Anderson University faculty presentations at scholarly/
professional conferences, symposia, and colloquia, and increase the hosting of such
meetings on the AU campus
8. Increase the participation and presence of AU faculty and staff in local and regional
decision making, non-profit organizations, etc.
STRATEGY TWELVE: Further enhance service, service learning, and community engagement
of the entire campus community
INITIATIVES AND PRIORITIES
Strategic Priorities
1. Continue to build our community service programs to involve more students, faculty,
and staff
Strategic Initiatives
2. Establish Anderson University as the single largest higher education contributor of
community service hours in the area
3. Establish a formal process to identify and track community service and service learning
participation
4. Increase publicity about the University’s community service
S
TRATEGY THIRTEEN: Ensure a sound financial future
I
NITIATIVES AND PRIORITIES
Strategic Initiatives
1. Seek annual revenue growth of 10 percent
2. Increase the endowment to exceed the annual operating budget
3. Achieve a financial viability ratio of 1:1
4. Establish/fund a development effort that can realistically achieve our fund raising goals
14 | Presenting Anderson University
STRATEGY FOURTEEN: Significantly strengthen the collection of data, the technological
infrastructure of the campus and the use of technology in all areas of the University.
INITIATIVES AND PRIORITIES
Strategic Initiatives
1. Provide ongoing instruction to faculty in the use of technology as a powerful tool
that enhances access to learning, ignites the discovery of new knowledge, and inspires
collaborative thinking.
2. Become data-driven in institutional decision-making at all levels
3. Strengthen the collection of alumni information with special emphasis on additional
education and career path that provide indicators of AU’s impact
4. Complete infrastructure additions to become a totally wireless campus
5. Seek to be a leader in technology among small campuses
6. Consolidate widely used individual software into site licenses for greater efficiency and
broader campus accessibility
7. Eliminate unnecessary IT staff responsibilities by better equipping faculty, staff, and
students to be more self-sufficient
8. Purchase and migrate to a new administrative software system for greater functionality
and efficiencies
9. Fully develop distance learning software capabilities and ongoing training
10. Institute a technology replacement budget for the systematic replacement of
instructional technology, software for computer labs, and computers for faculty and
staff offices
11. Establish three multi-media lecture halls
12. Increase technology in all classrooms
Institutional Effectiveness
Anderson University’s commitment to its mission and purpose requires careful
monitoring of progress toward achieving these goals. Students and other members of the
campus community are expected to participate in various assessment activities. Information
gathered from these assessments will enable the university to enhance its educational
programs and services for future generations.
History
The University traces it origin to one of the first institutions of higher learning for women
in the United States. The Johnson Female Seminary opened in the village of Anderson in
1848. The founder was the Reverend William B. Johnson, a Baptist minister who was the
first president of the Southern Baptist Convention.
The school the Reverend Mr. Johnson founded was forced to close during the Civil War
and did not reopen; but in time a new generation carried on what had been begun at
that institution. A group of public-spirited citizens, desirous of having an institution
of higher learning in Anderson, offered 32 acres of land and $100,000 to the South
Carolina Baptist Convention at its meeting in 1910. The Convention nominated a group
of trustees, and Anderson College was granted a charter in 1911 by the South Carolina
General Assembly. In 1912, the college opened its doors and operated as a four-year
Presenting Anderson University | 15
college for women until 1930. In 1929, the South Carolina Baptist Convention approved
the institution’s transition to a junior college, the first in the state. The College became a
coeducational institution in 1930.
In December 1989, the Board of Trust voted to return the College to its status as a four-
year institution, beginning with the fall semester of 1991. This decision was subsequently
affirmed by a unanimous vote of the General Board of the South Carolina Baptist
Convention. The first four-year class since 1930 graduated in May, 1993.
In October 2004, the Board of Trust voted to begin the first graduate program. The
Master in Education degree was unanimously approved by the Board and graduate students
were admitted to the University beginning January 2006.
In May 2005, the Board of Trust voted to assume university status to better reflect the
quality, breadth, and maturity of the academic program and the entire institution. The
name of the institution was changed to Anderson University in January 2006. This
decision was also affirmed by a unanimous vote of the Executive Committee of the South
Carolina Baptist Convention. On January 1, 2006, Anderson College officially became
Anderson University, capping a year of unprecedented growth in both quality and quantity.
The University welcomed its largest ever freshman class in the fall of 2005 and has broken
that record every year since, and was named for the first time to the top-tier of private
comprehensive colleges and universities by U.S. News and World Report, a ranking it
improved upon in 2008 and again in 2009, 2010, 2011, and 2012.
Anderson University boasts a lively campus atmosphere with dozens of organizations ranging
from Baptist student groups to academic and service organizations. The University competes
in NCAA Division II athletics and currently has more than 17 teams in a variety of sports
including, men’s and women’s basketball, men’s and women’s golf, men’s and women’s
soccer, men’s and women’s tennis, baseball, volleyball, softball, cross country, and wrestling.
The year 2006 also saw the largest single building project in Anderson’s history as a new
$7.5 million library was constructed, tripling the size of the previous library. In addition
to badly needed additional space for the ever-expanding holdings of the previous library,
the new library houses meeting rooms that are available for use by Anderson businesses
and civic organizations, group study rooms, a café’, a computer lab, a music lab, a spacious
art museum, a multi-media lecture hall and late night study areas. The Thrift Library was
dedicated in April of 2007 and has become a central gathering place and very popular
student learning facility.
In the fall of 2007, Anderson University opened the first of several new residence halls to
be constructed on land across the street from the front of campus. Two have been added
since that time and one double the size of the previous three is under construction and
slated for occupancy in the fall of 2012. While the new residences are modern and state-
of-the-art, they are also carefully designed to blend in with and compliment the scenic
Boulevard Historic District that surrounds them.
The 2008/2009 academic year was historic for the Anderson campus. Through two
land acquisitions, one a gift and the other, the purchase of the former Anderson County
Fairgrounds, the total acreage of the university increased from 68 acres to 271. The
increased land holdings mean AU is no longer a “land-locked” campus and has abundant
room for planned future growth.
Anderson University’s enrollment has grown 68 percent since 2002 and now numbers
more than 2,700 students. To maintain the same comfortable campus environment
students have always enjoyed at AU, University officials continue to add state-of-the-art
16 | Presenting Anderson University
housing to keep pace with the growth.
The University sits on wooded land in the historic northeast section of Anderson, South
Carolina. The Upstate of South Carolina, always known world-wide for its large lakes,
the foothills of the Appalachian Mountains and overall scenic beauty, is now equally
known for it’s growing reputation as one of the high-growth corridors in the Southeast.
The community of Anderson, having given birth to the University, has nurtured and
supported the institution throughout its history. In turn, the University has provided
intellectual, cultural, and recreational opportunities for the citizens of the Anderson
area, and has made a significant contribution to the economy of Anderson County.
The estimated economic impact of Anderson University to the local economy has been
estimated to be between $80 million and $100 million annually. In addition, Anderson
students perform more than 15,000 hours of community service each year.
Campus
The campus is in a residential section in the northeastern part of the city, within walking
distance of the downtown business district, local churches, the county library, the Anderson
Area Medical Center, and many other institutions and civic organizations. Over a hundred
oaks grow on the campus, which is landscaped in a series of rising terraces, with flower-
bordered walks and driveways. Wisteria, dogwood, azaleas, a rose garden, and formal
memorial gardens add to the natural beauty of the surroundings. The heart of the campus is
the cluster of three original buildings—the Merritt Administration Building, Denmark Hall,
and Pratt Hall. Five major buildings serve the academic program of the College—the Olin D.
Johnston Building; the Watkins Teaching Center; Vandiver Hall; Callie Stringer Rainey
Fine Arts Center, containing Henderson Auditorium, the Gallant Art Gallery, the Homozel
Mickel Daniel Recital Hall, the Belk Theatre, and the Gambrill Rehearsal Hall; and the faculty
office building. In 2007, the University completed the largest single-phase building project
in its history as the $7.5 million Thrift Library opened to students. The library contains over
50,000 square feet of space and features study rooms, a multi-media center, the information
technology department, the Vandiver Art Gallery, meeting rooms, a music lab and a spacious
computer lab. It also houses McClellion Café which is the home of the popular Java City, and
the new Food for Thought, a specialty restaurant.
Eight traditional style resident halls and three apartment style buildings are available for student
housing: Boulevard Residence Halls; Royce, Clamp and Gaston Halls, plus a newly constructed
residence hall that has yet to be named. Denmark Hall, Kingsley Hall, Lawton Hall, North Rouse
Hall, Pratt Hall, South Rouse Hall, Stringer Commons, and The Village Hall. The Abney Athletic
Center, Smethers Field, and the Grubbs Memorial Tennis Courts are the home of intercollegiate
athletics on the main campus of Anderson University. On the Boulevard just south of the main
campus, the large Athletic Campus includes several new athletic facilities including both competitive
and practice soccer fields, indoor softball and baseball practice, wrestling practice, an indoor golf
practice facility , and a new gymnasium with two full-sized basketball courts and a walking track.
The intramural sports and club sports programs use both campuses and four additional tennis
courts between Vandiver Hall and the Sullivan Building, which houses Campus Ministries. In the
center of campus is the Student Center, which houses the Post Office, Bookstore, Business Office,
the Campus Grill, Game Room, the Center for Student Success, and the Office of International
Programs. The Rice Building (Financial Aid Office) is located on Kingsley Road. The Admission
Office is located adjacent to the front corner of campus across the street from the Sullivan building.
Across Boulevard Street from the Admission Office is the office for the ACCEL adult evening
education program. Vandiver Hall, which houses the College of Business, has undergone extensive
construction and now houses a State-of the Art School of Nursing. (See the map inserted at the back
of this catalog for the specific location of all campus buildings and facilities.)
$FFUHGLWDWLRQVDQG$IÀOLDWLRQV
Anderson University is accredited by the Commission on Colleges of the Southern Association
of Colleges and Schools to award baccalaureate, masters and doctoral degrees. Contact the
Commission on Colleges at 1866 Southern Lane, Decatur, Georgia 30033-4097 or call 404-
679-4500 for questions about the accreditation of Anderson University.
Policy on Substantive Change Reporting: Anderson University is committed to fulfilling
all institutional obligations of its membership in the Southern Association of Colleges
and Schools, Commission on Colleges. Among these obligations is the notification
requirement associated with any significant change in the University’s academic programs
or mission. Anderson University has vested the responsibility for notification with the
Office of the Provost. The University will provide the Commission with the requisite
communication; e.g. letter of notification, prospectus, etc. in accordance with published
deadlines for prior notification and/or approval.
The National Association of Schools of Music, National Association of Schools of Art and
Design, National Council for Accreditation of Teacher Education, and South Carolina
State Board of Education (Teacher Education) have accredited specific programs.
Anderson University is accredited by the Accreditation Council for Business Schools and
Programs to offer the following undergraduate and graduate business degrees:
Bachelor of Science Degree with a major in Business with Concentrations:
Accounting, Computer Information Systems, Financial Economics, Human Resource
Management, International Business, Management, Marketing
Bachelor of Business Administration (BBA) and the BBA with concentrations in
Computer Information Systems, Healthcare Management
Master of Business Administration (MBA)
(All documents related to Anderson University’s accreditation are available for viewing in
the Office of the President.)
Anderson University also maintains affiliations with the following:
Association of American Colleges and Universities
International Association of Baptist Colleges and Schools
Council for the Advancement and Support of Education
The Council of Independent Colleges
National Association of Independent Colleges and Universities
South Carolina Association of Colleges and Universities
South Carolina Independent Colleges and Universities
South Carolina College Personnel Association
North American Coalition for Christian Admissions Professionals (NACCAP)
National Association of College Admission Counseling (NACAC)
Council for Christian Colleges and Universities
Presenting Anderson University | 17
Admission/Financial Aid/Expenses
ADMISSION
Anderson University is a selective university that attempts to select those students who
show promise of being academically successful and who are a good match for Anderson
University’s academic, social and spiritual environment. The university seeks to enroll an
academically talented, well-rounded entering class comprised of students with a wide variety
of attributes, accomplishments, backgrounds and interests.
Anderson University accepts students on the basis of academic qualifications, character,
and evidence of the potential to benefit from the University’s unique educational and
campus life experience. The University welcomes qualified applicants without regard to
race, religious creed, national origin, sex, age, disability, or ethnicity.
Prospective applicants are encouraged to visit the campus and to talk with an Admission
Counselor. The Admission Office will make arrangements for campus visits between
the hours of 9:00 a.m. and 4:30 p.m., Monday through Friday. For information or
application materials, please call or write:
Director of Admission
Anderson University
316 Boulevard
Anderson, SC 29621
864-328-1835 or 1-800-542-3594
You may also visit our website at www.andersonuniversity.edu
Types of Admission
Regular Admission
Each applicant’s record is examined for evidence reflecting potential for intellectual
and social growth, strength of character, and seriousness of purpose. These qualities
are evaluated by considering each applicant’s academic record, including: graduation
from a high school or submission of proof of having passed a high school equivalency
test, high school grade-point average, the curriculum taken in high school as it
relates to the applicant’s further educational or career objectives, scores on the SAT
Reasoning Test (SAT) or the American College Testing Program (ACT), and optional
references. In addition to these considerations, the University may choose to examine
further any applicant by the use of psychological, achievement or aptitude tests, and a
personal interview.
Contractual Admission
Depending on individual circumstances, the University may admit a limited number
of applicants who do not meet regular admission standards. Contractually admitted
students are required to take a placement test to determine their correct placement in
Math and English. If indicated by testing, the student will take preparatory courses
which do not count toward the degree but prepare the student for further coursework.
Contractual students also take a specialized first year experience course in the fall
semester and participate in additional academic support activities in spring semester.
Course loads are restricted during the first academic year.
Admission/Financial Aid/Expenses | 19
General Application Procedures
Applicants who are United States citizens, and who are applying for admission to college
as full or part-time degree seeking or non-degree seeking students must provide the
Admission Office with the following:
1. A completed Application for Admission form. This form can be obtained from the
Admission Office or found on our website at www.andersonuniversity.edu..
2. A high school transcript of all work completed or in progress. The applicant is
responsible for requesting that a final high school transcript be sent to the Admission
Office. All transcripts must be official ones bearing the official seal of the institution
and/or the signature of the appropriate officer of the school. Proof of successful
completion of a high school equivalency program such as the General Educational
Development (GED) Testing Program may be submitted in lieu of a high school
transcript. A score of 2500 is required for consideration.
3. The official scores earned on the SAT Reasoning Test (SAT) or the American College
Testing Program (ACT). Information regarding these testing programs is usually
available through the high school guidance office or can be found on these websites -
www.collegeboard.com or www.act.org.
4. A non-refundable processing fee of $25.00.
Applicants who are 25 years of age or older and who have no previous college experience
must submit all of the items listed above, except for SAT or ACT scores, and may be asked
to demonstrate acceptable skills in English and writing on a College Placement Exam.
Transfer students must submit official transcripts of all previous college work attempted.
Special Procedures for Admission
Transfer Students. Anderson University accepts transfer credits from regionally accredited
institutions. Applicants wishing to transfer to Anderson University from another college
must submit all items required in the admission procedures listed above, with the following
exception: If the transfer applicant has earned 24 or more semester hours of credit at
another institution, the high school transcript and SAT or ACT scores need not be
submitted. Transfer applicants must submit official transcripts of all previous college work
attempted and must be eligible to return to the college in which they were last enrolled. The
college transcript(s) will be evaluated by the Registrar at the time the applicant is accepted
for admission. The applicant will be notified when the evaluations are complete, and the
applicant will be directed to make an appointment with the College Dean of their chosen
major. Transfer students who leave their former school on academic probation will enter
Anderson University on academic probation if admitted. Students who are academically
suspended from another college will not be considered for admission to Anderson University
during the period of their suspension. Additional information regarding transferring to
Anderson University is available in the “Academic Policies” section of this catalog.
International Students. In addition to the items listed under General Application
Procedures, international students are required to submit the official report of the score
earned on the Test of English as a Foreign Language (TOEFL) if English is not their first
language. SAT or ACT scores should be submitted if they are available. The minimum
acceptable TOEFL score (non-computerized) at Anderson University is 550. The
minimum acceptable computerized score is 220. The minimum acceptable internet based
score is 75. International students must submit all required application for admission
materials 60 days prior to the start of their intended term of enrollment. International
20 | Admission/Financial Aid/Expenses
Admission/Financial Aid/Expenses | 21
students must also provide verification of their ability to pay for room, board, tuition and
fees before immigration forms will be issued by the University. They are also responsible
for making their own housing arrangements during times when the University is closed
for holidays and during certain times during the summer. Following admission to the
University, international students are required to submit a $250 Enrollment Confirmation
Fee/Housing Deposit and all necessary documentation for issuance of their student visa.
Former Students. Students who have previously attended Anderson University should
submit an Application for Admission. Former students will return under the provisions of
the university catalog which is in effect at the time of their readmission.
Transient Students. Applicants who have been attending or are currently attending
another college or university and desire to enroll in a course or courses at Anderson
University must submit the Application for Admission available from the Admission
Office or online, and a statement from the appropriate official at the institution
they are attending, indicating that they have approval to take one or more courses at
Anderson University.
Concurrent/Dual Enrollment Students. Any high school student who has completed
the tenth or the eleventh grade but who is not yet a high school graduate may apply to take
courses for college credit during the regular or summer terms. Applicants must submit
an Application for Admission online, a transcript of all high school work completed or in
progress, a statement of approval from the high school principal or guidance counselor,
and SAT or ACT scores. Course offerings are limited.
Summer School Students. Students in any of the above categories may apply for admission
to one or more summer terms at Anderson University by submitting an Application for
Admission online.
Auditors. Persons desiring to audit classes may do so with the approval of the Registrar
and the instructor in the course. The University reserves the right to refuse to allow
an individual to register as an auditor in courses in which the predominant mode of
instruction makes them inappropriate courses for auditors. Auditors are “listeners’’ in
the class. They do not take examinations and do not receive credit. They may participate
in class discussion with the approval of the instructor. The fee for auditing a course is
one-half the normal tuition for the course and any special fees that may be required for
registering that course.
1RWLÀFDWLRQWRApplicants
Upon completion of the application file, the application will be reviewed and the applicant
notified of the decision. Applicants approved for admission will be sent an Enrollment
Confirmation form which the applicant should complete and return immediately with an
Enrollment Confirmation fee of $250.00. For students not living on campus, this fee
will be reflected as a credit on the student account at the time of financial registration. For
students living on campus, this will serve as a Housing Deposit and will remain on account
as a security deposit. Refund policies are outlined on the Enrollment Confirmation form.
Commuting and students planning to reside on-campus are both required to submit
the Enrollment Confirmation fee and form to secure their place within the entering
class. Early response is important to be assured of being assigned a room in a University
residence hall and securing a course schedule. All students must also submit a completed
health form.
Continuation of Enrollment
Once admitted to the University, a student is assured of the privilege of enrolling for
successive terms, provided he/she maintains satisfactory academic, social, and financial
standing. There is no limit to the number of terms of enrollment for part-time students
who maintain sufficiently high grades to avoid academic probation or suspension. Students
who have been academically suspended, who have served their period of suspension, and
who have not exceeded the number of terms of full-time enrollment allowed, may apply for
readmission by following the procedures prescribed above for former students.
Anderson Central
Anderson Central is located in the Rice Building and is designed to help students meet
their educational goals through centralized support, financial assistance, and commitment
to service. There are two Student Service Coordinators to assist students with questions
involving student records, financial aid, student accounts and collections. Office hours are
Monday through Thursday 8:30 – 5:00 and Friday 8:30 – 4:30.
Anderson Central offers many student services that can be accomplished in one central
location:
Anderson Central Services Available:
Check cashing
Clear holds on accounts
Commuter Meal Plans
Debit card payments
Financial Aid appointment scheduling
General information
Independent Study payments
Loan checks signed
Meal plan change forms
Name/Address change forms
Outside scholarship payments and billing
Payments to Student Accounts
Payment plan brochures / information
Refund inquiries
Student account inquiries
1098-T tax forms
Purchase additional copies for computer lab printing
Financial Aid Planning Services Available:
Exit interviews for loans
Financial aid counseling appointments
Submit financial aid forms
Student Academic Services Available:
Drop/Add fees accepted
Pay Graduation application fee
Transcript Request
Verification of Enrollment Request
Good Student Discount Forms Completed
22 | Admission/Financial Aid/Expenses
Admission/Financial Aid/Expenses | 23
Debit Card Payments (for meal plans)
A $50 minimum is required to set up a debit card. Debit cards may be requested in
Anderson Central by either making a payment or requesting to use existing credit from the
student’s account. A debit card may be used for purchases at the following locations on
campus: Martin Dining Room, Student Center Grille, Java City and Food for Thought
(located on ground floor of Thrift Library).
Meal Plan Change Forms
All boarding students are required to have a meal plan and should complete a meal plan form
prior to the start of the academic year. If a student neglects to complete the form, they will be
assigned the 21 meal plan (no debit). Meal plan changes may be made until the third day of classes
each semester by completing a meal plan change form in Anderson Central or Residence Life.
Name/Address/Phone Number Changes
Address/Name/Phone number changes can only be processed when received in writing
with the student’s signature. A change of address form is available online or in Anderson
Central. These forms may be mailed or faxed to Anderson Central.
Student Transcripts
An official transcript is a copy of a student’s entire academic record from Anderson
University, bearing the official university seal and stamp. There is a $10.00 fee for each
official transcript request. Anderson University has authorized the National Student
Clearinghouse to provide official transcript ordering via the Web. You may find this link at
www.andersonuniversity.edu or www.studentclearinghouse.org. You can order transcripts
using any major credit card. The site will walk you through placing an order, including
delivery options and fees. Official transcript requests will not be processed if you have a
financial hold on your account. We encourage students to print their unofficial transcript
through Self-Service.
Bills Online via Student Self-Service Account
No paper bills are mailed! All billing statements are published online and can be found
on the students’ Self-Service accounts at the beginning of July for the fall semester and
at the beginning of December for spring semester. Students must set up all third-party
logins. Parents and guardians can access financial information on Self-Service by logging
in via the “E-Payment Login.” If you do not plan to attend Anderson University and have
already scheduled your classes, please login to Self-Service and drop your classes or email
[email protected] so that others may have the option to enroll before
classes begin.
Indebtedness Must be Paid
All indebtedness to the university must be paid before students are permitted to enroll for
ensuing semesters or a hold on the account will restrict the release of records (transcripts
and/or diploma). Unresolved debts will have billing and collection costs added, may be
placed with a collection agency and reported to a credit bureau. If your fees increase for any
reason after the initial posting of bills, you must login to Self-Service to view any charges that
may have posted since your last statement. Payment for the increase must be made by the
payment deadline as referenced under Financial Policies. If the deadline has already passed,
you should make payment immediately or risk cancellation of your schedule.
To make payment arrangements or to request financial aid, please e-mail
(864) 231-2070, or 1-800-542-3594.
Check Cashing Policies
We recommend that students have a bank account with an ATM card to meet their banking
and cash needs. There are several banks in the Anderson area that offer student bank accounts.
Additionally, there is an ATM machine located on campus. In Anderson Central, personal
checks may be cashed up to $100.00. Third party checks cannot be cashed by Anderson
University. A student ID is required for all check cashing transactions.
Payment Plans
To help you meet your educational expenses, Anderson University is pleased to offer Nelnet
Business Solutions (NBS) as a convenient online payment plan service provider. Students
who choose to use NBS may select installment plans that are spread over several months.
This is not a loan program. There are no interest or finance charges assessed, and there
is no credit check. The cost to budget your interest-free monthly payment plan is a $60
per year (or $40 per semester). This is a nonrefundable NBS enrollment fee. Payment
plan brochures are available in Anderson Central or more information may be found by
selecting the Payment Plan Enrollment link at www.andersonuniversity.edu. Appointments
may be scheduled in Anderson Central to review payment plan contract amounts.
Refunds
Refunds will begin to be issued after the date of financial responsibility, providing that
all funds have been received from all agencies (i.e. state, federal, loan lenders, etc). Each
student should submit a Title IV Authorization Form to Anderson Central to state if funds
are to remain on the student account for the following term or semester.
FINANCIAL AID
The Anderson University Office of Financial Aid Planning exists to inform and assist students
and parents in finding financial assistance, and to enable students to attend Anderson
University. Services offered include informing, counseling and assisting students and parents
in a timely and equitable manner. All functions of the Financial Aid Planning Office are
geared to enhance the overall learning and spiritual objectives of Anderson University.
The Financial Aid Planning Office is dedicated to helping students and their families make
attending Anderson University affordable. There are many different sources of financial
aid available to qualified students. It is best to complete and submit all required forms as
soon as possible as most financial assistance is awarded on a first come, first served basis for
qualified applicants. E-mail communication to the student’s AU assigned e-mail address is
the official form of communication from the Office of Financial Aid Planning regarding
scholarship awards, adjustments, notifications, and deadlines.
The Financial Aid Planning Office awards financial aid to qualified applicants without
regard to race, religious creed, national origin, sex, age, disability or ethnicity.
Financial Aid Application Process
Applicants are required to complete the Free Application for Federal Student Aid (FAFSA)
online at www.fafsa.ed.gov in order to be considered for financial aid. The student and
one parent will need to request a PIN number from the Department of Education in order
to electronically sign the FAFSA. If you do not currently have a PIN number, request a
PIN at www.pin.ed.gov. The completion and submission of the FAFSA allows financial aid
administrators to determine how much parents are expected to contribute to the educational
costs for the student. It is a fair and equitable system of establishing the financial need for
each student. To be considered for full funding, students complete and file the FASFA form
24 | Admission/Financial Aid/Expenses
as soon as possible after January 1. All aid applicants are strongly urged to check with local
service clubs, churches, or employers, about scholarships they might offer.
By completing the FAFSA, a student applies for federal, state, and institutional aid.
Students should complete only one FAFSA each year. During the application process,
students will have the opportunity to list any colleges to which they have applied. Each
college listed will receive the FAFSA results electronically. Each college is identified by
name and by code number. The Anderson University FAFSA code is 003418.
Completing the FAFSA is easy. Simply go online to the following web address and follow
the step-by-step instructions. Go to www.fafsa.ed.gov.
Traditional students must be enrolled full-time (12 hours or more), to receive
institutional funds, federal funds, and all state funds. Students may receive
institutional financial assistance for a total of four years or eight semesters. If students
receive outside scholarships, Anderson University institutional funds may be adjusted
(reduced) dependent upon eligibility or need for financial aid.
All students are initially awarded as boarding students unless notification has been received
from the parent and/or the student that they will commute. If a student changes status
from a boarding student to a commuting student, their financial aid could be affected. The
financial aid budget will be adjusted (reduced) to reflect the difference between a boarding
budget and a commuting budget and individual awards reduced/cancelled as outlined under
the individual award requirements in this section. If you have questions, please contact the
Financial Aid Office.
Students may not receive financial aid funds in excess of tuition, fees, room and board,
regardless of the source(s) of financial assistance. There are no exceptions to this policy.
Students are responsible for the purchase of books and supplies and should allow between
$1,200 and $1,600 per year.
Award Limitations
All institutional aid is limited and awarded on a first-come, first-served basis. Students
must file their FAFSA by June 1st in order to be eligible to receive some institutional funds.
As a general policy, institutional financial aid is awarded only to students who have earned
an overall grade point average of at least 2.0 on a 4.0 scale. Any student with a cumulative
GPA of less than a 2.0 will not be eligible for institutional aid. Financial aid through
Anderson University is not available to students who take classes at any other institution.
University funded aid is not available for summer school, part time students, ACCEL
students, graduate level students, and students seeking either domestic or international
studies (Study Abroad). University funded aid is not available for audited courses,
independent study, directed study or applied music courses.
Aid applicants are reviewed and awarded individually and on an annual basis. In the awarding
of institutional aid, factors such as need, academic potential, major, talents, and other aid
received may be considered. Institutional aid is offered up to eight (8) consecutive semesters.
Students can appeal extenuating circumstances to the Financial Aid Director prior to June 1.
Full Grant-In-Aid Information
Admission/Financial Aid/Expenses | 25
A full grant-in-aid at Anderson University is valued at $29,914 (21-meal plan & double
room) for full-time students living on campus and $21,730 for those who commute.
The value of a full grant-in-aid is intended for the following expenses only: Tuition (12-
17 hours), Student Services Fee, Room (double occupancy), and 21-meal plan. A full
grant-in-aid does not cover the following: Nursing School tuition in excess of $21,730,
Nursing School lab and clinical fees, Mobile Learning Initiative (MLI) fee or MLI device
fee, applied music lessons, private room charge, books, background checks required for
internships, international or study abroad fees, fines, tuition overloads (over 17 hrs.)
and any other charge not listed above. A full grant-in-aid includes all federal, state,
institutional and outside grants and scholarships. The combination of this aid cannot
exceed the valued amount for a boarder ($29,914) or commuter ($21,730).
Academic Requirements for Maintaining Financial Aid
Institutional academic scholarships have various renewal requirements. Please refer to the
“Academic Scholarships” section for various renewal requirements. For additional information
on AU scholarships and grants renewals, contact the Financial Aid Planning Office.
First Choice Academic Scholarships
First Choice scholarships are awarded to students who are offered admission to AU,
submit the Enrollment Confirmation Deposit, First Choice Scholarship application,
and FAFSA4caster. Awards are limited in quantity, and awards are determined by the
Scholarship Committee. For more information regarding the First Choice Academic
program, please contact the Admission office at 1-800-542-3594 or (864)231-2030.
*Annie Dove Denmark: $3,000 - 3.5 GPA, 1150 SAT or 25 ACT. Renewal cumulative 3.0
GPA. December 1 deadline
*Warthin: $2,000 - 3.25 GPA, 1000 SAT or 21 ACT. Renewal cumulative 2.5 GPA.
January 1 deadline
*Rouse: $1,000 - 3.0 GPA, 900 SAT or 19 ACT. Renewal cumulative 2.0 GPA. February
1 deadline.
Denmark, Warthin, and Rouse scholarships can be renewed for up to eight (8) consecutive
semesters. Requirements for renewal are the above stated cumulative Anderson University
GPA and 30 earned hours per academic year (fall, spring and summer terms). Hours
earned at other institutions do not count toward this 30 hours. Additionally, students
must maintain on-campus residency to retain award. The Financial Aid Planning Office
reserves the right to reduce these scholarships if the amount conflicts with the student’s full
grant in aid, including outside scholarships.
*Cannot be combined with other First Choice Academic Scholarships.
Academic Scholarships
Scholarship resources are limited and the University reserves the right to place a cap on the
number of scholarships offered or awarded at any time, or reduce or increase scholarships
at its discretion. Completion of the Free Application for Federal Student Aid (FAFSA) is
required in order to be awarded AU financial aid for AU student athletes and for students
receiving full tuition and fees scholarship awards.
President’s Scholarship - $8,500 per year* • 3.5 High School GPA 1150+ SAT or 25+
26 | Admission/Financial Aid/Expenses
Admission/Financial Aid/Expenses | 27
ACT Must maintain a minimum cumulative 3.0 GPA for renewal.
Founder’s Scholarship - $6,500 per year* • 3.25 High School GPA and 1000+ SAT or
21+ ACT Must maintain a minimum cumulative GPA of 2.5 for renewal.
Provost’s Scholarship - $4,500 per year* • 3.0 High School GPA and 900+ SAT or 19+
ACT Must maintain a minimum cumulative GPA of 2.0 for renewal.
* Renewable for up to eight (8) consecutive semesters of enrollment. Full-time (12 credit
hours or more each semester) enrollment at AU required.
Other Awards for Traditional Students
Institutional aid resources are limited and the University reserves the right to place a cap on
the number of scholarships or grants offered or awarded at any time, or reduce or increase
scholarships at its discretion. Scholarships are limited in quantity.
AU Grant - $3,500 per year* •
Awarded to any entering freshmen not receiving a President’s,
Founder’s or Provost’s Scholarship. Awards are limited in quantity.
Out-of-State Grant - $3,000 per year* • Awarded to any out-of-state entering freshman.
Awards are limited in quantity.
Residential Grant - $1,500 per year* • Awarded to any full-time enrolled traditional
students living in campus housing.
Gold Grant - award varies ($1000 or more)*
Need-based grant determined by committee. Must submit FAFSA. Awards are very
limited in quantity. Renewal of Gold Grant funds is not automatic and is dependent upon
continued demonstration of financial need as determined by the FAFSA application and
review by committee.
* Renewable for up to eight (8) consecutive semesters of enrollment. Full-time enrollment at
AU required. Must maintain a minimum cumulative grade point average of 2.0 for renewal.
Scholarships and Grants for Transfer Students
Institutional aid resources are limited and the University reserves the right to place a cap on
the number of scholarships or grants offered or awarded at any time, or reduce or increase
scholarships at its discretion. Scholarships are limited in quantity. Completion of the
Free Application for Federal Student Aid (FAFSA) is required in order to be awarded AU
financial aid.
Transfer Scholarship - $6,000 per year* • Must have a minimum 3.0 college GPA Must
maintain a GPA of 2.0 to renew award. Scholarships are limited in quantity.
Transfer Grant - $5,000 per year* • Awarded to any entering transfer with a GPA below
3.0 Must maintain a GPA of 2.0 to renew award. Scholarships are limited in quantity.
AU Phi Theta Kappa Honors Scholarship - $1,000 per year; five awards per year*
Must be a U.S. citizen; have a minimum 3.5 GPA and have earned 30 semester hours.
Scholarships are limited in quantity.
Out-of-State Grant - $3,000 per year*
Awarded to any out-of-state entering transfer. Scholarships are very limited in quantity.
Gold Grant - award varies ($1000 or more)*
Need-based grant determined by committee. Must submit FAFSA. Scholarships are
limited in quantity.
* Must be a first-time entering transfer. Full-time consecutive enrollment at AU required.
Must maintain a minimum cumulative 2.0 GPA to renew. Renewability of transfer awards
is based on prorated semesters of remaining enrollment; not to exceed seven semesters
(example: If transfer entered as sophomore, the grant/scholarship can be renewed for no
more than six semesters). A transfer student is defined as anyone who has earned college
credit following high school graduation.
Required Cumulative GPA and Hours to Renew SC State and Federal Aid Programs
The following lists minimum cumulative GPA requirements and minimum completed
credit hour requirements per academic year to maintain South Carolina state and federal
financial aid.
SC Palmetto Fellows Scholarship - 30 earned hours/3.0 overall GPA
SC LIFE Scholarship - average of 30 earned hours per year/3.0 LIFE GPA
SC Tuition Grant -24 earned hours/must be meeting minimum SAP
Federal Work Study - Be eligible based on financial need (FAFSA) and meeting SAP
Federal SEOG - Be eligible based on financial need (FAFSA) and meeting SAP
Federal Pell Grant - Be eligible based on financial need (FAFSA) and meeting SAP
Federal Perkins Loan - Be eligible based on financial need (FAFSA), meet SAP, limited
funding available with priority to highest need students based on FAFSA information
Federal Stafford Loan - Be eligible based on financial need (FAFSA) and meeting SAP
(SAP stands for Satisfactory Academic Progress, see below)
Satisfactory Academic Progress
Students that receive financial assistance at AU of any type (federal, state, institutional,
or outside scholarships/grants) must demonstrate both qualitative (cumulative GPA) and
quantitative (credit completion) satisfactory academic progress toward a degree. At the end
of the spring semester of each academic year, the Office of Financial Aid Planning evaluates
the qualitative and quantitative academic progress of each student receiving financial
assistance. This evaluation determines a student’s eligibility to receive financial assistance in
the next academic year.
In addition, at the end of both the fall and spring semesters, the Office of the Registrar
reviews the qualitative academic progress of all degree-seeking students to determine the
eligibility for continued enrollment at AU. Qualitative measures are described in the
satisfactory academic progress guidelines under academic policies section of this academic
catalog.
The satisfactory academic progress standards applicable to students receiving federal
assistance are equal to those standards applicable to students receiving only institutional
assistance. On the other hand, the standards applicable to students receiving state awards
28 | Admission/Financial Aid/Expenses
are prescribed both by the individual states funding those awards and by the institution.
In determining whether or not an undergraduate student is making satisfactory
academic progress in order to continue to receive financial assistance, the following
factors are considered:
(1) AU cumulative GPA,
(2)
percentage of credits completed/earned versus credits attempted at AU, and, if applicable,
(3) total transfer credits plus the total credits attempted at AU.
Baccalaureate Students
(1) The minimum AU cumulative GPA requirement is 2.0 after 65 attempted credit hours
(2) The minimum credit completion requirements are:
0 - 24 credit hrs attempted at AU completed/earned at evaluation 60%
25-48 credit hrs attempted at AU completed/earned at evaluation 65%
49-72 credit hrs attempted at AU completed/earned at evaluation 70%
73-96 credit hrs attempted at AU completed/earned at evaluation 75%
97+ credit hrs attempted at AU completed/earned at evaluation 80%
(3) Full-time students are considered to be making satisfactory academic progress unless
they fall below standards in qualitative GPA as described in the satisfactory academic
progress guidelines under academic policies.
A student remains eligible to receive federal financial assistance as long as he or she has not
attempted more than 150% of his or her degree completion requirements and is able to
complete the program in no longer than 150% of the program credit hour requirements. If
a student has changed majors, consideration will be given for credits attempted and grades
earned that do not count toward the new major.
A course withdrawal, a course repetition, a course incomplete, and a noncredit course
are counted in the total credit hours attempted for financial aid eligibility; however, a
remedial course for which no credit is awarded but that is successfully passed is counted as
credit hours completed/earned for financial assistance eligibility purposes. For financial
aid purposes, AU must always include courses applicable to a student’s satisfactory progress
standards. A student is only permitted to receive financial aid for repeated coursework
when the course was previously not passed and may only be repeated once and still count in
their enrollment for aid eligibility in compliance with the Federal Student Aid Handbook.
A student who loses financial assistance due to a lack of satisfactory progress is again eligible
to receive financial assistance when he/she meets the minimum requirements at the end
of any subsequent academic year or upon approved appeal of their satisfactory academic
progress at the end of a payment period or semester.
Financial Aid Suspension
At the point of review for satisfactory academic progress after the spring term, any student
found not to be meeting SAP as outlined above will be immediately placed on financial aid
suspension for the following academic year or until he/she successfully completes courses to
again be making SAP.
Financial Aid Appeal
Admission/Financial Aid/Expenses | 29
A student on financial aid suspension may submit an appeal to the Office of Financial
Aid Planning. The appeal must state the reasons why the student failed to meet the SAP
requirements and what steps have been taken to ensure academic success in the future.
This process is separate from the academic appeals process and must be handled through
the Office of Financial Aid Planning as indicated in their Financial Aid Suspension
notification they receive from the Office of Financial Aid Planning.
Upon an approval of such an appeal, the student will be placed on financial aid probation
and may receive financial aid on a probationary status as described in their appeal response.
Any appeal conditions will be outlined in the response and may include an ongoing academic
plan or timeframe for which a student must meet certain requirements to bring them into
satisfactory academic progress in order to continue to receive financial aid. If a student fails
to make satisfactory progress during the period of financial aid probation as assigned, and/
or fails to correct academic deficiencies within the prescribed time, that student will be then
notified by the Office of Financial Aid Planning of their change to financial suspension,
subject to total loss of financial aid, and the loss cannot be appealed again.
1RWLÀFDWLRQRI6DWLVIDFWRU\$FDGHPLF3URJUHVV'HÀFLHQF\
Both undergraduate and graduate students that are not meeting quantitative and qualitative
satisfactory academic progress are notified by the Office of Financial Aid Planning via email
to their assigned AU student email at the end of the spring semester for the upcoming
award year.
2012-2013
Financial Aid Awarding Policies and Procedures
ATTENTION ALL FINANCIAL AID RECIPIENTS:
1. The receipt of institutional financial aid is a privilege as opposed to an
entitlement
or expectation. Anderson University reserves the right to revise a
student’s financial
aid award at any time in its sole discretion due to institutional
circumstances and/or considerations and changes in the student’s enrollment
status, state residency status, boarder/commuter status, and/or mid-year increases
and/or decreases in SC state or federal scholarship or grant funding, etc.
Institutional financial aid is contingent upon full-time enrollment at Anderson
University.
2. The expression of gratitude for scholarships and grants received from the largess
of donors and legislators is a basic expectation of civil and mannerly behavior and
a characteristic behavior of an educated individual. Accordingly, students offered
AU funds and state-funded scholarships and grants accept their grants and
scholarships on the condition that they will write a letter of appreciation to donors
who give funds and to members of the South Carolina Legislature who pass legislation
and state budgets that provide financial aid to our students. Failure to write a
letter of appreciation will result in the loss of AU institutional financial aid
indefinitely.
If a student receives additional scholarships and/or grants from other resources, Anderson
University institutional funds may be adjusted (reduced or cancelled).
Students must report all outside scholarship sources. (Examples: Scholarships from
Businesses, companies, churches, high schools, etc.) If the outside scholarship agency
30 | Admission/Financial Aid/Expenses
Admission/Financial Aid/Expenses | 31
requires a billing statement for the student before funds can be released, contact the
Financial Aid Office for billing arrangements. Outside scholarship funds are reflected on
student’s award letter once the funds have been received in the Financial Aid Office.
Students may not receive more than the cost of tuition, fees, room and board from all
resources in financial assistance, excluding student, parent and/or alternative loans. For
students receiving full grant-in-aid scholarships, please refer to your original contract.
Students are responsible for purchasing books and supplies (estimated at $1200-$1600 per
academic year).
If a student is selected for verification, federal aid will be held until all required documents
have been submitted and the verification process is complete.
The remaining balance not covered by financial aid may be covered by applying for a
flexible payment plan through Nelnet Business Solutions, formerly FACTS Management.
The annual balance (both fall and spring semester balances) may be spread out over 9 to 13
months. If you elect to enroll in the 13-month option, you must enroll by April 2, 2012.
The amount of a Work Study award should not be deducted from any balance due to AU.
Students can earn up to the amount awarded. Eligible Work Study students are paid on a
monthly basis up to the award amount.
South Carolina (SC) Residents
All SC State scholarships/grants are contingent on the final high school transcript and the
receipt of a signed and dated SC Certification Form annually.
All SC State aid offered is contingent on approval of funds by the SC State Legislature.
Student Loans
STAFFORD LOAN
Anderson University participates in the William D. Ford Federal Direct Stafford Loan
Program. Contact the Office of Financial Aid Planning for more information or to
check for your eligibility to participate in the federal loan program. A current and
valid FAFSA is required.
Stafford loans are educational loans made to students based on the student’s need for
financial aid as determined by the FAFSA. Undergraduate students may be eligible to
borrow up to the following amounts determined by year in class: Freshman - $3,500;
Sophomore - $4,500; Junior and Senior - $5,500. Students may also borrow an additional
$2,000 in Unsubsidized Stafford Loan funds per academic year. Graduate students may
be eligible to borrow up to $20,500 each academic year in a Federal Direct Unsubsidized
loan. As of July 1, 2012 Subsidized loans will no longer be available for Graduate students.
Federal Stafford loans (subsidized) are interest free and held in deferment until six months
after termination of enrollment. At that time, repayment begins with a fixed interest rate
dependent on the year the loan was disbursed. All Federal Direct Subsidized loans for the
2012-2013 academic year will be at a fixed rate of 6.8%. Students who are not eligible
to receive a subsidized Federal Stafford loan may apply for a non-subsidized (no need)
Federal Stafford loan. Students receiving a non-subsidized loan are responsible for interest
accrued at a fixed rate of 6.8% while in school with repayment also not beginning until six
months after termination of at least half-time enrollment. A student must enroll on at least
a half-time (6 credit hours) basis, (3 credit hours per semester for some master’s degree
candidates) to be eligible for a Federal Direct Stafford loan.
All first-time borrowers through the Federal Stafford Loan Program must complete
a loan entrance counseling session and master promissory note online (www.
studentloans.gov) before their funds can be disbursed. All borrowers must complete an
exit interview (www.nslds.ed.gov) prior to graduation or withdrawal from the University.
SOUTH CAROLINA TEACHERS LOAN
(www.scstudentloan.org)
The South Carolina Teacher Loan is available to students planning to teach in one of the
critical subject areas or in a depressed geographical area as designated by the state. Graduate
students are eligible to borrow up to $5000 each academic year. Application forms for the
South Carolina Teachers Loan are available in the Financial Aid Planning Office or online
at the South Carolina Student Loan Corporation. Eligible students must meet academic
requirements outlined on the SC Teacher Loan Application.
Maximum Amounts are listed below.
Freshman and Sophomore - up to $2,500
Junior and Senior - up to $5,000
All first-time borrowers through the Teachers Loan Program must complete an
entrance interview (same process as described above for the Stafford). An exit
interview must be completed prior to separation from the University (same process as
described above for the Stafford).
Graduate students must maintain a 3.5 GPA. A prerequisite for eligibility is the
successful completion of the EEE or Praxis I Exam.
SOUTH CAROLINA TEACHERS LOAN FOR CAREER CHANGERS
(www.scstudentloan.org)
The South Carolina Student Loan Corporation has a Teacher Loan Program for Career
Changers. All applicants must have been employed for a minimum of three years. Also,
the student must have completed a baccalaureate degree at least three years ago or have
worked as an instructional assistant in South Carolina public schools. If you meet the
criteria, please contact the Financial Aid Planning Office for an application and further
details. 864.231.2070.
Perkins Loan: A low fixed-interest Federal student loan currently at 5%. Students can
borrow up to $5,500 depending on need as determined by the FAFSA. Limited funding is
available.
Federal and SC State Scholarships and Grants
To apply for all Federal and State Aid, complete and submit the FAFSA. Read below for a
listing of all Federal and State Aid Programs offered:
Federal Pell Grant: Eligible students may receive up to $5,550 for the 2012-2013
academic year. Students must complete the FAFSA to be considered. Funding levels are
subject to change based on Federal funding limitations.
FSEOG Grant: Federal grant reserved for Pell eligible students with consideration given
32 | Admission/Financial Aid/Expenses
Admission/Financial Aid/Expenses | 33
to the students with the highest need first. Students must complete the FAFSA to be
considered. Award amounts vary. Limited funding is available.
Federal Teach Grant: The College Cost Reduction and Access Act (CCRAA) establishes
the Teacher Education Assistance for College and Higher Education (TEACH) Grant
Program, which provides up to $4,000 a year in grant assistance to students who plan on
becoming teachers and teachers who are obtaining graduate degrees. In exchange for the
grant, candidates must agree to serve as a full-time teacher at certain low income schools
and within certain high-need fields for at least four academic years within eight years after
completing the course of study for which the candidate received a grant. Federal TEACH
Grant counseling and an Agreement to Serve are required. Please note that if requirements
for the TEACH Grant are not fulfilled, the grant will turn into an unsubsidized loan with
interest retro-active back to the date of the disbursement of the grant funds. For more
information on the Federal Teach Grant, contact the Financial Aid Office at (864) 231-
2070 or fi[email protected].
Federal Work Study: Student work program available to students throughout the academic
year. Students receive a monthly paycheck for hours worked from the previous month.
FAFSA must be completed to determine eligibility. Job listings can be reviewed on the
Anderson University website. Limited funding is available.
All SC state programs are contingent upon funding by the General Assembly.
South Carolina State Tuition Grant: South Carolina residents who qualify and apply on
time may receive up to $2,600 as a traditional student and $ 1,050 as a non-traditional
(ACCEL) student in SCTG. More information is available at http://www.sctuitiongrants.
com. The FAFSA serves as the SC Tuition Grant application and must be received by the
Department of Education on or before June 30 in order to be considered for eligibility.
SC LIFE Scholarship: Eligible South Carolina residents must meet two (2) of the
following three (3) criteria: a 3.0 high school GPA (State Uniform Grading Scale),
1100 SAT (Math and Verbal Score) or 24 ACT score, or top 30 percent of high school
graduating class in order to receive this $5,000 scholarship. For renewal students must
maintain a cumulative 3.0 GPA and complete 30 credit hours each academic year (fall,
spring and summer semesters). For incoming freshmen students, the Financial Aid
Planning Office, upon receipt of the final high school transcript, determines eligibility for
the scholarship.
SC HOPE Scholarship: Scholarship for first time freshmen students who do not meet the
requirements for the LIFE Scholarship only. Students with a 3.0 grade point average (State
Uniform Grading Scale) but do not meet one of the other LIFE scholarship requirements
are eligible. The scholarship awards $2,800 for the academic year. HOPE can only be
received for two semesters and cannot be combined with the LIFE Scholarship. The
Financial Aid Planning Office, upon receipt of the final high school transcript, determines
eligibility for the scholarship.
SC Palmetto Fellows: State scholarship of $6,700 for a student’s first year, and $7,500
for the second, third, and fourth years. Eligible students must have a 3.5 GPA, 1200 SAT
(Math and Verbal Scores) and be in the top 6 percent of class in order to be considered.
Students can apply through their high school guidance office. Students must maintain a
3.0 GPA and earn 30 hours per academic year (fall, spring and summer terms) in order to
remain eligible. For more information about deadline dates and eligibility information,
see www.che.sc.gov.
SC Palmetto Fellows and LIFE Scholarship Enhancements: The State of South Carolina
has created $2,500 per year Enhancements for Palmetto Fellows and/or LIFE Scholarship
recipients majoring in science or math fields. To receive the Enhancement, a student
must be a second year student or beyond and meet first-year requirements. The first-year
requirements must be completed in the student’s first year which includes the fall, spring
and summer semesters. First Year requirements, complete at least: 14 hours in science and
math, 6 hours in math, 6 hours in science, and complete at least one lab course. To meet
the first-year requirements, students can use credits from AP/IB/CLEP, high school dual
enrollment, courses taken the summer before the first year and courses taken as pass/fail.
Please note that although these types of courses count toward the first-year requirements
for an enhancement, they do not count toward meeting the renewal criteria of Palmetto
Fellows.
Developmental, remedial and non-degree (does not apply towards graduation) courses
do not count for the first-year requirements. AU majors for SC Palmetto Fellow or LIFE
Enhancement Program: Mathematics-Secondary Education; Mathematics.
*Further information on the SC LIFE, SC HOPE, and SC Palmetto Fellows programs can be obtained at www.che.sc.gov.
SC Teaching Fellowship: State program that awards a $6,000 fellowship to eligible
applicants who wish to pursue a career in teaching. This is a loan that can be forgiven
for teaching within the state. One year of teaching cancels each year the Fellowship was
received. $5,700 of the fellowship is applied to direct university costs while the remaining
$300 is escrowed by the Center for Educator Recruitment, Retention and Advancement
(CERRA) for summer enrichment programs. Students must earn a 2.75 GPA and earn
30 hours per academic year to renew the Fellowship. Students can contact their guidance
counselor or the Anderson University Teaching Fellow Program Director at (864)
231-2143. Recipients of this scholarship will not qualify for the College of Education
scholarship.
Other Resources
Veteran Benefits: Veterans and their dependents may receive benefits to which they are
entitled. The program is administered through the VA Certifying Official at (864) 231-
2120. More information is available at www.gibill.va.gov.
Vocational Rehabilitation: Persons with physical disabilities which are vocational handicaps
are eligible for financial aid from state departments of vocational rehabilitation. Information
may be obtained from the vocational rehabilitation department in the student’s home state.
Tuition Exchange: The Tuition Exchange Program is a reciprocal scholarship program for
children and other family members of faculty and staff employed at over 530 participating
institutions. The Tuition Exchange, Inc., a non-profit association, serves higher education
by making careers at colleges and universities more attractive. More information can be
found at www.tuitionexchange.org. You may also contact our Tuition Exchange Liaison
in the Office of Financial Aid Planning for more information on Anderson University’s
various tuition exchange programs.
State Tuition Prepaid Plans: Anderson University is a cooperating partner with many
34 | Admission/Financial Aid/Expenses
Admission/Financial Aid/Expenses | 35
different state prepaid tuition plans. We handle all billing requirements for the state prepaid
tuition plan. Contact us at (864)231-2070 or 1-800-542-3594 to set up these arrangements.
Outside Scholarships: As a service, any students with outside scholarships that require
billing can be handled by the Financial Aid Planning Office. Please contact the outside
scholarship coordinator at (864)231-2070 or 1-800-542-3594 for more information.
Anderson University Scholarship/Grant Opportunities
Anderson University scholarships and grants can only be used for fall and spring semesters.
AU funds are not available for summer school coursework.
Anderson University Fellows Scholarship: Awarded to entering first-time freshmen students
who apply for and receive the SC Palmetto Fellows Scholarship. Beginning with the 2012-
2013 year the AU Fellows Scholarship amount is capped at the total cost of tuition and the
student services fee only for each academic year, inclusive of financial aid from all sources
for which the student qualifies other than the Federal Pell grant and any AU talent based
scholarships, or outside scholarships which may go towards other fees such as room, board,
mobile learning fee, etc. Any AU Fellows recipient from prior to the 2012-2013 year will still
receive up to their AU Fellows contracted amount as agreed upon in their AU Fellows contract.
A current FAFSA is required.
School of Nursing students should contact the Admission Office to confirm AU Fellows
scholarship limits/benefits given differential tuition rates, lab and clinical fees for nursing
students. Students must complete 30 cumulative hours and maintain a cumulative 3.0 GPA
for renewal. The scholarship is valid for four consecutive years or eight (8) consecutive
semesters. If federal or state financial aid (scholarships, fellowships, grants, and other aid)
is reduced prior to or during the student’s enrollment, the student is responsible for paying
the amount by which the aid is reduced. The AU Fellows Scholarship offer will not exceed the
student’s cost of tuition. AU Fellows recipients must cover the cost of books and supplies and
any related expenses to attend AU.
Transfer AU Fellow recipients are offered one of a limited number of full-tuition only
scholarships for the semesters of remaining eligibility, not to exceed seven semesters. The
scholarship is inclusive of all state, federal, and other non-institutional scholarships,
grants, and aid for which the student qualifies. Room, board, books and supplies are the
responsibility of the student. If federal or state financial aid (scholarships, fellowships,
grants, and other aid) is reduced prior to or during the student’s enrollment, the student is
responsible for paying the amount by which the aid is reduced. The AU Fellows Scholarship
offer will not exceed the cost of tuition and student services fee during the initial term of
enrollment. A current FAFSA is required.
AU Fellows recipients are required to live on campus for the freshman and sophomore years
of study. Junior and Senior AU Fellows recipients may choose to commute. The amount
of the AU Fellows for Junior and Senior recipients will be the tuition and fees amount for
his/her freshman year. (Example: For the 2012- 2013 academic year, Junior entered AU
in fall of 2010. He can renew the AU Fellows, but wants to commute. The amount of AU
Fellows for 2012-2013 would be the 2010 tuition and fees amount.)
AU Fellow recipients who live off-campus will have their awards adjusted to reflect the
difference between and boarding and commuting budget. AU Fellow recipients should
refer to their scholarship contract at the time of initial enrollment for additional
policies and requirements.
AU Fellow scholarships are limited in quantity.
Institutional aid resources are limited and the University reserves the right to place a cap on
the number of scholarships or grants offered or awarded at any time, or reduce or increase
scholarships at its discretion. Scholarships are limited in quantity.
Anderson University Fellows Presidential Scholarship: A limited amount of AU Fellows
Presidential scholarships will be offered to include room and board for selected entering
first-time freshmen named a SC Palmetto Fellow. An additional application is required
by the stated deadline from the Office of Admission. Awards are limited in quantity and
are determined by the Scholarship Committee. Annual award renewal is capped at the
total cost of attendance. Contact the Admission Office for an application and scholarship
details. The FAFSA is required.
Palmetto Boy’s and Girl’s State Scholarship: Anderson University is privileged to serve
as the host for the annual Palmetto Boy’s State event. AU offers $1,000 in a Boy’s or Girl’s
State scholarship to any entering first-time freshmen or transfer named a Boy’s or Girl’s
State citizen by their state.
Palmetto Boy’s State Presidential Scholarship: Anderson University has committed
one $10,000 per year Palmetto Boy’s State Presidential Scholarship to be awarded in
recognition of our special partnership with the Palmetto Boy’s State program. In order
to be considered, applicants must be named a Palmetto Boy’s State Citizen, submit the
required application and participate in the scholarship interview event coordinated and
hosted by the Office of Admission. Contact the Admission Office for more details.
Anderson University Gold Grant: The Financial Aid Planning Office offers assistance
to full-time boarding and commuting students who demonstrate high need and complete
the FAFSA prior to June 30. Awarded amounts vary based on boarder/commuter
status. Renewable for up to eight (8) consecutive semesters of enrollment and continued
demonstrated need. Institutional aid resources are limited and the University reserves the
right to place a cap on the number of scholarships or grants offered or awarded at any time,
or reduce or increase scholarships at its discretion. Awards are limited in quantity.
Out of State Grant: First time out-of-state students can receive up to $3,000 annually.
Funding is limited. Renewable for up to eight (8) consecutive semesters of enrollment.
Must maintain a 2.0 GPA to renew award. Institutional aid resources are limited and the
University reserves the right to place a cap on the number of scholarships or grants offered or
awarded at any time, or reduce or increase scholarships at its discretion. Awards are limited
in quantity.
Athletic Grants: As a NCAA Division II school, scholarships are awarded to athletes in
intercollegiate sports. Please see Athletics for a complete listing of sports offered.
Baptist Scholarship: Students can earn $300 per year for four years by meeting the following
requirements: 1) member in good standing at a church in the South Carolina Baptist Convention
or other Baptist church; 2) be a full-time, on-campus student; and 3) gain acceptance to
Anderson and maintain a 2.0 cumulative GPA while enrolled. Renewable for up to eight (8)
consecutive semesters of enrollment. Institutional aid resources are limited and the University
reserves the right to place a cap on the number of scholarships or grants offered or awarded at any
36 | Admission/Financial Aid/Expenses
Admission/Financial Aid/Expenses | 37
time, or reduce or increase scholarships at its discretion. Scholarships are limited in quantity.
College Scholarships: Limited scholarships may be are available for returning students
in their major depending on the College of study. Funding is limited and may require an
additional application. Students can maintain their scholarship by remaining within their
College and meeting the renewal requirements as assigned by that College. Students must
also have a 3.0 GPA, thirty hours earned per academic year (fall, spring, and summer)
and fulfill all club/activity requirements set by the Dean. College Scholarships are limited
to eight consecutive semesters. Institutional aid resources are limited and the University
reserves the right to place a cap on the number of scholarships or grants offered or awarded
at any time, or reduce or increase scholarships at its discretion. Scholarships are limited in
quantity.
Withdrawal, Charges and Refund Policies
Determining the official/unofficial withdrawal date for all students:
An official withdrawal date is defined as the date the student begins the withdrawal process as
defined by Anderson University. To officially withdraw from the University the following
must occur:
(1) begin process in the Center for Student Success; the official withdrawal date is
defined as the date the student initiates the withdrawal process in the Center for
Student Success
(2) review financial obligations with the Financial Aid Planning Office.
An
unofficial withdrawal is defined only for students receiving federal financial aid. An
unofficial withdrawal occurs if a student fails to complete a period of enrollment but does
not officially withdraw from Anderson University. The last date of class attendance in
all classes becomes the applicable withdrawal date as determined by attendance records,
computer assisted instruction, academic counseling, turning in a class assignment, or
attending a study group assigned by the instructors.
Withdrawal from the University within the first 14 calendar days of enrollment: Full-
time students who officially withdraw within the first 14 calendar days of enrollment will be
charged 15% of full tuition, fees, room, and board for the semester.
Withdrawal from the University after the first 14 calendar days of enrollment: Full-
time students who officially withdraw after the first 14 calendar days of enrollment will be
charged full tuition, fees, room and board for the semester.
IMPORTANT: PLEASE NOTE, ANY CHANGES TO ENROLLMENT DURING THE
ADD/DROP PERIOD OR COURSE WITHDRAWAL AT ANY POINT OF THE SEMESTER
MAY RESULT IN CHANGES TO YOUR FINANCIAL AID AND/OR BILLING FOR THE
SEMESTER. YOU SHOULD CONTACT THE OFFICE OF FINANCIAL AID PLANNING TO
DETERMINE THE IMPACT OF SUCH CHANGES ON YOUR AID ELIGIBILITY PRIOR TO
ADDING/DROPPING OR WITHDRAWING FROM COURSES.
SUMMER SCHOOL WITHDRAWAL:
38 | Admission/Financial Aid/Expenses
Summer school students who officially withdraw from the University will have charges
assessed for tuition, fees, room, and meals as follows:
After 1 class/1 day ....................................20%
After 2 classes/2 days ..................................50%
After 3 classes/3 days ..................................80%
After 4 classes/4 days and/or beyond .......Full charges will be assessed
Return of Title IV Funds. The return of Title IV funds policy assumes that a student
earns federal aid based on the period of time the student remains enrolled. During the
first 60% period, a student “earns” Title IV funds in direct proportion to the length of
time the student remains enrolled. Unearned Title IV aid is the amount of disbursed
Title IV aid that exceeds the amount of Title IV aid earned under the formula. Unearned
Title IV funds must be returned to the Department of Education according to the Return
of Title IV Funds return policy. A student who remains enrolled beyond the 60% point
earns all federal aid for that term. No federal Title IV aid will be returned when a student
remains enrolled beyond the 60% period. An example of the federal refund calculation is
available upon request. Institutional and state aid are considered earned after the financial
responsibility date. After a student withdraws and the return of Title IV calculation is
complete, the Financial Aid Planning Office will bill the student for any amount owed to
the University. Payment is expected within thirty (30) days of receipt of the bill.
Funds to be returned to respective federal programs will be allocated in the following
priority: Federal Direct Loans, Perkins Loan program, Federal Direct PLUS, Pell Grant,
SEOG and TEACH Grant.
Return of Anderson University Funds Policy - No refund(s) will be made to Anderson
University funds for students who withdraw, regardless of the withdrawal date.
Return of SC State Funds Policy – No refund(s) will be made to SC State programs,
regardless of the withdrawal date.
Return of Outside Scholarship Funds Policy - No refund(s) will be made to any Outside
Scholarship Program, regardless of the withdrawal date.
Appeal Process for Determination of Withdrawal Date
If a student feels there are unusual circumstances regarding the withdrawal date, he/she has
the right to appeal. The appeal should be directed to the Center for Student Success.
Endowed Scholarships
Anderson University has a number of scholarship endowments funded by individual
donors. Only the interest earned from these scholarship endowments are distributed each
year, while the principal remains intact in perpetuity to assist succeeding generations of
AU students. Endowed scholarships are offered as a portion of the Anderson University
Grant program during the awarding process. Because endowed funds are limited, it is
an honor to receive an endowed scholarship that bears the name of a person, family, or
organization. The University acknowledges with great appreciation the contributions of
our endowment donors for their generosity, vision, and commitment to Christian higher
education and Anderson University.
To be considered, students must apply for institutional aid and complete the FAFSA by
the priority deadline of March 1. Recipients are selected based on established criteria and
date of FAFSA completion (earlier FASFA submissions receive priority). Students who
are awarded grants that include endowed funds accept these funds on the condition that
they will complete a handwritten letter of appreciation to the donor or designated relative
associated with the fund (as instructed by the Office of Institutional Advancement at the
appropriate time of the academic year) and agree to attend an annual donor appreciation
event hosted by the University and agree to meet the donor or his/her representative(s)
during the event. Recipients of endowed scholarships who fail to complete a letter
of appreciation or attend the donor appreciation luncheon may forfeit the endowed
scholarship portion of their Anderson University grant both in the year of award and
in future years. Some of the scholarships listed below require a separate application/
interview and are noted with an asterisk (*).
General Scholarships
Abney Foundation Louise Whitfield & Louise Kellett
Catherine Sullivan Acker Frances Welborn King & S. Marshall King, Jr.
Alumni Board Scholarship* Ella Vera Kneece
G. Ross Anderson, Jr. M. B. Nannie Leopard
Helen Anderson Ada Powell Meeks
Belk Simpson* Gayle & Steve Merritt
Bill Brissey Eugene Milford
Clarence F. & Mildred Cunningham Brown
J. Calhoun Pruitt, Sr.
William D. Brown George Coventry & Nita Schidt Roughgarden
Eunice and Frank Brownlee Ed & Zana Rouse
Robert E. Burks* Sammy & Claudia Sparrow
M. E. Clement Charles S. Sullivan
Philip and Zilla Cowherd C. P. Swetenburg
Charles E. Daniels Lila Terry
Nettie R. Ducworth Farrah Whitworth Thompson
Charles & Dorothy Fant Eliza C. Vandiver
Jeanne & Bob Fant Joe B. & Audrey Vickery
Shirley James Findley Frances Marion Warder
Bertha McQueen Fortune Dolly & Rufus Watkins
Lucille Talmadge Gaines William & Mary Watson
Gary V. Glenn Annie Elrod Webb
Carroll Griffin Willie Sue Boleman Webb
Hal Hall Edith Cecilia Whitten & William
J. B. Hall Louise Williams
Henry Harper Leathy Williford McClure & Kathleen Williford
Evelyn Henderson Margaret Woodham
Lucy Primrose Whyte Hilliker Ernest Woodson, Sr.
Harold and Ruby Hutchinson Catherine Pracht Young
Catherine Duncan Johnston Essie Brown Rainey Memorial Scholarship
For Anderson County Residents
Admission/Financial Aid/Expenses | 39
Pete Stathakis Ernest F. and Virginia L. Cochran
Anderson Rotary Club Anna McFall Holler
Nancy Ann Garrison Frances Welborn King and S. Marshall King, Jr.
Ron C. Cross Nellie G. Harvey
Betty N. Moore Scholarship
Ministerial Aid-Church Related Vocations
Rouse-Garrett Thrift Brothers
Joseph Newton Brown Carolyne Geer Hester
C. Henry Branyon C. M. & Martha Bowers
Bill and Susie Brock Carolyn Brown Mattox
J. K. Lawton Jim and Gloria Stovall and Family
The Charleston Heights Baptist Church
For Women
Van Ray Kenny Harvey Jill Dunlap*
Robyn Axmann Olga V. Pruitt, MD
Endowed Athletic Scholarships
Golf Tennis
Harry Winburn Jones* Todd Fant*
Max Grubbs*
Art
Blanche Holcombe
Baptist Scholarships
Saluda Association Women’s Missionary Assoc.*
Sara Craddock
W. H. Keese & Hazel Leathers Keese
Esther Jordan Caskey
Business Majors
George C. & Jo Ann Langston
Dennis Claramunt
Education
Jeanette Morris Moorhead
Annie May McCarrell
Carroll F. & Katherine A. Reames
The Charles A. ‘Chuck’ Wooten Teacher Education Scholarship Fund for Graduate Students
Sherrill Knobel Hall Scholarship
Fine Arts
LaVerne R. Hunt
Ruby Stevenson Nettles
Jim Chisman Performing Arts Scholarship
Interior Design
40 | Admission/Financial Aid/Expenses
Mary Martin
Journalism
James R. and Marjorie Willis Young
Music Majors
E. Jablonski* Virginia Evans Hammond*
Mary Jones Frances Lollis Gaston
Philip Charles Bryant Floride Smith Dean
Earlene G. Kelley
Annual Scholarships
Anderson County Woman’s Club George and Linda Haynie
D. L. Scurry Lettie Pate Whitehead
Ralph & Virginia Hendricks The Baptist Courier
Off-Campus/Foreign/International Studies
Anderson University funded aid is not available for off-campus/foreign/international
studies. Students may be able to use a variety of federal and state funds to help finance this
experience. The student must be considered enrolled full time. For more information
contact the Director of Financial Aid Planning at (864) 231-2070 or (800) 542-3594 or
Consumer Information
Information on financial aid is available by calling 1-800-542-3594 or (864) 231-2070.
Students are encouraged to visit the Anderson University website at www.andersonuniversity.
edu and click on the Financial Aid link in order to get more information. Specific questions
can be e-mailed to fi[email protected]. This catalog and the website contains
information relating to refund policies; description of all financial aid programs available to
students who enroll in Anderson University; procedures and forms for applying for such aid;
rights and responsibilities of students receiving such aid; criteria for continued eligibility;
criteria for determining good standing and maintaining satisfactory progress; means and
frequency of payment of awards; terms of loans; general conditions and terms of student
employment; and cost of attending the institution, including direct and indirect costs. All
aspects of the academic program; data regarding student retention and the number and
percentage of students completing a specific program of study are available to any student
from the Registrar, Controller or the Vice President of Enrollment Management.
Admission/Financial Aid/Expenses | 41
Expenses
The costs listed below represent a major part, but not all, of the actual cost of the education
of the students.
Charges (Effective fall semester, 2012 charges subject to change upon suitable notice.)
Full-time student (12-17 credit hrs) ..................... $10,010.00 per semester
Part-time student (fewer than 12 credit hrs) ................$495.00 per credit hour
Adult Accelerated Program ........................... $362.00 per credit hour
Recertification Courses ............................. $ 250.00 per credit hour
High School (Concurrent) .......................... $ 125.00 per credit hour
Applied Music (private lessons) ........................ $ 320.00 per credit hour
Independent/Directed Study (Undergraduate and Graduate) ....$535.00 per credit hour
Audit (no credit) ...................................$248.00 per credit hour
Overload (more than 17 credit hrs in any one sem.). . . . . . . . . . . $495.00 per credit hour
No additional charge for overloads due to enrollment in Theatre 101, 201, 301, 401,
ROTC, EDU 275, FYE 101, Honors 310, 410 or applied music lessons, music ensembles
and various levels of music recital.
Village Residence Hall or Private Room ............................ $2,870.00
New Boulevard or Denmark Residence Halls ......................... $2,175.00
Clamp, Royce, Gaston, or Pratt Residence Halls ...................... $2,125.00
Rouse Residence Hall or Village Ground Floor Rooms ................. $2,075.00
Stringer, Kingsley, Lawton, South Rouse Basement, or Ministry Houses Residence Halls .$ 2,025.00
Meal Plan #1 (Unlimited + 50 debit-per semester – no refund) . . . . . .$2,094.00 per sem
Meal Plan #2 (21 Meals + 75 debit-per semester – no refund) .......$2,042.00 per sem
Meal Plan #3 (21 Meals) .................................$1,967.00 per sem
Meal Plan #4 (15 Meals + 100 debit-per semester – no refund) ......$2,016.00 per sem
Meal Plan #5 (15 Meals) .................................. $1,916.00 per sem
Meal Plan #6 (13 Meals + 100 debit-per semester – no refund)
Seniors Only (90 Hours)
..............................$1,846.00 per sem
Academic and Student Services Fee ........................... $855.00 per sem
Cost per year for full-time commuting student
Tuition and Academic and Student Services Fee ...................$21,730.00
Cost per year for full-time resident student
Tuition, Academic and Student Services Fee, Room, and
21-Meal Plan ............................................$29,914.00
These totals do not include books, supplies, applied music fees, and personal expenses.
Special Fees
Application Fee (traditional undergraduate and ACCEL) .................. $25.00
Art Course Fee .............................................$10- $150.00
BSN (Nursing) ....Nursing has some individualized fees-please refer to School of Nursing
Music Lab Fees
MUP 120 (University Choir) — Uniform and Activity Fee ................. $20.00
MUP 122 (Wind Ensemble) — Band Activity Fee ........................$20.00
MUP 125 (Anderson Symphony) — Orchestra Activity Fee ................. $20.00
42 | Admission/Financial Aid/Expenses
Admission/Financial Aid/Expenses | 43
MUP 126 (Anderson Ensemble) — Activity Fee ......................... $40.00
MUP 127 and MUP 227 (Anderson University Chamber Singers) — Uniform and Activity Fee . . . $20.00
MUP 128 — Guitar Activity Fee .................................... $20.00
MUP 130 - Strings Activity Fee .................................... $20.00
Lab Fee for Laboratory Sciences (unless otherwise noted) .................. $45.00
BIO 201, BIO 202 ..............................................$150.00
BIO 351, BIO 452, CHE 452 ...................................... $80.00
Dropping a class after Drop/Add period ............................... $10.00
Checking in after Check-in period .................................. $50.00
Automobile Registration .......................................... $60.00
Graduation Fee by Application Deadline (Undergraduate) .................. $50.00
Graduation Fee for Late Application (Undergraduate) .................... $75.00
Graduation Reapplication Fee .......................................$15.00
Transcript (Official) ............................................. $10.00
Transcript (Unofficial) ............................................ $5.00
Returning Student Housing Pre-payment ............................ $100.00
Returned Check Fee ............................................ $35.00
Student Teaching Fee (Cooperating Teacher Honorarium) ................ $305.00
Credit by Examination .......................................... $325.00
CLEP Exam (College Level Exam Program) ............................ $90.00
Housing Reservation/Damage Deposit (1st time resident student) ............ $250.00
Enrollment Confirmation ....................................... $250.00
Mobile Learning Device Fee ...................................... $350.00
Kinesiology Activity Courses ....................................... $10.00
KIN 116: Scuba Diving .......................................... $250.00
KIN 227: Care and Prevention of Exercise Injuries .......................$40.00
Orientation Fee ............................................... $100.00
CHR 491 ................................................... $100.00
MKT 334, 413, 460 ............................................ $25.00
PSY 102 ......................................................$13.00
PSY 498 ..................................................... $20.00
EDU 101 .................................................... $100.00
EDU 110 ..................................................... $70.00
ID 101, 151, 152, 252, 254, 351, 353, 355, 451 ...........................$15.00
ID 251, 253, 255, 350, 352, 496 ................................... $50.00
ID 354, 452, 453, 490 ......................................... $100.00
ID 355 ...................................................... $25.00
THE 130 .................................................... $50.00
THE 101, 204, 250, 340 ......................................... $30.00
International Students: Charges and Scholarships
Degree Seeking Student - $30,014 per year, eligible for $8,000 in scholarships;
$15,007 per semester, eligible for $4,000 in scholarships (inclusive of room, board, and fees)
Non-Degree Seeking Students - International students who are non-degree seeking may have
additional fee assessments and different scholarship eligibility depending on their program of
study.
Graduate Tuition and Fees
MBA: Tuition per credit hour .................................... $403.00
MBA: Tuition per credit hour (Audit – no credit) ...................... $202.00
MBA: Resource fee per course .................................... $250.00
44 | Admission/Financial Aid/Expenses
MCJ: Tuition per credit hour ..................................... $403.00
MCJ: Tuition per credit hour (Audit – no credit) ...................... $202.00
MCJ: Resource fee per course ..................................... $300.00
MAT/ MEd/MEd: AS: Tuition per credit hour ......................... $331.00
MAT/ MEd/MEd: AS: Tuition per credit hour (Audit – no credit) .......... $166.00
MAT: EDU 517 Course Fee ........................................$110.00
MAT: EDU 594 Cooperating Teacher Honorarium and ID Badge ........... $305.00
MEd/MEd: AS: TaskStream Software Fee ............................... $50.00
MEd: AS: EDU 591/592 Supervising Administrator Honorarium ........... $300.00
M.Min: Tuition per credit hour ................................... $300.00
M.Min: Non-degree seeking ..................................... $150.00
M.Min: Orientation Fee .......................................... $75.00
MM MEd: Tuition per credit hour ...................................$331.00
MM MEd: Tuition per credit hour (Audit – no credit) ....................$166.00
MM MEd: MUA 501 Applied Lessons fee (per credit hour) ................ $320.00
MM MEd: MUP 520 Music Ensemble activity fee ........................$20.00
MM MEd: MUH 497 independent study fee (per credit hr.) ............... $535.00
MM MEd: MUT 498 independent study fee (per credit hr.) ............... $535.00
All*: Application for admission .................................... $50.00
*Waived for AU graduates
All: Graduation application fee ................................... $100.00
All: Graduation application fee (late) ............................... $125.00
All: Graduation Reapplication Fee .................................. $15.00
All: Automobile registration (On campus students only) ................... $60.00
All: Returned check fee .......................................... $35.00
All: Transcript (Official) ......................................... $10.00
All: Transcript (Unofficial) ........................................ $5.00
Explanation of Charges
Tuition. The tuition charge is the basic cost of the student’s education and covers the cost
of instruction. It does not include textbooks and supplies, which the student purchases.
A full-time student is one who, whether resident or non-resident, is taking 12 or more
semester
hours of work. The student who takes fewer than 12 semester hours is considered
a part-
time student and is charged on a semester-hour basis. Part-time students given
permission to live in the residence halls are charged the same rate as a full-time student.
The student who has permission to take additional hours above 17 is charged for each
additional semester hour, with the exceptions noted on the previous page.
Rooms and Meals for Resident Students. Resident students normally receive more
financial aid than commuters, therefore, the actual amount paid to live on campus may be
much less than the amounts stated. Changes in meal plan, which is required for resident
students, are permitted but must be completed by the third class day of each semester.
Meal Plan Change Forms may be obtained and submitted through either Residence Life or
Anderson Central. The boarding student is entitled to meals for each week the school is in
session. This does not include holidays, during which classes are suspended, the residence
halls are closed, and the food service is suspended. No refund or cost adjustment is made
for meals which the student does not eat. There is no compensation to the student for lost
meals due to institutional activities that require students to be off-campus, or unforeseen
institution closures associated with inclement weather, emergencies, etc.
Academic and Student Services Fee. This fee covers a major portion of the total cost of
many services and activities offered in the academic and student life program. In the area
of academics, academic services, tutoring, and career planning and placement services are
some of the programs provided. Within student life, the university newspaper, athletics,
Baptist Campus Ministries, health services, Student Government Association, and
intramurals are provided. Even though the academic and student services fee covers most
social and recreational costs to the student, there are occasional extra expenses in this area.
Health Insurance. All students are encouraged to purchase health insurance. The
University does not provide health insurance coverage for students nor offer health
insurance for purchase. Students may contact local insurance agents or agents in their
home area for information on student health insurance. Although the University does not
promote an individual provider, information about health insurance may be obtained in
the office of Student Development. Please note that all international students are required
to carry health insurance while they are students at the university.
Insurance Coverage for Stolen or Damaged Items. The University does not pay for the
replacement of stolen, lost, or damaged items for students. Students are encouraged to
purchase renter’s insurance which may aid in coverage of stolen, lost, or damaged items.
Special Fees. The art studio fee covers the cost of some materials that must be used by
students enrolled in art studio courses. The application fee covers the clerical costs of
processing the student application. This fee is non-refundable and is paid only once at
the time of initial application to Anderson University. The fee is not paid a second time
for students who continue enrollment from one year to the next nor by students who
interrupt their enrollment for any period of time. The music instruction fee covers the
cost of instruction in applied music in small classes and individual instruction and the
maintenance of instruments for student use in music practice. All students, whether
residents or commuters, who drive a vehicle onto the Anderson University campus and
use the university parking facilities must register their cars with the University. The
registration fee covers the vehicle from August 1 through July 31. Those who register a
vehicle in the spring or summer terms must register them again for the fall semester. If a
student occasionally drives a vehicle other than the one registered (such as a parent’s car),
an additional bumper sticker must be purchased for this car in order to avoid the penalty
of parking an unregistered vehicle on campus. The student handbook contains details
concerning parking regulations. All students pay an Enrollment Confirmation Fee of
$250.00 at the beginning of their first semester of enrollment at Anderson University.
After graduation or withdrawal from the university, resident students receive a 100 percent
refund unless campus property damages or lost keys are charged against them or unless
there is an outstanding debt owed to the University. The student will be responsible for any
damages in excess of the initial deposit. The $250.00 paid by commuting students serves
as the first payment toward their account and is subject to the refund policy listed below.
The graduation fee covers the cost of the diploma and the diploma cover. The transcript fee
covers the cost of duplicating and mailing a copy of the student’s official academic record to
any person to whom, or institution to which, the student requests that the record be sent.
The University offers several programs of study/travel. The student who enrolls in these
courses pays the course tuition as well as all travel expenses, which are normally included in
a package tour.
The mobile learning device fee is a one-time fee assessed to all full-time freshmen and new
transfer students to lease a mobile device. The device becomes the property of the student
upon graduation.
Admission/Financial Aid/Expenses | 45
Financial Policies
New Student Enrollment Confirmation Fee. The applicant who is notified of acceptance
should send within two weeks an Enrollment Confirmation Deposit of $250.00 to secure
a place within the entering class, specifically a course schedule and residence hall room.
For students not living on campus, this fee will be reflected as a credit on the student
account at the time of financial registration. For students living on campus, this will serve
as a Housing Deposit and will remain on account as a security deposit. Refund policies
are outlined on the Enrollment Confirmation form. Commuting and students planning
to reside on-campus are both required to submit the Enrollment Confirmation fee and
form to secure their place within the entering class. Early response is important to be
assured of a room assignment in a University residence hall and securing a course schedule.
Following admission to the University, international students are required to submit a
$250 Enrollment Confirmation Fee/Housing Deposit and all necessary documentation for
issuance of their student visa.
Terms of Payment. All expenses for the fall semester are due by the 1st of August. Students
who fail to pay all fees for the semester risk the chance of losing desired classes. For the
spring semester, payments are due by the 1st of January. For the summer terms and evening
division, the payments are due at the time of registration. A billing statement will be
published to the student’s Self-Service account at the beginning of July for the fall semester
and at the beginning of December for the spring semester. The payment of tuition and
other basic charges is required in advance. After registration, the Business Office will assess
fee charges which apply to special courses such as music instruction fees, fees for overloads
or independent study, and audit fees. You may pay online with a credit card or with
e-checking.
Financial Penalties. The University always regrets the circumstances which make it
necessary for the student to pay any fine or penalty fee. Parking regulations are enforced,
and a student who does not follow these regulations will be charged a fine as described in
the student handbook. The Library charges fines for students who keep books beyond the
assigned period of time. The resident students are held responsible for property damage
in the dormitory and make a deposit toward any assigned damages. As explained above,
a portion of this fee is returned, less assignable damages, if there is no outstanding debt
owed to the University. The student signs an application stating that he or she understands
the rules and regulations of the University. The student is held responsible for meeting
these regulations and paying any fines which may be imposed for infractions. Students with
unpaid balances, whether for regular charges, fees, or fines, are subject to being withdrawn
from classes at a time determined by the University if all accounts are not settled in a timely
manner. The University does not release transcripts or credits to a student, or to any other
college, if the student has unpaid charges or fines. Students cannot register for classes if
there is any outstanding balance owed the University.
Academic and Financial Responsibility for Classes. A student who officially withdraws
from the University on or before the deadline for withdrawals will receive the grade of
“W” for all courses in which he or she is enrolled at the time of withdrawal. The official
withdrawal date will be when official notification is given to the university. The following
statements do not apply to summer sessions or to special programs. (See the University
website for policies pertaining to summer school.) The student is academically responsible
for all classes in which he or she is enrolled at the end of the second week of the semester,
and is financially responsible for all courses for which he or she is enrolled at the end of the
second week of classes. Financial responsibility includes, but is not limited to, tuition, fees,
fines, accumulated interest, late charges, and collection costs. Failure to meet obligations
to Anderson University may result in the delinquent account being placed with a collection
46 | Admission/Financial Aid/Expenses
Admission/Financial Aid/Expenses | 47
fines, accumulated interest, late charges, and collection costs. Failure to meet obligations
to Anderson University may result in the delinquent account being placed with a collection
firm. Students are responsible for all collection costs, attorney’s fees and court costs
incurred by the University in collecting their delinquent accounts. Collection costs could
exceed fifty percent (50%) of the total due. A hold placed on a student account will restrict
the release of records (transcripts and diploma) and registration for future semesters.
Optional Monthly Payment Plan. Anderson University offers a service that spreads out
the cost of college over a period of time. This plan enables parents to pay for tuition and
fees on a monthly basis. Any financial aid (except work-study) received by the student
is subtracted from the basic charges to determine the balance due for the year. These
payments are divided into equal installments with the last payment being due in April of the
academic year.
Please contact Anderson Central for additional information at (864) 231-2070, or stop by
Anderson Central to pick up a brochure.
Academic Curriculum and
Academic Support
Academic Curriculum and Academic Support | 49
Curricula
All undergraduate degree programs at the University are comprised of a major, general education
program requirements, electives, and/or a minor. Some majors are subdivided with a focus in
multiple concentrations. The length of a degree program is measured in credit hours and all
University degrees are at least 120 hours.
The curricula in the University’s various degree programs represent the institution’s primary
academic programs. These curricula consist of liberal arts and professional courses which meet the
general education requirements and the requirements for the majors offered for the baccalaureate
degree. The general education component of the curriculum provides an introduction to the
various fields of study in the humanities, social sciences, fine arts, mathematics, and natural
sciences. In these courses, students have an opportunity to explore and broaden their interests, to
build a foundation for the courses in their major, and to develop essential skills in written and oral
communication, computation, and research. Courses in the major field of study allow students to
explore in depth an area of study that interests them and that provides much of the preparation
needed for their future careers. Students may elect to complete a minor, as well. Many curricula
offer the opportunity to broaden one’s study through the selection of electives. The degree
programs, graduation requirements, course descriptions, and academic policies are explained in
subsequent sections of this catalog.
All graduate degree programs at Anderson University are intentionally designed to ensure that
graduate students engage in courses of study that are progressively more advanced in academic
content and intellectual rigor than undergraduate programs in the same or similar academic
discipline. Courses of study within the graduate curriculum of the University require intensive study
within and knowledge of scholarly literature and findings within each discipline, as well as ongoing
student participation in research, pertinent practice and training within the discipline, or both.
Major
A Major is an instructional program that leads to a degree. It consists of a prescribed set of courses
and requirements that are of increasing sophistication. Generally, these courses are within a specific
discipline, but in interdisciplinary majors may include requirements from multiple disciplines.
Minor
A Minor is a prescribed course of study in a discipline other than a student’s major. As
such, it shares definition with a major but it is less extensive.
The following principles apply to Minors at Anderson University and are articulated
to provide guidance to College Deans and future Academic Policies and Procedures
Committee members. It is intended that all minors are subject to the following guidelines:
1. Prerequisites for courses in a minor must be included in the minor unless they meet a
general education requirement.
2. Minors consist of eighteen semester hours of course work. If a minor requires courses
weighted more than three hours, it may include up to twenty-two semester hours.
3. A minor may not overlap with a student’s major more than the greater of six semester
hours or two courses with the following exception: If a significant number of courses in
a particular minor are required for a particular major, greater overlap may be allowed if
the minor in question leads to competencies that are clearly and demonstrably beyond
50 | Academic Curriculum and Academic Support
those expected of students in the major.
4. Proposed minors are subject to normal curricular review processes.
Concentration
A Concentration is a prescribed set of courses that allows a student to acquire a greater
in-depth understanding in a sub-discipline of the major. A concentration may include
courses outside the major. Anderson University offers the following degree programs
through its colleges:
Degree Programs
Anderson University offers the following degree programs with the specific major designated
in capital letters.
COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES
Bachelor of Arts
COMMUNICATION, with concentrations in
Mass Media
Public Relations/Advertising
Professional Writing
ENGLISH,with concentrations in
Creative Writing
Literature
HISTORY
HUMANITIES AND THE LAW
PSYCHOLOGY
SPANISH
Bachelor of Science
BIOLOGY
KINESIOLOGY
MATHEMATICS
and with a concentration in
Actuarial Science
PRE-ENGINEERING
PSYCHOLOGY
COLLEGE OF BUSINESS (Undergraduate)
Bachelor of Science
BUSINESS, with concentrations in
Accounting
– Computer Information Systems
Financial Economics
– Human Resource Management
International Business
Management
Marketing
COLLEGE OF BUSINESS (Graduate)
Master of Business Administration
COLLEGE OF CHRISTIAN STUDIES (Undergraduate)
Bachelor of Arts
CHRISTIAN MINISTRY with concentrations in
Pastoral Ministry
Preaching
Youth Ministry
CHRISTIAN THEOLOGY with concentrations in
Biblical Studies
COLLEGE OF CHRISTIAN STUDIES (Graduate)
Master of Ministry
Doctor of Ministry
with concentration in Biblical Preaching
COLLEGE OF EDUCATION (Undergraduate)
Bachelor of Arts
SECONDARY ENGLISH EDUCATION (9-12)
SECONDARY SOCIAL STUDIES EDUCATION (9-12)
Bachelor of Science
ELEMENTARY EDUCATION, and with add-on certification in
– Special Education Learning Disabilities (K-12)
– Early Childhood Education
EARLY CHILDHOOD EDUCATION
SPECIAL EDUCATION: MULTI-CATEGORICAL
PHYSICAL EDUCATION
SECONDARY MATHEMATICS EDUCATION (9-12)
COLLEGE OF EDUCATION (Graduate)
Master of Arts in Teaching
Master of Education
Master of Education in Administration and Supervision
COLLEGE OF GRADUATE, ONLINE AND NON-TRADITIONAL
(for working adults)
Bachelor of Business Administration, and with concentrations in
– Computer Information Systems
– Healthcare Management
Bachelor of Christian Studies
Bachelor of Human Services, and with a concentration in
– Behavioral Science
Bachelor of Liberal Studies
Academic Curriculum and Academic Support | 51
52 | Academic Curriculum and Academic Support
Bachelor of Organizational Leadership, and with a concentration in
– Human Resource Administration
COLLEGE OF VISUAL AND PERFORMING ARTS (undergraduate)
Bachelor of Arts
ART, with concentrations in
Ceramics
– Art Education (K-12)
Graphic Design
Painting/Drawing
MUSIC
MUSICAL THEATRE
THEATRE
and with concentrations in
Dance
Theatrical Design
Bachelor of Music with concentrations in
– Keyboard or Instrumental Performance
– Vocal Performance
– Worship Leadership
Bachelor of Music Education with concentrations in
– Instrumental Music
– Vocal/Choral Music
COLLEGE OF VISUAL AND PERFORMING ARTS (Graduate)
Masters of Music in Music Education
SCHOOL OF CRIMINAL JUSTICE
Bachelor of Arts
CRIMINAL JUSTICE, and with concentrations in
– Law Enforcement
– Homeland Security/Emergency Preparedness
Bachelor of Criminal Justice, (for working adults)
and with concentrations in
– Law Enforcement
– Homeland Security/Emergency Preparedness
Bachelor of Emergency Service Management, (for working adults)
and with concentrations in
– Homeland Security Operations and Administration
– Whole Community
SCHOOL OF CRIMINAL JUSTICE (Graduate)
Master of Criminal Justice
Academic Curriculum and Academic Support | 53
SCHOOL OF INTERIOR DESIGN
Bachelor of Arts
– Interior Design
SCHOOL OF NURSING
Bachelor of Science
– Nursing
Minors are offered in the following (For more information, see the section entitled Requirements for Minors
in the Academic Programs section of this catalog.):
ACCOUNTING FRENCH PSYCHOLOGY
ART
HISTORY
PUBLIC RELATIONS
ART HISTORY HUMANITIES AND THE LAW SOCIOLOGY
BUSINESS KINESIOLOGY SPANISH
CHEMISTRY MARKETING THEATRE
CHRISTIAN STUDIES MATHEMATICS
WORSHIP LEADERSHIP
COMPOSITION MEDIA STUDIES WRITING
COMPUTER INFORMATION SYSTEMS
MUSIC
YOUTH MINISTRY
ENGLISH
Honors Program
Anderson University invites students with strong academic backgrounds, including above
average grades in college preparatory classes and scores on the SAT or ACT examinations,
to participate in the Honors Program. Any new applicant or current freshman may
apply to be admitted to the Program. Applications are considered throughout the year,
but students are admitted only at the beginning of each semester. Each applicant for
the Honors Program will be reviewed individually. The Honors Program brochure and
application can be requested from the Honors Program Secretary (231-2150).
The Honors Program consists of a unique honors general education curriculum, an honors
service project, the honors thesis option, exciting extra-curricular activities, and the
opportunity for graduation with honors. Students are expected to take at least one Honors
course per semester. Students enrolled in the Honors Program must fulfill the General
Education requirements for the degree program in which they are enrolled, and those
requirements are the same as those for students who are not enrolled in the Honors Program.
The only difference for Honors Program students is that they may fulfill their General
Education requirements by successfully completing the Honors Interdisciplinary Colloquium.
Honors students need to be aware, however, that the Interdisciplinary Colloquium may not be
substituted for a specific General Education course required by their major.
See the course descriptions for the Interdisciplinary Colloquium (HON 101, 201,
301, 401) for more information. The Honors Program also involves extra- curricular
activities, such as participation in the National Collegiate Honors Council, field trips,
and recreational activities.
Students who complete the Honors Program are eligible for graduation with honors.
Participation in the Honors Program will be designated on the student’s diploma and
recognized at the annual Honors Convocation. Students enrolled in the Honors Program
enjoy an experience designed to challenge highly motivated individuals. The curriculum
and activities are designed to produce critical thinkers, independent learners, and
creative problem solvers. The overall program provides for a solid foundation for the
future stages of educational development
.
Summer School
Anderson University offers a comprehensive schedule of online and seated courses
during the summer. Classes are scheduled in two daytime sessions. There is also an eight-
week evening session during the latter part of May and the month of June that is a part of
the ACCEL Program. Students may register for up to eight semester hours during each
summer term and it is possible for a student to earn up to 16 semester hours during the
summer sessions. Since students may repeat courses in which they earned grades of less
than C, students may elect to repeat courses during the summer. Summer classes are
available to students from other colleges and universities as well as to Anderson University
students. University credit is available to qualified high school juniors and seniors
through the High School ADVANCE and Dual Credit programs.
Concurrent Enrollment Program
Concurrent enrollment permits high school students to enroll in courses for college
credit during regular semesters or in the summer. Credit earned in this program may be
applied toward a degree at Anderson University, or may be transferred to another school.
However, since transfer policies vary from institution to institution, Anderson University
cannot guarantee that every school will accept credit earned in these programs. Concurrent
students must submit a Concurrent Student Application, approval from their principal or
guidance counselor, an official high school transcript and appropriate SAT or ACT scores
to take courses at Anderson University. Students wishing to enroll in English courses must
make at least a 500 on the writing portion of the SAT or a 20 on the writing portion of the
ACT. Under certain circumstances, it is possible for students to take courses at their
high school and/or at Anderson University, which will count for both high school and
college credit.
Church-Related Vocations Program
The Church-Related Vocations Program (CRVP) is designed to provide both academic and
practical educational experiences for students interested in vocational Christian service. All
CRV students participate in the A-Team, a student ministry association which meets monthly
for discussion, Bible study and fellowship. The ministry group seeks to provide a source of
unity and encouragement for students as they grow in their pilgrimage toward ministry.
The Christian Studies curriculum includes practical internships which allow students the
opportunity to explore the call to Christian service, to acquire basic helping skills, and to
relate identity and professional roles as a minister. Practical skills, history, and polity are
taught in the classroom and in applied ministry activities. Students are also encouraged to
participate in short-term ministry experiences (e.g., Spring Break or another Short Mission
Trip) and/or an extended ministry experience (e.g., Summer or Semester Missions).
Scholarships are offered to all full-time students majoring in Christian Studies who are
preparing for careers in ministry. For scholarships to continue, recipients must maintain a
2.50 GPA, regularly attend monthly A-Team meetings (at least 2/3 of all sessions), be active
in a local church body, and fulfill the internship requirement. The financial aid awards are
renewable annually after review of each student’s progress.
54 | Academic Curriculum and Academic Support
Academic Curriculum and Academic Support | 55
Study/Travel Abroad
International Programs at Anderson University are under the guidance of the Director
of International Programs (DIP.) The director facilitates student engagement in
international programs through short-term and semester-long study abroad, assists faculty
and staff in trip research and development and makes sure they are aware of pertinent
institutional policies, enhances international awareness on the campus, and provides a link
to other groups that facilitate international exchanges including CGE.
Anderson University offers opportunities for both credit and non-credit foreign study/
travel programs. Credit courses offered through these programs may be special topics
courses developed for a particular occasion or courses that are included in the University’s
curriculum. The instructor conducting the program prescribes reading and writing
assignments, and students attend lectures on campus prior to the travel experience. In
addition, Anderson University students regularly study at Northampton University in
England or through programs offered by fellow member institutions of the Consortium
for Global Education. Over fifty sites in Africa, Asia, Central America, Europe, and South
America are available. The university also has partnerships with the Cemanahuac
Educational Community in Cuernavaca, Mexico, and the Tatar-American Regional
Institute in Kazan, Tatarstan, Russia. Students interested in foreign travel/study programs
should consult the Director of International Education at Anderson University.
International Students and English as a Second Language Support Program
International students whose English language skills need enhancement in order to improve
success in the academic program at Anderson University may take English as a Second
Language courses. These courses do not count toward meeting graduation requirements
but will count as part of the academic load for determining full-time status. Because of the
additional costs for this ESL support program, the international students who participate
will be charged $15,000 for tuition and fees per semester. These international students may
qualify for a scholarship of $2500 per semester as well.
Teaching Fellows Program
The AU Teaching Fellows Program provides an enriched academic experience for selected
students each year to prepare them to teach effectively in the classroom and to develop
the personal and professional skills needed to be future educational leaders in the state of
South Carolina. Teaching Fellows are selected and approved by CERRA (South Carolina
Center for Educator, Recruitment, Retention, and Advancement).
Pre-Professional Studies
Students interested in pursuing careers in medicine, allied health fields, dentistry and
veterinary science are encouraged to apply to Anderson University. In addition to contact
with their regular advisor, pre-medical students must contact a member of the Anderson
University Pre-Medical Committee during their first semester at the school. Such students
will be further advised and tracked according to their interests in pre-medicine. Pre-
medical students take the following courses: Principles of Biology – 3 semesters; two years
of chemistry including a year of General Chemistry and a year of Organic Chemistry; one
year of Introductory Physics; one year of mathematics (Calculus is highly recommended)
and one year of English/English Composition. At Anderson University pre-medical
students typically complete a Bachelor of Science degree in Biology, however a Bachelor’s
degree in any field is acceptable as long as the courses mentioned above are included.
56 | Academic Curriculum and Academic Support
Anderson University has an articulation agreement for a Guaranteed Acceptance Program
with Virginia College of Osteopathic Medicine (VCOM). This program guarantees
acceptance to VCOM when students meet specified requirements. Further information
regarding this program can be obtained by contacting a member of the Anderson University
Pre-Medical Committee.
Independent Study
The University offers an opportunity for students to take courses in the curriculum outside
the classroom setting through independent study. A course will not normally be offered
by independent study during an academic term in which that course is included in the
class schedule. Students interested in registering for a course to be completed through
independent study should consult the appropriate College Dean for the policies and
procedures governing independent study.
Directed Study
A faculty member, a student, or a group of students may petition a College Dean to offer
through directed study a course that is not in the curriculum. In order to be approved, a
course proposed for directed study must conform to the mission and goals of Anderson
University and there must be sufficient personnel and other resources to support the
offering of the course. Normally, no directed study course on the same topic may be
offered more than twice. Courses for which there is a continuing demand must be
proposed as regular courses in the curriculum. Directed study courses may be taught as
traditional courses, as tutorials, or a combination of these methods.
Traditional Students taking ACCEL Courses
The Adult’s College Choice for Exceptional Learning (ACCEL) program is designed for
non-traditional students, that is, those students having a minimum of 5-8 year’s life-
experiences beyond high-school, are financially independent, are working full-time, and
who wish to advance their careers by earning a bachelor’s degree.
The accelerated format of the classes allows non-traditional students the opportunities
to take classes during the evening or in the online format, in 8-week sessions, 5 times
throughout the year.
Given the mission and design of the ACCEL program, students who do not meet the
criteria of a non-traditional student are restricted from enrolling in ACCEL classes, and
are unable to register themselves for ACCEL courses. Traditional students requiring
additional courses or who hope to improve their GPA are directed to use the summer
school sessions, not ACCEL courses.
Rare enrollment exceptions for upper class traditional students may be made due to class
scheduling conflicts that would have a negative impact on progress towards graduation.
Traditional upper class students seeking to enroll in an ACCEL course must request a
Registration Exception with the dean of the college that has supervision of the class.
$LU)RUFHDQG$UP\5HVHUYH2IÀFHU7UDLQLQJ&RUSV
Through an agreement with the Air Force (AFROTC) and Army Reserve Officer Training
Corps (AROTC) at Clemson University, Anderson University students can concurrently
Academic Curriculum and Academic Support | 57
enroll in the AFROTC or AROTC program at Clemson University. The courses of study
in these two programs are outlined in this catalog, under Aerospace Studies (A S) for the
Air Force ROTC and Military Leadership (ML) for the Army ROTC program. Students
can complete the programs in one to four years (time required in the program is based
on needs of the military, so check with the appropriate ROTC department for details).
There are limited scholarships and incentive programs available to provide funding for
tuition, fees, and books. In addition, ROTC students may also be eligible for a monthly
tax-free stipend to help offset expenses. Students who complete these programs and
commissioning requirements may be appointed as second lieutenants in the respective
services. Opportunities also exist for graduate or professional study once on active duty,
and temporary deferments to active duty may be possible. Interested students should
contact the Air Force ROTC office (864-656-3254) or the Army ROTC office (864-656-
3107) at Clemson University.
Academic Support Services
Academic Advising.
Mission
The mission of the Anderson University Academic Advising Program is to promote
student success by empowering undergraduate students to take responsibility for achieving
their academic, career, and personal goals. This is accomplished through a collaborative
mentoring relationship between the student and advisor.
Goals
1. Academic
a. To assist undergraduate students in setting academic goals.
b. To assist students in developing an educational plan and selection of courses
consistent with the student’s goals and objectives as they relate to the respective
major program.
c. To assist students in graduating in a timely manner.
d. To provide accurate information about institutional, college/school, and
department policies, procedures, resources, and programs.
e. To make referrals to academic support services within the University when
appropriate.
2. Career
a. To assist undergraduate students in learning how to pursue academic goals and
other professional requirements tied to a future career.
b. To make referrals to the Director of Career Services when appropriate.
3. Personal
a. To make referrals to support resources within the University when appropriate.
58 | Academic Curriculum and Academic Support
Center for Student Success. The Center for Student Success provides a number
of academic support services, including disability services, academic coaching and
workshops, and a specialized program for contractually admitted students. The Center
also oversees the Tutoring Lab and is the beginning point for students who need to
withdraw from the university during the semester.
Student Disability Services. Anderson University provides adjustments and modifications
to enable students with disabilities to access the University community, in compliance
with Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973. Reasonable accommodations are
determined based on current documentation and are made on a case-by-case basis.
Adherence to standards that are essential to a course of study is generally considered non-
discriminatory.
Students requesting adjustments from Anderson University must self identify by contacting
the Center for Student Success. However, requesting adjustments does not ensure that the
student qualifies to receive adjustments.
In order to receive accommodations, students must have a documented disability. All
documentation is evaluated on a case-by-case basis. If the documentation is deemed
insufficient, the student may be required to provide additional documentation. Complete
guidelines for documentation are available from the Center for Student Success, but in
general, documentation should include:
Letterhead, name, and title indicating that the documentation was provided by a
professional trained in the differential diagnosis of disorders, and that the evaluation
was performed within the last three years;
A clearly stated diagnosis which rules out alternative explanations and diagnoses;
Defined levels of functioning;
An explanation of substantial limitations due to the disability;
Current treatment and medication;
Essential accommodations needed for postsecondary education, including duration
and rationale.
The Center for Student Success determines the student’s eligibility for accommodations
and, for eligible students, determines appropriate adjustments and modifications.
Anderson University Writing Center. The Writing Center focuses on helping students
develop writing skills essential for academic success. The Writing Center, staffed by peer
tutors, helps students identify and correct errors in grammar, punctuation, and language
usage; develop and focus theses; organize and strengthen arguments; and incorporate and
document primary and secondary sources. Tutors may help students understand writing
assignments in most General Education and entry-level courses and offer direction for the
completion of first drafts as well as for the revision of essays. The Writing Center is staffed
at scheduled times on weekdays during fall and spring semesters. The services of The
Writing Center are available to all Anderson University students at no additional cost.
Library Services. In 2007 the university opened the grand new Thrift Library containing
a computer lab, café, curriculum lab, special collections, music technology lab, 100 seat
multimedia center, conference room, and 10 group study rooms. The library’s 150,000
volume collection includes traditional books and media as well as 60,000
Academic Curriculum and Academic Support | 59
eBooks, 120 databases, and more than 50,000 full text periodicals. The Library supports
the University’s educational mission through its resources and services, by teaching
information literacy, and by encouraging its users to be self-directed, lifelong learners.
Computer Services
There are four general purpose academic computer centers on campus, as well as five
computer labs dedicated to specific academic areas. Two of the general purpose centers
are located in the Watkins Teaching Center and contain approximately 50 workstations;
one of these is dedicated exclusively to general student use, while the other is available
for both classes and general use. A third center, available for both classes and general
use, is located in Vandiver Hall, consisting of 28 student workstations and a specialized
instructor’s workstation for enhanced classroom instruction. The fourth lab is designated
for student use with 35 workstations in The Bunton Computer Laboratory located in the
Thrift Library. Two of the dedicated labs are located in the Rainey Fine Arts building
providing support to the art and graphic design program. One of these is equipped with
20 Apple Macs dedicated to graphic design and a second lab is also available with 20 mixed
workstations offering mixed platforms for design and multimedia pursuits. The university
also supports smaller computer laboratories dedicated to mathematics, chemistry, and a
CADD laboratory for the interior design program. A combination of wired and wireless
networking interconnects all academic and administrative workstations and storage devices,
while wireless networking is available to students residing in residence halls. Web-based
Student Information Services allows student access to registration, academic records, and
financial information. All students are assigned Anderson University email accounts, and
have online access to secure storage of documents and assignments.
E-Mail Policy
All students are expected to establish and maintain an e-mail address on the Anderson
University e-mail system. Students are expected to check their e-mail at least once each
week during the Fall and Spring semesters. Students are responsible for all material,
assignments, and announcements sent by e-mail. Ignorance of course requirements,
instructor statements and directions, and University announcements or policy statements
sent through University e-mail is not an acceptable excuse for failure to meet the
requirements of a course or to adhere to University policy.
Individual instructors may require students to check their email more frequently, especially
during ACCEL or summer terms.
Media Services
The Media Center, located in the Watkins Teaching Center, provides audiovisual
equipment for use in the instructional program and is available for use by authorized
student groups.
Academic Programs
Academic Programs | 61
General Education
General Education is a program of study that reflects Anderson University’s foundation
in the liberal arts and the value it places on providing some common learning experiences
for all its graduates. The selection of courses has been developed to provide the essential
knowledge, skills, and dispositions that lead to informed citizenship, service, wellness,
and a foundation for continued learning. The exploration of knowledge and skills in
these courses provides the framework through which students may see the connections and
distinctions among the academic disciplines.
As a university, we recognize that students gain more when they invest more, and we place
a high value on the engaged learner. Skills in communicating, thinking, relating and
wellness are cultivated by the general education program as well as many courses in the
major. Our heritage as a Christian institution is reflected in courses focused on the Bible,
Christ, and ethical living. Knowledge comes to us through many pathways. Knowing
and valuing the different process by which disciplines explore and interpret the human
experience is an important part of learning.
Upon completion of general education, students should be able to:
1
) Demonstrate goal-setting for and critical self-reflection of their experience as learners.
2
) Demonstrate increasing abilities related to the skills of communication, critical and
creative thinking, productive interpersonal relationships, personal health and wellness:
Communication Skills—writing, speaking, reading, listening in English; achieving
basic competency in a second language; developing observation skills, and an
awareness of aesthetics
Critical Thinking Skills—logic, quantitative skills, research, computation, problem
solving, scientific method, and analysis
Interpersonal Skills—cooperation, teamwork, and collaboration
Wellness Skills—nutritional awareness, physical fitness, and healthy lifestyle practices
3
) Demonstrate knowledge of Christian Scripture, a knowledge of Christian religious
traditions, and the ability to evaluate Christian ethical values.
4
) Demonstrate knowledge of the contributions of a variety of academic disciplines, and
the ability to employ corresponding methods of inquiry:
Humanities (including literature and history)
Mathematics
Fine Arts
Social/behavioral sciences
Natural Sciences
General Education Requirements (42-44 hours)
Bachelor of Arts, Bachelor of Science, Bachelor of Music, and Bachelor of Music Education Degrees
ORIENTATION
Freshman Year Experience - FYE 101 (1 hour)
62 | Academic Programs
SKILLS
Communication (6 hours)
Composition and Speech I – ENG 101 (3 hours)
Composition and Speech II – ENG 102 (3 hours)
Mathematics (3 hours)
MAT 101 or higher (as designated by major)
Foreign Language (5-6 hours; minimum of one year sequence in college-level foreign
language study or its equivalent)
FRE 101 and 102, or 131
SPA 101 and 102, or 131
GREEK and HEBREW Studies -
Available only to majors in the College of Christian Studies
Current Foreign Language placement policies can be found on the AU website. Students
cannot receive credit for a foreign language course which is at a level lower than their
placement. Students may appeal their placement in writing to the Chair of the Department
of Foreign Language.
Healthy Lifestyle (2 hours)
KIN 135
AREAS OF INQUIRY
Humanities (12 hours)
History (3 hours)
HIS 111, 112, 161, 162
Literature (3 hours)
ENG 201, 202, 205, 206, 213, 214, 215
Religion (6 hours)
CHR 105 and 305
CHR 107, 109, and 305 (9 hours) - Requirement for majors in the College of Christian Studies
Fine Arts (3 hours)
FA 200
Social Science (3 hours)
ECO 200, PSY 101, SOC 101
Natural Science (7-8 hours)
BIO 150, 160
BIO 110 - Biology majors only
BIO 170 - Elementary Education majors only
CHE 101/102, 111/113
CHE 105 -
Nursing majors only
PHY 201/203, 202/204
PSC 101
SCI 101
SCI 107 - Elementary Education majors only
AST 101, 102
The Journey / The Cultural Experience (Pass/Fail)
Each student in the traditional four year academic program will need to receive credit for
eight (8) semesters of
The Journey program in order to meet graduation requirements.
Academic Programs | 63
Each student in the traditional four-year academic program will need to receive credit
for six (6) semesters of The Cultural Experience program in order to meet graduation
requirements.
Art
B.A. with a Major in Art
Mission Statement: The goal of the Art curriculum is to provide art students with a clear
working knowledge of the visual arts as a form of communication, specifically enhanced
through an understanding of formal elements and principles, creative visual problem
solving, critical thinking skills, and an adept investigation of current tools and materials
appropriate to each discipline.
Graduating students will receive essential preparation to foster
success in the professional fields, further their education at the graduate level, or continue
independent creative production.
The Art program is committed to providing the University
community with direct exposure to artwork, emphasizing the study of art and art history
in its historical and contemporary forms in order to broaden the intellectual contexts in
which art is experienced.
Admissions Statement
The gateway into all concentrations in the Art Major is the freshman foundations sequence
- ART 105 and ART 106. A minimum high school GPA of 3.0 is required for admission
into the Art Major. Students who have been accepted into the University but do not meet
this minimum standard may enroll in art courses only if their cumulative GPA is at least a
2.5 following their first semester at Anderson University.
In some circumstances, contractual acceptance into the Art Major may be given upon review
of a portfolio by the Art Department Chair. If granted, the student must show proficiency
during the first semester in art courses by obtaining a 3.0 GPA.
Transfer Student Application Process
Transfer students must have a 2.5 cumulative college GPA to enroll in art courses. This
applies to those transferring in from other institutions, as well as those changing majors
within Anderson University.
Even if they are already accepted into the University, all transfer art students must apply for
acceptance into the art program by submitting a portfolio and scheduling an application
interview with a member of the art department. The department is responsible for
determining which courses that are transferred in count as equivalent to required courses
within the major.
Academic scholarship awards are available to art students based upon artistic merit and
academic standards such as GPA and SAT scores. Incoming students wishing to apply
for a scholarship must submit 15 - 20 portfolio pieces and schedule an interview with a
member of the art faculty. Annual awards typically range from $500 to $2,500, and are
renewable on a yearly basis provided the student maintains a 3.0 GPA in all art courses. All
students enrolled in art courses are required to pay lab fees, which cover the cost of shared
consumable materials provided by the Art Department. Fees vary in amount from course to
course, and are included on the student’s tuition bill.
First Semester Sem. Hr.
ART 105 ..................3
ENG 101 ..................3
Mathematics ...............3
Natural Science (Lab) .........4
Social Science ..............3
FYE 101 .................. 1
Sub-total ..................17
Second Semester
ART 106 ..................3
ENG 102 ..................3
Natural Science .............3
CHR 105 ..................3
History ...................3
KIN135 ...................2
Sub-total ..................17
Third Semester
ART 231, 262 ..............6
FA 200 ...................3
Literature .................3
Elective ...................3
Sub-total ..................15
Fourth Semester
ART 232, 242, 264 ..........9
Electives ..................6
Sub-total ..................15
Fifth Semester Sem. Hr.
ART 261, 331, 362 ...........9
Foreign Language 101 .........3
Electives ..................3
Sub-total ..................15
Sixth Semester
ART 271, 333, 469 ...........9
Foreign Language 102 .........3
CHR 305 .................3
Sub-total ..................15
Seventh Semester
ART 469, 491 ..............4
Social Science ..............3
Electives ..................10
Sub-total ..................17
Eighth Semester
ART 469 ..................3
Electives ..................14
Sub-total ..................17
64 | Academic Programs
Total Number of Semester Hours Required for the Degree: 128
All students who are pursuing a Bachelor of Arts in Art degree must submit work for review
during the sophomore year. All students who plan to graduate with a Bachelor of Arts in
Art must participate in a senior review and exhibition. Senior Reviews and exhibitions are
scheduled twice a year at the end of the fall and spring semesters.
Art: Ceramics
Recommended Course Sequence
No grade below “C” in a course required for the major or minor (including cognates and
specified electives) will count toward satisfying that course requirement. This policy does
not refer to general education requirements or elective courses.
Course Requirements: ART 105, 106, 231, 232, 242, 261, 262, 264, 271, 331, 333,
362, 491, and 469. All art majors are required to comply with the policies and procedures
itemized in The Art Department Academic Policies under which they entered or are
graduating.
Academic Programs | 65
Art: K-12 Teacher Education
Recommended Course Sequence
No grade below “C” in a course required for the major or minor (including cognates and
specified electives) will count toward satisfying that course requirement. This policy does
not refer to general education requirements or elective courses.
Course Requirements:
ART 105, 106, 229, 231, 232, 241, 242, 243, 261, 262 or
264, 271, 281, 331, 333, 382, 384, and 481; 6 hrs. of studio elective 300 level or above;
Professional education courses include EDU 110, 111, 206, 211, 216 or 217, 410, 490, SOC
101, and PSY 205. All art majors are required to comply with the policies and procedures
itemized in The Art Department Academic Policies under which they entered or are
graduating.
First Semester Sem. Hr.
ART 105 ................... 3
EDU 110, 111 ................ 4
ENG 101 ................... 3
PSY 101 .................... 3
MAT 101 or 104 .............. 3
FYE 101 ....................1
Sub-total ...................17
Second Semester
ART 106 ................... 3
EDU 211 ................... 3
ENG 102 ................... 3
CHR 105 ................... 3
BIO 150 ................... 4
Sub-total ...................16
Third Semester
ART 231, 241 ................ 6
ART 281 ................... 3
EDU 216 or 217 ............. 3
KIN 135 ................... 2
ART 229 ...................1
Electives ................... 3
Sub-total ...................18
Fourth Semester
ART 232 ................... 3
Foreign Language ............ 5
ART 242, 262 or 264 .......... 6
History .................... 3
Sub-total ...................17
Fifth Semester Sem. Hr.
ART 331 ..................... 3
ART 382 ..................... 3
ART 243, 261 ................. 6
PSY 205 ..................... 3
EDU 206 .................... 3
Sub-total ..................... 18
Sixth Semester
ART 333 ................... 3
ART 384 ................... 3
Studio elective (300 level) ....... 3
Literature .................. 3
SOC 101 ................... 3
FA 200 .................... 3
Sub-total ...................18
Seventh Semester
ART 271 ................... 3
ART 481 ................... 2
EDU 410 ................... 3
Studio elective (300 or 400 level) . 3
CHR 305 .................. 3
Physical Lab Science .......... 4
Sub-total ...................18
Eighth Semester
EDU 490 ..................12
Sub-total ...................12
Total Number of Semester Hours Required for the Degree: 130-131
66 | Academic Programs
Art: Graphic Design
Recommended Course Sequence
No grade below “C” in a course required for the major or minor (including cognates and
specified electives) will count toward satisfying that course requirement. This policy does
not refer to general education requirements or elective courses.
Course Requirements: ART 105, 106, 120, 221, 222, 231, 232, 242, 261 or 262 or 264,
271, 321, 323, 324, 325, 328, 331, 333, 421, 493, and 495. All art majors are required
to comply with the policies and procedures itemized in The Art Department Academic
Policies under which they entered or are graduating.
First Semester Sem. Hr.
ART 105 ...................3
ENG 101 ...................3
Mathematics ................3
Natural Science (Lab) .........4
Social Science ...............3
FYE 101 ................... 1
Sub-total ...................17
Second Semester
ART 106, 120 ...............6
ENG 102 ...................3
History ....................3
SPA/FRE 131 ................5
Sub-total ...................17
Third Semester
ART 231 ................... 3
ART 221, 222 ............... 6
ART 271 ................... 3
CHR 105 ................... 3
Literature .................. 3
Sub-total ................... 18
Fourth Semester
ART 232 ...................3
ART 321 ...................3
ART 242 ...................3
FA 200 ....................3
KIN 135 ...................2
Elective ....................3
Sub-total ...................17
Fifth Semester Sem. Hr.
ART 331 ...................3
ART 324, 328 ...............6
Natural Science ..............3
CHR 305 ..................3
Sub-total ...................15
Sixth Semester
ART 325 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
ART 333 ...................3
ART 323 ...................3
Electives ...................6
Sub-total ...................15
Seventh Semester
ART 421 ...................3
ART 261 or 262 ..............3
Electives ...................8
Sub-total ...................14
Eighth Semester
ART 493, 495 ...............6
Electives ...................9
Sub-total ...................15
Total Number of Semester Hours Required for the Degree: 128-129
Academic Programs | 67
Art: Painting and Drawing
Recommended Course Sequence
No grade below “C” in a course required for the major or minor (including cognates and
specified electives) will count toward satisfying that course requirement. This policy does
not refer to general education requirements or elective courses.
Course Requirements: ART 105, 106, 231, 232, 241, 242, 243, 261 or 262 or 264, 271,
331, 333, 341, 342, 441, 449 and 491. All art majors are required to comply with the
policies and procedures itemized in The Art Department Academic Policies under which
they entered or are graduating.
First Semester Sem. Hr.
ART 105 ................... 3
ENG 101 ................... 3
Math ...................... 3
Natural Science (Lab) .......... 4
CHR 105 ................... 3
FYE 101 ....................1
Sub-total ...................17
Second Semester
ART 106 ................... 3
ENG 102 ................... 3
History .................... 3
Natural Science .............. 3
Social Science ............... 3
KIN 135 ................... 2
Sub-total ...................17
Third Semester
ART 231, 241 ................ 6
Literature .................. 3
Electives ................... 6
Sub-total ...................15
Fourth Semester
ART 232, 242, 341 ........... 9
FA 200 .................... 3
Elective .................... 3
Sub-total ...................15
Fifth Semester Sem. Hr.
ART 243, 331, 441 ............ 9
Foreign Language 101 .......... 3
ART 271 ................... 3
Sub-total ...................15
Sixth Semester
ART 261 or 264, 342, 449 .......9
Foreign Language 102 .......... 3
CHR 305 .................. 3
ART 333 ................... 3
Sub-total ...................18
Seventh Semester
ART 449 ................... 3
ART 491 ....................1
Electives ................... 11
Sub-total ...................15
Eighth Semester
ART 449 ................... 3
Electives ...................12
Sub-total ...................15
Total Number of Semester Hours Required for the Degree: 128
68 | Academic Programs
Christian Ministry
Recommended Course Sequence
B.A. with a Major in Christian Ministry
The mission of the BA in Christian Ministry is to educate students who want to prepare
themselves for a variety of careers in fields of Christian Ministry (e.g. pastorate, church
staff, missions, evangelism, etc), in order to prepare them for either a) work in a ministry
situation, or b) graduate professional studies in ministry or theology.
No grade below “C” in a course required for the major or minor (including cognates and
specified electives) will count toward satisfying that course requirement. This policy does
not refer to general education requirements or elective courses.
Course Requirements: Required courses in the major include: 107, 109, 205, 240,
250, 305, 335, 352, 365, 382, 491 and 495. Additionally, students must complete five
additional 300/400 level Christian ministry courses and three 300/400 Christian Studies
electives. Christian Ministry majors have the option of using the sequence of CHR 312 and
322 to meet the foreign language requirement.
First Semester Sem. Hr.
ENG 101 ................... 3
Natural Science (Lab) ......... 4
Social Science ............... 3
CHR 107 ................... 3
FYE 101 ................... 1
KIN 135 ................... 2
Sub-total ...................16
Second Semester
ENG 102 ................... 3
Natural Science .............. 3
History .................... 3
CHR 109 .................. 3
Electives ................... 4
Sub-total ...................16
Third Semester
CHR 205 .................. 3
MAT 101 or 104 .............. 3
Literature .................. 3
Foreign Language ............. 3
Elective .................... 3
Sub-total ...................15
Fourth Semester
FA 200 .................... 3
Foreign Language ............. 3
CHR 250 .................. 3
Electives ................... 6
Sub-total ...................15
Fifth Semester Sem. Hr.
CHR 335 ................... 3
CHR 352 .................. 3
CHR 365 .................. 3
CHR 300/400 .............. 3
Elective .................... 3
Sub-total ...................15
Sixth Semester
CHR 305 .................. 3
CHR 382 .................. 3
CHR 300/400 .............. 6
Electives ................... 6
Sub-total ...................18
Seventh Semester
CHR 495 .................. 3
CHR 300/400 .............. 6
Electives ................... 9
Sub-total ...................18
Eighth Semester
CHR 491 ................... 3
CHR 300/400 .............. 6
Electives ................... 6
Sub-total ...................15
Total Number of Semester Hours Required for the Degree: 128
Academic Programs | 69
Christian Ministry: Pastoral Ministry
Recommended Course Sequence
The mission of the BA in Christian Ministry is to educate students who want to prepare
themselves for a variety of careers in fields of Christian Ministry (e.g. pastorate, church staff,
missions, evangelism, etc), in order to prepare them for either a) work in a ministry situation, or
b) graduate professional studies in ministry or theology.
No grade below “C” in a course required for the major or minor (including cognates and
specified electives) will count toward satisfying that course requirement. This policy does not
refer to general education requirements or elective courses.
Course Requirements: A Pastoral Ministry concentration requires that the student take the
following courses within their CHR electives: CHR 360, 362, and 363. The Ministry Internship
(CHR 495) will be done in an area of pastoral ministries. A student may declare a Pastoral
Ministries concentration at any point through the seventh semester.
First Semester Sem. Hr.
ENG 101 ................... 3
Natural Science (Lab) ......... 4
Social Science ............... 3
CHR 107 ................... 3
FYE 101 ................... 1
KIN 135 ................... 2
Sub-total ...................16
Second Semester
ENG 102 ................... 3
Natural Science .............. 3
History .................... 3
CHR 109 .................. 3
Electives ................... 4
Sub-total ...................16
Third Semester
CHR 205 .................. 3
MAT 101 or 104 .............. 3
Literature .................. 3
Foreign Language ............. 3
Elective .................... 3
Sub-total ...................15
Fourth Semester
FA 200 .................... 3
Foreign Language ............. 3
CHR 250 .................. 3
Electives ................... 6
Sub-total ...................15
Fifth Semester Sem. Hr.
CHR 335 ................... 3
CHR 352 .................. 3
CHR 365 .................. 3
CHR 300/400 .............. 3
Elective .................... 3
Sub-total ...................15
Sixth Semester
CHR 305 ...................3
CHR 382 ...................3
CHR 300/400 ...............6
Electives ....................6
Sub-total ................... 18
Seventh Semester
CHR 495 .................. 3
CHR 300/400 .............. 6
Electives ................... 9
Sub-total ...................18
Eighth Semester
CHR 491 ................... 3
CHR 300/400 .............. 6
Electives ................... 6
Sub-total ...................15
Total Number of Semester Hours Required for the Degree: 128
70 | Academic Programs
Christian Ministry: Preaching
Recommended Course Sequence
The mission of the BA in Christian Ministry is to educate students who want to prepare
themselves for a variety of careers in fields of Christian Ministry (e.g. pastorate, church staff,
missions, evangelism, etc), in order to prepare them for either a) work in a ministry situation, or
b) graduate professional studies in ministry or theology.
No grade below “C” in a course required for the major or minor (including cognates and
specified electives) will count toward satisfying that course requirement. This policy does not
refer to general education requirements or elective courses.
Course Requirements: A Preaching concentration requires that the student take the following
courses within their CHR electives: CHR 362, 372, and 472. The Ministry Internship (CHR
495) will be done in an area of preaching and/or teaching ministry. A student may declare a
Preaching concentration at any point through the seventh semester.
First Semester Sem. Hr.
ENG 101 ................... 3
Natural Science (Lab) ......... 4
Social Science ............... 3
CHR 107 ................... 3
FYE 101 ....................1
KIN 135 ................... 2
Sub-total ...................16
Second Semester
ENG 102 ................... 3
Natural Science .............. 3
History .................... 3
CHR 109 .................. 3
Electives ................... 4
Sub-total ...................16
Third Semester
CHR 205 .................. 3
MAT 101 or 104 .............. 3
Literature .................. 3
Foreign Language ............. 3
Elective .................... 3
Sub-total ...................15
Fourth Semester
FA 200 .................... 3
Foreign Language ............. 3
CHR 250 .................. 3
Electives ................... 6
Sub-total ...................15
Fifth Semester Sem. Hr.
CHR 335 ................... 3
CHR 352 .................. 3
CHR 365 .................. 3
CHR 300/400 .............. 3
Elective .................... 3
Sub-total ...................15
Sixth Semester
CHR 305 ...................3
CHR 382 ...................3
CHR 300/400 ...............6
Electives ....................6
Sub-total ................... 18
Seventh Semester
CHR 495 .................. 3
CHR 300/400 .............. 6
Electives ................... 9
Sub-total ...................18
Eighth Semester
CHR 491 ................... 3
CHR 300/400 .............. 6
Electives ................... 6
Sub-total ...................15
Total Number of Semester Hours Required for the Degree: 128
Academic Programs | 71
Christian Ministry: Youth Ministry
Recommended Course Sequence
The mission of the BA in Christian Ministry is to educate students who want to prepare
themselves for a variety of careers in fields of Christian Ministry (e.g. pastorate, church staff,
missions, evangelism, etc), in order to prepare them for either a) work in a ministry situation, or
b) graduate professional studies in ministry or theology.
No grade below “C” in a course required for the major or minor (including cognates and
specified electives) will count toward satisfying that course requirement. This policy does not
refer to general education requirements or elective courses.
Course Requirements: A Youth Ministry concentration requires that the student take the
following courses within their CHR electives: CHR 270, 370, and 470. The Ministry Internship
(CHR 495) will be done in an area of youth ministry. A student may declare a Youth Ministry
concentration at any point through the seventh semester.
First Semester Sem. Hr.
ENG 101 ................... 3
Natural Science (Lab) ......... 4
Social Science ............... 3
CHR 107 ................... 3
FYE 101 ....................1
KIN 135 ................... 2
Sub-total ...................16
Second Semester
ENG 102 ................... 3
Natural Science .............. 3
History .................... 3
CHR 109 .................. 3
Electives ................... 4
Sub-total ...................16
Third Semester
CHR 205 .................. 3
MAT 101 or 104 .............. 3
Literature .................. 3
Foreign Language ............. 3
Elective .................... 3
Sub-total ...................15
Fourth Semester
FA 200 .................... 3
Foreign Language ............. 3
CHR 250 .................. 3
Electives ................... 6
Sub-total ...................15
Fifth Semester Sem. Hr.
CHR 335 ................... 3
CHR 352 .................. 3
CHR 365 .................. 3
CHR 300/400 .............. 3
Elective .................... 3
Sub-total ...................15
Sixth Semester
CHR 305 ...................3
CHR 382 ...................3
CHR 300/400 ...............6
Electives ....................6
Sub-total ................... 18
Seventh Semester
CHR 495 .................. 3
CHR 300/400 .............. 6
Electives ................... 9
Sub-total ...................18
Eighth Semester
CHR 491 ................... 3
CHR 300/400 .............. 6
Electives ................... 6
Sub-total ...................15
Total Number of Semester Hours Required for the Degree: 128
72 | Academic Programs
Christian Theology
Recommended Course Sequence
B.A. with a Major in Christian Theology
The mission of the BA in Theology is to educate students in the traditional theological
disciplines (biblical studies and languages, theology, church history, etc.) so that the students
will be prepared to (1) enter seminary, (2) pursue a graduate research degree, or (3) enter a
career appropriate to a broad-based liberal arts educations (not necessarily within ministry).
The Theology degree is a good program for students interested in scholarship. No grade below
“C” in a course required for the major or minor (including cognates and specified electives) will
count toward satisfying that course requirement. This policy does not refer to general education
requirements or elective courses.
Course Requirements: Required Christian Studies courses include: CHR 107, 109, 205,
240, 250, 305, 331, 345, 445, and 491. Philosophy courses are encouraged, but not required.
The sequence of CHR 312 and CHR 322 will be completed to meet a student’s language
requirement. Majors also must take an additional 27 hours in upper level (300-400) religion
courses, including at least 15 hours in theology and/or biblical studies courses.
First Semester Sem. Hr.
ENG 101 ................... 3
MAT 101 or 104 ............. 3
CHR 107 .................. 3
Social Science ............... 3
Elective .................... 3
FYE 101 ....................1
Sub-total ...................16
Second Semester
ENG 102 ................... 3
History .................... 3
Natural Science .............. 4
KIN 135 ................... 2
CHR 109 .................. 3
Sub-total ...................15
Third Semester
Literature .................. 3
CHR 205 .................. 3
CHR 312 .................. 3
FA 200 .................... 3
Elective .................... 3
Sub-total ...................15
Fourth Semester
CHR 240 .................. 3
CHR 250 .................. 3
Natural Science .............. 3
Electives ................... 7
Sub-total ...................16
Fifth Semester Sem. Hr.
CHR 305 .................. 3
CHR 322 .................. 3
CHR 331 .................. 3
CHR 300/400 .............. 6
Elective .................... 3
Sub-total ...................18
Sixth Semester
CHR 345 ...................3
CHR 300/400 ...............9
Elective .....................3
Sub-total ................... 15
Seventh Semester
CHR 495 .................. 3
CHR 335 .................. 3
CHR 300/400 .............. 6
Electives ................... 6
Sub-total ...................18
Eighth Semester
CHR 491 ................... 3
CHR 300/400 .............. 6
Electives ................... 6
Sub-total ...................15
Total Number of Semester Hours Required for the Degree: 128
Christian Theology: Biblical Studies
Recommended Course Sequence
The mission of the BA in Theology is to educate students in the traditional theological
disciplines (biblical studies and languages, theology, church history, etc.) so that the students
will be prepared to (1) enter seminary, (2) pursue a graduate research degree, or (3) enter a
career appropriate to a broad-based liberal arts educations (not necessarily within ministry).
The Theology degree is a good program for students interested in scholarship. No grade below
“C” in a course required for the major or minor (including cognates and specified electives) will
count toward satisfying that course requirement. This policy does not refer to general education
requirements or elective courses.
Course Requirements: A Biblical Studies concentration requires that the student take the
following courses within their CHR electives: CHR 313 and 323, plus 12 hours in biblical
studies (300/400) electives. A student may declare a Biblical Studies concentration at any point
through the fifth semester; the four-course language sequence will require four consecutive
semesters to complete.
First Semester Sem. Hr.
ENG 101 ................... 3
MAT 101 or 104 ............. 3
CHR 107 .................. 3
Social Science ............... 3
Elective .................... 3
FYE 101 ....................1
Sub-total ...................16
Second Semester
ENG 102 ................... 3
History .................... 3
Natural Science .............. 4
KIN 135 ................... 2
CHR 109 .................. 3
Sub-total ...................15
Third Semester
Literature .................. 3
CHR 205 .................. 3
CHR 312 .................. 3
FA 200 .................... 3
Elective .................... 3
Sub-total ...................15
Fourth Semester
CHR 240 .................. 3
CHR 250 .................. 3
Natural Science .............. 3
Electives ................... 7
Sub-total ...................16
Fifth Semester Sem. Hr.
CHR 305 .................. 3
CHR 322 .................. 3
CHR 331 .................. 3
CHR 300/400 .............. 6
Elective .................... 3
Sub-total ...................18
Sixth Semester
CHR 345 ...................3
CHR 300/400 ...............9
Elective .....................3
Sub-total ................... 15
Seventh Semester
CHR 495 .................. 3
CHR 335 .................. 3
CHR 300/400 .............. 6
Electives ................... 6
Sub-total ...................18
Eighth Semester
CHR 491 ................... 3
CHR 300/400 .............. 6
Electives ................... 6
Sub-total ...................15
Total Number of Semester Hours Required for the Degree: 128
Academic Programs | 73
Communication
B.A. with a Major in Communication
The mission of the BA in Communication is to educate students who want to prepare
themselves for a variety of careers in media (e.g. journalism and video production) and
professional communication (e.g. advertising, public relations and writing) or for graduate
studies in communication.
Communication: Mass Media
Recommended Course Sequence
Communication majors take 27 hours of core communication courses, with additional
hours in one of three communication concentrations. The communication core includes
COM 101, 111, 201, 211, 301, 315, 403, ENG 332 and ENG 431.
No grade below “C” in a course required for the major or minor (including cognates and
specified electives) will count toward satisfying that course requirement. This policy does
not refer to general education requirements or elective courses.
Course Requirements beyond the core: COM 251, 311, 342, 351, 402, 492, and 495.
First Semester Sem. Hr.
COM 101 .................. 3
COM 111 ................... 3
ENG 101 ................... 3
FYE 101 ................... 1
Mathematics ................ 3
CHR 105 ................... 3
Sub-total ...................16
Second Semester
ENG 102 ................... 3
History .................... 3
Natural Science .............. 3
Social Science ............... 3
Elective .................... 3
Sub-total ...................15
Third Semester
COM 251 .................. 3
FA 200 .................... 3
KIN 135 ................... 2
Foreign Language 131 .......... 5
ENG Literature .............. 3
Sub-total ...................16
Fourth Semester
COM 201 .................. 3
COM 211 .................. 3
Natural Science .............. 4
Electives ................... 6
Sub-total ...................16
Fifth Semester Sem. Hr.
COM 311 ................... 3
COM 315 .................. 3
CHR 305 .................. 3
Electives ................... 6
Sub-total ...................15
Sixth Semester
COM 301 .................. 3
COM 351 .................. 3
ENG 332 ................... 3
Electives ................... 8
Sub-total ...................17
Seventh Semester
COM 402 ................. 3
COM 492 .................. 3
COM 495 .................. 3
ENG 431 ................... 3
Electives ................... 6
Sub-total ...................18
Eighth Semester
COM 342 .................. 3
COM 403 .................. 3
Electives ................... 9
Sub-total ...................15
Total Number of Semester Hours Required for the Degree: 128
74 | Academic Programs
Academic Programs | 75
Communication: Public Relations/Advertising
Recommended Course Sequence
Communication majors take 27 hours of core communication courses, with additional
hours in one of three communication concentrations. The communication core includes
COM 101, 111, 201, 211, 301, 315, 403, ENG 332 and ENG 431.
No grade below “C” in a course required for the major or minor (including cognates and
specified electives) will count toward satisfying that course requirement. This policy does
not refer to general education requirements or elective courses.
Course Requirements beyond the core: COM 230, 251, 320, 321, 342, 351, 495, ENG
301, MKT 331, 334, and 413.
First Semester Sem. Hr.
COM 101 ..................3
COM 111 ...................3
ENG 101 ...................3
FYE 101 ................... 1
Mathematics ................3
CHR 105 ...................3
Sub-total ...................16
Second Semester
ENG 102 ...................3
History ....................3
Natural Science ..............3
Social Science ...............3
Elective ....................3
Sub-total ...................15
Third Semester
COM 230 .................3
COM 251 ..................3
FA 200 ....................3
KIN 135 ...................2
Foreign Language 131 ..........5
Sub-total ...................16
Fourth Semester
COM 201 ..................3
COM 211 ..................3
ENG Literature ..............3
ENG 301 ...................3
Natural Science ..............4
Sub-total ...................16
Fifth Semester Sem. Hr.
COM 315 ..................3
COM 320 ..................3
MKT 331 ...................3
CHR 305 ..................3
Elective ....................3
Sub-total ...................15
Sixth Semester
COM 301 ..................3
COM 321 ..................3
ENG 332 ...................3
COM 351 ..................3
MKT 334 ..................3
Elective ....................3
Sub-total ...................18
Seventh Semester
COM 495 ..................3
ENG 431 ...................3
Electives ...................11
Sub-total ...................17
Eighth Semester
COM 342 ..................3
COM 403 ..................3
MKT 413 ...................3
Electives
...................6
Sub-total ...................15
Total Number of Semester Hours Required for the Degree: 128
76 | Academic Programs
Communication: Professional Writing
Recommended Course Sequence
Communication majors take 27 hours of core communication courses, with additional
hours in one of three communication concentrations. The communication core includes
COM 101, 111, 201, 211, 301, 315, 403, ENG 332 and ENG 431.
No grade below “C” in a course required for the major or minor (including cognates and
specified electives) will count toward satisfying that course requirement. This policy does
not refer to general education requirements or elective courses.
Course Requirements beyond the core: COM 230, 311, 320, 321, 342, ENG 301 and 490.
First Semester Sem. Hr.
COM 101 ..................3
COM 111 ..................3
ENG 101 ...................3
FYE 101 ................... 1
Mathematics ................3
CHR 105 ...................3
Sub-total ...................16
Second Semester
ENG 102 ...................3
History ....................3
Natural Science ..............3
Social Science ...............3
Elective ....................3
Sub-total ...................15
Third Semester
COM 230 ..................3
FA 200 ....................3
KIN 135 ...................2
Foreign Language 131 ..........5
ENG Literature ..............3
Sub-total ...................16
Fourth Semester
COM 201 ..................3
COM 211 ...................3
Natural Science ..............4
Electives ...................6
Sub-total ...................16
Fifth Semester Sem. Hr.
COM 311 ...................3
ENG 320 ..................3
ENG 315* ..................3
CHR 305 ..................3
ENG 301 ...................3
Sub-total ...................15
Sixth Semester
COM 301 ..................3
COM 321 ..................3
COM 342 ..................3
ENG 332 ..................3
Electives ...................5
Sub-total ...................17
Seventh Semester
ENG 431* ..................3
Electives ...................15
Sub-total ...................18
Eighth Semester
COM 403 ..................3
ENG 490 ..................3
Electives ...................9
Sub-total ...................15
NOTES: *Students are required to take six of seven writing electives
Total Number of Semester Hours Required for the Degree: 128
Academic Programs | 77
Criminal Justice
Recommended Course Sequence
B.A. with a Major in Criminal Justice
The Bachelor of Arts in Criminal Justice provides graduates, in a traditional environment,
with a basic understanding of various aspects of the criminal justice system and its component
parts. The curriculum combines challenging CRJ courses at the basic level with upper level
core courses, major electives, and optional concentrations. The degree is designed to prepare
graduates for positions with local, state and federal government agencies such as city and
state police and sheriffs’ departments, probation and parole departments, FBI, State Law
Enforcement Division, drug enforcement agencies, the Secret Service, correctional institutions,
juvenile justice agencies and in private, industrial security.
No grade below “C” in a course required for the major or minor (including cognates and
specified electives) will count toward satisfying that course requirement. This policy does not
refer to general education requirements or elective courses.
Major Electives: Choose 12 semester hours from CRJ 310, 325, 400, 405, 410, 420, 435,
460, 475, MGT 343, 441, 443, MGT/OLS 440, SOC 320, 398, PSY 301, 350, or others as
approved by advisor.
First Semester Sem. Hr.
ENG 101 ................... 3
CRJ 101 ................... 3
PSY 101 ................... 3
Foreign Language 131 .......... 5
FYE 101 ....................1
Sub-total ...................15
Second Semester
ENG 102 .................. 3
SOC 101 ................... 3
CRJ 150 ................... 3
Natural Science ............. 3-4
CHR 105 .................. 3
Sub-total ..................15-16
Third Semester
Literature .................. 3
CRJ 215 ................... 3
History .................... 3
Natural Science ............. 3-4
FA 200 .................... 3
Sub-total ..................15-16
Fourth Semester
MAT 108 .................. 3
KIN 135 ................... 2
CRJ 275 ................... 3
CRJ 301 ................... 3
CIS 101 ................... 3
PS 101 .................... 3
Sub-total ...................17
Fifth Semester Sem. Hr.
CHR 305 .................. 3
CRJ 251 ................... 3
CRJ 230 ................... 3
SOC 202 .................. 3
General Electives ............. 6
Sub-total ................... 18
Sixth Semester
SOC 310 .................. 3
ENG 301 .................. 3
CRJ 350 ................... 3
Major Elective ............... 3
General Elective ............. 3
Sub-total ................... 15
Seventh Semester
MGT 341 .................. 3
CRJ 450 ................... 3
Major Electives .............. 6
General Elective ............. 3
Sub-total ...................15
Eighth Semester
CRJ 490 ................... 3
Major Elective ............... 3
General Electives ............. 9
Sub-total ...................15
Total Number of Semester Hours Required for the Degree: 128
78 | Academic Programs
Criminal Justice: Homeland Security/Emergency Preparedness
Recommended Course Sequence
The Bachelor of Arts in Criminal Justice provides graduates, in a traditional environment,
with a basic understanding of various aspects of the criminal justice system and its component
parts. The curriculum combines challenging CRJ courses at the basic level with upper level
core courses, major electives, and optional concentrations. The degree is designed to prepare
graduates for positions with local, state and federal government agencies such as city and
state police and sheriffs’ departments, probation and parole departments, FBI, State Law
Enforcement Division, drug enforcement agencies, the Secret Service, correctional institutions,
juvenile justice agencies and in private, industrial security.
No grade below “C” in a course required for the major or minor (including cognates and
specified electives) will count toward satisfying that course requirement. This policy does not
refer to general education requirements or elective courses.
Concentration Specific Requirements: CRJ 325, 405, 410, 435
First Semester Sem. Hr.
ENG 101 ................... 3
CRJ 101 ................... 3
PSY 101 ................... 3
Foreign Language 131 .......... 5
FYE 101 ....................1
Sub-total ...................15
Second Semester
ENG 102 .................. 3
SOC 101 ................... 3
CRJ 150 ................... 3
Natural Science ............. 3-4
CHR 105 .................. 3
Sub-total ..................15-16
Third Semester
Literature .................. 3
CRJ 215 ................... 3
History .................... 3
Natural Science ............. 3-4
FA 200 .................... 3
Sub-total ..................15-16
Fourth Semester
MAT 108 .................. 3
KIN 135 ................... 2
CRJ 275 ................... 3
CRJ 301 ................... 3
CIS 101 ................... 3
PS 101 .................... 3
Sub-total ...................17
Fifth Semester Sem. Hr.
CHR 305 .................. 3
CRJ 251 ................... 3
CRJ 230 ................... 3
SOC 202 .................. 3
General Electives ............. 6
Sub-total ................... 18
Sixth Semester
SOC 310 .................. 3
ENG 301 .................. 3
CRJ 350 ................... 3
CRJ 325 ................... 3
General Elective ............. 3
Sub-total ................... 15
Seventh Semester
MGT 341 .................. 3
CRJ 405 ................... 3
CRJ 410 ................... 3
CRJ 450 ................... 3
General Elective ............. 3
Sub-total ...................15
Eighth Semester
CRJ 435 ................... 3
CRJ 490 ................... 3
General Electives ............. 9
Sub-total ...................15
Total Number of Semester Hours Required for the Degree: 128
Academic Programs | 79
Criminal Justice: Law Enforcement
Recommended Course Sequence
The Bachelor of Arts in Criminal Justice provides graduates, in a traditional environment,
with a basic understanding of various aspects of the criminal justice system and its component
parts. The curriculum combines challenging CRJ courses at the basic level with upper level
core courses, major electives, and optional concentrations. The degree is designed to prepare
graduates for positions with local, state and federal government agencies such as city and
state police and sheriffs’ departments, probation and parole departments, FBI, State Law
Enforcement Division, drug enforcement agencies, the Secret Service, correctional institutions,
juvenile justice agencies and in private, industrial security.
No grade below “C” in a course required for the major or minor (including cognates and
specified electives) will count toward satisfying that course requirement. This policy does not
refer to general education requirements or elective courses.
Concentration Specific Requirements: CRJ 310, 420, 475, PSY 350
First Semester Sem. Hr.
ENG 101 ................... 3
CRJ 101 ................... 3
PSY 101 ................... 3
Foreign Language 131 .......... 5
FYE 101 ....................1
Sub-total ...................15
Second Semester
ENG 102 .................. 3
SOC 101 ................... 3
CRJ 150 ................... 3
Natural Science ............. 3-4
CHR 105 .................. 3
Sub-total ..................15-16
Third Semester
Literature .................. 3
CRJ 215 ................... 3
History .................... 3
Natural Science ............. 3-4
FA 200 .................... 3
Sub-total ..................15-16
Fourth Semester
MAT 108 .................. 3
KIN 135 ................... 2
CRJ 275 ................... 3
CRJ 301 ................... 3
CIS 101 ................... 3
PS 101 .................... 3
Sub-total ...................17
Fifth Semester Sem. Hr.
CHR 305 .................. 3
CRJ 251 ................... 3
CRJ 230 ................... 3
SOC 202 .................. 3
General Electives ............. 6
Sub-total ................... 18
Sixth Semester
SOC 310 .................. 3
ENG 301 .................. 3
CRJ 350 ................... 3
CRJ 310 ................... 3
General Elective ............. 3
Sub-total ................... 15
Seventh Semester
MGT 341 .................. 3
CRJ 450 ................... 3
CRJ 475 ................... 3
PSY 350 ................... 3
General Elective ............. 3
Sub-total ...................15
Eighth Semester
CRJ 420 ................... 3
CRJ 490 ................... 3
General Electives ............. 9
Sub-total ...................15
Total Number of Semester Hours Required for the Degree: 128
80 | Academic Programs
English: Creative Writing
Recommended Course Sequence
B.A. with a Major in English: Creative Writing
The BA in English: Creative Writing major provides students with hands-on experience in
several genres of creative writing as well as an overview of relevant literature. Students will be
prepared to continue their study in graduate institutions or work in related areas.
No grade below “C” in a course required for the major or minor (including cognates and
specified electives) will count toward satisfying that course requirement. This policy does not
refer to general education requirements or elective courses.
Course Requirements: three courses (9 semester hours) chosen from ENG 201, 202, 205,
206, 213, 214, 215; and nine required writing-intensive courses (27 semester hours) chosen
from ENG 301, 332, 315, 316, 390, either 415 or 416, 490 and COM 111 and 342; ENG 494
and 498 (3 semester hours in total) are required of all students. Four Directed Elective English
Literature courses must be chosen at the 300/400 level (12 semester hours).
First Semester Sem. Hr.
ENG 101 ................... 3
FYE 101 ................... 1
Mathematics ................ 3
HIS ...................... 3
Foreign Language 131 .......... 5
Sub-total ...................15
Second Semester
ENG 102 .................. 3
CHR 105 .................. 3
Natural Science (Lab) ......... 4
Social Science ............... 3
Elective .................... 3
Sub-total ...................16
Third Semester
ENG 200 Level (2) ........... 6
FA 200 .................... 3
KIN 135 ................... 2
COM 111 (or COM 311) ........ 3
Elective .................... 3
Sub-total ...................17
Fourth Semester
ENG 200 Level .............. 3
Natural Science .............. 3
ENG 316 .................. 3
ART 231 or 232 ............. 3
Elective .................... 4
Sub-total ...................16
Fifth Semester Sem. Hr.
ENG 315 .................. 3
ENG 300/400 Elective ........ 3
ENG 301 .................. 3
CHR 305 .................. 3
ENG 200 Level .............. 3
Sub-total ................... 15
Sixth Semester
ENG 300/400 Elective ........ 3
ENG 416 (See above) .......... 3
ENG 332 .................. 3
ENG 390 ................... 1
Electives ................... 7
Sub-total ................... 17
Seventh Semester
ENG 300/400 Elective ........ 3
ENG 432 .................. 3
ENG 415 (See above) .......... 3
ENG 498 .................. 2
Electives ................... 5
Sub-total ...................16
Eighth Semester
ENG 494 .................. 1
ENG 300/400 Elective ........ 3
ENG 490 .................. 3
ENG 390 .................. 1
Electives ................... 8
Sub-total ...................16
Total Number of Semester Hours Required for the Degree: 128
Academic Programs | 81
English: Literature
Recommended Course Sequence
B.A. with a Major in English: Literature
The BA in English: Literature major provides students with an overview of several periods
of literature as well as an in-depth exploration of selected areas. Students will be prepared
to continue their study in graduate institutions or work in related areas.
No grade below “C” in a course required for the major or minor (including cognates and
specified electives) will count toward satisfying that course requirement. This policy does
not refer to general education requirements or elective courses.
Course Requirements: Required non-ENG courses include the second year (201-202)
of foreign language; required ENG courses include three courses chosen from ENG 201,
202, 205, 206, 213, 214, 215; and ten required ENG courses (26 semester hours): 303,
352, 361, 362, 375, 401, 411, 452/453, 494 and 498 (3 semester hours in total). These
will be offered at least once during any two year cycle. Four Directed Elective English
Literature courses must be chosen at the 300/400 level (12 semester hours).
First Semester Sem. Hr.
ENG 101 ...................3
HIS 100/200 ................3
Foreign Language 131 ..........5
Mathematics ................3
FYE 101 ................... 1
Sub-total ...................15
Second Semester
ENG 102 ...................3
CHR 105 ...................3
Natural Science (Lab) ..........4
Electives ...................6
Sub-total ...................16
Third Semester Sem. Hr.
ENG 200 Level ..............3
Fine Arts 200 ...............3
Foreign Language (201) ........3
Social Science ...............3
KIN 135 ...................2
Elective ....................3
Sub-total ...................17
Fourth Semester
ENG 200 Level ..............6
Foreign Language (202) ........4
Natural Science ..............3
Elective ....................3
Sub-total ...................16
Total Number of Semester Hours Required for the Degree: 128
JUNIOR/SENIOR YEARS (Fifth - Eighth Semesters)
I. Ten required English courses (26 semester hours): 303, 352, 361, 362, 375, 401, 411,
452/453, 494 and 498. These will be offered at least once during any two year cycle.
II. Elective Directed English courses, four must be chosen at the 300/400 level
(12 semester hours).
III. CHR 305 ( 3 hours)
IV. Free Electives to bring total to 128 hours.
82 | Academic Programs
Bachelor of Arts: Secondary English Education (9-12)
Recommended Course Sequence
This degree program is designed for the teacher candidate who wants to teach English at
the high school level. There are two main areas of emphasis: English and education. The
English major component includes 30 hours of courses (beyond the general education
requirement) to meet South Carolina certification standards in English. Additionally, the
teacher candidate must complete 39 hours of professional education courses in order to
be certified. This program is nationally recognized by the National Council of Teachers of
English (NCTE).
No grade below “C” in a course required for the major or minor (including cognates and
specified electives) will count toward satisfying that course requirement. This policy does
not refer to general education requirements or elective courses.
First Semester Sem. Hr.
ENG 101 ...................3
BIO 150, 160, PSC 101,
CHE 101, 111, or SCI 101 ......3-4
Foreign Language I ...........3
EDU 110 ................... 1
EDU 111 ...................3
FYE 101 ................... 1
Sub-total ................. 14-15
Second Semester
ENG 102 ................... 3
EDU 211 ................... 3
MAT 101 or 104 .............. 3
PSY 101 ................... 3
Foreign Language II ........... 3
SOC 101 ................... 3
Sub-total ...................18
Third Semester
EDU 217* .................. 3
Elective .................... 3
ENG 201 or 202 ............. 3
ENG 205 or 206 ............. 3
EDU 220 .................. 3
Elective .................... 3
Sub-total ...................18
*Application to Benchmark I
Fourth Semester
CHR 105 ................... 3
BIO 150, 160, PSC 101,
CHE 101, 111, or SCI 101 ......3-4
PSY 205 ................... 3
FA 200 .................... 3
HIS 111, 112, 161, or 162 ....... 3
Sub-total ................. 15-16
Fifth Semester Sem. Hr.
EDU 317 ................... 3
ENG 213, 214, or 215 .......... 3
EDU 206 .................. 3
Elective .................... 3
EDU 324 ................... 3
ENG 303 or 411 ............. 3
Sub-total ...................18
Sixth Semester
EDU 452 ................... 3
ENG 303 or 411 .............. 3
CHR 305 .................. 3
ENG 401 .................. 3
ENG Elective 3XX or 4XX ...... 3
KIN 135 ................... 2
Sub-total ...................17
Seventh Semester
EDU 443* .................. 3
Elective .................... 3
ENG 498 .................. 2
ENG Elective 3XX or 4XX. . . . . . . 3
ENG 332 .................. 3
Elective .................... 3
Sub-total ...................1
7
*Application to Benchmark II
Eighth Semester
EDU 490+ .................. 6
EDU 491 .................. 6
No other courses may be taken during the
clinical experience semester.
Sub-total ...................12
+Application to Benchmark III
Total Number of Semester Hours Required for the Degree: 129-131
History
Recommended Course Sequence
B.A. with a Major in History
The mission of the B.A. in History is to educate students in the areas of American,
European, and world/non-Western history so that the students will be prepared to 1)
pursue graduate or professional studies, 2) enter the teaching field, 3) enter a career in
the public or private sector, or, 4) enter a career appropriate to a broad-based liberal arts
education (not necessarily within history).
No grade below “C” in a course required for the major or minor (including cognates and
specified electives) will count toward satisfying that course requirement. This policy does
not refer to general education requirements or elective courses.
Course Requirements:
Required Non-HIS courses include PS 101, COM 230, and the second year
(201-202) of foreign language. The required courses in History are 111, 112, 161, 162, 295*, 494,
497 and 18 semester hours of 300/400 courses (two courses in European history, two in American
History, one in world/non-Western history, and one elective). HIS 495 is strongly recommended.
First Semester Sem. Hr.
ENG 101 .................. 3
HIS 111 ................... 3
Foreign Language 131 ......... 5
MAT 101/104 ............... 3
FYE 101 ................... 1
Sub-total .................. 15
Second Semester
ENG 102 .................. 3
HIS 112 ................... 3
CHR 105 .................. 3
Natural Science ............. 3
Elective ................... 3
Sub-total .................. 15
Third Semester
HIS 161 ................... 3
Social Science .............. 3
FA 200 ................... 3
Foreign Language 201 ......... 3
Natural Science ............. 4
Sub-total .................. 16
Fourth Semester
PS 101 .................... 3
HIS 295* .................. 3
Foreign Language 202 ........ 3
HIS 162 ................... 3
KIN 135 .................. 2
ENG 2XX ................. 3
Sub-total .................. 17
Fifth Semester Sem. Hr.
HIS 300/400, 300/400 ...... s6
CHR 305 ................. 3
COM 230 ................. 3
Electives .................. 3
Sub-total .................. 15
Sixth Semester
HIS 300/400, 300/400 ...... 6
Electives .................. 12
Sub-total .................. 18
Seventh Semester
HIS 300/400, 497 .......... 6
Electives .................. 10
Sub-total .................. 16
Eighth Semester
HIS 300/400 .............. 4
Electives .................. 11
HIS 494 ................... 1
Sub-total .................. 16
*A grade of “C” or higher must be earned in HIS 295 before enrolling in 300-400 level
history courses.
Total Number of Semester Hours Required for the Degree: 128
Academic Programs | 83
84 | Academic Programs
Bachelor of Arts: Secondary Social Studies Education (9-12)
Recommended Course Sequence
The Bachelor of Arts: Secondary Social Studies Education program is designed in
accordance with guidelines established by the South Carolina State Department of
Education. The program consists of a general education strand; a professional education
strand; cognate courses in Political Science, Geography, and the Social Sciences; as well
as methods courses in social studies. A teacher candidate learns strategies for teaching and
assessing students in the secondary classroom in the major courses.
No grade below “C” in a course required for the major or minor (including cognates and
specified electives) will count toward satisfying that course requirement. This policy does
not refer to general education requirements or elective courses.
First Semester Sem. Hr.
ENG 101 ................... 3
HIS 111 .................... 3
MAT 101 or 104 ............. 3
EDU 110 ....................1
EDU 111 ................... 3
FYE 101 ....................1
CHR 105 .................. 3
Sub-total ...................17
Second Semester
ENG 102 ................... 3
HIS 112 .................... 3
EDU 211 ................... 3
GEO 102. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
PSY 101 ................... 3
PS 101 .................... 3
Sub-total ...................18
Third Semester
EDU 217* .................. 3
Foreign Language I ............ 3
HIS 161 ................... 3
EDU 220 .................. 3
BIO 150 ................... 4
Sub-total ...................16
*Application to Benchmark I
Fourth Semester
HIS 162 .................... 3
Foreign Language II ........... 3
PSY 205 ................... 3
HIS 295 ................... 3
FA 200 .................... 3
ECO 200 .................. 3
Sub-total ...................18
Fifth Semester Sem. Hr.
EDU 317 ................... 3
COM 110 .................. 3
KIN 135 ................... 2
SOC 101 ................... 3
EDU 206 .................. 3
HIS 300/400 ............... 3
Sub-total ...................17
Sixth Semester
EDU 452 ................... 3
ENG 2XX .................. 3
PSC 101, CHE 101, or CHE 111 . . . 4
Elective .................... 3
HIS 300/400 ............... 3
Sub-total ...................16
Seventh Semester
EDU 443* .................. 3
Elective ....................2-3
HIS 382 ................... 3
CHR 305 .................. 3
HIS 497 ................... 3
Sub-total ..................14-15
*Application to Benchmark II
Eighth Semester
EDU 490+ .................. 6
EDU 491 .................. 6
All coursework must be completed before
Enrollment in EDU 490, Clinica
l
Experience I.
Sub-total ...................12
+Application to Benchmark III
Total Number of Semester Hours Required for the Degree: 128-129
Academic Programs | 85
Humanities and the Law
Recommended Course Sequence
The mission of the major in Humanities and the Law is to educate students in the humanities and
in legal studies in order to prepare them for graduate school in law or to enter a career appropriate
to an interdisciplinary, liberal arts education. This program is consistent with the core values
adopted for the mission and purpose of the College (Vision 2014 Strategic Plan Strategy 1 and 4).
Humanities and the Law is Anderson University’s Pre-Law degree program. Students interested
in attending law school can pursue any major, but Humanities and the Law is designed to give
students experiences preparatory for a graduate education in law. This major, however, is more
than a pre-professional program in law. It is also an inter-disciplinary course of study in the
humanities. Students will receive an academic background which could be used in preparation for
a career in government, charitable organizations, economic development or public service.
No grade below “C” in a course required for the major or minor (including cognates and specified
electives) will count toward satisfying that course requirement. This policy does not refer to general
education requirements or elective courses.
Course Requirements:
MAT108 fulfills the General Education requirement in Math.
PSY101 fulfills the General Education requirement in Social Science. The major consists of two
sections: required courses in Legal Studies (LEG 101, 201, 395, and 401) and required courses
in the Behavioral Sciences (CRJ 350; SOC 101, 202, 315, 398; PS 101, 102; PSY 190, 211, 301,
316, 350). Other courses required for the major are COM 301; ENG 332, 431; PHI 101, 205.
First Semester Sem. Hr.
ENG 101 .................. 3
MAT 108 ................. 3
PSY 101 ................... 3
HIS 161 ................... 3
FYE 101 ................... 1
CHR 105 ................. 3
Sub-total .................. 16
Second Semester
ENG 102 .................. 3
Foreign Language 131 ......... 5
SOC 101 .................. 3
PHI 101 ................... 3
LEG 101 ................... 1
KIN 135 .................. 2
Sub-total .................. 17
Third Semester
Literature ................. 3
FA 200 ................... 3
Natural Science ............. 4
PS 101 .................... 3
LEG 201 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Sub-total .................. 16
Fourth Semester
BIO 200 .................. 3
PSY 190 .................. 3
PSY 211 ................... 4
PS 102 ................... 3
SOC 202 ................. 3
Sub-total .................. 16
Fifth Semester Sem. Hr.
CHR 305 ................. 3
PHI 205 .................. 3
PSY 301 .................. 3
SOC 315 .................. 3
Electives .................. 4
Sub-total .................. 16
Sixth Semester
LEG 395 ..................2-3
ENG 332 .................. 3
PSY 316. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Electives .................. 7
Sub-total .................15-16
Seventh Semester
COM 301 ................. 3
PSY 350 .................. 3
ENG 431 .................. 3
Electives .................. 7
Sub-total .................. 16
Eighth Semester
CRJ 350 .................. 3
LEG 401 .................. 3
SOC 398 .................. 3
Electives .................. 7
Sub-total .................. 16
Total Number of Semester Hours Required for the Degree: 128
Interior Design
Recommended Course Sequence
B.A. with a Major in Interior Design
The mission of the School of Interior Design is to create an environment for aspiring
designers to rigorously engage in student centered learning by providing a strong foundation
in interior design within the context of a liberal arts education in a distinctly Christian
community. Additionally, the curriculum seeks to foster the development of the technical
processes, conceptual and perceptual skills, creative problem solving, project management
skills, self-discipline, environmental responsibility and professional ethics essential for
graduates to practice Interior Design with a global perspective in a world market.
No grade below “C” in a course required for the major or minor (including cognates and
specified electives) will count toward satisfying that course requirement. This policy does
not refer to general education requirements or elective courses.
Course Requirements: Art 105, 106, 229, 232, select one from Art 231, 331, 333 or 335,
ID 101, 151, 152, 251, 252, 253, 254, 255, 350, 351, 352, 353, 354, 355, 451, 452, 453,
490, 495, ID 359 or ID 496.
First Semester Sem. Hr.
ID 101 .................... 2
ID 151 .................... 3
ART 105 .................. 3
ENG 101 .................. 3
Social Science .............. 3
KIN 135 .................. 2
FYE 101 ................... 1
Sub-total .................. 17
Second Semester
ART 106 .................. 3
ENG 102 .................. 3
ID 152 .................... 3
SPA/Fre 131 ................ 5
Sub-total .................. 14
Third Semester
ID 251 .................... 4
ID 252 ................... 3
Literature ................. 3
CHR 105 .................. 3
ART 229 ................... 1
ART History ............... 3
Sub-total .................. 17
Fourth Semester
ID 253 ................... 4
ID 254 ................... 3
ID 255 ................... 3
ART 232 .................. 3
Mathematics ............... 3
Sub-total .................. 16
Fifth Semester Sem. Hr.
ID 350 ................... 4
ID 351 .................... 3
ID 353 ................... 3
Natural Science (non-lab) ..... 3
CHR 305 ................. 3
Sub-total .................. 16
Sixth Semester
ID 352 ................... 3
ID 354 ................... 3
ID 355 ................... 3
Natural Science (lab) ......... 4
Electives .................. 3
Sub-total .................. 16
Seventh Semester
ID 451 .................... 3
ID 452 ................... 4
Electives .................. 9
Sub-total .................. 17
Summer Term
ID 495 ................... 3
Eighth Semester
ID 453 ................... 4
ID 490 ................... 3
FA 200 ................... 3
ID 359 or 496 .............. 3
Elective .................... 1
Sub-total .................. 14
Total Number of Semester Hours Required for the Degree: 128
86 | Academic Programs
Academic Programs | 87
Music
Recommended Course Sequence
B.A. with a Major in Music
Admission to music study as a major is by audition only. Requirements vary from degree to degree and
instrument to instrument. See the AU Music Handbook for details. All prospective music majors, including
transfers, must successfully complete the following in addition to all other AU entrance requirements: (1)
Audition application (including an essay and two recommendations), (2) Performance for and interview with
a committee of AU music faculty, (3) Theory placement test (incoming freshmen), (4) Music sight reading
test. Auditionees may be admitted unconditionally, admitted with specific conditions, or denied admission.
Incoming freshmen and transfers who are denied admission may re-audition on any regular audition
day prior to May 1 of the year in which they intend to begin study at AU. Those who have not passed the
audition by May 1 and who still wish to study music at AU must do the following: (1) Enroll in the theory class
determined by the theory placement test, (2) Enroll in the most basic level of applied instruction offered for
their primary instrument; (3) Enroll in the major ensemble required for their major and instrument if they
are qualified, (4) Re-audition on a regularly scheduled audition day during the fall semester of their freshman
year or first semester as a transfer student. Students who are not accepted for music study at this point will not
be allowed to enroll in classes intended specifically for music majors. The Bachelor of Arts degree in Music
provides a broad, Christian, liberal arts education that combines academic study of music with a large number
of electives, including a minor area of study. Students in the program may tailor their studies to suit a wide
range of possible academic or professional goals. The major includes history, literature, and theoretical studies
of music supported by a variety of applied music experiences, including private study and ensembles.
No grade below “C” in a course required for the major or minor (including cognates and specified electives) will count
toward satisfying that course requirement. This policy does not refer to general education requirements or elective courses.
Course Requirements: Major Applied Area (8 hrs.), Secondary Applied Area (2 hrs.), Music Ensembles (10 hrs.
Primary 8 hours and Specialized 2 hours), Recital Hour 090 (7 semesters), MUS 205, 317, 494; MUH 210 or 211
or 212 or 213, 370, 371; MUT 101, 103, 201, 203, 301, 303, and 12 hours of music electives, selected from any
music course except applied music. In addition to the general education course requirements, 19 hours of non-music
courses are required. These courses must include a minor outside of music, or in composition or worship leadership.
All music majors are required to comply with the policies and procedures itemized in the Music Handbook.
First Semester Sem. Hr.
ENG 101 ........................ 3
Foreign Language 101 ............... 3
Social Science ....................3
MUS 090, MUT 101 ............... 3
Primary Ensemble ................. 1
Applied Music .................... 2
FYE 101 ........................ 1
Sub-total ........................16
Second Semester
ENG 102 ........................ 3
Foreign Language 102 ............... 3
MAT 101 or Higher ................3
MUS 090, MUT 103 ............... 3
Primary Ensemble ................. 1
Applied Music .................... 2
Non-Music Elective ................ 3
Sub-total ........................18
Third Semester
CHR 105 ........................ 3
MUS 090, MUT 201,
one of MUH 210-213 ............. 6
Primary Ensemble ................. 1
Applied Music .................... 2
Non-Music Elective ................ 3
Sub-total ........................15
Fourth Semester
CHR 305 ....................... 3
FA 200 ......................... 3
MUS 090, MUT 203 ............... 3
Non-Music Elective ................ 3
Primary Ensemble ................. 1
Applied Music .................... 2
Sub-total ........................15
Fifth Semester Sem. Hr.
MUS 090, 205, 317,
MUT 301, MUH 370 ..............10
Primary Ensemble ................. 1
Secondary Ensemble ................ 1
Applied Music .................... 2
Non-Music Elective ................ 3
Sub-total ........................17
Sixth Semester
Natural Science ................... 3
Music Elective .................... 2
KIN 135 ........................ 2
MUS 090, MUH 371, MUT 303 ....... 6
Primary Ensemble ................. 1
Secondary Ensemble ................ 1
Non-Music Elective ................ 2
Sub-total ........................17
Seventh Semester
Non-Music Electives ................ 3
Natural Science (Lab) ............... 4
Literature ....................... 3
MUS 090 .......................0
Music Elective .................... 2
P
rimary Ensemble ................. 1
HIS 111, 112, 201, or 202 ............ 3
Sub-total ........................16
Eighth Semester
MUS 494 ....................... 3
Non-Music Electives ............... 8
Primary Ensemble ................. 1
Music Elective .................... 2
Sub-total ........................14
Total Number of Semester Hours Required for the Degree: 128
Total Number of Semester Hours Required for the Degree: 128
88 | Academic Programs
Psychology
Recommended Course Sequence
B.A. with a Major in Psychology
The mission of the Psychology major at Anderson University is to provide students a
foundational understanding of the science of psychology and its applications, in order
to prepare them for their roles as citizens in the liberal arts tradition including graduate
education in both research and applied programs or a career appropriate to a broad-based
liberal arts education.
No grade below “C” in a course required for the major or minor (including cognates and
specified electives) will count toward satisfying that course requirement. This policy does
not refer to general education requirements or elective courses.
Course Requirements: Preparation for the psychology major includes some additional
courses outside of the major. These courses include Philosophy 101 and a second social
science course beyond the one required in general education. In addition, Psychology 101
counts in the major and not in general education while Biology 150 and Chemistry 101 are
designated as the science courses in general education for students majoring in psychology.
Psychology majors are required to take a total of 42 semester hours of Psychology courses as
follows: Psychology Core: PSY 101, 102, 190, 211, 350, 410, 498 and either 490 or 491 – 24
semester hours. Five additional Psychology electives must also be taken. PSY 490 or 491 will
count as a general elective if not taken as a part of the core requirements.
First Semester Sem. Hr.
ENG 101 .................... 3
Gen. Ed. MAT ................ 3
PSY 101 ..................... 3
Foreign Language .............. 5
Foreign Language Lab (LAN) ..... 0
FYE 101 .................... 1
Sub-total ....................15
Second Semester
ENG 102 .................... 3
PSY 102 .................... 2
Social Science ................ 3
BIO 150 .................... 4
CHR 105 .................... 3
Sub-total .................... 15
Third Semester
PSY 205 .................... 3
PSY 211 ..................... 4
PSY 190 .................... 3
Literature ................... 3
FA 200 ..................... 3
Sub-total .................... 16
Fourth Semester
PHI 101 ..................... 3
CHE 101 .................... 4
HIS (Pick one: 111, 112, 201, 202) . . 3
KIN 135 .................... 2
Elective ..................... 3
Sub-total .................... 15
Fifth Semester Sem. Hr.
PSY Elective. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
PSY Elective. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
PSY Elective (Any) ............. 3
CHR 305 ................... 3
Elective ..................... 3
Sub-total .................... 15
Sixth Semester
PSY Elective. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
PSY Elective. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
PSY Elective (Any) ............. 3
Electives .................... 8
Sub-total .................... 17
Seventh Semester
PSY 490 or PSY 491 ........... 3
PSY 498 .................... 3
Electives .................... 10
Sub-total .................... 16
Eighth Semester
PSY 410 .................... 3
Electives .................... 13
Sub-total .................... 16
Academic Programs | 89
Total Number of Semester Hours Required for the Degree: 128
Spanish
Recommended Course Sequence
B.A. with a Major in Spanish
The BA in Spanish at Anderson University exists to promote and teach about all things
Hispanic, including language, culture and literature, in order to raise the level of awareness
in our graduates. It also seeks to make the University and larger community aware of issues
related to Hispanics throughout the world.
No grade below “C” in a course required for the major or minor (including cognates and
specified electives) will count toward satisfying that course requirement. This policy does
not refer to general education requirements or elective courses.
Course Requirements: Required non-SPA courses include ENG 205 or 206 and 12 hours
in a second language (French is shown, but students could study another language). The
major requires 35 hours of Spanish courses above the 201 level.
First Semester Sem. Hr.
SPA 131 ................... 5
ENG 101 .................. 3
Natural Science (Lab) ......... 4
Mathematics ............... 3
FYE 101 ................... 1
Sub-total .................. 16
Second Semester
ENG 102 .................. 3
Natural Science ............. 3
Social Science .............. 3
Elective ................... 6
Sub-total .................. 15
Third Semester
SPA 201 .................. 3
ENG 205 or 206 ............ 3
CHR 105 .................. 3
Electives .................. 9
Sub-total .................. 18
Fourth Semester
SPA 202 .................. 3
History ................... 3
KIN 135 .................. 2
Elective ................... 7
Sub-total .................. 16
Fifth Semester Sem. Hr.
SPA 305, 321, 341 ........... 9
Elective ................... 3
FRE 101 .................. 3
Sub-total .................. 15
Sixth Semester
SPA 310, 322, 405 ........... 7
FA 200 ................... 3
FRE 102 .................. 3
CHR 305 ................. 3
Sub-total .................. 16
Seventh Semester
SPA 325, 342, 410 ........... 7
FRE 201 .................. 3
Electives .................. 6
Sub-total .................. 16
Eighth Semester
SPA 326, 450, 490 .......... 9
FRE 202 .................. 3
Electives .................. 6
Sub-total .................. 16
90 | Academic Programs
Total Number of Semester Hours Required for the Degree: 128
B.A. with a Major in Musical Theatre
Admission to the theatre department is by audition/interview only. Musical theatre
audition requirements include the performance of two musical theatre pieces (32 measures
of each) of contrasting nature and a one minute monologue. Contractual acceptance into
the department may be given; in this case, the student must show proficiency during the first
semester in theatre courses by obtaining a 3.0 or higher and must audition again during the
semester to become a musical theatre major.
The Musical Theatre Major provides training in musical theatre productions for aspiring
actors, designers, directors, technicians, theatre managers, music and theatre teachers and
church drama directors. Students in the major will be able to successfully perform and
rehearse as a “triple threat” (actor/singer/dancer) in musical theatre, direct and/or produce
musical theatre productions in education, church, community, military and professional
settings, audition for professional work in musical theatre, identify basic music theory
components, identify the history and components of American musical theatre, identify
musical theatre repertoire, identify major influences in musical theatre, identify appropriate
musical theatre productions for various audiences and venues, identify characters and
themes from musical theatre repertoire and critique musical theatre productions.
No grade below “C” in a course required for the major or minor (including cognates and
specified electives) will count toward satisfying that course requirement. This policy does not
refer to general education requirements or elective courses.
Course Requirements: Theatre majors take a specified required 49 hours of theatre which
include: THE 102; THE 112; THE 120; THE 130; THE 145; THE 155; THE 160; THE 201;
THE 204; THE 220; THE 222; THE 240; THE 245; THE 250; THE 252; THE 255; THE
260; THE 320; THE 492; and eight semesters of theatre practicum (THE 101 - THE 401).Plus
Eight Hours of Theatre Electives: THE 203; THE 402; THE 490 (This can be taken twice). In
addition to the above courses they are also required to take 12 hours of required courses from the
music department : MUT 101; MUS 134; MUS 145; 5 Semesters of Applied Voice (MUA 110); 2
Semesters of AU Choir (MUP 120). All theatre majors are required to comply with the policies
and procedures itemized in the Theatre Handbook edition under which they entered or are
graduating.
First Semester Sem. Hr.
THE 101 ......................... 1
THE 102 ........................3
THE 120 ......................... 3
THE 145 ......................... 1
THE 155 ......................... 1
THE 160 ......................... 1
Mathematics ...................... 3
ENG 101 ......................... 3
FYE 101 ......................... 1
MUS 145 ......................... 1
Sub-total .........................18
Second Semester
THE 101 ......................... 1
THE 130 ......................... 3
Literature 200-Level ................ 3
ENG 102 ......................... 3
THE 202 ........................ 3
THE 245 ......................... 1
THE 255 ......................... 1
MUA 110 ......................... 1
THE 112 ......................... 1
Sub-total .........................17
Third Semester
THE 201 ......................... 1
CHR 105 ........................ 3
MUP 120 ......................... 1
MUA 110 ......................... 1
Foreign Language ................... 3
FA 200 .......................... 3
THE 252 ......................... 3
THE 260 ........................ 1
Sub-total .........................16
Fourth Semester
KIN 135 ......................... 2
THE 201 ......................... 1
THE 204 ........................ 3
THE 240 ........................ 3
History .......................... 3
Foreign Language ................... 3
Sub-total .........................15
Fifth Semester Sem. Hr.
THE 320 ........................ 3
THE ELECTIVE ................... 2
MUA 110 ......................... 1
MUS 134 ......................... 1
THE 301 ......................... 1
MUP 120 ......................... 1
MUT 101 ......................... 3
THE 301 ......................... 1
Social Science ..................... 3
Sub-Total ........................16
Sixth Semester
THE 301 ......................... 1
THE 250. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
MUA 110 ......................... 1
CHR 305
........................ 3
Natural Science w/ lab. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
THE ELECTIVE ................... 3
Sub-total .........................15
Seventh Semester
THE 220 ........................ 3
MUA 110 ......................... 1
Natural Science .................... 3
THE elective ...................... 3
Electives ......................... 5
Sub-total ......................... 15
Eighth Semester
THE 222 ......................... 3
THE 492 ......................... 3
Electives .........................10
Sub-total .........................16
Academic Programs | 91
Total Number of Semester Hours Required for the Degree: 128
Theatre
Recommended Course Sequence
B.A. with a Major in Theatre
Admission to the theatre department is by audition/interview only. Theatre audition requirements include
the performance of two contrasting one minute monologues. Contractual acceptance into the department
may be given; in this case, the student must show proficiency during the first semester in theatre courses by
obtaining a 3.0 or higher and must audition again during the semester to become a theatre major.
The Theatre Major provides foundational training in theatrical productions for aspiring actors,
designers, directors, technicians, theatre managers and church drama directors. Students in
the major will understand, utilized and develop a level of mastery of fundamental theatrical
skills, cultivate team-building and leadership skills, and achieve a level of confident independent
expression in the theatrical medium. The major is intended to provide a broad foundation
leading to professional work in the theatre (both artistic and administrative), advanced degree work
in theatre or theatre in a faith-based environment.
No grade below “C” in a course required for the major or minor (including cognates and
specified electives) will count toward satisfying that course requirement. This policy does not refer
to general education requirements or elective courses.
Course Requirements: Theatre Majors take a specified required forty-five hours of Theatre Courses.
The forty-five hours include: THE 102; THE 112; THE 120; THE 130; THE 202; THE 203; THE
220; THE 222; THE 230; THE 240; THE 340; THE 360; ENG 200 Level; ENG 411 Shakespeare and
eight semesters of theatre practicum (THE 101-THE 401). At Least 12 hours of theatre elective options:
THE 252; THE 302; THE 330; THE 402; THE 490; THE 492; THE 495. All theatre majors are
required to comply with the policies and procedures itemized in the Theatre Handbook edition under
which they entered or are graduating.
Four of the following six theatre courses must be taken as electives:
THE 252, THE 302, THE 330,
THE 402, THE 490 (may be taken twice), THE 492, THE 495.
First Semester Sem. Hr.
THE 101 ................... 1
THE 102 .................. 3
THE 120 .................. 3
Mathematics ................ 3
ENG 101 ................... 3
CHR 105 .................. 3
FYE 101 ................... 1
Sub-total .................. 17
Second Semester
THE 101 ................... 1
THE 130 .................. 3
Elective .................... 3
ENG 102 .................. 3
KIN 135 ................... 2
THE 202 .................. 3
Sub-total .................. 15
Third Semester
THE 201 .................. 1
THE 230 .................. 3
Foreign Language ............ 3
FA 200 .................... 3
Social Science ............... 3
Theatre Electives ............. 3
Sub-total .................. 16
Fourth Semester
THE 112 ................... 1
THE 201 .................. 1
THE 203 .................. 3
THE 240 .................. 3
English 200 level literature ..... 3
History .................... 3
Foreign Language ............ 3
Sub-total .................. 17
Fifth Semester Sem. Hr.
THE 220 .................. 3
THE 301 .................. 1
THE 340 .................. 3
THE Electives ............... 6
THE 360 .................. 2
ENG 411 ................... 3
Sub-total .................. 18
Sixth Semester
THE 222 .................. 3
THE 301 .................. 1
THE 402 .................. 3
CHR 305 .................. 3
Electives ................... 6
Sub-total .................. 16
Seventh Semester
THE 401 .................. 1
Natural Science w/lab . . . . . . . . . . 4
Electives ................... 11
Sub-total .................. 16
Eighth Semester
THE 401 .................. 1
Natural Science ..............
3
THE Electives ............... 3
Electives ................... 8
Sub-total .................. 15
92 | Academic Programs
Total Number of Semester Hours Required for the Degree: 128-129
Theatre: Dance Concentration
Recommended Course Sequence
Admission to the theatre department is by audition/interview only. Theatre audition requirements
include the performance of a one minute monologue and two choreographed dance pieces of contrasting
nature. Contractual acceptance into the department may be given; in this case, the student must show
proficiency during the first semester in theatre courses by obtaining a 3.0 or higher and must audition
again during the semester to become a theatre major with a dance concentration.
The Theatre Major provides foundational training in theatrical productions for aspiring actors,
designers, directors, technicians, theatre managers and church drama directors. Students in the major will
understand, utilized and develop a level of mastery of fundamental theatrical skills, cultivate team-building
and leadership skills, and achieve a level of confident independent expression in the theatrical medium.
The major is intended to provide a broad foundation leading to professional work in the theatre (both
artistic and administrative), advanced degree work in theatre or theatre in a faith-based environment.
No grade below “C” in a course required for the major or minor (including cognates and specified
electives) will count toward satisfying that course requirement. This policy does not refer to general
education requirements or elective courses.
Course Requirements: Theatre Majors are required to take a specified forty-five hours of theatre courses
which include: THE 102; THE 112; THE 120; THE 130; THE 202; THE 203; THE 220; THE 222;
THE; THE 240; THE 340; THE 360; ENG 200 level; ENG 411 Shakespeare; and eight semesters of
theatre practicum (THE 101-THE 401). Plus twelve hours of theatre electives which include: THE 252;
THE 302; THE 330; THE 402; THE 490; THE 492; THE 495. Concentration specific requirements
include: THE 145; THE 155; THE 160; THE 170; THE 245; THE 255 ; THE 260; THE 270; THE
295; THE 475. All theatre majors are required to comply with the policies and procedures itemized in
the Theatre Handbook edition under which they entered or are graduating.
First Semester Sem. Hr.
THE 101 ...................... 1
THE 102 ..................... 3
THE 120 ...................... 3
Mathematics ................... 3
ENG 101 ...................... 3
THE 155 ...................... 1
THE 145 ..................... 1
FYE 101 ...................... 1
Sub-total ......................16
Second Semester
THE 101 ...................... 1
THE 130 ...................... 3
Elective ....................... 3
ENG 102 ..................... 3
THE 202 ..................... 3
THE 255 ..................... 1
THE 245 ..................... 1
KIN 135 ...................... 2
Sub-total ......................17
Third Semester
THE 201 ...................... 1
THE 230 ..................... 3
Foreign Language ................ 5
Social Science .................. 3
THE 170 ..................... 1
THE 160 ...................... 1
FA 200 ....................... 3
Sub-total ......................17
Fourth Semester
THE 112 ...................... 1
THE 201 ..................... 1
THE 203 ..................... 3
THE 240 ..................... 3
Eng. 200 level Lit. .............. 3
History ....................... 3
THE 295 ..................... 1
THE 260 ..................... 1
Sub-total ......................16
Fifth Semester Sem. Hr.
THE 220 ..................... 3
THE 270 ..................... 1
THE 301 ...................... 1
THE 340 ..................... 3
THE Electives .................. 2
THE 360 ..................... 2
THE 475 ..................... 1
ENG 411 ...................... 3
Sub-total ......................16
Sixth Semester
THE 222 ...................... 3
THE 301 ...................... 1
THE 402 ..................... 3
CHR 105 ..................... 3
Electives ...................... 7
Sub-total ......................1
7
Seventh Semester
THE 401 ...................... 1
Natural Science w/Lab ............ 4
Electives ...................... 9
CHR 305 ..................... 3
Sub-total ......................17
Eighth Semester
THE 401 ...................... 1
Natural Science ................. 3
THE 492 (recital) ............... 3
Electives ...................... 9
Sub-total ......................16
Academic Programs | 93
Total Number of Semester Hours Required for the Degree: 128-129
Theatre: Theatrical Design Concentration
Recommended Course Sequence
Admission to the Theatre Department: Theatrical Design concentration is by interview only.
No grade below “C” in a course required for the major or minor (including cognates and
specified electives) will count toward satisfying that course requirement. This policy does
not refer to general education requirements or elective courses.
Course Requirements: Theatre Majors take a specified required forty-five hours of Theatre
Courses. The forty-five hours include: THE 120; THE 130; THE 102; THE 112; THE 202;
THE 203; THE 220; THE 222; THE 230; THE 240; THE 302; THE 340; THE 360; and
eight semesters of theatre practicum (THE 101 - THE 401). Plus twelve hours of theatre electives
to include: THE 252; Concentration specific requirements: THE 325; THE 317; THE 331. All
theatre majors are required to comply with the policies and procedures itemized in the Theatre
Handbook edition under which they entered or are graduating.
First Semester Sem. Hr.
THE 101 ................... 1
THE 120 .................. 3
THE 102 ................... 3
Mathematics ................ 3
ENG 101 ................... 3
CHR 105 .................. 3
FYE 101 ................... 1
Sub-total ...................17
Second Semester
THE 101 ................... 1
THE 130 ................... 3
THE 202 .................. 3
Elective .................... 3
ENG 102 .................. 3
KIN 135 ................... 2
Sub-total ...................15
Third Semester
THE 201 ................... 1
THE 230 .................. 3
Foreign Language ............. 3
FA 200 .................... 3
Social Science ............... 3
THE 325 .................. 3
Sub-total ...................16
Fourth Semester
THE 112 ................... 1
THE 201 .................. 1
THE 203 .................. 3
THE 240 .................. 3
Foreign Language ............. 3
200-Level Literature .......... 3
History .................... 3
Sub-total ...................17
Fifth Semester Sem. Hr.
THE 220 .................. 3
THE 301 ................... 1
THE 340 .................. 3
THE 331 ................... 3
THE 360 .................. 2
THE Electives ............... 3
ENG 411 ................... 3
Sub-total ...................18
Sixth Semester
THE 222 ................... 3
THE 301 .................. 1
THE 317 ................... 3
THE Elective ............... 3
CHR 305 .................. 3
Natural Science w/Lab ......... 4
Sub-total ...................17
Seventh Semester
THE 401 ....................1
THE Elective ............... 3
Electives ...................12
Sub-total ...................16
Eighth Semester
THE 401 ....................1
Electives ................... 8
THE Electives ............... 3
Natural Science .............. 3
Sub-total ...................15
Biology
Recommended Course Sequence
B.S. with a Major in Biology
The Bachelor of Science degree in Biology prepares students for a variety of careers
and professional occupations such as public service with federal, state and local natural
resource and environmental agencies; consulting and manufacturing firms and educational
institutions. The major is also a solid foundation for those wishing to pursue further
training in medical, dental, veterinary or graduate school (see page 55). Students
interested in pre-Medical studies must contact the Anderson University Pre-Medical
Committee. The University currently has an articulation agreement for a Guaranteed
Acceptance Program with the Virginia College of Osteopathic Medicine (VCOM).
Detailed information about pre-Medical requirements and the aforementioned Agreement
can be obtained from the Pre-Medical Committee.
No grade below “C” in a course required for the major or minor (including cognates and
specified electives) will count toward satisfying that course requirement. This policy does
not refer to general education requirements or elective courses.
Course Requirements: General Education: 44 hours – includes BIO 110, CHE 111/113
and MAT 108; Major Requirements: 68 – 72 hours – includes BIO 111, 208, 212, 214,
320, 351, 452, (or CHE 452), 453 and Biology Electives, totaling 16 hours, selected from
courses numbered BIO 300 or higher, including at least 8 credit hours in 400-level
courses; MAT 107 or 140 (may require MAT 130 prerequisite); CHE 112/114, 201, 202,
203, 204 and 301; and PHY 151/153 or 201, PHY 152/154 or 201. MAT 107 or 130/140,
or its equivalent, must be taken and passed with a C or better before enrolling in PHY
151/153. A grade of C or better must be earned in all of the Major Requirements. General
Electives: 12 – 16 hours. Total: 128 hours.
Total Number of Semester Hours Required for the Degree: 128
First Semester Sem. Hr.
BIO 110 ................... 4
CHE 111/113 ................ 5
MAT 108 ................... 3
ENG 101 ................... 3
FYE 101 ....................1
Sub-total ...................16
Second Semester
BIO 111 .................... 4
CHE 112/114 ................ 5
CHR 105 ................... 3
ENG 102 ................... 3
KIN 135 ................... 2
Sub-total ...................17
Third Semester
BIO 208 ................... 4
CHE 201/203 ............... 5
MAT 107 or
MAT 130 or 140 ............3/4
ENG Literature .............. 3
Sub-total ..................15-16
Fourth Semester
BIO 214 ................... 4
CHE 202/204 ............... 5
BIO 212 ................... 4
Elective or MAT 140 ...........3/4
Sub-total ..................16/17
Fifth Semester Sem. Hr.
BIO 320 ................... 4
CHE 301 ................... 4
PHY 151/153 or 201 ........... 4
Foreign Language ............. 5
Sub-total ...................17
Sixth Semester
Biology 300/400 level ......... 4
PHY 152/154 or 202 .......... 4
History .................... 3
CHR 305 .................. 3
BIO 351 ....................1
Sub-total ...................15
Seventh Semester
Biology 300/400 level ......... 4
BIO 452/CHE 452 and BIO 453 . .1
FA 200 .................... 3
Social Science ............... 3
Electives ................... 6
Sub-total ...................17
Eighth Semester
Biology 300/400 level - 2 classes . . 8
Electives ...................6/7
Sub-total ..................14/15
94 | Academic Programs
Total Number of Semester Hours Required for the Degree: 128 hours
Business
B.S. with a Major in Business
Mission Statement for the Traditional Business Program – The Bachelor of Science
degree in Business prepares graduates, in a traditional environment, with the basic
tools necessary to achieve success in an ever-changing business environment. This is
enhanced by a curriculum with challenging core courses in basic business knowledge
and applications, enhanced by concentration specific courses. The degree is designed to
allow graduates to satisfy goals for entry-level positions leading to a professional career
in business, industry, government, charitable and other not-for-profit organizations.
Business: Accounting
Recommended Course Sequence
No grade below “C” in a course required for the major or minor (including cognates and
specified electives) will count toward satisfying that course requirement. This policy does
not refer to general education requirements or elective courses.
Concentration Specific Requirements: ACC 310, 311, 3 ACC electives, 1 elective from
ACC, BUS 401, CIS, FIN, ECO or MGT.
First Semester Sem. Hr.
BUS 110 ....................1
FYE 101 ....................1
ENG 101 ................... 3
CHR 105 ................... 3
MAT 106 ................... 3
Foreign Language 131 .......... 5
Sub-total ...................16
Second Semester
ENG 102 ................... 3
MAT 113 ................... 3
Natural Science ............. 3-4
PSY 101 or SOC 101 ........... 3
History .................... 3
Sub-total ..................15-16
Third Semester
CIS 120 .................... 3
ACC 201 ................... 3
BUS 230 ................... 3
ECO 211 ................... 3
Natural Science .............. 4
Sub-total ...................16
Fourth Semester
ACC 202 .................. 3
ECO 212 ................... 3
FA 200 .................... 3
Literature .................. 3
KIN 135 ................... 2
Elective .................... 3
Sub-total ...................17
Fifth Semester Sem. Hr.
MGT 341 .................. 3
ACC 310 ................... 3
FIN 310 ................... 3
Electives ...................5-7
Sub-total ..................14-16
Sixth Semester
BUS 351 ................... 3
CIS 352 ................... 3
ACC 311 ................... 3
CHR 305 .................. 3
MKT 331 ................... 3
BUS 494 ....................1
Sub-total ...................16
Seventh Semester
BUS 495 ................... 2
ACC Electives ............... 6
Electives ................... 9
Sub-total ...................17
Eighth Semester
BUS 490 ................... 3
Business Elective ............. 3
ACC Elective ................ 3
Electives ................... 6
Sub-total ...................15
Total Number of Semester Hours Required for the Degree: 128
Academic Programs | 95
96 | Academic Programs
Business: Computer Information Systems
Recommended Course Sequence
No grade below “C” in a course required for the major or minor (including cognates and
specified electives) will count toward satisfying that course requirement. This policy does
not refer to general education requirements or elective courses.
Concentration Specific Requirements: CIS 202, 203, 310, 330, 490, 2 CIS electives,
MGT 451.
First Semester Sem. Hr.
BUS 110 ...................1
FYE 101 ....................1
ENG 101 ...................3
CIS 120 ....................3
MAT 106 ...................3
Foreign Language 131 ..........5
Sub-total ...................16
Second Semester
ENG 102 ...................3
MAT 113....................3
Natural Science..............3-4
PSY 101 or SOC 101 ...........3
History.....................3
Sub-total ................. 15-16
Third Semester
CIS 202....................4
ACC 201 ...................3
BUS 230 ...................3
ECO 211 ...................3
Natural Science...............4
Sub-total ...................17
Fourth Semester
ACC 202...................3
CIS 203....................4
ECO 212 ...................3
Literature...................3
KIN 135....................2
Electives ....................2
Sub-total ...................17
Fifth Semester Sem. Hr.
MGT 341 ...................3
CIS 330 ....................4
FIN 310 ....................3
CHR 105 ...................3
Electives ...................2-4
Sub-total ................. 15-17
Sixth Semester
BUS 351....................3
CIS 352 ....................3
FA 200 ....................3
CHR 305 ...................3
MGT 451 ...................3
BUS 494 ...................1
Sub-total ...................16
Seventh Semester
BUS 495 ...................2
CIS 310 ....................3
CIS 492 ....................3
MKT 331 ...................3
Electives ....................6
Sub-total ...................17
Eighth Semester
CIS 490....................3
BUS 490 ...................3
CIS 494 ....................
3
Electives ....................6
Sub-total ...................15
Total Number of Semester Hours Required for the Degree: 128
Academic Programs | 97
Business: Financial Economics
Recommended Course Sequence
No grade below “C” in a course required for the major or minor (including cognates and
specified electives) will count toward satisfying that course requirement. This policy does
not refer to general education requirements or elective courses.
Concentration Specific Requirements: Track I – FIN 311, 320, ECO 301, 310 and 3
electives to be selected from ECO, FIN, ACC 300+. Track II – FIN 311, ECO 340, 350,
320 or 330 and 3 electives to be selected from ECO and FIN.
First Semester Sem. Hr.
BUS 110 ...................1
FYE 101 ....................1
ENG 101 ...................3
CHR 105 ...................3
MAT 106 ...................3
Foreign Language 131 ..........5
Sub-total ...................16
Second Semester
ENG 102 ...................3
MAT 113....................3
Natural Science..............3-4
PSY 101 or SOC 101 ...........3
History.....................3
Sub-total ................. 15-16
Third Semester
CIS 120 ....................3
ACC 201 ...................3
BUS 230 ...................3
ECO 211 ...................3
Natural Science...............4
Sub-total ...................16
Fourth Semester
ACC 202...................3
ECO 212 ...................3
FA 200 ....................3
Literature...................3
KIN 135....................2
Elective ....................3
Sub-total ...................17
Fifth Semester Sem. Hr.
MGT 341 ...................3
I. ECO 310; II. ECO 340 .......3
FIN 310 ....................3
ECO/FIN Elective.............3
Electives ...................2-4
Sub-total ................. 14-16
Sixth Semester
BUS 351....................3
BUS 494 ................... 1
CIS 352 ....................3
I. ECO 301; II. ECO 350 .......3
CHR 305 ...................3
FIN 311 ....................3
Elective ....................2
Sub-total ...................17
Seventh Semester
BUS 495 ...................2
MKT 331 ...................3
ECO/FIN Elective.............3
I. FIN 320; II. ECO 320 or 330 . . 3
Electives ....................5
Sub-total ...................17
Eighth Semester
BUS 490 ...................3
ECO/FIN Elective.............3
Electives ....................9
Sub-total ...................1
5
Total Number of Semester Hours Required for the Degree: 128
98 | Academic Programs
Business: Human Resource Management
Recommended Course Sequence
No grade below “C” in a course required for the major or minor (including cognates and
specified electives) will count toward satisfying that course requirement. This policy does
not refer to general education requirements or elective courses.
Concentration Specific Requirements: MGT 343, 420, PSY 318, BUS 401, 3 electives
to be selected from ACC, BUS, ECO, MGT, MKT, PSY, or SOC, and MGT 410 must
be taken, rather than BUS 351. PSY 101 and SOC 101 are taken as general education
requirements.
First Semester Sem. Hr.
BUS 110 ...................1
FYE 101 ....................1
ENG 101 ...................3
CHR 105 ...................3
MAT 106 ...................3
Foreign Language 131 ..........5
Sub-total ...................16
Second Semester
ENG 102 ...................3
MAT 113....................3
Natural Science..............3-4
PSY 101 ....................3
History.....................3
Sub-total ................. 15-16
Third Semester
CIS 120 ....................3
ACC 201 ...................3
BUS 230 ...................3
ECO 211 ...................3
Natural Science...............4
Sub-total ...................16
Fourth Semester
ACC 202...................3
ECO 212 ...................3
FA 200 ....................3
Literature...................3
KIN 135....................2
SOC 101 ...................3
Sub-total ...................17
Fifth Semester Sem. Hr.
MGT 341 ...................3
MKT 331 ...................3
FIN 310 ....................3
MGT 420 ..................3
Electives ...................3-5
Sub-total ................. 15-17
Sixth Semester
BUS 401 ...................3
BUS 494 ...................1
CIS 352 ....................3
MGT 343...................3
CHR 305 ...................3
PSY 318 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Sub-total ...................16
Seventh Semester
BUS 495 ...................2
Business Electives .............6
Electives ....................9
Sub-total ...................17
Eighth Semester
MGT 410 ...................3
BUS 490 ...................3
Business Elective ..............3
Electives ....................6
Sub-total ...................15
Total Number of Semester Hours Required for the Degree: 128
Business: International Business
Recommended Course Sequence
No grade below “C” in a course required for the major or minor (including cognates and
specified electives) will count toward satisfying that course requirement. This policy does
not refer to general education requirements or elective courses.
Concentration Specific Requirements: BUS 330, 401, ECO 310, MKT 450 and 3
electives selected from ACC, BUS, CIS, ECO, FIN, MGT, MKT. PSY 101, SOC 101, and
GEO 101 are taken as general education requirements. Literature requirement from ENG
201, 202, 205, or 206 and history from HIS 111 or 112.
First Semester Sem. Hr.
BUS 110 ...................1
FYE 101 ....................1
ENG 101 ...................3
CHR 105 ...................3
MAT 106 ...................3
Foreign Language 131 ..........5
Sub-total ...................16
Second Semester
ENG 102 ...................3
MAT 113....................3
Natural Science..............3-4
PSY 101 ....................3
HIS 111 or 112 ...............3
Sub-total ................. 15-16
Third Semester
CIS 120 ....................3
ACC 201 ...................3
BUS 230 ...................3
ECO 211 ...................3
Natural Science...............4
Sub-total ...................16
Fourth Semester
ACC 202...................3
ECO 212 ...................3
FA 200 ....................3
ENG 201, 202, 205 or 206......3
KIN 135....................2
SOC 101 ...................3
Sub-total ...................17
Fifth Semester Sem. Hr.
GEO 101 ...................3
MGT 341 ...................3
MKT 331 ...................3
FIN 310 ....................3
Electives .................. 2-4
Sub-total ................. 14-16
Sixth Semester
BUS 351....................3
BUS 494 ................... 1
CIS 352 ....................3
CHR 305 ...................3
Business Elective ..............3
Elective ....................2
Sub-total ...................15
Seventh Semester
BUS 495 ...................2
MKT 450...................3
ECO 310 ...................3
Electives ....................8
Sub-total ...................16
Eighth Semester
BUS 401 ...................3
BUS 490 ...................3
Business Electives .............6
BUS 330 ...................
3
Sub-total ...................15
Total Number of Semester Hours Required for the Degree: 128
Academic Programs | 99
100 | Academic Programs
Business: Management
Recommended Course Sequence
No grade below “C” in a course required for the major or minor (including cognates and
specified electives) will count toward satisfying that course requirement. This policy does
not refer to general education requirements or elective courses.
Concentration Specific Requirements: MGT 343, BUS 401, MGT 451, 469 or 479, 4
electives to be selected from ACC, BUS, CIS, ECO, FIN, MGT, MKT. PSY 101 and SOC
101 are taken as general education requirements.
First Semester Sem. Hr.
BUS 110 ...................1
FYE 101 ....................1
ENG 101 ...................3
CHR 105 ...................3
MAT 106 ...................3
Foreign Language 131 ..........5
Sub-total ...................16
Second Semester
ENG 102 ...................3
MAT 113....................3
Natural Science..............3-4
PSY 101 ....................3
History.....................3
Sub-total ................. 15-16
Third Semester
CIS 120 ....................3
ACC 201 ...................3
BUS 230 ...................3
ECO 211 ...................3
Natural Science...............4
Sub-total ...................16
Fourth Semester
ACC 202...................3
ECO 212 ...................3
FA 200 ....................3
Literature...................3
KIN 135....................2
SOC 101 ...................3
Sub-total ...................17
Fifth Semester Sem. Hr.
MGT 341 ...................3
MKT 331 ...................3
FIN 310 ....................3
Electives ...................5-7
Sub-total ................. 14-16
Sixth Semester
BUS 351....................3
BUS 494 ................... 1
CIS 352 ....................3
MGT 343...................3
CHR 305 ...................3
Business Elective ..............3
Elective ....................1
Sub-total ...................17
Seventh Semester
BUS 495 ...................2
MGT 451/469/479 ............3
Business Elective ..............3
Electives ....................9
Sub-total ...................17
Eighth Semester
BUS 401 ...................3
BUS 490 ...................3
Business Electives .............
6
Elective ....................3
Sub-total ...................15
Total Number of Semester Hours Required for the Degree: 128
Academic Programs | 101
Business: Marketing
Recommended Course Sequence
No grade below “C” in a course required for the major or minor (including cognates and
specified electives) will count toward satisfying that course requirement. This policy does
not refer to general education requirements or elective courses.
Concentration Specific Requirements: MKT 334, 340, 413, 433, 2 electives selected
from MKT 350, 360, 440, 450, 460, 492, COM 320, 321 or MGT 469. 2 business
electives selected from ACC, BUS, CIS, ECO, FIN, MGT, MKT. PSY 101 and SOC 101
are taken as general education requirements.
First Semester Sem. Hr.
BUS 110 ...................1
FYE 101 ....................1
ENG 101 ...................3
CHR 105 ...................3
MAT 106 ...................3
Foreign Language 131 ..........5
Sub-total ...................16
Second Semester
ENG 102 ...................3
MAT 113....................3
Natural Science..............3-4
PSY 101 ....................3
History.....................3
Sub-total ................. 15-16
Third Semester
CIS 120 ....................3
ACC 201 ...................3
BUS 230 ...................3
ECO 211 ...................3
Natural Science...............4
Sub-total ...................16
Fourth Semester
ACC 202...................3
ECO 212 ...................3
FA 200 ....................3
MKT 331 ...................3
KIN 135....................2
SOC 101 ...................3
Sub-total ...................17
Fifth Semester Sem. Hr.
MGT 341 ...................3
MKT 334...................3
MKT Elective ................3
FIN 310 ....................3
Electives ...................2-4
Sub-total ................. 14-16
Sixth Semester
BUS 351....................3
BUS 494 ................... 1
CIS 352 ....................3
MGT 340...................3
CHR 305 ...................3
MKT 413 ...................3
Elective ....................1
Sub-total ...................17
Seventh Semester
BUS 495 ...................2
MKT 433 ..................3
MKT Elective ................ 3
Business Elective ..............3
Literature .................. 3
Electives ...................3
Sub-total ...................1
7
Eighth Semester
BUS 490 ...................3
Business Electives .............6
Elective ....................3
Sub-total ...................15
Total Number of Semester Hours Required for the Degree: 128
102 | Academic Programs
%DFKHORURI6FLHQFH(OHPHQWDU\(GXFDWLRQZLWKDGGRQFHUWLÀFDWLRQ
in Early Childhood Education
Recommended Course Sequence
The College of Education offers an undergraduate degree in Elementary Education with
add-on certification in Early Childhood Education according to guidelines recognized
by the South Carolina State Department of Education. The teacher candidate completes
the courses required for the elementary education program and 12 hours of coursework
that leads to add-on certification in Early Childhood. The content of the courses in Early
Childhood facilitates the application of developmentally appropriate strategies for teaching
and assessing students from birth to eight years old in these major courses. The add-on
certification is nationally recognized by the National Association for the Education of Young
Children (NAEYC).
No grade below “C” in a course required for the major or minor (including cognates and
specified electives) will count toward satisfying that course requirement. This policy does not
refer to general education requirements or elective courses.
First Semester Sem. Hr.
EDU 111 ................... 3
EDU 110 ................... 1
BIO 150 or BIO 170 .......... 4
ENG 101 .................. 3
PSY 101 ................... 3
FYE 101 .................... 1
Sub-total .................. 15
Second Semester
EDU 211................... 3
ENG 102 .................. 3
MAT 136 or 137 ............. 3
SOC 101 .................. 3
CHR 105 .................. 3
FA 220 ................... 3
Sub-total .................. 18
Third Semester
EDU 216*.................. 3
EDU 220 .................. 3
HIS 111 or 112 .............. 3
MAT 136 or 137 ............. 3
Foreign Language I ........... 3
PSY 205 .................. 3
Sub-total .................. 18
*Application to Benchmark I
Fourth Semester
EDU 215 ................... 3
EDU 206 .................. 3
KIN 135 ................... 2
EDC 201 ................... 3
SCI 107 ................... 4
Foreign Language II ........... 3
Sub-total ...................18
Fifth Semester Sem. Hr.
EDU 316 .................. 3
EDU 260 .................. 3
EDC 350 .................. 3
EDU 330 ................. 3
HIS 270................... 3
HIS 161 or 162 .............. 3
Sub-total .................. 18
Sixth Semester
EDU 321 or EDU 410 ......... 3
EDU 322 or EDU 421 ......... 3
EDU 335 or EDU 440 ........ 3
EDU 336 or EDU 442 ........ 3
ENG 205 or 206 ............ 3
EDC 315 .................. 3
Sub-total .................. 18
Seventh Semester
EDU 443* ................. 3
EDU 410 or EDU 321 ......... 3
EDU 421 or EDU 322 ......... 3
EDU 440 or EDU 335 ........ 3
EDU 442 or EDU 336 ........ 3
CHR 305 .................. 3
Sub-total ..................
18
*Application to Benchmark II
Eighth Semester
EDU 490+ ................. 6
EDU 491 .................. 6
All coursework must be completed before
Enrollment in EDU 490, Clinical
Experience I.
Sub-total .................. 12
+Application to Benchmark III
Total Number of Semester Hours Required for the Degree: 134-135
Academic Programs | 103
Bachelor of Science: Elementary Education
Recommended Course Sequence
The Elementary Education major is designed in accordance with guidelines established
by the South Carolina State Department of Education. The program consists of a general
education strand; a professional education strand; and methods courses in science and
social studies, mathematics, language arts and reading, fine arts, physical education, and
literature. A teacher candidate learns strategies for teaching and assessing students in
2nd through 6th grade classrooms in these major courses. This program is nationally
recognized by the Association for Childhood Education International (ACEI).
No grade below “C” in a course required for the major or minor (including cognates and
specified electives) will count toward satisfying that course requirement. This policy does
not refer to general education requirements or elective courses.
First Semester Sem. Hr.
EDU 111 ................... 3
EDU 110 ....................1
BIO 150 or BIO 170 .......... 4
ENG 101 ................... 3
PSY 101 ................... 3
FYE 101 ....................1
Sub-total ...................15
Second Semester
EDU 211 ................... 3
ENG 102 .................. 3
MAT 136 or 137 .............. 3
SOC 101 ................... 3
CHR 105 .................. 3
KIN 135 ................... 2
Sub-total ...................17
Third Semester
EDU 216* .................. 3
EDU 220 .................. 3
HIS 111 or 112 ............... 3
MAT 136 or 137 .............. 3
Foreign Language I ........... 3
PSY 205 ................... 3
Sub-total ...................18
*Application to Benchmark I
Fourth Semester
EDU 206 .................. 3
FA 200 .................... 3
Elective .................... 3
SCI 107 ................... 4
Foreign Language II ........... 3
Sub-total ...................16
Fifth Semester Sem. Hr.
EDU 316 ................... 3
EDU 260 .................. 3
Elective .................... 3
EDU 330 .................. 3
HIS 270 ................... 3
HIS 161 or 162 .............. 3
Sub-total ...................18
Sixth Semester
EDU 321 or EDU 410 ......... 3
EDU 322 or EDU 421 ......... 3
EDU 335 or EDU 440 ......... 3
EDU 336 or EDU 442 ......... 3
ENG 205 or 206 ............. 3
Elective .................... 3
Sub-total ...................18
Seventh Semester
EDU 443* .................. 3
EDU 410 or EDU 321 ......... 3
EDU 421 or EDU 322 ......... 3
EDU 440 or EDU 335 ......... 3
EDU 442 or EDU 336 ......... 3
CHR 305 .................. 3
Sub-total ...................1
8
*Application to Benchmark II
Eighth Semester
EDU 490+ .................. 6
EDU 491 .................. 6
All coursework must be completed before
Enrollment in EDU 490, Clinical
Experience I.
Sub-total ...................12
+Application to Benchmark III
Total Number of Semester Hours Required for the Degree: 131-132
104 | Academic Programs
%DFKHORURI6FLHQFH(OHPHQWDU\(GXFDWLRQZLWKDGGRQFHUWLÀFDWLRQ
in Special Education Learning Disabilities (K-12)
Recommended Course Sequence
The College of Education offers an undergraduate degree in Elementary Education with
add-on certification in Special Education: Learning Disabilities (K-12) according to
guidelines recognized by the South Carolina State Department of Education. The teacher
candidate completes the courses required for the elementary education program and nine
hours of coursework that leads to add-on certification in Special Education Learning
Disabilities (K-12). The add-on certification is nationally recognized by the Council for
Exceptional Children (CEC).
No grade below “C” in a course required for the major or minor (including cognates and
specified electives) will count toward satisfying that course requirement. This policy does
not refer to general education requirements or elective courses.
First Semester Sem. Hr.
EDU 111 ................... 3
EDU 110 ................... 1
BIO 150 or BIO 170 .......... 4
ENG 101 ................... 3
PSY 101 ................... 3
FYE 101 ................... 1
Sub-total ...................15
Second Semester
EDU 211 ................... 3
ENG 102 .................. 3
MAT 136 or 137 .............. 3
SOC 101 ................... 3
CHR 105 .................. 3
ENG 205 or 206 ............. 3
Sub-total ...................18
Third Semester
EDU 216* .................. 3
EDU 220 .................. 3
HIS 111 or 112 ............... 3
MAT 136 or 137 .............. 3
Foreign Language I ........... 3
PSY 205 ................... 3
Sub-total ...................18
*Application to Benchmark I
Fourth Semester
EDU 206 .................. 3
FA 200 .................... 3
KIN 135 ................... 2
SCI 107 ................... 4
Foreign Language II ........... 3
Elective .................... 3
Sub-total ...................18
Fifth Semester Sem. Hr.
EDU 316 ................... 3
EDU 260 .................. 3
HIS 270 ................... 3
EDU 330 .................. 3
CHR 305 .................. 3
HIS 161 or 162 .............. 3
Sub-total ...................18
Sixth Semester
EDU 321 or EDU 410 ......... 3
EDU 322 or EDU 421 ......... 3
EDU 335 or EDU 440 ......... 3
EDU 336 or EDU 442 ......... 3
EDS 435 ................... 3
EDS 460 .................. 3
Sub-total ...................18
Seventh Semester
EDU 443* .................. 3
EDU 410 or EDU 321 ......... 3
EDU 421 or EDU 322 ......... 3
EDU 440 or EDU 335 ......... 3
EDU 442 or EDU 336 ......... 3
EDS 436 ..................
3
Sub-total ...................
18
*Application to Benchmark II
Eighth Semester
EDU 490+ .................. 6
EDU 491 .................. 6
All coursework must be completed before
Enrollment in EDU 490, Clinical
Experience I.
Sub-total ...................12
+Application to Benchmark III
Total Number of Semester Hours Required for the Degree: 134-135
Academic Programs | 105
Mathematics
Recommended Course Sequence
B.S. with a Major in Mathematics
The mission of the BS in Mathematics is to educate students in the traditional mathematical
disciplines (e.g. calculus, discrete methods, probability and statistical theory and methods,
linear programming, linear and abstract algebra, etc.) so that students will be prepared to
1) pursue a graduate degree, or 2) enter a career in mathematics. The BS in Mathematics
is distinct from the BS in Secondary Education Mathematics in that the course of study
requires a capstone course in which the student will apply mathematical knowledge in an
independent research project. The Mathematics degree is designed for students with a
strong commitment to applying mathematical knowledge in a career.
No grade below “C” in a course required for the major or minor (including cognates and
specified electives) will count toward satisfying that course requirement. This policy does
not refer to general education requirements or elective courses.
Students in this program are expected to begin with MAT 140. MAT 130 is intended for
students who are not prepared for MAT 140. MAT 130 counts toward elective credit, not a
course in the major..
Course Requirements: General Education: 44-45 hours including MAT 140, PHY
201/203, 202/204. Major: 41 hours including MAT 160, 190, 215, 240, 270, 290, 340,
380, 390, 420, 430, 496, Math Elective. Cognate: 4 hours CIS 202. Electives: 38-39
First Semester Sem. Hr.
ENG 101 ................... 3
MAT 140 ................... 4
Elective .................... 3
Foreign Language 131 .......... 5
FYE 101 ....................1
Sub-total ...................16
Second Semester
ENG 102 ................... 3
MAT 160, 190 ............... 7
Elective .................... 3
History .................... 3
Sub-total ...................16
Third Semester
MAT 215, 240 ............... 7
PHY 201/203 ............... 4
Elective .................... 3
KIN 135 ................... 2
Sub-total ...................16
Fourth Semester
MAT 270, 290 .............. 6
Social Science ............... 3
Literature .................. 3
PHY 202/204 ............... 4
Sub-total ...................16
Fifth Semester Sem. Hr.
CIS 202 ................... 4
MAT 340 .................. 3
FA 200 .................... 3
Elective .................... 3
CHR 105 ................... 3
Sub-total ...................16
Sixth Semester
MAT 380, 390 .............. 6
CHR 305 .................. 3
Electives ................... 9
Sub-total ...................18
Seventh Semester
MAT 420, 430 .............. 6
Electives ................... 9
Sub-total ...................15
Eighth Semester
MAT 496 .................. 3
MAT Elective ................ 3
Electives ................... 9
Sub-total ...................15
Total Number of Semester Hours Required for the Degree: 128 hours
106 | Academic Programs
Mathematics: Actuarial
Recommended Course Sequence
In accordance with the mission of the BS degree program in Mathematics to train the
Mathematics major for a career, this concentration prepares the student in the fundamentals
of actuarial science and for an actuarial career in the insurance industry. The courses
prescribed for the concentration give students background the first four exams (Exam P, Exam
FM, Exam M, and Exam C) of the Society of Actuaries.
No grade below “C” in a course required for the major or minor (including cognates and
specific electives) will count toward satisfying the course requirement. This policy does not
refer to general education requirements or elective courses.
Students in this program are expected to begin with MAT 140. MAT 130 is intended for
students who are not prepared for MAT 140. MAT 130 counts toward elective credit, not a
course in the major.
Course Requirements: General Education: 44-45 hours including MAT 140, PHY
201/203, and PHY 202/204. Major: 41 hours including MAT 160, 190, 215, 240, 270,
290, 340, 380, 390, 420, 440, 480, and 496. Accounting: ACC 201, ACC 202.
Business: BUS 301, Computer Information System: CIS 202, 203. Economics: ECO 211,
212, 240, and 301. Finance: FIN 310. Electives: 9-10 hours.
First Semester Sem. Hr.
ENG 101 ..................3
MAT 140 .................4
KIN 135 ..................2
Foreign Language 131 .........5
FYE 101 .................. 1
Sub-total ..................15
Second Semester
ENG 102 ..................3
MAT 160, 190 ..............7
Social Science ..............3
History ...................3
Sub-total ..................16
Third Semester
MAT 215, 240 .............. 7
ACC 201 ..................3
ECO 211 ..................3
CHR 105 ..................3
Sub-total ..................16
Fourth Semester
MAT 270, 290 .............6
ACC 202 .................3
Literature .................3
ECO 212 ..................3
Elective ...................3
Sub-total ..................18
Fifth Semester Sem. Hr.
CHR 305 .................3
MAT 340 .................3
FIN 310 ..................3
PHY 201/203 ..............4
Elective ...................3
Sub-total ..................16
Sixth Semester
MAT 380, 390 .............6
MAT 440/480* .............3
PHY 202/204 ..............4
FA 200 ...................3
Sub-total ..................16
Seventh Semester
MAT 420 .................3
CIS 202 ..................4
ECO 240 .................3
BUS 301 ..................3
Elective ...................3
Sub-total ..................16
Eighth Semester
MAT 440/480* .............3
MAT 496 .................3
Electives ..................9
Sub-total ..................15
* offered alternating years
Total Number of Semester Hours Required for the Degree: 128 hours
Academic Programs | 107
Bachelor of Science: Secondary Math Education (9-12)
Recommended Course Sequence
This degree program is offered by the College of Education in collaboration with the
Department of Mathematics for those who want to teach mathematics at the high school (9-
12) level. The main components of the program include courses in mathematics, physics,
and professional education. Additionally, the teacher candidate must complete 33 hours of
professional education courses to be certified. This program is nationally recognized by the
National Council of Teachers of Mathematics (NCTM).
No grade below “C” in a course required for the major or minor (including cognates and
specified electives) will count toward satisfying that course requirement. This policy does not
refer to general education requirements or elective courses.
First Semester Sem. Hr.
ENG 101 ..................3
MAT 140 .................4
HIS 1XX ..................3
EDU 110 .................. 1
EDU 111 ..................3
FYE 101 .................. 1
Sub-total ..................15
Second Semester
ENG 102 ..................3
MAT 160, 190 ..............7
EDU 211 ..................3
EDU 220 .................3
Sub-total ..................16
Third Semester
EDU 217* .................3
MAT 215, 240 .............6
ENG 2XX .................3
Foreign Language I ...........3
PSY 101 ..................3
Sub-total ..................18
*Application to Benchmark I
Fourth Semester
MAT 270, 290 .............6
CHR 105 ..................3
Foreign Language II ..........3
PSY 205 ..................3
Elective ................... 3
Sub-total ..................18
Fifth Semester Sem. Hr.
EDU 317 ..................3
MAT 340, 320 .............6
KIN 135 ..................2
PHY 201/203 ..............4
EDU 206 .................3
Sub-total ..................18
Sixth Semester
MAT 380, 390 .............6
EDU 452 .................3
FA 200 ..................3
PHY 202/204 .............4
Sub-total ..................16
Seventh Semester
EDU 443* .................3
MAT 420, 430, 497 .........9
Elective ...................3
CHR 305 .................3
Sub-total ..................18
*Application to Benchmark II
Eighth Semester
EDU 490+ .................6
EDU 491 .................6
All coursework must be completed
before
Enrollment in EDU 490, Clinical
Experience I.
Sub-total ..................12
+Application to Benchmark III
Total Number of Semester Hours Required for the Degree: 130-131
Kinesiology
Recommended Course Sequence
B.S. with a Major in Kinesiology
The mission of the Anderson University Kinesiology Department is to offer students the
opportunity to successfully prepare themselves for a career in either the health and fitness
profession or graduate studies. A secondary purpose of the program is to convey to all
students the importance of lifetime wellness.
All Kinesiology students are admitted to the major as Pre-Kinesiology students. After
successful completion of three introductory courses (BIO 150, CHE 111/113, MAT 107)
with a minimum GPA of 2.5 in these courses, the student may apply to the Department
of Kinesiology for full acceptance into the major. The student must apply no later
than at the completion of 75 credit hours. The student completes an “Application for
Admission to the Kinesiology Major” form with his/her advisor and obtains the signature
of the Department Chair. Should a student receive transfer credit for one or more of the
required courses, the GPA requirement must still be met.
No grade below “C” in a course required for the major or minor (including cognates and
specified electives) will count toward satisfying that course requirement. This policy does
not refer to general education requirements or elective courses.
Course Requirements: KIN 132, 135, 227, 260, 289, 301, 340, 365, 389, 401, 440,
490, BIO 150, 201, 202, CHE 111/113, MAT 107, 108, PHY 151,
Electives (12 hours) to be
selected from KIN 321, 335, 465, 470, 475, 492, 495, or 498.
First Semester ............Sem. Hr.
BIO 150.................... 4
ENG 101 ................... 3
FYE 101 ....................1
KIN 132.................... 3
MAT 107 ................... 3
Social Science ............... 3
Sub-total ...................17
Second Semester
CHE 111/113 ................. 5
CHR 105 ................... 3
ENG 102 ................... 3
KIN 135.................... 2
MAT 108 ................... 3
Sub-total ...................16
Third Semester
BIO 201.................... 4
KIN 227 ................... 3
KIN 260 ................... 3
KIN 289 ................... 3
PHY 151/153 ................ 4
Sub-total ...................17
Fourth Semester
BIO 202 ................... 4
FA 200 .................... 3
History .................... 3
Literature .................. 3
Elective .................... 3
Sub-total ...................16
Fifth Semester ............Sem. Hr.
Foreign Language ............. 5
KIN 301.................... 3
Elective .................... 9
Sub-total ...................17
Sixth Semester
KIN 340 ................... 3
KIN 365 ................... 3
KIN 389 ................... 3
KIN 401 ................... 3
KIN Elective ................3
Sub-total ...................15
Seventh Semester
CHR 305 .................. 3
KIN 440 ................... 3
KIN Elective ................ 6
Elective .................... 3
Sub-total ...................15
Eighth Semester
KIN 490 ................... 3
KIN Elective................. 3
Electives ................... 9
Sub-total ...................15
Total Number of Semester Hours Required for the Degree: 128 hours
108 | Academic Programs
Physical Education
Recommended Course Sequence
B.S. with a Major in Physical Education
The physical education program is designed to prepare teacher candidates to teach physical
education, K-12. The curriculum content includes areas, such as organization and
administration of physical education programs, scientific understanding of the human
body and its capabilities in athletic performances, and methods of instruction for basic
elementary and secondary physical education classes. Other subjects include techniques
for the performance of sports’ skills; the development of skill tests and various methods of
evaluation; and individual classes in gymnastics, rhythmic activities, and lifetime fitness.
Physical education teacher candidates also complete professional education courses to meet
South Carolina certification.
No grade below “C” in a course required for the major or minor (including cognates and
specified electives) will count toward satisfying that course requirement. This policy does
not refer to general education requirements or elective courses.
First Semester Sem. Hr.
EDU 110 ................... 1
EDU 111 ................... 3
ENG 101 ................... 3
MAT 101 (or higher) .......... 3
KIN 135 ................... 2
BIO 150 ................... 4
FYE 101 ................... 1
Sub-total ...................17
Second Semester
EDU 211 ................... 3
ENG 102 .................. 3
PSY 101 .................... 3
MAT 108 .................. 3
KIN 132 ................... 3
CHR 105 .................. 3
Sub-total ...................18
Third Semester
EDU 216 or 217* ............. 3
BIO 201 ................... 4
EDU 220 .................. 3
SOC 101 ................... 3
Foreign Language I ........... 3
Sub-total ...................16
*Application to Benchmark I
Fourth Semester
PSY 205 ........................ 3
PE 220 (S) ...................... 3
PE 231 (S) ...................... 3
PE 232 (S) ...................... 3
Foreign Language II ............... 3
Elective ........................ 3
Sub-total ........................18
(F) Fall only course
(S) Spring only course
Fifth Semester Sem. Hr.
PE 324 (F) ................. 3
KIN 260 (F) ................ 3
KIN 321 ................... 3
PE 383 (F) ................. 3
CHE 101, 111, PHY 101, or PSC 101 . . 4
Sub-total ...................16
Sixth Semester
Elective .................... 3
ENG 205 or 206 ............. 3
PE 333 (S) ................. 3
PE 263 (S) ................. 3
KIN 301 (F & Su) ............ 3
FA 200 .................... 3
Sub-total ...................18
Seventh Semester
EDU 443* .................. 3
KIN 340 ................... 3
PE 403 (F) .................. 3
PE 323 (F). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
HIS 111, 112, 161 or 162 ......... 3
CHR 305 ................... 3
Sub-total ....................17
*Application to Benchmark II
Eighth Semester
EDU 490+ ................. 6
EDU 491 ................... 6
All coursework must be completed before
Enrollment in EDU 490, Clinical
Experience I.
Sub-total ...................12
+Application to Benchmark III
Total Number of Semester Hours Required for the Degree: 130-131
Academic Programs | 109
110 | Academic Programs
Pre-Engineering
Recommended Course Sequence
B.S. with a Major in Pre-Engineering
The mission of the Pre-Engineering major at Anderson University is to provide students
a foundational understanding of Engineering principles in order to prepare them for
transfer to Clemson University, where they will complete their Engineering degree.
This major is a “3 +” (Dual-Degree) program in association with Clemson. Students will
complete the requirements for three academic years at Anderson University, including the
General Education courses, and will then transfer to Clemson for the remaining courses
to satisfy the requirements for the Engineering major. Clemson recommends that the
prospective student attend summer school at Clemson following the Junior year at AU.
Upon completion of this program, the student will receive an engineering degree from
Clemson and a Bachelor of Science in Pre-Engineering degree from AU.
Students participating in this program must complete a form entitled, “Intention to Pursue
the Dual-Degree Program at Clemson University” and send it to the Associate Dean of
Engineering in the College of Engineering at Clemson University. Formal application for
admission to Clemson University should be made during the Fall semester of the third year
at AU. Students completing the program should apply for graduation at both institutions.
The sequence below is suggested based on the general requirements of the Engineering degrees
at Clemson. Students should consult the specific requirements of their chosen Engineering
major at Clemson in order to determine the best course of study at Anderson University.
No grade below “C” in a course required for the major or minor (including cognates and
specified electives) will count toward satisfying that course requirement. This policy does
not refer to general education requirements or elective courses.
Course Requirements: MAT 140 fulfills the General Education requirement for MAT.
Other courses in this major beyond General Education are MAT 190, 240, 290, PHY 201,
202, CHE 111, 112, 113, 114, BIO 160, CIS 120, 202, EG 101, BUS 301 and a 200-level
literature course. In addition, students must complete a Social Science Elective and a Social
Science or Humanities Elective which meets Clemson’s General Education requirements.
Academic Programs | 111
First Semester Sem. Hr.
ENG 101 ................... 3
MAT 140 ................... 4
Foreign Language 131 .......... 5
CIS 120 .................... 3
FYE 101 ....................1
Language Lab ................ 0
Sub-total ...................16
Second Semester
ENG 102 ................... 3
MAT 190 ................... 4
History .................... 3
EG 101 .................... 2
CHR 105 ................... 3
KIN 135 ................... 2
Sub-total ...................17
Third Semester
MAT 240 .................. 4
PHY 201/203 ............... 4
CHE 111/113 ................ 5
BUS 301 ................... 3
Sub-total ...................16
Fourth Semester Sem. Hr.
MAT 290 .................. 3
CHE 112/114 ................ 5
PHY 202/204 ............... 4
Electives ................... 5
Sub-total ...................17
Fifth Semester
Directed Electives ............. 4
BIO 160 ................... 3
Literature .................. 3
Social Science ............... 3
CIS 202 ................... 4
Sub-total ...................17
Sixth Semester
Directed or Free Electives ....... 7
Hum. or Social Sci. Elective ..... 3
CHR 305 .................. 3
FA 200 .................... 3
Sub-total ...................16
Clemson’s Science and Technology Requirement is met through BIO 160.
Directed Electives include CHE 201/203, 202/204, CIS 203, MAT 108, 215, MGT 341.
These are courses designed to prepare the students for particular Engineering majors at
Clemson, but they are not required for all Engineering majors. Courses should be selected
in consultation with the Clemson Engineering catalog.
Students are expected to enter the Pre-Engineering curriculum ready for MAT140
(Calculus). Students who cannot enter AU with placement into MAT140 may not be able
to fulfill the AU coursework within 3 years. Students are placed into an appropriate Math
course based on SAT score.
a) A score of 580 or above will result in a placement into MAT140.
b) A score of 500 - 579 will result in placement into MAT130.
c) If a student’s score is 450 - 499, the sequence of courses to prepare for MAT140 is
MAT101 and MAT107.
d) If a student’s score is below 450, the sequence of courses to prepare for MAT140 is
MAT100, MAT101, and MAT107.
Any student may appeal his/her math placement by contacting the Chair of the Department
of Mathematics.
Clemson’s Cross-Cultural Awareness Requirement can be met through the following
courses: ANT 101, GEO 102, HIS 111, HIS 112, CHR 330
Total Number of Semester Hours Required for the degree is determined by the
Engineering degree offered through Clemson.
112 | Academic Programs
Psychology
Recommended Course Sequence
B.S. with a Major in Psychology
The mission of the Psychology major at Anderson University is to provide students a
foundational understanding of the science of psychology and its applications, in order to
prepare them for graduate education in both research and applied programs.
No grade below “C” in a course required for the major or minor (including cognates and
specified electives) will count toward satisfying that course requirement. This policy does
not refer to general education requirements or elective courses
Course Requirements: Preparation for the psychology major includes some additional
courses outside of the major. These courses include Philosophy 101 and a second social
science course beyond the one required in general education. In addition, Psychology
101 counts in the major and not in general education while Biology 150 and Chemistry 111
are designated as the science courses in general education for students working toward a
B.S. in psychology. Psychology majors are required to take a total of 40 semester hours of
Psychology courses as follows: Psychology Core: PSY 101, 102, 190, 205, 211, 212, 290,
350, 410, 498, and either 490 or 491 – 34 semester hours. Two additional Psychology
electives must also be taken.
First Semester ................... Sem. Hr.
ENG 101 ............................... 3
Gen. Ed. MAT – MAT 113 .......... 3
PSY 101 ................................. 3
CHR 105 ............................... 3
Social Science ......................... 3
FYE 101 ................................ 1
Sub-total ................................16
Second Semester
ENG 102 ............................... 3
PSY 102 ................................ 2
PSY 205 ................................ 3
HIS (Choose one: 111, 112, 161, 162)
.. 3
Foreign Language .................... 5
Sub-total ................................16
Third Semester
PSY 190 ................................ 3
PSY 211 ................................. 4
Literature .............................. 3
FA 200 ................................. 3
PHI 101 ................................. 3
Sub-total ................................16
Fourth Semester
PSY 212 ........................................ 4
BIO 150 ........................................ 4
PSY 290 ....................................... 3
Elective ......................................... 3
Social Science Elective ...................... 3
Sub-total ....................................... 17
Fifth Semester ...................Sem. Hr.
BIO 201 ................................ 4
CHE 111/113 ........................... 4
PSY Elective ........................... 3
CHR 305 .............................. 3
Elective ................................. 3
Sub-total ............................... 17
Sixth Semester
BIO 202 ............................... 4
PSY Elective ........................... 3
PSY 350 ................................ 3
Electives ................................ 6
Sub-total ................................16
Seventh Semester
PSY 498 .................................. 3
PSY (490 or 491) ...................... 3
KIN 135 .................................. 2
Electives .................................. 9
Sub-total ................................ 17
Eighth Semester
PSY 410 ................................ 3
Electives ............................... 10
Sub-total .............................. 13
Total Number of Semester Hours Required for the Degree: 128
Academic Programs | 113
Music Performance
Bachelor of Music Degree
Admission to music study as a major is by audition only. Requirements vary from degree to degree and
instrument to instrument. See the AU Music Handbook for details. All prospective music majors,
including transfers, must successfully complete the following in addition to all other AU entrance
requirements: (1) Audition application (including an essay and two recommendations), (2) Performance
for and interview with a committee of AU music faculty, (3) Theory placement test (incoming freshmen),
(4) Music sight reading test. Auditionees may be admitted unconditionally, admitted with specific
conditions, or denied admission.
Incoming freshmen and transfers who are denied admission may re-audition on any regular audition
day prior to May 1 of the year in which they intend to begin study at AU. Those who have not passed the
audition by May 1 and who still wish to study music at AU must do the following: (1) Enroll in the theory
class determined by the theory placement test, (2) Enroll in the most basic level of applied instruction
offered for their primary instrument; (3) Enroll in the major ensemble required for their major and
instrument if they are qualified, (4) Re-audition on a regularly scheduled audition day during the fall
semester of their freshman year or first semester as a transfer student. Students who are not accepted for
music study at this point will not be allowed to enroll in classes intended specifically for music majors.
The Bachelor of Music degree in Performance is designed for students who wish to focus their career
on performance and private teaching. This degree requires intensive study in individual and ensemble
performance and supporting music courses. It provides excellent preparation for graduate study in music.
Music Performance: Instrumental
Recommended Course Sequence
No grade below “C” in a course required for the major or minor (including cognates and specified
electives) will count toward satisfying that course requirement. This policy does not refer to general
education requirements or elective courses.
Course Requirements: Major Applied Area (16 hrs.), Minor Applied Area (2 hrs.), Primary Ensemble (8 hrs.),
Secondary Ensemble (4hrs.), MUS 090 (7 semesters), 205, 316, 317; MUT 101, 103, 201, 203, 301, 303;
MUH one of 210-213, appropriate literature 326 or 327 or 410, 370, 371, Recitals: MUR 300, 400. Other
courses include the general education requirements of the University and 17-19 hours of non-music electives.
All music majors are required to comply with the policies and procedures itemized in the Music Handbook.
First Semester Sem. Hr.
Primary Applied (2), Sec. Applied (1) .......3
Primary Ensemble .................. 1
MUS 090, MUT 101 ................3
ENG 101 .........................3
MAT 101 or Higher .................3
FYE 101 ......................... 1
Natural Science ....................3
Sub-total .........................17
Second Semester
Primary Applied (2), Sec. Applied (1) .......3
Primary Ensemble .................. 1
MUS 090, MUT 103 ................3
ENG 102 .........................3
HIS 111, 112, 201, or 202 .............3
Natural Science (Lab) ................4
Sub-total .........................17
Third Semester
Primary Applied ....................2
Primary Ensemble .................. 1
Secondary Ensemble .................1
MUS 090, MUT 201 ................3
MUS 205, one of 210-213 ............5
Non-Music Elective .................3
Literature ........................3
Sub-total .........................18
Fourth Semester
Primary Applied ....................2
Primary Ensemble .................. 1
Secondary Ensemble .................1
MUS 090, MUT 203 ................3
FA 200 ..........................3
Non-Music Electives .................6
Sub-total .........................16
Fifth Semester Sem. Hr.
Primary Applied ....................2
Primary Ensemble .................. 1
Secondary Ensemble .................1
MUS 090, MUT 301, MUH 370 ........6
Foreign Language 101 ................3
MUS 317 .........................2
Sub-total .........................15
Sixth Semester
Primary Applied ....................2
Primary Ensemble .................. 1
Secondary Ensemble .................1
MUS 090, MUH 371, MUR 300, MUT 303
........6
Foreign Language 102 ................3
CHR 105 .........................3
Non-Music Elective .................3
Sub-total .........................16
Seventh Semester
Primary Applied ....................2
MUH 326 or 327 or 410 ..............3
Primary Ensemble .................. 1
MUS 090 ........................0
Non-Music Elective .................3
CHR 305 ........................3
Social Science .....................3
Sub-total .........................15
Eighth Semester
Primary Applied ....................2
Primary Ensemble .................. 1
MUR 400, MUS 316 ................5
Non-Music Electives ................4-6
KIN 135 .........................2
Sub-total ....................... 14-16
Total Number of Semester Hours Required for the Degree: 128
114 | Academic Programs
Music Performance: Vocal
Recommended Course Sequence
No grade below “C” in a course required for the major or minor (including cognates and
specified electives) will count toward satisfying that course requirement. This policy does
not refer to general education requirements or elective courses.
Course Requirements: Major Applied Area (16 hrs.), Minor Applied Area (2 hrs.),
Primary Ensemble (8 hrs.), Secondary Ensemble (2hrs.), MUS 090 (7 semesters), 118,
136 (2 hrs.), 205, 315, 317, 318; MUT 101, 103, 201, 203, 301, 303; MUH one of
210-213, 325, 370, 371; Recitals: MUR 300, 400. Other courses include the general
education requirements of the University and 17-19 hours of non-music electives. All
music majors are required to comply with the policies and procedures itemized in the
Music Handbook.
First Semester Sem. Hr.
Primary Applied (2), Sec. Applied (1) . 3
Primary Ensemble .............1
MUS 090, MUT 101 .......... 3
ENG 101 ................... 3
MAT 101 or Higher ........... 3
FYE 101 ....................1
Natural Science .............. 3
Sub-total ...................17
Second Semester
Primary Applied (2), Sec. Applied (1) . 3
Primary Ensemble .............1
MUS 090, MUT 103 .......... 3
ENG 102 ................... 3
HIS 111, 112, 201, 202 ......... 3
Natural Science (Lab) .......... 4
Sub-total ...................17
Third Semester
Primary Applied .............. 2
Primary Ensemble .............1
Secondary Ensemble ............1
MUS 090, 118, 205, MUT 201,
MUH one of 210-213 .......... 9
Literature .................. 3
Sub-total ...................16
Fourth Semester
Primary Applied .............. 2
Primary Ensemble .............1
Secondary Ensemble ............1
MUS 090, 318, MUT 203 ...... 4
MUS 136 ....................1
Non-Music Electives ........... 6
Sub-total ...................15
Fifth Semester Sem. Hr.
Primary Applied .............. 2
Primary Ensemble .............1
MUS 090, MUT 301, MUH 370 . . 6
Foreign Language 101 .......... 3
Non-Music Elective ........... 3
MUS 315 ................... 2
Sub-total ...................17
Sixth Semester
Primary Applied .............. 2
Primary Ensemble .............1
MUS 090, MUH 371, MUR 300, MUT 303
.. 6
Foreign Language 102 .......... 3
CHR 105 ................... 3
Non-Music Elective ........... 3
Sub-total ...................15
Seventh Semester
Primary Applied .............. 2
Primary Ensemble .............1
MUS 136 ....................1
MUS 090 .................. 0
CHR 305 .................. 3
Social Science ............... 3
KIN 135 ................... 2
Non-Music Elective ........... 3
Sub-total ...................15
Eighth Semester
Primary Applied .............. 2
Primary Ensemble .............1
MUH 325 .................. 2
MUS 317, MUR 400 .......... 4
FA 200 .................... 3
Non-Music Electives .......... 4-6
Sub-total ...................16
Total Number of Semester Hours Required for the Degree: 128
Academic Programs | 115
Worship Leadership
Bachelor of Music Degree
Recommended Course Sequence
The Bachelor of Music degree in Worship Leadership is designed for students who are
called to full-time worship and music ministry. This program of study is focused on
developing the skills today’s diverse churches need. It includes practical field experiences,
significant coursework in Christian studies, and thorough musical training. The
curriculum embraces diverse musical styles and worship practices.
No grade below “C” in a course required for the major or minor (including cognates and
specified electives) will count toward satisfying that course requirement. This policy does
not refer to general education requirements or elective courses.
Course Requirements: CHR 240, 250, 352 and 364; MUC 105, 324, 375, 495; MUH
207, 211; MUS 090 (seven semesters), 205, 317, 417; MUT 101, 103, 201, 203, 208,
309; Applied Music 14 hours: Class Voice (MUS 145 two semesters), Applied Voice (MUA
110 2 semesters), Class Piano or Applied Piano if eligible (4 semesters), Class Guitar (two
semesters in MUS 137 or MUS 138), with remainder of 14 Applied Music hours in one
area: Voice (MUA 110), Piano (MUA 211), or Guitar (MUA 113).Ensembles: MUP 120,
127, or 227 (as assigned) 6 hours, MUP 202 2 hours, any other MUP course(s) 2 hours;
Free electives 12 hours. Other courses include the general education requirements of
the University. All music majors are required to comply with the policies and procedures
itemized in the Music Handbook.
First Semester Sem. Hr.
MUS 090 .....................0
MUT 101 .....................3
MUS Primary Applied Class Lessons . . 1
MUS Secondary Applied Class Lessons
..1
MUS Supporting Class Lessons .....1
MUP 120/127/227 Primary Ensemble . 1
MUC 105 ..................... 1
General Studies/Electives .......... 8
Sub-total ..................... 16
Second Semester
MUS 090 .....................0
MUT 103 .....................3
MUS Primary Applied Class Lessons . . 1
MUS Secondary Applied Class Lessons . 1
MUS Supporting Class Lessons ......1
MUP 120/127/227 Primary Ensemble . 1
MUH 207 ....................3
General Studies/Electives .......... 6
Sub-total ..................... 16
Third Semester
MUS 090 .................. 0
MUT 201 .................. 3
MUA Primary Applied Lessons ....1
MUA Secondary Applied Lessons . .1
MUP 120/127/227 Primary Ensemble
..1
MUP Secondary Ensemble .......1
MUP 202 ...................1
MUS 205 .................. 2
CHR 250 .................. 3
MUT 208 .................. 2
Sub-total ...................15
Fourth Semester
MUS 090 .................. 0
MUT 203 .................. 3
MUP Primary Applied Lessons ....1
MUA Secondary Applied Lessons . .1
MUP 120/127/227 Primary Ensemble
...1
MUP 202 ...................1
MUH 211 .................. 3
MUC 324 .................. 3
General Studies/Electives ....... 4
Sub-total ...................17
Fifth Semester Sem. Hr.
MUS 090 .................. 0
MUA Primary Applied Lessons . . . 1
MUP 120/127/227 Primary Ensemble
...1
MUP Secondary Ensemble ...... 1
MUS 317 .................. 2
MUC 375 .................. 3
CHR 364 .................. 3
MUT 309 .................. 2
General Studies/Electives ....... 3
Sub-total ...................16
Sixth Semester
MUS 090 .................. 0
MUA Primary Applied Lessons ....1
MUP 120/127/227 Primary Ensemble
...1
MUS 417 .................. 2
General Studies/Electives .......12
Sub-total ...................16
Seventh Semester
MUS 090 .................. 0
MUA Primary Applied Lessons ....1
CHR 352. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
CHR 240 .................. 3
General Studies/Electives ....... 9
Sub-total ...................16
Eighth Semester
MUA Primary Applied Lessons ....1
MUC 495 .................. 3
General Studies/Electives .......12
Sub-total ...................16
116 | Academic Programs
Academic Programs | 117
Music Education
Bachelor of Music Education Degree
Admission to music study as a major is by audition only. Requirements vary from degree
to degree and instrument to instrument. See the AU Music Handbook for details. All
prospective music majors, including transfers, must successfully complete the following in
addition to all other AU entrance requirements: (1) Audition application (including an
essay and two recommendations), (2) Performance for and interview with a committee of
AU music faculty, (3) Theory placement test (incoming freshmen), (4) Music sight reading
test. Auditionees may be admitted unconditionally, admitted with specific conditions, or
denied admission.
Incoming freshmen and transfers who are denied admission may re-audition on any regular
audition day prior to May 1 of the year in which they intend to begin study at AU. Those
who have not passed the audition by May 1 and who still wish to study music at AU must do
the following: (1) Enroll in the theory class determined by the theory placement test, (2)
Enroll in the most basic level of applied instruction offered for their primary instrument;
(3) Enroll in the major ensemble required for their major and instrument if they are
qualified, (4) Re-audition on a regularly scheduled audition day during the fall semester of
their freshman year or first semester as a transfer student. Students who are not accepted
for music study at this point will not be allowed to enroll in classes intended specifically for
music majors.
The Bachelor of Music Education program is designed to prepare pre-service music students
to become leaders in their chosen music profession specialty, by exemplifying excellence in
teaching, musicianship, and professional disposition. The degree program is designed to
prepare for certification to teach K-12 choral or instrumental music in South Carolina.
The BME program also prepares students for continued study in graduate school, and for
professional service including private studio teaching.
118 | Academic Programs
First Semester Sem. Hr.
Primary Applied ................2
Secondary Applied ..............1
Primary Ensemble ..............1
MUS 090, MUT 101 ............3
ENG 101 .....................3
MAT 101 or Higher .............3
FYE 101 .....................1
EDU 110 .....................1
EDU 111 .....................3
Sub-total .................... 18
Second Semester
Primary Applied ................2
Secondary Applied ..............1
Primary Ensemble ..............1
MUS 090, MUT 103 ............3
MUE 114 .....................2
ENG 102 .....................3
HIS 111,112, 201, or 202 ..........3
CHR 105 ....................3
Sub-total .................... 18
Third Semester
Primary Applied ................2
Secondary Applied ..............1
Primary Ensemble ..............1
MUS 090, 111, 205, MUT 201,
MUH 210 or 211 or 212 or 213 ....9
MUE 116 .....................2
EDU 216 or 217 ................3
Sub-total .................... 18
Fourth Semester
Primary Applied ................2
Primary Ensemble ..............1
MUS 090, MUT 203 ............3
MUE 115 .....................2
ENG 200-level ................3
EDU 211 .....................3
Natural Science ................3
Sub-total .....................17
Fifth Semester Sem. Hr.
Primary Applied ................2
Primary Ensemble ..............1
MUS 090, MUT 301,
MUH 370, MUS 317 ...........8
MUE 117 .....................2
Foreign Language 101 ............3
EDU 206 ....................3
Sub-total .................... 19
Sixth Semester
Primary Applied ................2
Primary Ensemble ..............1
MUS 090, 417, MUH 371, MUR 300 . .
5
MUE 314 .....................3
MUT 204 or MUP 129-A ........1
KIN 135 .....................2
Foreign Language 102 ............3
Sub-total .....................17
Seventh Semester
Primary Ensemble ..............1
MUS 090 ....................0
MUE 416 .....................3
CHR 305 ....................3
EDU 395 .....................1
Social Science .................3
FA 200 ......................3
Lab Science ...................4
Sub-total .................... 18
Eighth Semester
EDU 490 ................... 12
Sub-total .................... 12
Music Education: Instrumental
Recommended Course Sequence
No grade below “C” in a course required for the major or minor (including cognates and
specified electives) will count toward satisfying that course requirement. This policy does
not refer to general education requirements or elective courses.
Course Requirements: Applied Music – Principal Instrument: 12 hours; Secondary
Instrument: 3 hours; Music Ensembles: 7 hours minimum of Primary Ensemble; Music Classes:
MUS 090 (7 semesters), 111, 205, 317, 417; MUT 101, 103, 201, 203, 301, 204 (or 2 hours of
MUP 129-A); MUH 210 (or 211 or 212 or 213), 370, 371; MUR 300; Music Education: MUE
114, 115, 116, 117, 314, 416; Professional Education: EDU 110, 111, 206, 211, 216 or 217, 395,
490. All music majors are required to comply with the policies and procedures itemized in the
Music Handbook. Additional degree requirements explained in the Music Handbook include
the keyboard proficiency exam and junior recital. The Music Handbook is considered an
extension of the college catalog.
Total Number of Semester Hours Required for the Degree: 135-137
Academic Programs | 119
Music Education: Vocal/Choral
Recommended Course Sequence
No grade below “C” in a course required for the major or minor (including cognates and
specified electives) will count toward satisfying that course requirement. This policy does
not refer to general education requirements or elective courses.
Course Requirements: Applied Music - Primary Voice or Piano: 12 hours. Applied Music -
Secondary Voice or Piano: 4 hours. Music Ensembles: 7 hours minimum of Primary Ensemble;
Music Classes: MUS 090 (7 semesters), 118, 205, 315, 317, 318, 417; MUT 101, 103, 201, 203,
301, 204 (or 2 hours of MUP 129-A); MUH 210 (or 211 or 212 or 213), 370, 371; MUR 300;
Music Education: MUE 112, 113, 314, 416; Professional Education: EDU 110, 111, 206, 211,
216 or 217, 395, 490. All music majors are required to comply with the policies and procedures
itemized in the Music Handbook.
First Semester Sem. Hr.
Primary Applied ............... 2
Secondary Applied ............. 1
Primary Ensemble ............. 1
MUS 090, MUT 101 ........... 3
ENG 101 .................... 3
EDU 110 .................... 1
EDU 111 .................... 3
CHR 105 .................... 3
Sub-Total ...................18
Second Semester
Primary Applied ............... 2
Secondary Applied ............. 1
Primary Ensemble ............. 1
MUS 090, MUT 103 ........... 3
ENG 102 .................... 3
HIS 111, 112, 201, or 202 ........ 3
Natural Science (Lab) ........... 4
Sub-Total ...................17
Third Semester
Primary Applied ............... 2
Secondary Applied ............. 1
Primary Ensemble ............. 1
MUS 090, 118, 205, MUT 201, MUH
210 or 211 or 212 or 213 ....... 9
MUE 112 .................... 2
EDU 216 or 217 ............... 3
Sub-Total ...................18
Fourth Semester
Primary Applied ............... 2
Secondary Applied ............. 1
Primary Ensemble ............. 1
MUS 090, 318, MUT 203 ....... 4
Mat 101 or higher .............. 3
EDU 211 .................... 3
ENG 200-level ............... 3
Sub-Total ...................17
Fifth Semester Sem. Hr.
Primary Applied ............... 2
Primary Ensemble ............. 1
MUS 090, 317,
MUT 301, MUH 370 .......... 8
MUE 113 .................... 2
EDU 206 ................... 3
Foreign Language 101 ........... 3
Sub-Total ...................19
Sixth Semester
Primary Applied ............... 2
Primary Ensemble ............. 1
MUS 090, 417, MUH 371, MUR 300,
MUS 315, MUT 204 or MUP 129-A
.8
MUE 314, ................... 3
Foreign Language 102 ........... 3
Sub-Total ...................17
Seventh Semester
Primary Ensemble ............. 1
MUS 090
....................0
MUE 416 .................... 3
FA 200 ..................... 3
KIN 135 .................... 2
CHR 305 ................... 3
EDU 395 .................... 1
Social Science ................ 3
Natural Science ............... 3
Sub-Total ...................19
Eighth Semester
EDU 490 ...................12
Sub-Total ...................12
Total Number of Semester Hours Required for the Degree: 135-137
120 | Academic Programs
Business Administration – ACCEL
Course Requirements
Bachelor of Business Administration
(120 hours)
Mission Statement: The Bachelor of Business Administration degree prepares graduates, in
a non-traditional environment, with the basic tools necessary to achieve success in an ever-
changing business environment. This is enhanced by a curriculum with challenging core
courses in basic business knowledge and applications, enhanced by upper-level electives or
concentration specific courses. The degree is designed to allow graduates to satisfy goals such
as professional development, career advancement, personal growth, or job mobility.
Requirements for Admission: In order to be admitted, applicants must be classified
as adult students and must have had a minimum of three years of significant full-time
employment, that is, in a position normally considered to be a career-track managerial,
supervisory, or other professional position requiring specialized skill and knowledge.
Admission into program: All BBA students are admitted initially as pre-business students.
After successful completion of three core courses (ACC 202, ECO 211, MGT 341) and a
fourth specialized course (BUS 230 for the BBA or CIS 203 for the BBA/CIS concentration
or HCM 110 for the BBA/HCM concentration) with a minimum 2.5 GPA, students can
apply for full acceptance into the major. Should a student receive transfer credit for one of
the above courses, another Anderson University business course will be substituted.
GENERAL EDUCATION REQUIREMENTS (36 hours)
SKILLS
Communication (6 hours)
Mathematics (6 hours): MAT 106 and MAT 113
AREAS OF INQUIRY
Humanities: Religion (6 hours): CHR 105 and 305
Humanities/Fine Arts (3 hours)
Literature (3 hours)
Natural Sciences (3 hours)
Social/Behavioral Sciences (6 hours)
Additional Requirements in Humanities/Fine Arts and Social/Behavioral Sciences (9 hours)
BUSINESS CORE (39 hours)
ACC 201, 202; BUS 230, 351 (or MGT 410), 401, 490; CIS 120, 352; ECO 211, 212;
FIN 310; MGT 341; MKT 331
BUSINESS ELECTIVES (24 hours)
Selected from courses numbered 300 and above in Accounting, Business, Computer
Information Systems, Economics, Finance, Management, and Marketing.
GENERAL ELECTIVES (15 hours)
Selected from any discipline in the Anderson University curriculum or can be any courses
normally accepted in transfer.
Academic Programs | 121
Business Administration: Computer Information Systems – ACCEL
Course Requirements
(120 hours)
GENERAL EDUCATION REQUIREMENTS (36 hours)
SKILLS
Communication (6 hours)
Mathematics (6 hours): MAT 106 amd MAT 113
AREAS OF INQUIRY
Humanities: Religion (6 hours): CHR 105 and 305
Humanities/Fine Arts (3 hours)
Literature (3 hours)
Natural Sciences (3 hours)
Social/Behavioral Sciences (6 hours)
Additional Requirements in Humanities/Fine Arts and Social/Behavioral Sciences (9 hours)
BUSINESS CORE (39 hours)
ACC 201, 202; BUS 230, 351 (or MGT 410), 401, 490; CIS 120, 352; ECO 211, 212;
FIN 310; MGT 341; MKT 331
CONCENTRATION SPECIFIC REQUIREMENTS (24 hours)
CIS 202, 203, 310, 330, 490, two CIS electives
GENERAL ELECTIVES (15 hours)
Selected from any discipline in the Anderson University curriculum or can be any courses
normally accepted in transfer.
122 | Academic Programs
Business Administration: Healthcare Management – ACCEL
Course Requirements
(120 hours)
GENERAL EDUCATION REQUIREMENTS (36 hours)
SKILLS
Communication (6 hours)
Mathematics (6 hours): MAT 106 and MAT 113
AREAS OF INQUIRY
Humanities: Religion (6 hours): CHR 105 and 305
Humanities/Fine Arts (3 hours)
Literature (3 hours)
Natural Sciences (3 hours)
Social/Behavioral Sciences (6 hours)
Additional Requirements in Humanities/Fine Arts and Social/Behavioral Sciences (9 hours)
BUSINESS CORE (39 hours)
ACC 201, 202; BUS 230, BUS 351 (or MGT 410), 401, 490; CIS 120, 352; ECO 211,
212; FIN 310; MGT 341; MKT 331
CONCENTRATION SPECIFIC REQUIREMENTS (24 hours)
HCM 110, 120, 220, 310, 320, 410, two HCM electives
GENERAL ELECTIVES (15 hours)
Selected from any discipline in the Anderson University curriculum or can be any courses
normally accepted in transfer
Academic Programs | 123
Christian Studies
Course Requirements
Bachelor of Christian Studies
(120 hours)
The Bachelor of Christian Studies program is designed to provide a solid preparation for
adult students who wish to prepare themselves for a variety of careers in Christian Ministry
or to strengthen their own biblical and theological knowledge for more effective Christian
service. The degree also offers effective preparation for those who wish to continue with
graduate education in theology or ministry areas. In order to be admitted, applicants must
be identified as adult students.
The degree may be completed using all online courses. Students enrolled in the Bachelor
of Christian Studies may have the option of taking selected courses on campus if they
choose, but it is anticipated that most of the program will be completed using online course
offerings
GENERAL EDUCATION (36-37 hours)
SKILLS
Communication (6 hours): ENG 101; ENG 102
Mathematics (3-6 hours): MAT 1XX
AREAS OF INQUIRY
Humanities and Fine Arts (12 hours): HIS 1XX , ENG 2XX, and CHR 107, 305;
Natural Sciences (3-4 hours): Science Prefix Course
Social/Behavioral Science (6 hours): PSY 101; SOC 101
Additional hours of Inquiry Courses (6 hours): CHR 109; Additional course from
Humanities, Fine Arts, Natural Sciences, Social and Behavioral Science
PROFESSIONAL COURSE REQUIREMENTS (51 Semester Hours): CHR 205, 250,
240, 335, 365, 382, 491; 30 hours of Christian Studies Electives
ELECTIVES (32-33 Semester Hours)
124 | Academic Programs
Criminal Justice – ACCEL
Course Requirements
Bachelor of Criminal Justice (degree completion)
(123 hours)
The Bachelor of Criminal Justice (BCJ) Degree (degree completion) is designed for mid-
career working adults who seek careers in the criminal justice field. The program requires
completion of coursework in CRJ, usually from a community/technical college program or
other accredited institution. In order to be admitted, applicants must be classified as adult
students and present evidence of appropriate preliminary study in the field.
GENERAL EDUCATION REQUIREMENTS (42 hours)
SKILLS
Communication (6 hours): ENG 101 and 102
Mathematics (3 hours): MAT 108
AREAS OF INQUIRY
Humanities: Religion (6 hours): CHR 105, 305
Humanities/Fine Arts (3 hours): Courses may be selected from: Literature, Foreign
Language, Music, Theatre, Art, Philosophy, or History
Social Science (18 hours): PSY 101, 205; SOC 101, 202; PS 101, 102
Natural Sciences (3 hours)
Literature (3 hours)
CRIMINAL JUSTICE MAJOR REQUIREMENTS (36 hours)
CIS 101; BUS 301; MGT 341; SOC 310; CRJ 301, 350, 450, 490; plus 12 hours of upper
level courses in CRJ, HS, MGT, OLS, PS, PSY, SOC
CRIMINAL JUSTICE PREPARATORY REQUIREMENTS (33 hours)
ELECTIVES (12 hours)
Academic Programs | 125
Criminal Justice – ACCEL
Course Requirements
Bachelor of Criminal Justice: Law Enforcement (degree completion)
(123 hours)
The Bachelor of Criminal Justice (BCJ) Degree (degree completion) is designed for mid-
career working adults who seek careers in the criminal justice field. The program requires
completion of coursework in CRJ, usually from a community/technical college program or
other accredited institution. In order to be admitted, applicants must be classified as adult
students and present evidence of appropriate preliminary study in the field.
GENERAL EDUCATION REQUIREMENTS (42 hours)
SKILLS
Communication (6 hours): ENG 101 and 102
Mathematics (3 hours): MAT 108
AREAS OF INQUIRY
Humanities: Religion (6 hours): CHR 105, 305
Humanities/Fine Arts (3 hours): Courses may be selected from: Literature, Foreign
Language, Music, Theatre, Art, Philosophy, or History
Social Science (18 hours): PSY 101, 205; SOC 101, 202; PS 101, 102
Natural Sciences (3 hours)
Literature (3 hours)
CRIMINAL JUSTICE MAJOR REQUIREMENTS (36 hours)
CIS 101; BUS 301; MGT 341; PSY 350; SOC 310; CRJ 301, 310, 350, 420, 450, 475, 490
CRIMINAL JUSTICE PREPARATORY REQUIREMENTS (33 hours)
ELECTIVES (12 hours)
Criminal Justice – ACCEL
Course Requirements
Bachelor of Criminal Justice: Homeland Security/Emergency Preparedness (degree
completion)
(123 hours)
The Bachelor of Criminal Justice (BCJ) Degree (degree completion) is designed for mid-
career working adults who seek careers in the criminal justice field. The program requires
completion of coursework in CRJ, usually from a community/technical college program or
other accredited institution. In order to be admitted, applicants must be classified as adult
students and present evidence of appropriate preliminary study in the field.
GENERAL EDUCATION REQUIREMENTS (42 hours)
SKILLS
Communication (6 hours): ENG 101 and 102
Mathematics (3 hours): MAT 108
AREAS OF INQUIRY
Humanities: Religion (6 hours): CHR 105, 305
Humanities/Fine Arts (3 hours): Courses may be selected from: Literature, Foreign
Language, Music, Theatre, Art, Philosophy, or History
Social Science (18 hours): PSY 101, 205; SOC 101, 202; PS 101, 102
Natural Sciences (3 hours)
Literature (3 hours)
CRIMINAL JUSTICE MAJOR REQUIREMENTS (36 hours)
CIS 101; BUS 301; MGT 341; SOC 310; CRJ 301, 325, 350, 405, 410, 435, 450, 490;
CRIMINAL JUSTICE PREPARATORY REQUIREMENTS (33 hours)
ELECTIVES (12 hours)
126 | Academic Programs
Criminal Justice – ACCEL
Course Requirements
Bachelor of Criminal Justice
(123 hours)
The Bachelor of Criminal Justice (BCJ) Degree is designed for adults who seek careers
in the criminal justice field. This option is geared toward first-time freshmen and those
without an extensive academic background in Criminal Justice. The program provides
graduates with a basic understanding of various aspects of the criminal justice system and
its component parts. The curriculum combines challenging CRJ courses at the basic
level with upper level core courses and major electives. The degree is designed to prepare
graduates for positions with local, state and federal government agencies such as city and
state police and sheriffs’ departments, probation and parole departments, FBI, State
Law Enforcement Division, drug enforcement agencies, the Secret Service, correctional
institutions, juvenile justice agencies and in private, industrial security.
GENERAL EDUCATION REQUIREMENTS (42 hours)
SKILLS
Communication (6 hours): ENG 101 and 102
Mathematics (3 hours): MAT 108
AREAS OF INQUIRY
Humanities: Religion (6 hours): CHR 105, 305
Humanities/Fine Arts (3 hours): Courses may be selected from: Literature, Foreign
Language, Music, Theatre, Art, Philosophy, or History
Social Science (18 hours): PSY 101, 205; SOC 101, 202; PS 101, 102
Natural Sciences (3 hours)
Literature (3 hours)
CRIMINAL JUSTICE MAJOR REQUIREMENTS (54 hours)
CIS 101; BUS 301; SOC 310; CRJ 101, 150, 215, 230, 251, 275, 301, 350, 450, 490;
MGT 341, plus 12 hours of upper level courses in CRJ, HS, MGT, OLS, PS, PSY, SOC
ELECTIVES (27 hours)
Academic Programs | 127
128 | Academic Programs
Criminal Justice – ACCEL
Course Requirements
Bachelor of Criminal Justice: Law Enforcement
(123 hours)
The Bachelor of Criminal Justice (BCJ) Degree is designed for adults who seek careers
in the criminal justice field, especially in positions related to police work and law
enforcement. This option is geared toward first-time freshmen and those without an
extensive academic background in Criminal Justice. The program provides graduates with
a basic understanding of various aspects of the criminal justice system and its component
parts. The curriculum combines challenging CRJ courses at the basic level with upper level
core courses and major electives. The degree is designed to prepare graduates for positions
with local, state and federal government agencies such as city and state police and sheriffs’
departments, probation and parole departments, FBI, State Law Enforcement Division,
drug enforcement agencies, the Secret Service, correctional institutions, juvenile justice
agencies and in private, industrial security.
GENERAL EDUCATION REQUIREMENTS (42 hours)
SKILLS
Communication (6 hours): ENG 101 and 102
Mathematics (3 hours): MAT 108
AREAS OF INQUIRY
Humanities: Religion (6 hours): CHR 105, 305
Humanities/Fine Arts (3 hours): Courses may be selected from: Literature, Foreign
Language, Music, Theatre, Art, Philosophy, or History
Social Science (18 hours): PSY 101, 205; SOC 101, 202; PS 101, 102
Natural Sciences (3 hours)
Literature (3 hours)
CRIMINAL JUSTICE MAJOR REQUIREMENTS (54 hours)
CIS 101; BUS 301; PSY 350; SOC 310; CRJ 101, 150, 215, 230, 251, 275, 301, 310, 350,
420, 450, 475, 490; MGT 341
ELECTIVES (27 hours)
Academic Programs | 129
Criminal Justice – ACCEL
Course Requirements
Bachelor of Criminal Justice: Homeland Security/Emergency Preparedness
(123 hours)
The Bachelor of Criminal Justice (BCJ) Degree is designed for adults who seek careers
in the criminal justice field, especially in positions related to homeland security and
emergency preparedness. This option is geared toward first-time freshmen and those
without an extensive academic background in Criminal Justice. The program provides
graduates with a basic understanding of various aspects of the criminal justice system and
its component parts. The curriculum combines challenging CRJ courses at the basic
level with upper level core courses and major electives. The degree is designed to prepare
graduates for positions with local, state and federal government agencies such as homeland
security/emergency preparedness agencies, city and state police and sheriffs’ departments,
probation and parole departments, FBI, State Law Enforcement Division, drug
enforcement agencies, the Secret Service, correctional institutions, juvenile justice agencies
and in private, industrial security.
GENERAL EDUCATION REQUIREMENTS (42 hours)
SKILLS
Communication (6 hours): ENG 101 and 102
Mathematics (3 hours): MAT 108
AREAS OF INQUIRY
Humanities: Religion (6 hours): CHR 105, 305
Humanities/Fine Arts (3 hours): Courses may be selected from: Literature, Foreign
Language, Music, Theatre, Art, Philosophy, or History
Social Science (18 hours): PSY 101, 205; SOC 101, 202; PS 101, 102
Natural Sciences (3 hours)
Literature (3 hours)
CRIMINAL JUSTICE MAJOR REQUIREMENTS (54 hours)
CIS 101; BUS 301; SOC 310; CRJ 101, 150, 215, 230, 251, 275, 301, 325, 350, 405, 410,
435, 450, 490; MGT 341
ELECTIVES (27 hours)
Emergency Services Management – ACCEL
Course Requirements
Bachelor of Emergency Services Management
(123 hours)
The Bachelor of Emergency Management Services is designed to provide graduates with the
knowledge and skills needed to perform professionally in the role of an emergency services
organization or agency manager and learner.
GENERAL EDUCATION REQUIREMENTS (36 hours)
SKILLS
Communication (6 hours): ENG 101 and 102
Mathematics (3 hours): MAT 101, 106, 108
AREAS OF INQUIRY
Humanities: Religion (6 hours): REL 105 and 305
Social and Behavioral Sciences (3 hours): PSY 101, 205, SOC 101, 202, PS 101, 102
Natural Sciences (3 hours)
Humanities or Fine Arts (3 hours): Courses may be taken from: Literature, Foreign
Language, Music, Theatre, Art, philosophy or History
Social and Behavioral Sciences/Humanities/Fine Arts, or Natural Sciences (9 hours):
Literature (3 hours)
Emergency
SERVICES MANAGEMENT REQUIREMENTS (27 hours)
CIS 101 or CIS 120; CRJ 325; CRJ 435; ESM 310; ESM 315; ESM 360; ESM 375; ESM
451; EMS 490
CONCENTRATION ELECTIVES REQUIREMENTS (15 hours)
OLS 310; ESM 335; ESM 342; ESM 415; ESM 495
MAJOR ELECTIVES REQUIREMENTS (9 hours)
CIS 352; MGT 441; ESM 410; ESM 423; ESM 442
ELECTIVES (36 hours)
130 | Academic Programs
Academic Programs | 131
Emergency Services Management – ACCEL
Course Requirements
Bachelor of Emergency Services Management: Whole Community
(123 hours)
The purpose of the Bachelor in Emergency Services Management with a concentration
in Whole Community degree program provides a diversity of courses designed to offer
students the theoretical and practical knowledge necessary to help save lives and property
from the potentially devastating impact of disasters. Emergency management is both a
profession and a field of study in the key areas involved in addressing any threat or hazard,
including prevention, protection, response, recover, and mitigation. The field covers
man-made disasters, as well as issues of homeland security.
GENERAL EDUCATION REQUIREMENTS (36 hours)
SKILLS
Communication (6 hours): ENG 101 and 102
Mathematics (3 hours): MAT 101, 106, 108
AREAS OF INQUIRY:
Humanities: Religion (6 hours): REL 105 and 305
Social and Behavioral Sciences (3 hours): PSY 101, 205, SOC 101, 202, PS 101, 102
Natural Sciences (3 hours)
Humanities or Fine Arts (3 hours): Courses may be taken from: Literature, Foreign
Language, Music, Theatre, Art, philosophy or History
Social and Behavioral Sciences/Humanities/Fine Arts, or Natural Sciences (9 hours):
Literature (3 hours)
EMERGENCY SERVICES MANAGEMENT REQUIREMENTS (27 hours)
CIS 101 or CIS 120; CRJ 325; CRJ 435; ESM 310; ESM 315; ESM 360; ESM 375; ESM
451; EMS 491
CONCENTRATION ELECTIVES REQUIREMENTS (15 hours)
OLS 310; ESM 342; ESM 410; ESM 415; ESM 495
MAJOR ELECTIVES (9 Semesters)
CIS 352; MGT 343; MGT 441; ESM 415; ESM 442
ELECTIVES (36 hours)
Emergency Services Management – ACCEL
Course Requirements
Bachelor of Emergency Services Management: Homeland Security Operations and
Administration
(123 hours)
The purpose of the Bachelor in Emergency Services Management with a concentration
in Homeland Security Operations and Administration degree program provides
a comprehensive review of the major components of the United States’ Homeland
Security apparatus. The coursework includes studies of existing and emerging threats,
the structure and roles and responsibilities of the Department of Homeland Security
(DHS) and agencies that comprise the DHS; the roles and responsibilities of local, state,
tribal, territorial, private sector, and other Federal entities that are stakeholders and/or
collaborative parties within the homeland security community, and the laws, authorities,
actions, technologies, and processes associated with the nation’s homeland security
enterprise.
GENERAL EDUCATION REQUIREMENTS (36 hours)
SKILLS
Communication (6 hours): ENG 101 and 102
Mathematics (3 hours): MAT 101, 106, 108
AREAS OF INQUIRY:
Humanities: Religion (6 hours): REL 105 and 305
Social and Behavioral Sciences (3 hours): PSY 101, 205, SOC 101, 202, PS 101, 102
Natural Sciences (3 hours)
Humanities or Fine Arts (3 hours): Courses may be taken from: Literature, Foreign
Language, Music, Theatre, Art, philosophy or History
Social and Behavioral Sciences/Humanities/Fine Arts, or Natural Sciences (9 hours):
Literature (3 hours)
EMERGENCY SERVICES MANAGEMENT REQUIREMENTS (27 hours)
CIS 101 or CIS 120; CRJ 325; CRJ 435; ESM 310; ESM 315; ESM 360; ESM 375; ESM
451; EMS 492
CONCENTRATION ELECTIVES REQUIREMENTS (15 hours)
MGT 341; MGT 343, ESM 342, ESM 423, ESM 495
MAJOR ELECTIVES (9 Semesters)
CIS 352; OLS 310; MGT 441; ESM 415; ESM 442
ELECTIVES (36 hours)
132 | Academic Programs
Human Services – ACCEL
Course Requirements
Bachelor of Human Services
(120 hours)
The Bachelor of Human Services program is designed to provide courses in theory and
applications associated with human/social services. The degree prepares students to enter
a career field related to a variety of service delivery agencies and helping professions.
Graduates may work in a variety of positions related to the social assistance and health care
industries, frequently in positions related to child welfare, substance abuse, adult services,
and elderly services. In addition, the degree program provides excellent preparation for
pursuing a graduate degree in several disciplines. The curriculum has two options. One is
a degree completion option for those with an associate’s degree or higher and is available
online or in the classroom. The other option is for those without an associate degree. All
courses are available in the classroom, and the majority of the courses are online.
DEGREE COMPLETION OPTION – GENERAL EDUCATION AND DEGREE REQUIREMENTS
Completion of approved associate’s degree (a maximum of 64 semester hours
transferred as “block” credit); a minimum of 56 semester hours from a senior college or
university; a minimum of 45 semester hours of upper division courses; a minimum of 36
semester hours from Anderson University; a minimum of 36 semester hours of general
education courses to include statistics, humanities/fine arts, social/behavioral sciences,
communication, natural science, and Christian studies.
OR
OPTION FOR FIRST-TIME FRESHMEN AND NON-DEGREED STUDENTS –
GENERAL EDUCATION REQUIREMENTS (36 HOURS)
SKILLS
Communication (6 hours): ENG 101 and 102
Statistics (6 hours) MAT 104 and 108
AREAS OF INQUIRY
Humanities (6 hours): CHR 105 and 305
Humanities/Fine Arts (3 hours)
Literature (3 hours)
Natural Sciences (3 hours)
Social/Behavioral Sciences (6 hours): PSY 101, SOC 101
Additional Requirements in Humanities/Fine Arts, Social/Behavioral Sciences, and
Natural Sciences (3 hours)
HUMAN SERVICES CORE – BOTH OPTIONS (36 semester hours)
HS 101, 201, 301, 310, 450, 495, PSY 205, BUS 301, CIS 101, MGT 341, and two from
SOC 303, 320, 398
MAJOR ELECTIVES – BOTH OPTIONS (18 semester hours)
300-level and above courses in Business, Criminal Justice, Human Services, Management,
Organizational Leadership, Psychology, or Sociology; at least three 400-level courses must
be included.
GENERAL ELECTIVES (To complete requirement for 120 hours)
Academic Programs | 133
Human Services – Behavioral Science
Course Requirements
Bachelor of Human Services
(120 hours)
The Bachelor of Human Services/Behavioral Science Concentration program is designed
to provide knowledge and skills in human/social services, psychology, and sociology.
The degree prepares students to enter a career field related to a variety of service delivery
agencies, helping professions, or counseling. In addition, it provides excellent preparation
for pursuing a graduate degree in several disciplines, to include human services, social
work, psychology, counseling, and others. The curriculum has two options. One is a degree
completion option for those with an associate’s degree or higher and is available online or
in the classroom. The other option is for those without an associate degree. All courses are
available in the classroom, and the majority of the courses are online.
DEGREE COMPLETION OPTION – GENERAL EDUCATION AND DEGREE REQUIREMENTS
Completion of approved associate’s degree (a maximum of 64 semester hours
transferred as “block” credit); a minimum of 56 semester hours from a senior college or
university; a minimum of 45 semester hours of upper division courses; a minimum of 36
semester hours from Anderson University; a minimum of 36 semester hours of general
education courses to include statistics, humanities/fine arts, social/behavioral sciences,
communication, natural science, and religion.
OR
OPTION FOR FIRST-TIME FRESHMEN AND NON-DEGREED STUDENTS –
GENERAL EDUCATION REQUIREMENTS (36 HOURS)
SKILLS
Communication (6 hours): ENG 101 and 102
Statistics (6 hours) MAT 104 and 108
AREAS OF INQUIRY
Humanities: Religion (6 hours): CHR 105 and 305
Humanities/Fine Arts (3 hours)
Natural Sciences (3 hours)
Social/Behavioral Sciences (6 hours): PSY 101, SOC 101
Additional Requirements in Humanities/Fine Arts, Social/Behavioral Sciences, and
Natural Sciences (3 hours)
Literature (3 hours)
HUMAN SERVICES CORE – BOTH OPTIONS (45 semester hours)
HS 101, 201, 301, 310, 450, 495, PSY 205, 301, 316, 350, 375, BUS 301, CIS 101, MGT
341, and one from SOC 303, 320, 398
MAJOR ELECTIVES (9 hours)
Choose from 400-level courses in Business, Criminal Justice, Human Services,
Management, Organizational Leadership, Psychology, or Sociology
GENERAL ELECTIVES (To complete requirement for 120 hours)
134 | Academic Programs
Academic Programs | 135
$&&(/(OHPHQWDU\(GXFDWLRQZLWKDGGRQFHUWLÀFDWLRQLQ(DUO\
Childhood Education
Course Requirements
Bachelor of Science: Elementary Education with add-on certification in Early
Childhood Education
(133 hours)
College of Education Mission Statement
The Mission of the College of Education is to prepare men and women to become
Christ-centered “educators who are builders of knowledge, values, and community” by
nurturing the development of character, servant leadership, and cultural engagement.
Education Curriculum
The College of Education offers a Bachelor of Science Degree in Elementary Education
with the option of add-on certification in Early Childhood Education. This program
is delivered in an ACCEL format for working adults who wish to become teachers and
need the availability of evening classes to meet their educational needs. The education
curriculum includes a concentrated course sequence that focuses on teaching methods
and techniques used in elementary classrooms (grades 2-6) and early childhood settings
(K-grade 3). To facilitate the required field experiences in cooperating public schools, the
candidate must begin the program in either Term I or Term III. From there, the education
courses in the program are offered in a lock-step sequence so the candidate can complete
the education curriculum in approximately 24 months. With the content knowledge gained
in the general education curriculum as a basis, the candidate completes pedagogical studies
in math, English language arts, science, and social studies. Further, the candidate meets
the requirements of professional education courses that include classroom management,
educational philosophy, and child development. The candidate must also pass the four
Benchmarks that constitute the “College of Education Unit Assessment System” in order
to be recommended for initial teacher certification. This process is described further on
pages 198-200 in this catalog. Upon the successful completion of all course work and the
four Benchmarks, the candidate is recommended to the South Carolina State Department
of Education for initial teacher certification.
Field Experiences
Three field-related courses are part of a continuous and hierarchical model that prepares
the teacher candidate for the Clinical Experience. These courses are designed to give the
teacher candidate ever-increasing time, observation, and experience in the classroom. Field
experiences, in addition to field labs, must be completed throughout the program in the context
of public school cooperating classrooms. Therefore, the ACCEL student must make prior
arrangements with an employer to schedule these field experiences during the normal operating
hours of the public school day. Credit for previous or present employment in a school classroom
(public or private) will not be granted or substituted for field placement requirements. No
credit will be awarded for field experiences completed as a part of previous course work from
other institutions. Candidates will not be placed in cooperating schools where they previously
attended or where relatives work or attend. Requests by the candidate for placement at a specific
cooperating school will be forwarded to the respective school district by the Coordinator of Field
Partnerships; however, the final decision for placement is made by the school district. Under
no circumstances is a candidate permitted to discuss field/lab experience placements with school
district personnel, including district office personnel, school building administrators, teachers,
paraprofessionals, or school building staff. A candidate who enters the program as an education
paraprofessional may use the place of employment to fulfill the requirements for one field
experience, but the request for placement must be made through the respective school district
office by the Coordinator of Field Partnerships.
ACCEL teacher candidates complete the Clinical Experience during the final semester of the
program of study in a public school cooperating classroom. ACCEL teacher candidates attend
all required orientation sessions, which are scheduled to accommodate traditional teacher
candidates, as well. No teacher candidate may hold employment during the Clinical Experience.
GENERAL EDUCATION REQUIREMENTS (58 hours)
SKILLS (11 hours)
Communication
ENG 101
Foreign Language:
SPA 101 and 102
Healthy Lifestyle
KIN 135
AREAS OF INQUIRY (26 hours)
Humanities:
ENG 102
Christian Studies: CHR 105, 305
HIS 111 or 112
Humanities/Fine Arts:
FA 200
Social Science:
PSY 101
Natural Science:
BIO 150 and SCI 107
COGNATE COURSES (21 hours)
MAT 136, MAT 137
PSY 205
HIS 161 or 162
HIS 270
SOC 101
ENG 205 or 206
ELECTIVES:
Elementary Education (9 hours)
Add-On Certification in Early Childhood Education (0 hours)
EDUCATION COURSES (76 hours)
PROFESSIONAL ELEMENTARY EDUCATION COURSE REQUIREMENTS
(49 hours)
EDU 110, EDU 111, EDU 211, EDU 216, EDU 206, EDU 220, EDU 260, EDU 316, EDU
321, EDU 322, EDU 330, EDU 335, EDU 336, EDU 4IO, EDU 421, EDU 440, EDU 442
PROFESSIONAL EARLY CHILDHOOD EDUCATION COURSE REQUIREMENTS
(OPTIONAL 12 hours)
EDC 201, EDC 215, EDC 315, EDC 350
PROFESSIONAL FIELD EXPERIENCES (15 hours)
EDU 443, EDU 490, EDU 491
136 | Academic Programs
Liberal Studies – ACCEL
Course Requirements
Bachelor of Liberal Studies
(120 hours)
The Bachelor of Liberal Studies program educates students in theory and applications
associated with a variety of disciplines. The core disciplines include business, social/
behavioral sciences, humanities, and professional studies. Students, with the aid
of an academic advisor, can design a program of study that best fits their personal
and professional goals. The BLS degree also provides excellent opportunity to take
prerequisite courses in preparation for pursuing a graduate degree. The curriculum
has two options. One is a degree completion option for those with an associate’s degree.
The other is for those without a degree.
DEGREE COMPLETION OPTION – GENERAL EDUCATION AND DEGREE REQUIREMENTS
Completion of approved associate’s degree (a maximum of 64 semester hours
transferred as “block” credit); a minimum of 56 semester hours from a senior college or
university; a minimum of 45 semester hours of upper division courses; a minimum of 36
semester hours from Anderson University; a minimum of 36 semester hours of general
education courses to include statistics, humanities/fine arts, social/behavioral sciences,
communication, natural science, and Christian studies.
OR
OPTION FOR FIRST-TIME FRESHMEN AND NON-DEGREED STUDENTS –
GENERAL EDUCATION REQUIREMENTS
(36 hours)
SKILLS
Communication (6 hours): ENG 101 and 102
Statistics (6 hours) MAT 104 and 108
AREAS OF INQUIRY
Humanities:
Christian Studies (6 hours): CHR 105 and 305
Fine Arts (3 hours)
Literature (3 hours)
History (3 hours)
Natural Sciences (3 hours)
Social/Behavioral Sciences (3 hours)
Additional Requirements in Humanities/Fine Arts, Social/Behavioral Sciences, and
Natural Sciences (3 hours)
LIBERAL STUDIES CORE – BOTH OPTIONS (48 hours)
CIS 101, ENG 301, LS 101, LS 495, plus 36 semester hours of 300- and 400-level courses
from the categories shown below. (At least three 400-level courses must be included.) The 36
semester hours must be distributed according to Option One or Option Two (described below).
Category A: College of Adult and Professional Studies Courses
Category B: College of Arts and Sciences Courses
Category C: College of Business Courses: Maximum of 18 Semester Hours (For the
purposes of the Liberal Studies degree, College of Business courses—for
example, BUS 351, FIN 310, MGT 341, and MKT 331—are considered to be
one discipline.)
Category D: College of Christian Studies Courses
Category E: College of Education Courses
Category F: College of Visual and Performing Arts (For the purposes of the Liberal Studies
degree, College of Visual and Performing Arts courses—for example, ART 231,
MUH 211, and THE 220—are considered to be one discipline.)
Academic Programs | 137
Option One:
Choose 36 semester hours of 300-level + courses from the above categories. Courses must
meet the following criteria.
1. At least two
categories must be included
2. Must have at least 15 semester hours in one discipline or subject area, to include at
least three semester hours at the 400-level if available
3. Must have at least 12 semester hours in a second discipline or subject area, to include at
least three semester hours at the 400-level if available
4. Remaining nine hours can come from any category, though students are limited to a
maximum of 18 semester hours of College of Business courses
(Note: The term discipline refers to courses with the same course prefix. A subject area can
include courses with different prefixes, but which are housed in the same college.)
Option Two:
Students, with the assistance of a faculty advisor, may develop an individualized curriculum
based upon a unifying issue, time period, region, or theme. A total of 36 semester hours of
300-level + courses must meet the following criteria:
1. At least two categories must be included
2. At least 21 semester hours must relate directly to the unifying issue, time period,
region, or theme, to include at least six semester hours of 400-level courses, if
available. (One can select a maximum of 18 semester hours from the College of
Business. Students must get advisor approval for another course to total 21 hours.)
3. At least nine (9) semester hours must be taken in a separate, specific discipline or
subject area, to include at least three semester hours of 400-level courses, if available.
4. Remaining six hours can come from any category
GENERAL ELECTIVES (To complete requirement for 120 hours)
138 | Academic Programs
Organizational Leadership – ACCEL
Course Requirements
Bachelor of Organizational Leadership
(120 hours)
The purpose of the Bachelor of Organizational Leadership program is to provide
leadership skills based on Christian principles, increase interpersonal skills and
employee relations skills that are required of leaders, enhance communication skills
needed by leaders, and expand skills in one’s chosen career path. The curriculum will
have two options. One is a degree completion option for those with an associate’s
degree. The other is for those without a degree. The program is intended to
supplement one’s technical skills and work experience with leadership and people skills.
DEGREE COMPLETION OPTION – GENERAL EDUCATION AND DEGREE
REQUIREMENTS
Completion of associate’s degree ( a maximum of 64 semester hours transferred as “block”
credit); a minimum of 56 semester hours from a senior college or university; a minimum
of 45 semester hours of upper division course; a minimum of 36 semester hours from
Anderson University; a minimum of 36 semester hours of general education courses to
include MAT 101: College Algebra or MAT 106: Algebra with Business Applications, and at
least three semester hours from each of the following areas: Humanities/Fine Arts, Social/
Behavioral Sciences (Note: PSY 101 and SOC 101 are prerequisites for several required
upper level courses), Communication (Note: This includes ENG 101 and 102), and Natural
Science; CHR 105 and CHR 305
OR
OPTION FOR FIRST-TIME FRESHMEN AND NON-DEGREED STUDENTS –
GENERAL EDUCATION REQUIREMENTS
(36 hours)
SKILLS
Communication (6 hours): ENG 101 and 102
Mathematics (3 hours): MAT 101 or 106
(Students should have earned an acceptable score on a math placement test before enrolling
in MAT 101 or 106)
AREAS OF INQUIRY
Humanities: Christian Studies (6 hours): CHR 105 and 305
Humanities/Fine Arts (3 hours)
Literature (3 hours)
Natural Sciences (3 hours)
Social/Behavioral Sciences (3 hours)
Additional Requirements in Humanities/Fine Arts and Social/Behavioral Sciences (9 hours)
ORGANIZATIONAL LEADERSHIP CORE (36 semester hours)
BUS 230, CIS 120, ENG 301, MGT 341, 343, 410, 443, PSY 318, SOC 310, OLS 450,
479, 490
MAJOR ELECTIVES (12 hours)
Choose from OLS 310, OLS 420, OLS 440, OLS 495 (3-6 hours), CIS 352, MGT 469,
PSY 301, and SOC 315
GENERAL ELECTIVES (To complete requirement for 120 hours)
Academic Programs | 139
Organizational Leadership: Human Resource Administration – ACCEL
Course Requirements
Bachelor of Organizational Leadership
(120 hours)
The Bachelor of Organizational Leadership with a Concentration in Human
Resource Administration degree is designed to provide knowledge and skills in theory
and applications associated with human resources. Courses include such topics as
employment and placement, compensation, benefits, employee relations, job analysis,
training and development, along with leadership skills based on Christian principles.
The curriculum offers two tracks of study. One is a degree completion option for
those with an associate’s degree or higher. The other is for those without a degree.
The program is designed to prepare students for a career in human resources. The
BOLS/HRA degree also provides excellent preparation for students to enhance their
leadership and management potential by pursuing a graduate degree in human resource
management, human resource development, business administration, or other fields.
DEGREE COMPLETION OPTION – GENERAL EDUCATION AND DEGREE
REQUIREMENTS
Completion of associate’s degree ( a maximum of 64 semester hours transferred as “block”
credit); a minimum of 56 semester hours from a senior college or university; a minimum
of 45 semester hours of upper division courses; a minimum of 36 semester hours from
Anderson University; a minimum of 36 semester hours of general education courses to
include MAT 101: College Algebra or MAT 106: Algebra with Business Applications, and
at least three semester hours from each of the following areas: Humanities/fine arts, Social/
behavioral sciences (Note: PSY 101 and SOC 101 are prerequisites for several required
upper level courses), Communication (Note: This includes ENG 101 and 102), and
Natural science; CHR 105 and CHR 305.
OR
OPTION FOR FIRST-TIME FRESHMEN AND NON-DEGREED STUDENTS –
GENERAL EDUCATION REQUIREMENTS
(36 hours)
SKILLS
Communication (6 hours): ENG 101 and 102
Mathematics (3 hours): MAT 101 or 106
(Students should have earned an acceptable score on a math placement test before enrolling
in MAT 101 or 106)
AREAS OF INQUIRY
Humanities: Religion (6 hours): CHR 105 and 305
Humanities/Fine Arts (3 hours)
Natural Sciences (3 hours)
Social/Behavioral Sciences (3 hours)
Additional Requirements in Humanities/Fine Arts and Social/Behavioral Sciences (9 hours)
Literature (3 hours)
ORGANIZATIONAL LEADERSHIP CORE (48 semester hours)
BUS 230, CIS 120, 352, ENG 301, MGT 341, 343, 410, 443, PSY 318, SOC 310, OLS
310, 420, 440, 450, 479, 490
GENERAL ELECTIVES (To complete requirement for 120 hours)
140 | Academic Programs
Requirements for Minors
Course requirements for the Minor in Accounting: ACC 201, 202, 310, CIS 120, two
courses from ACC 300/400 level. Business majors may not receive this minor. Total
semester hours: 18.
Course requirements for the Minor in Art: ART 105, 106; one course chosen from ART
231,232, or 335; two courses chosen from ART 241, 242,243, 261, 262, 264 or 271; one
course from 341,342, 362, 363, 371. Total semester hours: 18
Course requirements for the Minor in Art History: ART 231, 232, 331, 333, choose two
ART 335: Special Topics in Art History courses. Total semester hours: 18.
Course requirements for the Minor in Business: ACC 201, 202, CIS 120, ECO 200, MGT
341, MKT 331. Total semester hours: 18
Course requirements for the Minor in Chemistry: CHE 111, CHE 112, CHE 201, CHE 202,
CHE 203, CHE 310. Total semester hours: 22
Course requirements for the Minor in Christian Studies: CHR 205, 240, 250, plus 9
credit hours (300-400 level) in Christian Studies courses. Christian Ministries majors may
not receive this minor. Total semester hours: 18.
Course requirements for the Minor in Composition: Non-music majors: MUT 101, 103,
201, 203; MUA 129 (2 semester hours), remaining 4 hours from the following to include
at least one 300-level course: MUA 129, 229; MUT 208, 305, 309; MUT 210, 301, 303.
Music majors: MUA 129 (2 semester hours), MUT 101, 103; Remaining 10 hours from the
following to include at least one 300-level course: MUA 129, 229; MUT 208, 210, 303, 305,
309. Courses selected may not be counted toward the music major. Total semester hours: 18.
Course requirements for the Minor in Computer Information Systems: CIS 120, 202,
203, 310; two courses chosen from CIS 330, 352, 490, 492, 494. Total semester hours: 20
Course requirements for the Minor in English: Two courses from ENG 200 level; four
courses chosen from ENG 300/400 level. Total semester hours: 18
Course requirements for the Minor in French: FRE 201, 202, 301, 302, 405, 450.
Total semester hours: 18.
Course requirements for the Minor in History: Two courses chosen from HIS 111, 112,
201, 202 (in addition to the 3 credit General Education requirement in History); HIS 295;
and, three courses chosen from the HIS 300/400 level. Total credit hours in addition to
the General Education requirement for the minor: 18. History minors who take advantage
of the Study Abroad program may credit a maximum of six semester hours of history taken
at a foreign institution toward meeting the requirements of a B.A. degree from Anderson
University. History minors in the Study Abroad program must take at least one 300/400
level course at Anderson University.
Course requirements for the Minor in Humanities and the Law: LEG 101, LEG 201, LEG
395, LEG 401, HIS 210, HIS 210 (repeated), and two additional courses chosen from GEO
102, PHI 101, PHI 205, PS 101, PS 102, PSY 301, PSY 316, SOC 101, SOC 202, SOC 398.
Total semester hours: 18
Course requirements for the Minor in Kinesiology: BIO 201, CHE 111, KIN 301, 340,
and 365. Total semester hours: 18
Course requirements for the Minor in Marketing: MKT 331, 334, 340, 413, and two
Academic Programs | 141
courses from the following 300/400 level courses – MKT 350,360, 433,440, 460, COM,
320, 321, or MGT 469. Business Majors may not receive this minor. Total semester hours:
18 hours. Course requirements for the
Course requirements for the Minor in Mathematics: MAT 140, 160, 190, and 215; two
courses chosen from: MAT 240, 270, 340, 380, 390, 420, or 430. Total hours: 20-21
Course requirements for the Minor in Media Studies: COM 101, 211, 301, 402, 403; and
one course from COM 111, 251. Total semester hours: 18.
Course requirements for the Minor in Music: MUT 101; one 200-level MUH course; 2 SH
of applied music on the same instrument (two 1-hour courses); 4 SH of primary ensemble
as required for your instrument; 6 SH of MUC, MUH, MUS, or MUT courses. At least
one course in this group must be from the 300/400 level. Four semesters of MUS 090.
Total semester hours: 18. Students desiring minors offered by the music department must
be admitted to the ensemble required by their major and instrument and take the theory
placement exam.
Course requirements for the Minor in Psychology: PSY 101, 201, 205, and four additional
PSY electives. Total semester hours: 19
Course requirements for the Minor in Public Relations: COM 111, 320, 321, ENG
301; one course from ENG 332, 431; and one course from MKT 331, COM 495. Total
semester hours: 18.
Course requirements for the Minor in Sociology: SOC 101 and 202; four courses (one
of which must be SOC 303 or SOC 310): KIN 335, SOC 303, 310, 315, 320, 350, 398.
Total semester hours: 18
Course requirements for the Minor in Spanish: SPA 305; five courses chosen from SPA 201
and above - excluding SPA 310 and 410. Total semester hours: 18
Course requirements for the Minor in Theatre: THE 101, 102, 120, 130, 201. Students
may choose seven credits from the following courses to complete the minor: THE 112, 145,
155, 160, 202, 204, 220, 222, 245, 255, 260, 340, or 360. Total semester hours: 18
Course requirements for the Minor in Worship Leadership: CHR 250, applied music
(keyboard, voice, or guitar) 2 hours, MUC 105, 324, MUH 207, MUP 202, MUP 120, 127,
or 227 (as assigned) 2 hours, MUT 101. Total semester hours: 18. Students desiring minors
offered by the music department must be admitted to the ensemble required by their major
and instrument and take the theory placement exam.
Course requirements for the Minor in Writing: ENG 301, 332; two courses from ENG 315,
316, 415, 416; and two courses from COM 111, 311, ENG 431, 490. Total semester hours: 18.
Course requirements for the Minor in Youth Ministry: Chr. 250, 270, 370, 470. Choose
any two of these courses: Chr. 352, Chr. 365, or Chr. 382. Total semester hours: 18
142 | Academic Programs
Academic Programs | 143
Academic Courses
College of Graduate, Online, and Non-Traditional Programs
Dr. Sandra M. Mancuso
Dean of the College of Graduate, Online, and Non-Traditional Programs
864-231-6946, or [email protected]
Mrs. Kathy Kay, Associate Director of Graduate and Evening Admission
(864) 328-1762; [email protected]
Ms. Judy Smith, Graduate and Evening Financial Aid and Student Accounts Counselor
(864) 231-2074; [email protected]
Mrs. Amy Cromer, Advisor for Accelerated Program
(864) 231-2479; [email protected]
Mrs. Claudia Boles, Advisor for Accelerated Program
(864) 231-2058
Mrs. Betty Baskin, Administrative Assistant
Office of Graduate and Evening Admissions
(864) 231-2020
College Mission Statement
The Adults’ College Choice for Exceptional Learning (ACCEL) program at Anderson
University offers adults the opportunity to earn a bachelor’s degree by providing quality,
affordable academic programs at the undergraduate level. The program, which is presented
in an accelerated format in the evening and online, is committed to providing an excellent
education in a nurturing, Christian environment and allows most students the potential to
graduate within four years.
ACCEL Administrative Staff
Dr. Sandra M. Mancuso, Dean, College of Graduate, Online, and Non-Traditional Programs
Dr. Michael Duduit, Dean, College of Christian Studies
Dr. Carol Karnes, Dean, College of Business
Dr. Raymond Locy, Dean, College of Education
Dr. Teresa M. Jones, Chair, Liberal Studies and Assistant Professor of English
Dr. Jeffrey Moore, Chair, Organizational Leadership and Associate Professor of Management
Dr. David F. Reinhart, Chair, Human Services and Associate Professor of Psychology
ACCEL Program for Adult Students
The Adults’ College Choice for Exceptional Learning (ACCEL) program is designed for non-
traditional students. A non-traditional student is one having a minimum of at least 5-8 year’s
life-experiences beyond high-school, is working full-time, and is financially independent.
Applicants, who do not meet the criteria of a non-traditional student, may be considered for
admission after completing the Special Circumstances procedure.
The program is specifically designed for mid-career adults who wish to advance their careers by
earning a bachelor’s degree. Many degree programs are available in ACCEL, these include
Business:
Bachelor of Business Administration (BBA)
Bachelor of Business Administration, Computer Information Systems Concentration
(BBA - CIS)
Bachelor of Business Administration, Healthcare Management Concentration (BBA - HCM)
Academic Courses | 145
College of Graduate, Online, and
Non-Traditional Programs
146 | Academic Courses
Christian Studies:
Bachelor of Christian Studies (BCS)
Education:
Bachelor of Science in Elementary Education (BEE)
The Bachelor of Science in Elementary Education also offers an optional add-on certification
in Early Childhood Education.
Human Services:
Bachelor of Human Services and Resources (BHSR). Note: New students are no longer
admitted into the Human Services and Resources, for it has been replaced by other programs.
Bachelor of Human Services (BHS)
Bachelor of Human Services, Behavioral Science Concentration (BHS-BS)
Liberal Studies:
Bachelor of Liberal Studies (BLS)
Organizational Leadership:
Bachelor of Organizational Leadership (BOL)
Bachelor of Organizational Leadership, Human Resource Administration Concentration
(BOL - HRA)
ACCEL Schedule
The ACCEL program is offered during five eight-week terms – two during the fall, two
during the spring, and one during the summer. Students who register for 30 semester
hours during each of four calendar years (that is, two courses during each eight-week term
for four years) have the potential to complete the degree requirements in most programs
in that length of time. It is important to emphasize that classes are taught in an accelerated
format. The equivalent content and requirements expected in the traditional 15-week
semester are compressed into an eight-week term for the ACCEL courses. Therefore,
it is essential for students to complete all assignments in a timely manner and to work at
the pace prescribed in the course syllabus. Students who are successful in this structure
normally exhibit good study habits, persistence, and self-discipline.
Admission to ACCEL Program
Given the accelerated nature of the program, a candidate for admission to the ACCEL
program must meet the following criteria: (1) Hold a high school diploma or proof
of successful completion of a high school equivalency program, such as the General
Educational Development (GED) testing program may be submitted in lieu of high school
transcripts. A GED score of 2500 is required for consideration; (2) Have completed
three years of full or part-time employment since completion of their high school diploma
or GED; or have provided full or part-time care for dependent family members for three
years following completion of their high school diploma or GED; (3) Complete the
ACCEL Application for Admission. This can be obtained from the ACCEL Admission
Office or at www.andersonuniversity.edu; (4) Submit the non-refundable application
processing fee of $25.00; (5) Students who have completed prior college coursework are
required to submit official transcripts from any regionally accredited college/university
coursework previously attempted. Applicants must be eligible to return to the college in
which they were last enrolled. Students who are academically suspended from another
college will not be considered for admission to Anderson University during the period
College of Graduate, Online, and
Non-Traditional Programs
Academic Courses | 147
of suspension; (6) Students who have not completed the equivalent of ENG 101 (English
Composition I) with a grade of “C” or higher will be required to complete and pass a
writing skills assessment; (7) Take a math placement test, unless one has successfully
completed all math courses required in one’s program of study. The math placement test
results are used to recommend appropriate math course(s) that may be needed. Those
whose applicable math credit is over five years old may need to take the math placement test;
(8) International students and students for whom English is not their first language will be
required to submit official results of the Test of English as a Foreign Language (TOEFL),
with scores of at least 550 (paper), 220 (computer), or 75 (internet).
Traditional Students taking ACCEL Courses
The Adult’s College Choice for Exceptional Learning (ACCEL) program is designed for
non-traditional students, that is, those students having a minimum of 5-8 year’s life-
experiences beyond high-school, are financially independent, are working full-time, and
who wish to advance their careers by earning a bachelor’s degree.
The accelerated format of the classes allows non-traditional students the opportunities
to take classes during the evening or in the online format, in 8-week sessions, 5 times
throughout the year.
Given the mission and design of the ACCEL program, students who do not meet the
criteria of a non-traditional student are restricted from enrolling in ACCEL classes, and
are unable to register themselves for ACCEL courses. Traditional students requiring
additional courses or who hope to improve their GPA are directed to use the summer
school sessions, not ACCEL courses. Rare enrollment exceptions for upper class
traditional students may be made due to class scheduling conflicts that would have a negative
impact on progress towards graduation. Traditional upper class students seeking to enroll
in an ACCEL course must request a Registration Exception with the dean of the college that
has supervision of the class.
Contractual Admission Requirements
Students who have less than a 2.0 cumulative grade point average (GPA) on previous
college courses or who have earned a score less than 250 on the GED may be admitted
contractually. Students granted contractual admission to the ACCEL Program will be
required to sign an agreement stating that a GPA of at least 2.0 must be earned within
the first two ACCEL terms of enrollment to remain in the ACCEL Program. Thereafter,
students will come under the Satisfactory Academic Progress policy listed in the Anderson
University catalog.
Financing your Education in the ACCEL programs
Anderson University offers a tuition discount for all ACCEL students, which makes them
ineligible for Institutional Scholarships through Anderson University. However, ACCEL
students do qualify for financial aid through federal and state funding. To apply for
Federal and State Aid, students should submit the Free Application for Federal Student Aid
(FAFSA) on or before the priority deadline of May 1. For a complete listing of federal and
state aid, please visit our website at www.andersonuniversity.edu. Accelerated students are
not awarded financial aid until they have been accepted into the ACCEL program and have
pre-registered for their classes. Outside scholarships are an excellent resource that can be
used to further subsidize your education. The Internet is a good tool to use to search for
scholarships. Some of the more popular websites are listed on our web page.
College of Graduate, Online, and
Non-Traditional Programs
Financial Responsibility Policy for ACCEL Students
After the first two nights of on-site classes during any term, students are financially
responsible for all on-site courses in which they are enrolled. Tuition charges are not
assessed if all on-site classes are dropped prior to the third class. Financial responsibility
includes, but is not limited to: tuition, book charges, fees, and fines. For the financial
responsibility policy for online classes, please see section below for online ACCEL Courses.
Withdrawal from ACCEL Classes
Important: Please note any changes in enrollment during the add/drop period or course
withdrawal at any point of the semester may result in revisions to your financial aid and/
or billing for the semester. You should contact the Office of Financial Aid Planning to
determine the impact of such changes on your aid eligibility prior to adding/dropping or
withdrawing from courses.
Withdrawal from a Seated ACCEL Class
Students who choose to drop a seated course must do so before the third class in a term by
sending a message via e-mail to the ACCEL Office. The student will be removed from the
class roster, will not be charged for the course, and will not receive a grade for the course.
After the third day, students are financially obligated for the course and will receive a grade.
Students, who withdraw after the date of financial responsibility, must send a message via
e-mail to the ACCEL Office before the last day to withdrawal, which is by Noon, Friday
of the 5th week of classes. The student will receive a grade of “W” for the course. Failure
to send a message via e-mail to the ACCEL Office will result in a grade of an “F” for
the course. Students should refer to the ACCEL Academic Calendar for exact drop and
withdrawal dates for the respective terms.
Students who exceed the number of absences allowed in a seated class after the withdrawal
date will receive a grade of “F”.
A $10.00 fee, payable to Anderson Central, applies per term when withdrawing from
classes after the date of financial responsibility. The fee should be submitted after
Anderson Central has received a Course Withdrawal Form with the aforementioned e-mail
message attached.
Withdrawal from an Online ACCEL Class
Students who choose to drop an online course must do so within 72 hours after midnight
of the first full day of a term, by sending a message via e-mail to the ACCEL Office. The
student will be removed from the class roster, will not be charged for the course, and will
not receive a grade for the course.
After the 72 hours, students are financially obligated for the course and will receive a grade.
Students, who withdraw after the date of financial responsibility, must send a message via
e-mail to the ACCEL Office before the last day to withdrawal, which is by Noon, Friday
of the 5th week of classes. The student will receive a grade of “W” for the course. Failure
to send a message via e-mail to the ACCEL Office will result in a grade of an “F” for
the course. Students should refer to the ACCEL Academic Calendar for exact drop and
withdrawal dates for the respective terms.
“Attendance” in an online class is as important as a seated class. Students should maintain
148 | Academic Courses
College of Graduate, Online, and
Non-Traditional Programs
regular participation by logging into the course at least 2 times during the week. Students,
who fail to maintain regular attendance and complete course assignments, will receive an F
for the course.
A $10.00 fee, payable to Anderson Central, applies per term when withdrawing from
classes after the date of financial responsibility. The fee should be submitted after
Anderson Central has received a Course Withdrawal Form with the aforementioned e-mail
message attached.
Online ACCEL Courses
To increase convenience and flexibility for adult students, Anderson University offers
selected online courses from the Anderson University curriculum. The online offerings
that support ACCEL degree programs have expanded so that some of these programs will
offer most, if not all, of the required courses in the online format. Detailed information
on ACCEL programs and course offerings is available on the University Website. It must be
noted that the financial responsibility date for online classes is different from the financial
responsibility date for classroom courses. After 72 hours from the start of the online
course, students are financially responsible for all online courses in which they are enrolled
each term.
All students are required to log on within 24 hours (Eastern) of the first day of class. If
a student does not log on within the 24-hour period, the student will be dropped from
the roll. The student initiated drop-add period for an online class ends 72 hours after
midnight of the day the class begins.
Attendance: Online “attendance” requirements differ from onsite requirements due to
the unique nature and compressed time frames of online learning. Online courses are
designed as outcome-based not attendance-based courses. The emphasis falls on fulfilling
the course learning objectives, not the amount of time it takes to complete the course.
Students are expected to complete all assignments in accordance with the due dates and
instructions published in the course syllabus. The course instructor will designate in the
syllabus any online or onsite events (e.g. Final Exam) for which attendance is required.
Appeals regarding attendance will follow the same procedure as grade appeals.
In
complete Grades: Requests for the grade of Incomplete (I) will follow the same
procedures and policies as onsite courses which can be found on page 273 of the Academic
Catalog.
Textbooks: Students are responsible for procuring the correct textbook(s) for an online
course. The textbook(s) will be available through the AU Bookstore at 864-231-2010 or
through the AU website. From the website, select “Bookstore” in the drop-down tab labeled
“Students”. Students who purchase course textbooks elsewhere do so at their own risk.
Online professors will not work from multiple editions.
ACCEL ACADEMIC CALENDAR 2012-2013
ADULT ACCELERATED DEGREE PROGRAM – FALL, 2012
Term I: August 13 – October 8 Term II: October 15 – December 10
Fall Semester Term I, 2012 -- August 13 – October 8
New Student Orientation Term I ........................................................... Thursday, August 9
Registration Deadline for Term I .............................................................. Friday, August 10
First day of Class for the Fall Semester Term I ......................................... Monday, August 13
Last day to withdraw from seated or online course with no grade
by Midnight (financial responsibility after this date) ............................ Thursday, August 16
Labor Day Holiday Monday, September 3
College of Graduate, Online, and
Non-Traditional Programs
Academic Courses | 149
150 | Academic Courses
Deadline to apply for May 2013 Graduation ............................................ Friday, September 14
Last day to withdraw from Term 1 class(es) with a “W”
by Noon, Friday of the 5th week of classes ......................................... Friday, September 14
Open House Information Meeting ..................................................... Tuesday, September 18
*Early Exam Day ................................................................................ Sunday, October 7
Term I Final Exams ............................................................................ Monday, October 8
Fall Break ........................................................................ Thursday-Friday, October 11-12
Fall Semester Term II, 2012 -- October 15 – December 10
New Student Orientation Term II ....................................................... Thursday, October 11
Registration Deadline for Term II ........................................................... Friday, October 12
First day of Class for the Fall Semester Term II ...................................... Monday, October 15
Last day to withdraw from seated or online course with no grade
by Midnight (financial responsibility after this date) .......................... Thursday, October 18
Registration for Term III begins ........................................................ Thursday, November 1
Open House information meeting ..................................................... Tuesday, November 13
Last day to withdraw from Term II class(es) with a “W”
by Noon, Friday of the 5th week of classes ......................................... Friday, November 16
Thanksgiving Holiday ................................................... Wednesday-Friday, November 21-23
*Early Exam Day ... Sunday, December 9
Term II Exams ..... Monday, December 10
Graduation ......... Friday, December 14
ADULT ACCELERATED DEGREE PROGRAM – Spring, 2013
Term III: January 3 – February 25 Term IV: February 28 –April 29
Spring Semester Term III, 2013 -- January 3 – February 25
New Student Orientation Term III ...................................................... Wednesday, January 2
Registration Deadline for Term III ...................................................... Wednesday, January 2
First day of Class for the Spring Semester Term III ................................. Thursday, January 3
Last day to withdraw from seated or online course with no grade
by Midnight (financial responsibility after this date) .............................. Monday, January 6
Last day to withdraw from Term III class(es) with a “W”
by Noon, Friday of the 5th week of classes ............................................. Friday, February 1
Open House Information Meeting ......................................................... Tuesday, February 5
*Early Exam Day .. Sunday, February 24
Term III Final Exams ........................................................................ Monday, February 25
Spring Semester Term IV, 2013 -- February 28 – April 29
New Student Orientation Term IV ....................................................... Tuesday, February 26
Registration Deadline for Term IV ................................................... Wednesday, February 27
First day of Class for the Spring Semester Term IV ............................... Thursday, February 28
Last day to withdraw from seated or online course with no grade
by Midnight (financial responsibility after this date) ............................... Monday, March 4
Deadline to apply for August/December 2013 graduation .............................. Thursday, March 7
Spring Break ........................................................................ Monday-Friday, March 11-15
Registration for Terms V, I, & II begins ................................................... Thursday, March 21
Last day to withdraw from Term IV class(es) with a “W”
by Noon, Friday of the 5th week of classes .............................................. Friday, March 29
Open House information meeting ............................................................. Tuesday, April 2
*Early Exam Day ................................................................................... Sunday, April 28
Term IV Exams ................................................................................... Monday, April 29
Graduation .......................................................................................... Saturday, May 4
ADULT ACCELERATED DEGREE PROGRAM – Summer, 2013
Term V: May 6 – July 1
Summer Semester Term V, 2013 -- May 6 – July 1
New Student Orientation Term V .............................................................. Thursday, May 2
Registration Deadline for Term V ................................................................. Friday, May 3
First day of Class for the Summer Semester Term V ...................................... Monday, May 6
Last day to withdraw from seated or online course with no grade
by Midnight (financial responsibility after this date) ................................. Thursday, May 9
Memorial Day Holiday ............................................................................ Monday, May 27
Last day to withdraw from Term V class (es) with a “W”
by Noon, Friday of the 5th week of classes .................................................. Friday, June 7
*Early Exam Day ... Sunday, June 30
Term V Final Exams ................................................................................. Monday, July 1
*Early exam day/night applies to students who will have two exams scheduled on exam night.
College of Graduate, Online, and
Non-Traditional Programs
Academic Courses | 151
Human Services (HS)
201. Social Welfare Policies and Services ................................ (
3
)
Study of historical and contemporary United States social welfare policy and programs including
goals, program design and service delivery, and their relation to other social institutions and to
social work; Topics include influence of social, political and economic forces, as well as implications
of prejudice and discrimination, poverty and income maintenance alternatives. Prerequisite: HS
101
3
01. Human Behavior in the Social Environment ......................... (
3
)
Study of human development and behavior across the lifespan with emphasis on inter-relationships
among human biological, social, psychological, and cultural systems that are relevant to the assessment
of social functioning; interactions among individuals, families, groups, institutions, organizations, and
communities are examined in larger socio-cultural environments. Prerequisite: HS 101 or PSY 101.
3
10
. Foundations of Social Work Practice ............................... (
3
)
Study of the generalist method in social work practice, including its contexts, processes and
stages; intervention strategies, problem-solving methods, and ethical issues are examined
from multiple perspectives. Prerequisite: HS
101
450. Administration in Human Services ...............................
(
3
)
This course is designed to focus on the development and application of knowledge and
skills related to organizational and program development and community planning in
human services. Emphasis is placed on effective practices in human service leadership.
Prerequisites: MGT 341, HS 201, HS 310 and senior standing in Human Services.
4
9
0
. Seminar in Human Services ..................................... (
3
)
Topics include job search skills, practical issues of the work world, professional ethics, and
human relations. Prerequisite: Senior standing and HSR Major.
4
9
1
. Internship ................................................... (
3
)
Capstone course providing opportunity for experiential learning in human service
organizations. (Off-campus job placement must be approved in advance by instructor.)
Prerequisite: Senior standing or faculty approval. Same as PSY
4
9
1
.
495. Senior Seminar in Human Services ............................... (
3
)
Capstone course integrating knowledge and skills to address major issues in the human
services field. Prerequisite: Human Services major and senior standing.
Organizational Leadership (OLS)
310. Accounting/Budgeting Concepts for Managers
........................ (
3
)
The evaluation of financial reports and the use of accounting information in making
management and investment decisions. Topics include applications of income statements,
balance sheets, cash flow statements, and variance analysis. Students will develop
operational and capital budgets. Prerequisite: MGT 341
420. Compensation ...............................................
(
3
)
An examination of compensation systems in the context of current theory, research, and
practice. The course includes a survey of established approaches to compensation decisions;
new developments in application of compensation; and how compensation can be managed
to provide a strategic advantage. Prerequisite: MGT 343. (Same as MGT 420).
440. Training and Development
..................................... (
3
)
Topics include assessing training needs, creating learning objectives, identifying training
College of Graduate, Online, and
Non-Traditional Programs
152 | Academic Courses
resources, understanding adult learners, designing training, using training media
effectively, and evaluating training results and the return on investment. Prerequisite:
MGT 343. (Same as MGT 440.)
450. Critical Thinking in Organizations
............................... (
3
)
This course focuses on systems thinking and the understanding of research design and
measurement theory used in solving organizational and human resource development
problems. The emphasis is on applied methodology rather than statistical issues, with
the intent of the student becoming an effective consumer of information. The student
will learn how to report findings in a practical and influential manner. Includes the
importance of knowledge management. Prerequisite: MGT 341.
479. Quality Management ........................................... (3)
Study of fundamental management techniques, existing and innovative improvement
efforts, and specialized technical skills in a structure focused on continuously improving
all processes within organizations - both service and manufacturing. (Same as MGT 479).
Prerequisites: MGT 341 and BUS 230 or MAT 108 and 109.
490. Senior Seminar in Organizational Leadership
....................... (
3
)
A study of how organizational leaders create an environment conducive to high levels of
employee self-motivation, quality and productivity. Emphasis is placed on process and
system thinking. Prerequisite: MGT 343, 443, PSY 318
495. Organizational Leadership Internship
............................. (
3
)
Students apply knowledge of theories, methods, and problems from previous course work
to observe, study, and then recommend procedures to enhance or improve some aspect
of an organization. The internship may be completed at students’ places of employment;
however the work performed must be outside the scope of the students’ normal duties.
The practicum also may be completed elsewhere. The course may be repeated once, but the
students experiences must be different than or a more demanding extension of the original
internship. Prerequisite: MGT 343, 443, PSY 318.
College of Graduate, Online, and
Non-Traditional Programs
Academic Courses | 153
School of Criminal Justice
School of Criminal Justice
Administration
Mr. George M. Ducworth, Dean of the School of Criminal Justice
Faculty
Mr. Jeff Black, Assistant Professor
Dr. Damon Camp, Coordinator of the Command College
Mr. George M. Ducworth, Assistant Professor
Mr. Donald E. Brookshire, Adjunct Instructor
Mr. Michael C. Carson, Adjunct Instructor
Mr. Benjamin H. Cothran, Adjunct Instructor
Dr. Thomas Johnson, Adjunct Instructor
Dr. James Metts, Adjunct Instructor
Mr. John Tate, Adjunct Instructor
Ms. Debbie Turner, Adjunct Instructor
Dr. Timothy W. Turner, Adjunct Instructor
The School of Criminal Justice (SCJ) provides coursework towards degree programs for
both traditional students at the undergraduate level and for non-traditional students at the
undergraduate and graduate level. The programs are designed to prepare students to think
critically about issues in the criminal justice system or in emergency services and to assist
them in pursuing employment in the field of study.
The Command College of South Carolina at Anderson University is housed in the School
of Criminal Justice. The Master of Criminal Justice program is designed to prepare
executive leaders in the field of criminal justice to deal with the complexities and challenges
of managing justice system agencies in an organizationally sound and ethical manner.
Details on the Command College can be found in the Graduate Studies section of this
Catalog.
The following degree programs are provided by the SCJ:
Bachelor of Arts in Criminal Justice (traditional)
with concentrations in Law Enforcement and Homeland Security/Emergency Preparedness
Bachelor of Criminal Justice (non-traditional)
with concentrations in Law Enforcement and Homeland Security/Emergency Preparedness
Bachelor of Emergency Service Management (non-traditional)
with concentrations in Homeland Security Operations and Administrations and Whole
Community
Master of Criminal Justice
Criminal Justice (CRJ)
101. Introduction to Criminal Justice .................................
(
3
)
This foundation course introduces Criminal Justice majors to the courts, police, and
corrections as a function of crime control at federal, state, and local levels.
150. Criminology .................................................
(
3
)
Through the analysis of various causational theories students will explore the origins,
Preparedn
ole
edn
p
dn
p
are
redn
dne
is
Preparedne
Studie
housed in the School
igned to prepare
complexities and challe
d and ethical m
Sd
l
mergency
k towards degree program
r non-tradition
gned to prepar
mergency s
ram
nal Ju
n
mi
m
m
im
i
m
m
m
i
n
na
a
l
J
Ju
k
k towa
program
k towar
am
r non
r non t
dt
ned to p
p
mergency
gy
lm
h
Sh l
hous
e School
d
gned to
e
g
mplexities
ll
plexities a
dd
ards degree p
rds degree p
tradition
traditio
repar
p
di th
sed in the
o prepare
prepare
dh
and cha
and cha
thi l
thi
om
comp
p
d and e
d and e
St di
Studie
programs for
onal students at
pare students to th
services and to assis
enc
ncy P
en
sec
sectio
ction
on o
m
n of
man
of th
ann
thi
nner
his
er.
s
r.
len
hic
es
d c
cal ma
halle
versity is h
m is desig
e com
nge
ge
ges
enge
eng
llen
all
cha
er.
nner.
is
anne
this
mann
f th
man
n of t
cal m
on of
hical
ction
section
s secti
s sec
es
y
nc
en
ne
ne
edn
ared
pare
p
dn
edn
ared
par
repa
Prep
cy Preparedne
r
t t
h
st
s
e
ne
l Justice
Justice
the
hink
st
s
ess
ess
ss
ess
the
nk
e
k
r
gn
m
ve
m
e
nd
S
en
f Crim
ework
and fo
re desig
or in em
rson Univ
e program
eal with th
nally soun
e Graduate S
J:
urity/Emergen
y/Emergency Pr
ions and Whol
Crim
k
or
g
m
iv
m
he
nd
e S
gen
y Pre
hole
ewor
df
and fo
d
re desi
re desi
or in e
or in e
U
rson Uni
e program
pg
lh
eal with th
eal with th
nally soun
nally soun
Graduate
Graduate
C
C
r
J
:
urity/Emerg
urity/Emerge
/E
Emergency P
gy
idWh
ons and Wh
of
urse
el a
ar
m o
dy.
der
ice
de
tion
he
C
J:
C
Secur
rity/E
tration
l
ou
ev
ms
e
u
n
s
o
za
n t
S
d S
cur
)
nistr
.
nd
meland S
ditiona
d by the
l)
justice
organi
found i
eld of s
ov
aduate l
p
ege
Scho
ad
men
anag
nd Security O
mand Colleg
ograms ar
minal Justice
L
graduate l
es in the cri
employment
llege of Sou
Th M t
ct Instructo
Adjunct Instr
ner, Adjunct
ssistant Profess
Adjunct Instru
Adjunct In
junct In
u
riminal Jus
ademic Cours
olle
or
uc
p
g
h
j
ro
Cr
na
a
be
vid
iti
d
al)
Hom
n-
on
.
ce, and
an
t P
oo
wo
oo
Ca
H.
hn
ts
e,
Tu
W
o
o
u
bo
r
m
l
a
g
he
g
ts
io
mi
ns
en
in
tic
)
al J
es C
ont
.
heori
ce
nd Co
tor
r
ruct
or
tor
nstr
CJ)
de
T
na
th
Ca
of C
mi
s in
an
prov
radi
t an
iona
nd H
(non
eratio
...
rts, police,
n
J
d
j
e
d
i
on
in
s i
nc
n H
ce
Ju
Cr
tro
ries
of
Pr
or
or
k
rs
C
ns
,
A
ur
W
f
n
at
s
of the
Profe
ordin
orth
kshi
rson
Cot
nson
, Ad
Adj
rne
W. T
f C
nal
ate a
ut
suin
nd
Jus
ders
just
e Co
degr
in C
ns i
inal J
s in L
ncy S
n Ho
ce
Justic
Crimi
trol at
....
ries stud
b
pur
itio
du
b
hy
o
tt
ate,
Tu
n H.
hn
cw
roo
a
ant
o
or
..
an
C
ont
al J
ces
J)
ustic
n
rgen
sin
tio
rim
ng
rt
g
th
nal
lea
ins,
154 | Academic Courses
School of Criminal Justice
nature, and the extent of crime in contemporary society. The types of crime and the
classification of offenders will also be addressed.
215. American Police Systems. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
(3)
An introductory overview of the social and historical settings of the police and of the police
role and function in America is provided in this course. Topics include an examination of
the structure of American policing, the use of police discretionary powers, police values,
police culture, and the organization and control of police.
230. Criminal Law ...............................................
(
3
)
This course is designed to give students a general knowledge of substantive criminal law.
The substantive content, structure, and sources of major crimes against persons and
property, will be covered as will the various legal defenses to criminal liability under both
common law (case law) and statutory law (legislative law) approaches.
251. Criminal Investigation .........................................
(
3
)
This course examines the origins of criminal investigation and traces the development to
its present state. The course also provides an overview of the criminal investigation process
from inception to culmination, including interviewing and investigation techniques and
the use of forensic science to solve crimes.
275. Correctional Systems ...........................................
(
3
)
This survey course will examine both the traditional and evolving aspects of contemporary
corrections. Students will review probation as well as the operations of various jails, prisons
and will assess classification, security, safety, and programming issues facing contemporary
American corrections.
301. Research Methods in Criminal Justice ..............................
(
3
)
Principles and methods of research in criminal justice. Prerequisite: MAT 108.
310. Psychology and the Law .........................................
(
3
)
Study of psychological principles and techniques applied to the criminal justice field;
topics include repressed memories, eyewitness testimony, scientific jury selection, insanity
defense, and death-qualified juries. Prerequisite: PSY 101.
325. Incident Management & Planning for Emergencies ....................
(
3
)
This course focuses on the philosophical and theoretical underpinnings of the emergency
management and the principles that define effective practice including pre-plan
requirements, hazards and resource assessments, vulnerability analysis, methodology of
planning, and public policy considerations.
350. Judicial Systems and Practices ....................................
(
3
)
Critical analysis of the legal system with an emphasis in letting the student develop a
practical understanding of the entire criminal justice system. This is a required CRJ course.
Prerequisites: PS 101 & Junior standing.
400. Special Topics ................................................
(
3
)
Examines timely issues and developments in the field of criminal justice. It may be repeated
for credit for different topics. This is a specified elective. Prerequisites: Junior standing.
405. Vulnerability & Risk Assessment ..................................
(
3
)
School of Criminal Justice
Academic Courses | 155
developing practices to use such information to improve decision-making processes in the
context of emergency management.
410. Terrorism ..................................................
(
3
)
This course is designed to provide students with the opportunity to explore the
phenomenon of terrorism. Here, the political nature and theoretical underpinnings of
terror will be examined along with responses to terroristic violence.
420. Executive Criminal Justice ......................................
(
3
)
Designed for elected sheriffs, police chiefs, or top assistants to provide training in
personnel matters, budgeting, grant writing, and media relations. This is a specified
elective. Prerequisites: Junior standing.
435. Strategic Planning: Homeland Security & Emergency Preparedness ........
(
3
)
This course provides an in-depth examination of selected homeland security and
emergency preparedness planning issues policies, strategies, and strategic operations. The
course will cover various approaches used to determine and execute their homeland security
policies and actions.
450. Ethics in Criminal Justice ......................................
(
3
)
This course provides an examination of the critical ethical dilemmas encountered in
the criminal justice system. The course will focus on an exploration of professionalism
and decision making in criminal justice through the lens of ethics, professional codes of
conduct and leadership by identifying and analyzing various moral dilemmas confronting
criminal justice professionals and determining responses to those complex and
controversial dilemmas. Prerequisite: Junior Standing.
460. Readings in Criminal Justice ....................................
(
3
)
Readings in Criminal Justice. Prerequisite: Consent of instructor. Requires a 2.0 AU
GPA. This course permits selected qualified students to pursue an approved topic through
independent study under the direction of a faculty member.
475. Constitutional Law ............................................
(
3
)
This course explores the development of the U.S. constitutional system and fundamental
principles of constitutional interpretation. Emphasis is on the authority and restraints
imposed on law enforcement by the federal Constitution and Supreme Court decisions,
and the rights and responsibilities afforded to individuals.
490. Senior Seminar in Criminal Justice ...............................
(
3
)
Capstone course integrating knowledge and skills to address major issues in the criminal
justice field. Prerequisite: Senior standing & CRJ major.
Emergency Services Management (ESM)
310: All Hazards Primer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
(3)
This course provides an overview of the historical patterns of disaster and civil defense/
emergency management policy that culminated in all-hazards emergency management. It
provides an introduction to basic principles of preparedness, strategies and tactics, and
qualities that characterize effective emergency management. Emergency management roles
are summarized for local, state and federal agencies and private-sector organizations for a
156 | Academic Courses
School of Criminal Justice
estimated national losses, and examples of natural, technological, and conflict based
disaster incidents/events will be examined. Students will analyze types of disaster impacts
and some of the problems in measuring disaster losses. And, students will be introduced
to terrorism in its various forms, including catastrophic and international terrorism.
Distinctions will be made among weapons of mass destruction and potential types of
targets. The course will provide assessments of the similarities with and differences between
responses to man-made (intentional), man-made (accidental), and natural disasters.
315: Principles of Emergency Services Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (3)
This is a “Bridge” Course designed to familiarize students with the fundamentals of
emergency services management, emergency management, and homeland security. Topics
covered will include a review of the related terms and definitions commonly used by the
emergency response community. It will also identify key players involved at the national,
state, and local levels and their role and responsibilities in preparing for, mitigating,
responding to, and recovering from a natural or man-made incident(s). Students will
be knowledgeable of appropriate Federal agency mandates, including Department of
Homeland Security, Federal Emergency Management Agency, Department of Health and
Human Services, Centers for Disease Control and Prevention. The content will cover
directives and guidelines included in the National Incident Management System (NIMS),
National Response Framework (NRF), National Infrastructure Protection Plan (NIPP),
Target Capabilities List (TCL’s), Homeland Security Presidential Directives (HSPD) 5, 7,
and 8, Presidential Policy Directive 8, the National Fire Prevention Association (NFPA)
1600 Standard on Disaster/Emergency Management and Business Continuity Programs,
and the FEMA Comprehensive Preparedness Guide (CPG) 101.
335: Safety Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
(3)
This course provides basic concepts of risk management, occupational health, occupational
safety, and force protection and their relationship to emergency services organizations.
Some major course topics include classic risk management, pre-incident planning,
incident scene safety, post incident analysis, and threat recognition and avoidance.
This course will:
Describe the responder’s role in safety;
Discuss safety concepts in emergency and non-emergency situations;
List and explain regulations, codes, laws, standards and procedures related to
safety;
Describe the role of both the Health and Safety Officer and the Incident Safety
Officer;
Develop students’ ability to assess (or “read”) risks and threats within all phases of
incident management operations;
Develop students’ ability to prepare a post incident analysis report; and,
Describe individual and group force protection methods and practices.
342: Social Dimensions of a Disaster . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (3)
This purpose of this course is for students to increase their abilities to examine,
understand, and, where applicable, plan for and respond to disasters from an informed
sociological, theoretical perspective. This course provides concepts of disaster and disaster
behavior; types of disasters and the phases that comprise the disaster life cycle; social
factors that are contributing to the increase in number and severity of disasters; and,
basic principles of organizational response to disaster, coordination requirements and
difficulties, and strategies for improvement of both coordination and response/recovery
effectiveness. This course includes the use of factual information and theoretical concepts,
School of Criminal Justice
Academic Courses | 157
360: Emergency Management Planning and Technical Writing ............... (3)
This course examines terminology, concepts and principles of community risk assessment,
planning, and response to fires, natural and man-made disasters, including National
Incident Management System (NIMS) Incident Command System (ICS), mutual aid
and automatic response, training and preparedness, communications, civil disturbances,
terrorist threats/incidents, hazardous materials planning, mass casualty incidents,
earthquake preparedness, and disaster mitigation and recovery. Participants will exercise the
art of technical writing in developing plans, procedures, and policies in accordance with
current emergency management planning guidelines and best practices.
375: Crisis Communications and Leadership in Crisis ..................... (3)
This course introduces best practices identified by the Federal Emergency Management
Agency (FEMA) and the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention [CDC] for crisis
communications; and, leadership before and during crises using the meta-leadership
framework. The course provides essential lessons, useful tools, and network building
techniques that increase efficacy of communications and ultimately, community resilience.
Students will also study media responses to disasters, their impacts, and planning
approaches and strategies for emergency services managers and emergency managers.
The course also provides an introduction to crisis decision making and the conditions
and challenges that characterize it, as well as a review of the functioning, staffing, and
organization of emergency operations centers (EOCs).
NOTE: Students must complete all 300-level courses before taking any of the
400-level courses.
410: Integrated Response to Disaster .................................. (3)
When an entire community is affected by a large-scale incident involving mass casualties
such as a natural disaster, a pandemic outbreak, or a terrorist attack, response activities
require integration of emergency services, emergency management, healthcare providers,
public health officials, school public safety officials, and other agencies operating in a
community. Large-scale incidents are likely to overwhelm traditional government-centric
systems, and traditional and non-traditional responders, using a whole of community
approach to emergency management, must work together to address the needs of an
overwhelming number of disaster victims and survivors. This course will provide a
perspective of the activities of medium- to high-level decision makers, as well as providing
comprehensive planning tools to mitigate impacts on communities during large-scale
incidents. This course examines the need for collaboration among responders in a
community-wide disaster response.
415: Disaster Management .......................................... (3)
This course is designed to enable students to understand and think critically about response
and recovery operations in the profession of emergency management. Students will learn
about the nature of emergencies and disasters, and assess alternative viewpoints about
how practitioners should deal with them. While reviewing the disaster research literature,
important functions will be mentioned along with various strategies and tools to be utilized
for the effective management of disaster response activities. The course will also survey
recovery policies and programs, and methods to promote a rapid return to normalcy (or
near normalcy) with the mitigation of future disasters in mind. This course uses three
approaches to help student learn about this complex set of issues: case studies of past
disasters or scenarios of potential ones; examination of risk and social networks; and public
policy and response options. Instructional methodologies include: Lecture/discussions,
guest speakers, case studies, team activities, and student led discussions and presentations
designed to actively involve the students in the learning process. presentations designed to
actively involve the students in the learning process.
158 | Academic Courses
School of Criminal Justice
423. Information and Intelligence Fusions Operations .................... (3)
The need to develop and share information and intelligence across all levels of government
has significantly changed in recent years; and, fusion centers address many of the unique
information needs of state, local, tribal, and territorial authorities, along with their
stakeholders, including the private sector. This course provides students with the concepts
and practices involved in the process of collecting, analyzing and evaluating intelligence
and in managing intelligence functions. Also covered is the influence of intelligence in
shaping homeland security decision-making at the Federal, state and local levels. The
course examines the structures, roles, and interactions of the national, state and local
intelligence entities, the intelligence gathering and analysis capabilities of criminal justice
and private sector entities, and the use of intelligence processes to support homeland
security investigations, planning, and policy formulation. Using case studies, students
will develop an understanding of the roles and responsibilities of collaborating agencies,
as well as an appreciation for the ethical, Constitutional, and civil liberties issues involved.
Specific topics considered include the intelligence cycle, the purpose and concept of
operations of fusion centers, open source intelligence, assessing the reliability and validity
of information, intelligence sharing, Homeland Security managers as both producers and
consumers of intelligence, and the future of homeland security intelligence.
442: Public Administration in Emergency Services Management ............. (3)
This course is designed to be a progressive primer for students who want more knowledge
about emergency services administration. The course demonstrates the importance of the
following skills, necessary to manage and lead an emergency services department through
the challenges and changes of the 21st century: Persuasion and influence, accountable
budgeting, anticipation of challenges and the need for change, and using specific
management tools for analyzing and solving problems. A central part of the course focuses
on how the leadership of an emergency services department develops internal and external
cooperation to create a coordinated approach to achieving the department’s mission.
451. Emergency Services Technology ................................... (3)
This course is designed to demonstrate the importance that the effective use of
technology has within emergency services management and emergency management
operations. Effective emergency management and incident response activities rely on
flexible communications and information systems that provide a common operating
picture to emergency management/response personnel and their affiliated organizations.
Establishing and maintaining a common operating picture and ensuring accessibility
and interoperability are the principal goals of the Communications and Information
Management component of NIMS. Properly planned, established, and applied
communications enable the dissemination of information among command and support
elements and, as appropriate, cooperating agencies and organizations. And, a general
understanding of the types, capabilities and limitations of emergency response equipment
and technologies is essential for developing policies, plans, and procedures. Evaluations
and assessments of emergency services and emergency management technology will occur
during guided tours of the facilities and technologies within the South Carolina Emergency
Management Division (SCEMD) State Emergency Operations Center (Columbia, SC),
or the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC) EOC (Atlanta, GA), and/or
a state-of-the-art 911 Communications Center (Anderson, SC), as well as with local Fire
Departments, EMS agencies, and Law Enforcement agencies.
490. Senior Seminar .............................................. (3)
Capstone course integrating knowledge and skills to address major issues in the emergency
services management field. Prerequisite: Senior standing & ESM major.
Academic Courses | 159
NOTE: Students must complete ESM 410, ESM 415, ESM 423, ESM 442, ESM 451
before taking ESM 490, ESM 491, ESM 492 and ESM 495.
491. Senior Seminar in Whole Community Emergency Management .......... (3)
Emergency managers and emergency services managers need to have specific skills to
conduct community-based planning that engages the whole community by using a planning
process that represents the actual population in the community and involves community
leaders and the private sector in the planning process. This course explores the entire
preparedness cycle, as well as prevention, protection, response, recovery, and mitigation
best practices.
492. Senior Seminar in Homeland Security ............................. (3)
This course offers students a more specialized opportunity to explore the intricacies
of Homeland Security. The focus is on thoroughly understanding costs, benefits, and
challenges of protecting the nation borders from both domestic and foreign threats.
495. Internship .................................................. (3)
This course will provide the student with the practical experience in an actual work
environment. Emphasis is placed on all phases of the industry in the student’s area of
specialization (Local or State Emergency Management Office, Public Health, Business
Continuity, or Homeland Security Operation). Students are acquainted with occupational
responsibilities through realistic work situations and are provided with insights into
management applications on the job. Topics include: adaptability to the job setting,
use of proper interpersonal skills, application of emergency preparedness skills and
techniques, application of emergency management/homeland security technologies and
equipment, application of homeland security professional development. In addition to
highly substantive and meaningful projects, interns gain in-depth knowledge of the field
by completing formal training courses, participating in exercises, providing support to
incident and event management, and networking with emergency managers across the
nation.
School of Criminal Justice
College of Arts and Sciences
Dr. Wayne Cox
Dean of the College of Arts and Sciences
231-2056 or [email protected]
Dr. Carrie T. Koenigstein
Associate Dean for the Natural Sciences
231-2160 or [email protected]
Dr. Rodney Rutland
Associate Dean of the College of Arts and Sciences
231-5677 or [email protected]
Mrs. Patricia Day, Administrative Assistant
864-231-2150
College Mission Statement:
The mission of the College of Arts and Sciences is to educate students in the disciplines
traditional to the Humanities and the Sciences so that students will a)be prepared to
enter careers appropriate to their fields of study and/or b)continue their education in
graduate school.
Faculty
Department of Biology
Dr. Margarit S. Gray, Professor of Biology
Dr. Diana S. Ivankovic, Associate Professor of Biology and Director of the
Dr. James A. Henderson Undergraduate Cancer Research Center.
Dr. Carrie T. Koenigstein, Chair and Assistant Professor of Biology and Chemistry
Dr. Thomas R. Kozel, Professor of Biology
Dr. Frank A. Norris, Jr., Associate Professor of Biology and Assistant Director of the
Dr. James A. Henderson Undergraduate Cancer Research Center.
Mrs. Betty Jo Pryor, Associate Professor of Biology
Dr. Anna Lee H. Smolen, Assistant Professor of Biology
Department of Chemistry
Dr. Dorota A. Abramovitch, Professor of Chemistry
Mr. James A. Dancik, Instructor of Chemistry and Science Lab Manager
Department of Communication
Dr. James S. Duncan, Chair and Associate Professor of Communication
Department of English
Dr. Wayne Cox, Professor of English
Dr. Sarah Paige Ellisor-Catoe, Assistant Professor of English
Dr. Bob L. Hanley, Professor of English and Education
Dr. James P. Haughey, Professor of English
Dr. Teresa M. Jones, Assistant Professor of English
Dr. Edgar V. McKnight, Jr., Associate Professor of English
Mrs. Sarah L. Sprague, Associate Professor of English
Mrs. Linda M. Welborn, Instructor of English
Do
Jame
Dor
mes
ar
oro
es
artm
rota
rtm
ota
tme
ta A
ment
A
ent o
to
Dr.
s. Betty
Anna L
r
l, Pro
g
t of Biology
arit S. Gray, Professo
iana S. Ivankovic, Assoc
Dr. James A. Henderson
. Koenigstein,
Dr
lt
l
atemen
The mission of the College of A
traditional to the Humanities an
nter careers appropriate to the
uate school.
The mis
a
p
231-56
Mrs.
Patrici
864-231-
d
Ass
231
miss
ii
ric
fA
i
of A
lh
ties an
tional to th
h
etothe
e to the
r careers a
er careers a
uate scho
uate scho
lt
olog
iology
gy
GPf
Gray, Profe
y
kiA
ankovic, A
A
A
As
231 5
231 56
The m
Mrs
Patr
Mrs.
Patr
864 2
864-
4
d
Th
di
tradit
tradi
nte
nte
AH d
D
s A Hend
Ki
ni
me
atemen
Cll
the College o
g
hH ii
he Humanit
he Humani
i
appropriate
appropriate
l
ool
ool.
of Bio
t of Bi
rit S G
arit S. G
SI
ana S. Iv
J
mes
esso
esso
A
Assoc
derson
i
igstein
g,
lP
Pro
Pro
r
icia Day, A
4-231-2150
College Mission Stateme
he mission of the
ente
gradu
n
r. Jam
tty Jo
Lee H
of
o
nk
ame
o P
e H
D
Car
om
k A
mes
Pry
H. S
Dr
arri
ma
A. N
es A
Pryo
. Sm
. J
rie
as R
. N
A.
yor,
Sm
Ja
e T
R.
Nor
A. H
r, A
. K
R. K
orri
Hen
A
Ko
Ko
ris,
end
A
oe
oze
s, Jr
nd
n
zel
Jr.
d
Carrie T
Koenig
el,
Jr.,
ame
T. K
Dr. Ja
r. F
D
r.
Fr
D
Dr
. T
Fran
r.
Th
ran
C
Tho
Dr
Carr
oma
A.
es
Pry
. S
r.
rrie
mas
A. N
s A
yo
Sm
. Ja
rie T
as R
No
A. H
or,
am
T.
R. K
orr
H
, A
. K
. K
rris
Hen
A
Ko
Koz
is,
nd
oen
ozel
Jr
d
D
Ca
hom
nk A
me
o P
H
r. C
Tho
ank
am
Jo
e H
Dr.
. Th
ran
Ja
y J
r
r. T
Fra
r. J
r.
. F
Dr
r.
rtme
ta
men
aA
ent
A
nt o
artm
rota
art
orot
ar
Dor
es
Do
me
D
am
J
of
D
Dr
r
rs
.
pa
D
J
p
C
T
t
D
D
Dr
Mr
Dr.
D
ep
Dr. D
Mr. J
D
epa
D
C
T
t
graduate school.
Faculty
D
epartme
D
epartment of Biology
Dr. Margari
Dr. Dian
D
Faculty
epartm
Dr. Mar
Dr D
A
231-2160 o
Dr. Rodney Rutland
Associate Dean of the C
5677 or rrutland@an
ay, Administrat
nt:
Arts an
nd the
ir field
r of Biolo
iate Profe
n Undergra
Chair and
ofessor of Bi
, Associate P
derson Under
Associate Prof
molen, Assista
f
C
hemistry
A. Abramovitch
s A. Dancik, In
epartment of
C
Dr. James S.
Asso
-5677
Day, Admi
n
Ar
n
ei
or
cia
n
, C
of
., A
de
As
Sm
of
C
a A.
mes A
epar
Dr
nt:
t:
t
rts an
dth
d the
fild
r field
fBi l
r of Biolo
tP f
ate Profe
Ud
Undergra
g
Ch i d
Chair and
fBi
fessor of B
AitP
Associate P
231 2
231-216
3
DRd Rtl
Dr. Rodney Rutlan
y
it D fth
ociate Dean of the
677 tl d@
77 or rrutland@an
7
Ad i i t
Administra
Ud
erson Unde
it P f
ssociate Pro
lAit
molen, Assist
C
hit
C
hemistry
y
Ab it h
. Abramovitc
A D ik I
A. Dancik, I
ttf
C
artment of
p
JS
Dr James
J
Associat
-2160 or ck
land
he Coll
ander
rative
and
e S
ds
ogy
esso
adu
d A
Biol
Pro
ergr
ofes
stant
itch, P
, Instr
of
C
om
mes S. Dun
D
Dr. Ca
ate De
ckoen
lleg
erso
e A
S
ci
of
r
ua
si
og
fe
rad
so
t P
Pr
ruc
mmu
unca
epartm
De
23
Koenigst
fo
nigs
ande
e o
an
niversit
Assist
nces so
study a
sso
ate C
r of Biol
ssor of
cto
tion
d
n, C
ish
ment
ne Cox
Paige
ge of Arts
Sci
d Scie
univ
es
cat
d
Director of th
rch Center.
f Biology an
earch Center
gy
nd Science Lab
f Co
Dr. Wayn
f the Col
cox@a
n
al S
erso
nd
y.e
t
h
d
gy
r R
fe
o
nce
ogy
of
Ch
mi
Ass
ssor
Ellisor
L. Hanle
Dr. James
m
r
er
ca
sh
r of
f En
nglish
es
e
pa
uc
Col
Wayne Cox
College of
@anderso
Scien
onuni
Scie
edu
o e
at s
/or
an
Res
sso
ogy
er R
y
Bio
hemi
stry
socia
r of En
or-Cato
nley, Prof
mes P. Haugh
Dr. Teresa M
D
m
o
ge
nic
glis
n
sh
or
of
Eng
ces
h
ep
u
ences
n th
prep
edu
Chem
ecto
nage
munic
Englis
ation
nglish
ofessor
essor of
or of Eng
mi
r
er
catio
es
sh
of
f Eng
glis
di
p
cat
Sara
Lind
Jr.,
160 | Academic Courses
College of Arts & Sciences
Academic Courses | 161
Department of Foreign Language
Dr. David O. Korn, Chair and Associate Professor of Spanish
Dr. Conny Palacios, Associate Professor of Spanish
Department of History
Dr. John Lassiter, Professor of History
Dr. Lewie H. Reece, IV, Assistant Professor of History
Dr. Joyce A. Wood, Chair and Professor of History and Coordinator of Secondary Social
Studies Education
Department of Kinesiology – Exercise Science
Dr. Vanessa Rettinger, Assistant Professor of Kinesiology
Dr. Rodney M. Rutland, Chair and Associate Professor of Kinesiology
Mrs. Jackie V. Walker, Assistant Professor of Kinesiology
Department of Liberal Studies
Dr. Teresa M. Jones, Chair and Assistant Professor of English
Department of Mathematics
Mrs. Jacque W. Davison, Associate Professor of Mathematics
Mrs. Kim H. Freeman, Assistant Professor of Mathematics
Dr. Gilbert T. Eyabi, Chair and Associate Professor of Mathematics
Dr. David J. Prager, Assistant Professor of Mathematics
Ms. Joy M. Rish, Assistant Professor of Mathematics and Coordinator of Secondary
Mathematics Education
Department of Psychology
Dr. Bradley B. Gregory, Assistant Professor of Psychology
Dr. David F. Reinhart, Associate Professor of Psychology
Dr. Patty-Jeanne Slaughter, Chair and Associate Professor of Psychology
Department Physics & Astronomy
Dr. Charles A. Rains, Jr., Professor of Physics and Coordinator of the Pre-Engineering
Degree
Department of Sociology
Dr. Masa Higo, Associate Professor of Sociology
Mrs. Laura Allison Stewart, Instructor of Sociology
Anthropology (ANT)
101
. General Anthropology .................................... (
3
)
Study of existing cultures and human behavior; analysis of cultural comparisons
about social institutions in various societies, from early preliterate to modern non-
Western and Western societies.
Astronomy (AST)
101
. Solar System Astronomy ................................... (
4
)
Study of the solar system; planets, moons, comets, asteroids, light, telescopes,
gravitation. Lab meets at night. (Fall)
102
. Stellar Astronomy ....................................... (
4
)
Study of the sun and stars beyond the solar system; stellar associations, galaxies,
interstellar material. Lab meets at night. (Spring)
College of Arts & Sciences
162 | Academic Courses
Biology (BIO)
110
. Principles of Biology
1
.................................... (
4
)
Designed for biology and pre-professional majors; introduction to modern
biology integrating lecture and laboratory and incorporating experimental and
quantitative approaches. Topics covered include macromolecules, cell structure
and function; cell interactions and metabolism; classical and modern genetics; and
biotechnology. CHE
111/113
is suggested as a co-requisite. (Fall)
111
. Principles of Biology
2
.................................... (
4
)
Continuation of Principles sequence. Emphasis on protozoa and animals as functional
units. Topics include diversity, phylogeny, adaptation, morphology, physiology,
ecology and behavior. Prerequisite: BIO 110 with a grade of C or better. (Spring)
1
5
0
. Human Biology ......................................... (
4
)
Introduction to principles of modern biology using humans as the model system;
topics include human anatomy, physiology, genetics, nutrition, and disease.
Laboratory included. Will not count for credit toward the major in Biology. No
prerequisite. (Fall, Spring)
160
. Introduction to Environmental Science ....................... (
3
)
Study of human relationships with the environment; topics include genesis and
development of contemporary environmental thinking; physical, chemical, and
biological principles related to the environment; environmental economics and
ethics; and a survey of current environmental problems. Prerequisites: None.
(Fall, Spring)
170. Introduction to the Life Sciences ............................ (4)
This course is designed to expose students to the scientific method and the
fundamental concepts of the life sciences as both learners and pre-service teachers.
Prerequisite: College of Education Student
201
. Human Anatomy and Physiology
1
........................... (
4
)
Study of the anatomy and physiology of humans; topics include cell physiology and
biochemistry; metabolism; tissue types; the skeleto-muscular, cardiovascular, lymphatic,
and respiratory systems. Lab includes dissection. Prerequisite: BIO
1
5
0
or BIO 111. (Fall)
202
. Human Anatomy and Physiology
2
.......................... (
4
)
Continuation of BIO
201
with emphasis on the nervous, somatic and special senses,
endocrine, digestive, reproductive, and urinary systems; additional topics include
the study of nutrition, human growth and development, genetics, and electrolyte
balance. Lab includes dissection of sheep brain and eye. Prerequisite: BIO
1
5
0
or
BIO 111. (Spring)
208.
Cellular Biology ........................................ (
4
)
Introduction to the biology of prokaryotic and eukaryotic cells, including their
morphology, biochemistry, ecology and genetics. Laboratory exercises focus on cell
morphology, biochemistry and current techniques. Prerequisites: BIO
111
; CHE
112/114
. (Fall)
College of Arts & Sciences
212. Principles of Biology 3 ................................... (4)
Continuation of Principles sequence. Emphasis on fungi, algae and plants as
functional units. Topics include diversity, phylogeny, adaptation, morphology,
physiology, ecology and behavior. Prerequisite: BIO 111 with a grade of C or
better. (Spring)
214
. Genetics .............................................. (
4
)
Study of traditional Mendelian and molecular genetics. Topics include Mendelian
patterns of inheritance, transmission genetics, chromosome structure and
function, mutation, population genetics, structure, function and control of
genes and, recombinant DNA. Laboratory will include directed and independent
projects. Prerequisites: BIO 208; MAT 108; CHE
112/114
. (Spring)
215. Fundamentals of Microbiology ............................. (4)
A study of the fundamental principles of microbiology with an emphasis placed
on those microorganisms directly related to health problems. Topics include
structure, epidemiology, and diagnostic procedures for identification. Not open
to biology majors. Prerequisite: BIO 201.
3
0
5
. Comparative Anatomy and Vertebrate Development .............. (
4
)
Phylogenetic and comparative aspects of macroscopic structure and development of
vertebrates. Laboratory dissections include dogfish, necturus, a representative bird
and mammal. Prerequisite: BIO
111
.
3
1
4
. Physiological Psychology .................................. (
3
)
Survey of the physiological bases and mechanisms of behavior. Prerequisites: PSY
101
, CHE
101
or
111
, BIO
110
or
1
5
0
, or permission of instructor. Same as PSY
3
1
4
.
315. Introduction to Marine Biology ............................. (3)
Introduction to marine ecosystems including their physical, chemical, geologic,
and biotic components. Human impacts on, and resources extracted from, the
marine environment are also examined. Prerequisite: BIO 111 or permission of
instructor.
316. Marine Biology Laboratory .................................(1)
Laboratory experience at a marine field station. Co-requisite: BIO 315.
3
20
. Ecology ............................................... (
4
)
Principles underlying the distribution and abundance of organisms. Laboratory
exercises include the use of ecological modeling and field work where appropriate.
Prerequisites: BIO 212; MAT 108; CHE
112/114
. (Fall)
325. Economic Botany .......................................... (4)
Study of plants with emphasis on them as sources of food, drink, spices, medicines,
clothing, raw materials for industry, energy, poisons, and allergens. Includes
laboratory. Prerequisite: Bio 212.
33
0
. Microbiology ............................................. (
4
)
Study of the morphology, biochemistry, physiology, pathogenicity and ecology of
microorganisms with particular emphasis on the bacteria. Laboratory exercises include
College of Arts & Sciences
Academic Courses | 163
164 | Academic Courses
isolation and identification of bacteria using standard procedures. Prerequisites: BIO
214
; CHE
112/114
.
335. Ornithology .............................................. (4)
An introduction to the lives of birds, including their taxonomy, anatomy, physiology,
behavior, ecology and importance to humans. Includes laboratory and field studies, the
latter designed to familiarize students with the local avifauna. Prerequisite: BIO 111.
340. Immunology .............................................. (4)
Principles of immunology with a focus on the vertebrates; topics include gross
and microanatomy of organs and tissues, ultrastructure of immune system cells;
biochemistry; development and regulation of the immune response. Laboratory exercises
introduce the techniques of modern immunology. Prerequisites: BIO 214, MAT 108,
CHE 112/114.
351. Methods in Research .........................................(1)
Students will prepare for their research project by studying research methods and
choosing a topic and professor for their research proposal. Prerequisite: CHE 201
and BIO 208. (Spring)
380. Field Botany .............................................. (4)
Study of local plants in their natural environment with emphasis on the vascular plants.
Includes field trips, collections, identification and preservation of plant materials.
Prerequisite: BIO 212.
400. Animal Physiology ......................................... (4)
Comparative study of function in the kingdoms Protista and Animalia; topics include
food processing and nutrient allocation, circulation and respiration, excretion,
communication via hormones and nervous transmission, reproduction, locomotion
and support. Laboratory included. Prerequisites: BIO 214, CHE 202, MAT 108.
405. Invertebrate Zoology ........................................ (4)
Taxonomy; ecology; morphology and physiology of the invertebrate phyla. Laboratory
exercises emphasize taxonomy and morphology, and include field trips, collection and
preservation techniques. Prerequisite: BIO 111; CHE 112/114.
410. Molecular Biology .......................................... (4)
Detailed study of the structure and function of DNA, protein synthesis, gene expression
and regulation and the manipulation of these molecules and processes through the
techniques of biotechnology. Lab exercises emphasize the fundamental techniques of
genetic engineering and biotechnology. Prerequisites: BIO 214, CHE 301, MAT 108.
425. Wetlands Biology ........................................... (4)
A detailed study of the geological and biological structure and function of the world’s
wetlands, including their importance to, and modification by, humans. The Anderson
University wetland will be used for laboratory and field studies. Prerequisite or Co-
requisite: BIO 320.
430. Field Biology ............................................. (4)
Detailed study of the habitats, taxonomy and natural history of local flora and fauna,
with emphasis on field marking, collection and identification. Prerequisite: BIO 320.
440. Parasitology ................................................. (4)
Introduction to the eukaryotic animal parasites, including their phylogeny, morphology,
ultrastructure, physiology, life history, ecology, medical and veterinary importance; lab-
oratory emphasis on macro- and microscopic anatomy, standard identification techniques
and the preparation of reference slides. Prerequisites: BIO 214, CHE 202.
College of Arts & Sciences
Academic Courses | 165
452. Research ....................................................(1)
Capstone course integrating knowledge and skills from previous course work leading to
a Senior-level research project. BIO 452 may be repeated for a maximum of 3 credits.
Prerequisite: BIO 351.
453. Research Presentation .......................................... (0)
The students will present their individual research to the representatives of the science
faculty in both a written and oral form. Co-req of BIO 452 or CHE 452.
492. Current Topics in Biology ........................................(1)
Study of a current topic in biology with an emphasis on recent discoveries and scientific
literature. BIO 490 may be repeated for a maximum of 2 credits. Pre-requisite: Junior or
Senior Status
495. Internship ................................................ (1-3)
Application of skills and knowledge in actual work or research environments under the
supervision of faculty and professionals. May be substituted for BIO452 with permission
of the Department Chair.
Chemistry (CHE)
101
. Chemistry in Context ........................................... (
4
)
Designed for non-science majors; study of the basic chemistry related to important current
societal issues such as the ozone layer; global warming; energy; acid rain; nuclear fission;
polymers; drugs; and nutrition. Lab required. (Fall, Spring)
102
. Chemistry in Context Lab ....................................... (
0
)
Required Lab for CHE
101
. Co-requisite: CHE
101
.
105. Essentials of General, Organic and Biochemistry ..................... (4)
Biochemically significant substances and phenomena are used as the basis for
understanding principles of general, organic, and biochemistry. Special attention is given
to topics relevant to the health sciences. Lab required. Pre-requisite: College of Nursing
Student.
106. Essentials of General, Organic and Biochemistry Lab .................. (0)
Required lab for CHE 105. Corequisite: CHE 105.
111
. General Chemistry
1
............................................ (
5
)
Fundamental concepts of modern chemistry; topics include properties of the gas, liquid
and solid states; atomic structure; chemical bonding; the periodic table; properties of
elements and compounds; chemical formulas, nomenclature and equations; thermo-
chemistry and solutions. Laboratory introduces quantitative analysis. Students registering
for CHE
111
must attend Recitation. Prerequisite: MAT 101 or SAT MATH score of 500 or
better and Co-requisite of CHE 113. (Fall)
112
. General Chemistry
2
........................................... (
5
)
Continuation of Chemistry
111
; topics include: chemical equilibria; acid-base theory;
chemical kinetics; electrochemistry; nuclear chemistry; descriptive inorganic chemistry and
an introduction to organic and biochemistry. Laboratory includes qualitative inorganic
analysis. Prerequisite: C or better in CHE 111 and Co-requisite of CHE 114. (Spring)
113. General Chemistry 1 Lab ........................................ (0)
Required Lab for CHE 111. Co-requisite: CHE 111/113.
College of Arts & Sciences
166 | Academic Courses
114. General Chemistry 2 Lab ........................................ (0)
Required Lab for CHE 112. Co-requisite: CHE 112/114.
201
. Organic Chemistry
1
........................................... (
3
)
Fundamental concepts of organic chemistry; topics include chemical bonding; alkanes,
including coal and petroleum; alcohols; alkyl halides; alkenes; stereochemistry;
nucleophilic aliphatic substitution; alkynes; arenes and electrophilic aromatic substitution.
Co-requisite: CHE
20
3
. Prerequisite: CHE
112/114
. (Fall)
202
. Organic Chemistry
2
.......................................... (
3
)
Continuation of Chemistry
201
; topics include: spectroscopy; organometallic compounds;
alcohols; diols; thiols; ethers; epoxides; sulfides; aldehydes; ketones; enols; enolates;
enamines; carboxylic acids and their derivatives; amines; carbohydrates and natural
products. Co-requisite: CHE
20
4
. Prerequisite: CHE
201
. (Spring)
20
3
. Organic Chemistry Lab
1
....................................... (
2
)
Laboratory for CHE
201
; introduction to organic chemistry techniques. Co-requisite:
CHE 201. (Fall)
20
4
. Organic Chemistry Lab
2
....................................... (
2
)
Laboratory for CHE
202
; introduction to qualitative organic analysis and synthesis.
Prerequisite: CHE
20
3
. Co-requisite: CHE 202. (Spring)
210
. Survey of Organic and Biochemistry ............................... (
4
)
Introduction to life processes at the molecular level; topics include structure,
nomenclature, reactions, stereoisomerism, and the various classes of organic compounds,
structure and function of biological molecules, metabolism and bioenergetics, biosynthesis,
and genetics. Laboratory examines structure, synthesis, reactions, and isolation of organic
and biological compounds. Prerequisite: CHE
112/114
.
3
01
. Biochemistry ................................................. (
4
)
Study of structure, properties, and function of biomolecules, and of cell chemistry.
Topics include: structure and function of major components of the cell; energetics and
metabolism; carbohydrates, lipids, and compounds of nitrogen; and workings of the
genetic code. Laboratory included. Prerequisites: BIO 214; CHE 202.
3
10
. Instrumental Analysis .......................................... (
4
)
Fundamental principles and practices of modern instrumental analysis, including specific
aspects of UV, visible, and infrared spectroscopy, NMR, gas and liquid chromatography,
and electrophoretic separations. Prerequisite: CHE
301
.
452. Research ....................................................(1)
Capstone course integrating knowledge and skills from previous coursework leading to
a Senior-level research project. CHE 452 may be repeated for a maximum of 3 credits.
Prerequisite: BIO 351.
490. Current Topics in Chemistry .....................................(1)
Study of a current topic in chemistry with an emphasis on recent discoveries and scientific
literature. CHE 490 may be repeated for a maximum of 2 credits. Pre-requisite: Junior or
Senior Status.
College of Arts & Sciences
Communication (COM)
101
. Media and Society ............................................. (
3
)
Explores the role and function of mass media in our society, and how social, economic and
political forces shape the media and its messages. How does it affect us? How do we affect
the media?
110. Public Speaking
.............................................. (
3
)
Introductory course in principles of speech; topics include outlining, delivery, oral
communication, persuasion, listening, and leadership; opportunities to develop
proficiency in several forms of public address.
111
. Introduction to Newswriting ...................................... (
3
)
Study of the common elements of news and research skills for newsgathering; experience in
interviewing, covering speeches and meetings, and gathering information for news stories.
200. Media Lab ...................................................(1)
Supervised work on campus media productions. May be repeated for elective credit.
Prerequisite: COM 111.
201
. Interpersonal Communication ................................... (
3
)
Study of principles and skills necessary for initiating and maintaining relationships;
includes dyad, small group discussion, and leadership styles.
211
. History of Communication ...................................... (
3
)
Study of significant personalities, movements and technologies shaping the development of
the mass communications media.
230. Rhetoric .................................................... (3)
Analyzes speeches from antiquity and American history to discover classic speech strategies.
Students will write and deliver speeches designed to effectively respond to various rhetorical
situations. Prerequisite: ENG 102.
2
5
1
. Video Production ............................................. (
3
)
Introduction to broadcast writing, audio and digital video editing,
300. Media Lab .................................................. (1)
Supervised work on campus media productions. May be repeated for elective credit.
Prerequisite: COM 311 or COM 342
3
01
. Media Law ................................................... (
3
)
Review of the First Amendment and related current federal and state law as it applies to the
media in areas such as libel, privacy, copyright, telecommunications and advertising.
3
11
. Feature Writing ............................................... (
3
)
Analysis of content, style and structure of effective feature pieces for newspapers and magazines.
Prerequisite: COM
111
or permission of instructor.
3
1
5
. Multimedia Communication ..................................... (
3
)
Topics and skills in collecting and editing digital text, audio and video material to create a
multimediated documentary for Internet distribution.
3
20
. Principles of Public Relations ................................... (
3
)
College of Arts & Sciences
Academic Courses | 167
168 | Academic Courses
Introduction to the theory and practice of public relations. The course will review different
kinds of publics, institutions, campaigns and career options in public relations.
3
21
. Public Relations Writing and Production ............................ (
3
)
A practical approach to public relations using case studies to prepare students to implement
a comprehensive public relations campaign. Emphasis is placed on different forms of
public relations writing. Prerequisite: COM 320.
34
2
. Copyediting ................................................. (
3
)
Principles of writing headlines, editing photographs, and planning newspaper, magazine and
brochure layout. Prerequisites: COM
111
or permission of instructor.
35
1
. Advanced Video Production ..................................... (
3
)
This course builds on skills developed in the Video Production class. Students will learn
advanced production and writing techniques by producing long-form video projects.
Prerequisite: COM
2
5
1
.
4
02
. Media Ethics ................................................ (
3
)
Examines the roles and obligations of media in society to help students develop principled
approaches to ethical dilemmas faced by media practitioners and audiences. The course will
pay particular attention to developing a Christian critique and response to the mass media.
4
0
3
. Communication Theory ........................................ (
3
)
Study of various theories regarding the communication process, with attention to both
interpersonal and mass communication. Prerequisite: Junior and senior communication
majors.
4
9
2
. Advanced Topics Seminar ....................................... (
3
)
Topics studied will vary depending on instructor and student interests. Prerequisites:
Junior standing, six hours of communication skills courses or permission of instructor.
4
9
5
. Internship .................................................. (
3
)
Capstone experiential learning consisting of placement in one area of mass
communications or public relations. Prerequisite:
1
5
semester hours of pertinent
communication courses and permission of academic advisor.
Engineering (EG)
101. Introduction to Engineering Concepts ............................. (2)
Basic introduction to Engineering concepts, problem-solving, and projects.
English (ENG)
0
97
. English as a Second Language
1
................................... (
3
)
Designed to help foreign speakers of English develop speaking, writing, and reading skills
needed for success at Anderson University; credit does not count for graduation and course
does not satisfy any requirement in English.
0
9
8. English as a Second Language
2
................................... (
3
)
Continuation of ENG
0
97
; credit does not count for graduation and course does not
satisfy any requirement in English. Prerequisite: ENG
0
97
or consent of instructor.
100: Fundamentals of Composition ................................... (3)
College of Arts & Sciences
Instruction in grammar, punctuation, spelling, mechanics, and diction; designed to provide
practice in writing paragraphs and short themes. Credit does not count toward graduation
and course does not satisfy any requirement in English or in general education. Students
may not enroll in ENG 100 if prior credit for 101 or higher has been completed with a grade
of C or better. (Fall)
101
. English Composition & Speech
1
.................................. (
3
)
Introductory course in writing and oral communication, including reading and analysis
of expository prose, synthesis and documentation of sources. Prerequisite: ENG 100 or
placement. (Fall and Spring)
102
. English Composition & Speech
2
.................................. (
3
)
Continuation of English 101, with additional practice of key skills of summary, critique,
and synthesis with an emphasis on research; production of essays and oral presentations in
response to assigned readings. Prerequisite: ENG 101 or equivalent. (Spring)
201
. British Literature
1
............................................ (
3
)
Survey of British literature, beginning with the Anglo-Saxon period and continuing through
the Restoration and Eighteenth Century. Prerequisite: ENG
102
or equivalent. (Fall)
202
. British Literature
2
........................................... (
3
)
Survey of British literature beginning with the Romantic period and continuing through
the works of the Twentieth Century. Prerequisite: ENG
102
or equivalent. (Spring)
20
5
. World Literature
1
............................................ (
3
)
Survey of major works of Western and non-Western literature from antiquity to seventeenth
century. Prerequisites: ENG
102
or equivalent. (Fall)
20
6. World Literature
2
............................................ (
3
)
A survey of major works of Western and non-Western literature from seventeenth century
to the present. Prerequisite: ENG
102
or equivalent. (Spring)
21
3
. American Literature to
1
86
5
..................................... (
3
)
Survey of American literature, beginning with the colonial period through
1
86
5
.
Prerequisite: ENG
102
or equivalent. (Fall)
21
4
. American Literature since
1
86
5
................................... (
3
)
Survey of American literature since the Civil War. Prerequisite: ENG
102
or equivalent. (Spring)
21
5
. African-American Literature .................................... (
3
)
Survey of African-American literature from
1
7
5
0
to the present. Prerequisite: ENG
102
or equivalent.
3
01
. Business Communications ...................................... (
3
)
Introduction to business communications with emphasis on business writing and speaking.
Prerequisite: ENG
102
or equivalent. Same as BUS
3
01
.
3
0
3
. Topics in Literary Criticism and Research ...........................(
3
)
Advanced study and application of literary criticism combined with research materials
and methods. Prerequisites: ENG
102
or equivalent
and a sophomore literature survey.
(Offered in alternate years)
3
1
5
. Creative Writing: Poetry Workshop
1
................................ (
3
)
College of Arts & Sciences
Academic Courses | 169
170 | Academic Courses
Study and writing of poetry in a workshop setting; emphasis on traditional and modern
poetic forms. Prerequisites: ENG
102
or equivalent. (Fall)
3
1
6. Creative Writing: Fiction Workshop
1
............................... (
3
)
Study and writing of short fiction in a workshop setting; emphasis on revision and the writing
process. Prerequisites: ENG
102
or equivalent. (Spring)
33
2
. Advanced Composition and Grammar .............................. (
3
)
Study of expository, informative, and personal writing; emphasizes the development of
clear thinking, organization, and reasoning and provides extensive practice in writing,
analyzing, and evaluating representative essays. Same as COM
33
2
. Prerequisite: ENG
102
or equivalent. (Fall and Spring)
35
2
. Modern British Fiction ......................................... (
3
)
Study of selected prose (novel, short fiction, and essay) of the Modern Period. Prerequisites:
ENG
102
or equivalent and a sophomore literature survey. (Offered on alternate years)
3
6
1
. Nineteenth Century American Literature ........................... (
3
)
Study of American authors from
1
8
20
to
1
9
00
. Prerequisites: ENG
102 or equivalent
and
a sophomore literature survey. (Offered on alternate years)
3
6
2
. Twentieth Century American Fiction ............................... (
3
)
Study of the works of important American authors of the twentieth century. Prerequisites:
ENG
102
or equivalent and a sophomore literature survey. (Offered on alternate years)
365. Film Studies: From Fiction to Film ............................... (3)
A study of how fiction is adapted to film. The class focuses on developing clear thinking,
organization, and reasoning in response to something about which we rarely analyze
extensively: the movies. More importantly, we will examine also just as thoroughly the
original sources of these films—short fiction, novels, and plays. As a foundation for
analysis, students will develop a vocabulary for discussing film and integrate it into their
discussion of how the two genres are related. Some use of library research materials is
required.
3
7
5
. Modern British and American Poetry .............................. (
3
)
Study of modern English and American poetry and the origins, themes, and techniques
which shape it. Prerequisites: ENG
102
or equivalent and a sophomore literature survey.
(Offered on alternate years)
390. Literary Editing and Publishing .................................. (1)
Practical experience in publishing through work on
Ivy Leaves, the campus literary journal.
Focuses on soliciting and evaluating poetry, fiction, and non-fiction essays for publication;
emphasizes practical experience in editing, producing, publicizing, and promoting the
journal. Prerequisite: ENG 315 or ENG 316. (Spring) May be repeated four times.
4
01
. History of the English Language .................................. (
3
)
Study of the nature, structure, and varieties of the English language in vocabulary,
grammar, pronunciation, and semantics. Prerequisites: ENG
102
or equivalent and a
sophomore literature survey. (Offered on alternate years)
4
11
. Shakespeare .................................................. (
3
)
Study of selected Shakespearean sonnets, tragedies, comedies and history plays.
Prerequisites: ENG
102
or equivalent and a sophomore literature survey. (Offered yearly)
4
1
5
. Creative Writing: Poetry Workshop
2
............................... (
3
)
College of Arts & Sciences
Continuation of study and writing of poetry in a workshop setting; emphasis on traditional
and modern poetic forms. Prerequisite: ENG
3
1
5
. Course may be repeated. (Fall)
4
1
6. Creative Writing: Fiction Workshop
2
.............................. (
3
)
Continuation of study and writing of short fiction in a workshop setting; emphasis on
revision and the writing process. Prerequisite: ENG
3
1
6. Course may be repeated. (Spring)
43
1
. Techniques of Persuasive Writing .................................. (
3
)
Study of theories of argument and persuasion; practice in persuasive writing. Prerequisite:
ENG
102
or equivalent. (Offered on alternate years)
45
2
. Studies in Romanticism ........................................ (
3
)
Study of selected poetry and prose of the Romantic Period. Prerequisites: ENG
102
or
equivalent and a sophomore literature survey. (Offered on alternate years)
453
. Victorian Literature ........................................... (
3
)
Study of selected poetry, prose, and drama of the Victorian Period. Prerequisites: ENG
102
or equivalent and a sophomore literature survey. (Offered on alternate years.)
4
6
2
. Southern Literature ........................................... (
3
)
Survey of major American Southern literature including minority writers. Prerequisite:
ENG
102
or equivalent.
4
8
1
. Topics in Literary Studies ....................................... (
3
)
Detailed study of a movement, period, or writer(s). May be repeated for credit once.
Prerequisite:
ENG 102 or equivalent.
4
9
0
. Seminar in Writing ............................................ (
3
)
Intensive study of creative writing focusing on a well-defined project chosen in conjunction
with the professor. Prerequisites: Senior standing and approval of the instructor. (Spring)
494. Senior Bridge Course .......................................... (1)
This course is designed to give students an opportunity to a)complete program assessments,
and b)to enhance their career development skills. (Spring)
4
9
8. Senior Capstone Experience ..................................... (
2
)
Designed for senior English majors to take in their final year, this course helps majors prepare
for and take the GRE, develops an ability to teach grammar and understand its nuances, fine
tunes a sense of career placement and future plans, and further enhances research skills. (Fall)
French (FRE)
Students with two or more high school language credits may take the Foreign Language Placement
Test during orientation with the option of being placed at a higher level.
Students with prior study in educational institutions in which French is the primary
language are not allowed to receive credit for the elementary level of the native language.
They should complete the
101
-
102
sequence of another language.
101
. Elementary French
1
........................................... (
3
)
Introduction to pronunciation and structure patterns of simple French sentences; open
only to students with little (one HS credit) or no previous study of French. Course
materials include a language lab (aural/oral) component available through the campus
College of Arts & Sciences
Academic Courses | 171
172 | Academic Courses
intranet, which is to be completed outside class. (Fall)
102
. Elementary French
2
........................................... (
3
)
Continuation of FRE
101
; study of the basic sounds and structures of the French language.
Students may not earn credit for both FRE 131 and FRE 101/102. Course materials
include a language lab (aural/oral) component available through the campus intranet,
which is to be completed outside class. (Spring)
1
3
1
. Elementary French in Review ..................................... (
5
)
A one-semester study of the basics covered in FRE
101
-
102
for students who have had some
previous study of the language. Prerequisite: Two or more credits of high school French
with an average grade of C or better. Successful completion of this course will complete
the two-semester general education foreign language requirement. A student may exempt
this course, for credit, upon making a superior score on the French Placement Test and
completing FRE
201
with a grade of C or better. Students may not earn credit for both
FRE 131 and FRE 101/102. Course materials include a language lab (aural/oral) component
available through the campus intranet, which is to be completed outside class.
201
. Intermediate French
1
.......................................... (
3
)
Study of many verb forms and grammatical structures; emphasis on varied, complex sentences.
Prerequisite: FRE
102
or
1
3
1
or superior score on the French Placement Test. FRE 201 is
offered in alternate years in Fall.
202
. Intermediate French
2
......................................... (
3
)
Focus on conversation and reading; emphases on varied, complex sentences. Prerequisite:
Credit for FRE
102
or
1
3
1
or superior score on the French Placement Test. FRE 202 is
offered in alternate years in Spring.
3
01
. Survey of French Literature 1 ..................................... (
3
)
Historical treatment of the main currents of French literature before
1
8
00
with selected
readings in each period. Prerequisite: FRE
201
and 202. (Offered on demand)
3
02
. Survey of French Literature 2 .................................... (
3
)
Historical treatment of the main currents of French literature from
1
8
00
, with selected
readings in each period. Prerequisite: FRE
201
and 202. (Offered on demand)
405. Advanced French Composition and Conversation ..................... (3)
Detailed study of French standards of composition and conversation; including extensive practice
in both forms of communication. Prerequisite: FRE 201 and 202. Offered on demand.
450. Topics in French Literature/Culture ............................... (3)
In-depth study of topics designed to enhance the student’s major discipline. Prerequisite:
FRE 201 and 202. Offered on demand.
Geography (GEO)
102
. World Geography .............................................. (
3
)
Study of physical and cultural factors influencing human activity.
College of Arts & Sciences
History (HIS)
History majors who take advantage of the Study Abroad Program may credit a maximum of
nine semester hours of history courses taken at a foreign institution towards meeting the
requirements of a B.A. degree from Anderson University. History majors in the Study
Abroad Program must take all of the required core courses (HIS
2
9
5
, 494,
4
9
6, and
4
97
)
and at least one
3
00
/
4
00
level course from each of the three required areas of European,
America, and world/non-Western history at Anderson University.
111
. Western Civilization
1
........................................... (
3
)
Social, political, cultural, economic, and religious movements in Western civilization from
ancient times to the seventeenth century.
112
. Western Civilization
2
.......................................... (
3
)
Social, political, cultural, economic, and religious movements in Western civilization from
the seventeenth century to the present.
161
. United States History
1
.......................................... (
3
)
Study of American political and social development from the colonial period through the
Reconstruction Era. (Formerly HIS 201).
162
. United States History
2
......................................... (
3
)
Study of American political and social development from
1
86
5
to the present. (Formerly
HIS 202).
210
. Current History .............................................. (
1
)
Study of contemporary events using news media. May be repeated each semester for credit.
270. South Carolina History ......................................... (3)
Study of South Carolina political, economic, and social development from 1670 to the
present.
2
9
5
. Historiography ............................................... (
3
)
Introduction to the discipline of history and development of skills to engage in historical
research and writing. 6 hours 100-200 level courses; open only to History and Social
Studies majors, and History minors.
All
3
00
/
4
00
-level history courses require the completion of HIS
2
9
5
with a grade of
“C” or higher or permission of instructor as prerequisites.
3
21
. History of England to
1
688 ...................................... (
3
)
Survey of the political, social, economic and cultural development of England from its
beginnings to the Glorious Revolution of
1
688.
3
22
. History of England Since
1
688 ................................... (
3
)
Survey of the political, social, economic and cultural development of England from the
Glorious Revolution to the present.
334
. Medieval European Civilization .................................. (
3
)
Interdisciplinary survey of medieval European civilization from its origins in late
antiquity to the Renaissance; emphasis on cultural and institutional development of Latin
Christendom and includes the influence of Byzantium and Islam on the W
est.
College of Arts & Sciences
Academic Courses | 173
174 | Academic Courses
33
6. The Age of Reformation ........................................ (
3
)
Study of issues related to the birth and development of Protestant Christianity in sixteenth-
century Europe.
3
6
0
. Colonial and Revolutionary America .............................. (
3
)
This course includes an examination of the founding period of American History
including the exploration and settlement of the American colonies, the developments that
led to the American Revolution, and the first years of independence.
3
6
1
. Civil War and Reconstruction .................................... (
3
)
This course includes an examination of the origins of the American Civil War, the political
and military events of the war, and Reconstruction.
3
6
2
. The Gilded Age and Progressive Era ............................... (
3
)
This course includes an examination of the Gilded Age and Progressive Era, from the end
of Reconstruction through the
1
9
20
s.
3
6
3
. Modern American History: The Great Depression to the Present .......... (
3
)
This course includes an examination of American History from the Great Depression and
the New Deal to the present.
3
8
2
. The Non-Western World Since
1
9
1
4
............................... (
3
)
Survey of political, social, and economic trends in Asia, Africa and Latin America since
1
9
1
4
.
438. Modern Europe .............................................. (3)
Survey of the political, social, economic and cultural developments of Europe 1914 to the present.
4
8
1
. The Modern Middle East ........................................ (
3
)
Survey of the political, social, economic and cultural developments of the Middle East since 1914.
494. Senior Bridge Course .......................................... (1)
This course is designed to give students an opportunity to a)complete program assessments,
and b)to enhance their career development skills.
4
9
5
. Internship .................................................(
1
-
3
)
Experiential learning in work environments under the supervision of faculty and
professionals; may be repeated once for credit. Prerequisite: Senior standing or permission
of the instructor.
4
97
. Senior Seminar ............................................... (
3
)
Capstone course; includes major research paper synthesizing themes from student’s
major and oral presentation and defense of the research. Prerequisites: HIS
2
9
5
and
permission of instructor
. (Spring)
4
9
8. Topics in History ............................................(1-
3
)
Reading and research on a selected historical topic dependent upon interest and expertise
of instructor. Prerequisite: HIS 295.
570. South Carolina History. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
.(3)
A study of South Carolina political, economic, and social development from 1670 to the
present, with an emphasis on historiography skills and research. Students will focus their
attention on a specific era of South Carolina history and will be expected to produce
College of Arts & Sciences
Academic Courses | 175
original research using period resources.
Kinesiology (KIN)
Students may receive credit toward graduation for a maximum of two activity courses. Veterans may
exempt the physical education requirement by presenting a request to the Registrar. The general
education requirement in physical education can be satisfied by one or more ROTC courses.
101
-
122
. Activity Classes. ............................................(
1
)
Knowledge, skills, and participation in various physical activities; evidence of health status
may be required. Graded by pass/fail only.
101
. Basketball
10
3
. Beginning Tennis
10
4
. Badminton
10
5
. Golf
10
6. Weight Training
10
7
. Fitness Jogging
10
8. Fitness Walking
10
9
. Aerobics
110
. Fitness Swimming
11
3
. Karate/Kickboxing
11
5
. Advanced Karate
11
6. Scuba Diving*
11
7
. Intermediate Tennis
119. Fitness Yoga
120. Ballroom Dancing I
122. Ballroom Dancing II
123. Pilates
*Extra Course Fee Required
1
3
2
. Introduction to Physical Education and Kinesiology ................... (
3
)
Study of roles and responsibilities of professionals in physical education and exercise
science. The relationship of the field to education, its history, current trends and
philosophies that underlie its sub-disciplines. Career opportunities will also be explored.
1
35
. Lifetime Wellness ............................................. (
2
)
Survey of concepts of lifetime physical fitness and health; topics include positive effects
of exercise on the heart and blood vessels, obesity and proper diet, body mechanics, stress
management and other contemporary health-related problems.
22
7
. Care and Prevention of Exercise Injuries ............................ (
3
)
Study of theoretical and practical methods of preventing, treating, and rehabilitating injuries
that occur during sport and exercise; topics include taping and bandaging; first aid and CPR
certification; massage; use of physical therapy modalities. A $
4
0
.
00
lab fee is required.
2
6
0
. Motor Development and Learning ................................ (
3
)
Study of motor development and physical changes across the lifespan with emphasis on the
sequential process of motor behavior, factors influencing skill development and learning,
and optimal conditions.
2
8
9
. Measurement and Evaluation .................................... (
3
)
Study of methods in measuring and evaluating physical performance, knowledge and
attitudes, procedures for evaluating tests and their results and data analysis techniques.
Prerequisites: MAT
10
8.
3
01
. Exercise Physiology ............................................ (
3
)
Introduction to the physiological effects of human physical activity; topics include
neuromuscular, cardiovascular-respiratory and metabolic responses and adaptations to
exercise and training. Prerequisite: KIN major or PE major, BIO
201
.
3
21
. Sport and Exercise Psychology .................................... (
3
)
College of Arts & Sciences
176 | Academic Courses
Survey of psychological principles applicable to coaching and exercise situations; topics
include the understanding of participants, sport and exercise environments, and group
processes; enhancing performance, health and well-being; and facilitating psychological
growth and development. Prerequisite: KIN major or PE major, PSY 211.
335
. Sport in Society ............................................... (
3
)
Study of the nature, function, and relationships of sport and society; topics include
recreational, educational, and professional sport in social and cultural contexts and the
social variables that affect participation are presented. Prerequisite: KIN major.
34
0.
Kinesiology ................................................. (
3
)
Anatomical and kinesiological principles involved in movement and sport skills; includes
anatomy, movement terminology, muscle mechanics and function and analysis of motor
skills. Prerequisite: KIN major or PE major, BIO
201
.
3
6
5
. Nutritional Aspects of Health/Human Performance ................... (
3
)
Detailed study of nutrition emphasizing structure, function, and selection of food to
improve health and human performance; topics include estimation of energy needs,
fluid balance, food fads, and nutritional needs of the body during various stages of life.
Prerequisite: CHE 111 and KIN 301.
3
8
9
. Research Methods in Kinesiology ................................. (
3
)
Design and application of research projects measuring cognitive, affective and psychomotor
performance; including statistical procedures and interpretation of published research in
the discipline. Prerequisites: KIN major, KIN
2
8
9
.
4
01
. Applied Exercise Physiology ...................................... (
3
)
Principles of human physiology, neuromuscular, cardiovascular-respiratory and metabolic
responses to exercise with special emphasis on the application of physiological findings to
practical problems related to human physical activity such as diet, environmental conditions,
gender, body composition, and health aspects. Prerequisites: KIN major, KIN
3
01
.
44
0
. Biomechanics ................................................ (
3
)
Study of mechanical principles of human movement; topics include basic mechanics,
kinematics, kinetics and modeling of human movement. Emphasis is on the quantitative
analysis of human movement. Prerequisites: KIN major, KIN
34
0
and PHY 151.
465. Nutritional Aspects of Health/Human Performance ................... (3)
This course examines the relationship between nutrition, physical activity, exercise, health
and sport performance. Topics include the biochemical, physiological and the behavioral
aspects of nutrition with respect to health promotion, fitness, and sport as well as ergogenic
substances. Prerequisite: KIN major and CHE 111, KIN 301, and KIN 365.
4
7
0
. Scientific Principles of Conditioning and Fitness ..................... (
3
)
Designing and implementing individualized, scientifically based exercise prescriptions for
athletic conditioning or physical fitness development, including development of muscular
strength and endurance, aerobic and anaerobic power, flexibility, and weight control or
reduction. Prerequisite: KIN major, KIN
3
01
and KIN
34
0
.
4
7
5
. Exercise Diagnosis and Prescription ............................... (
3
)
Study of exercise physiology and exercise prescription for clinical populations with particular
attention on the study of acute and chronic responses to exercise in patients with cardiac, pulmonary,
metabolic, and musculoskeletal diseases; special topics include pathophysiology of the disease process,
clinical assessment of disease severity, exercise testing in clinical populations, exercise prescription in
College of Arts & Sciences
medium and high-risk clinical populations. Prerequisites: KIN major, KIN
3
01
and BIO
201
.
4
9
0
. Senior Seminar in Kinesiology ................................... (
3
)
Presentation and discussion of various topics related to current science and issues regarding
human performance, fitness, health, and nutrition. Prerequisites: Senior standing, KIN
major, KIN
3
01
.
4
9
2
. Current Topics in Kinesiology ................................... (
3
)
A writing-intensive course designed to introduce students to a variety of current topics in Kinesiology.
Students will review original research in professional journals and through several writing assignments express
their comprehension of a topic of self-interest. Prerequisites: senior standing, KIN major, KIN
3
01
, and,
KIN
3
8
9
4
95. Practicum in Kinesiology ......................................(
1
-
4
)
Placement in exercise science laboratories, sport and fitness facilities, or clinical settings
for experiential learning opportunities under the supervision of professionals and college
faculty. Prerequisites: KIN major, KIN
3
01
. Graded by pass/fail only.
49
8. Directed Research in Kinesiology ................................(
1
-
3
)
On-campus study or research experience under a specialist in student’s field of interest;
arranged through the Exercise Science Program Coordinator. Prerequisites: KIN major,
KIN
3
8
9
and permission of the instructor. Can be repeated for up to a total of 3 credit
hours.
Legal Studies (LEG)
101. Introduction to the Law ............................................ (1)
This course will examine the basic sources, functions, and fields of U.S. law through the
jurisprudence of American federal and state courts.
201. Legal Writing, Research, and Communication ....................... (3)
This course will introduce students to legal writing and research and help prepare them
for demands of law school. Topics will include the development of broad-based analytical,
research and writing skills, and an introduction to the basics of legal methods, legal
reasoning and legal processes.
395. Internship .................................................. (3)
Students apply knowledge and skill from previous course work to observe, study, and assist
in an established legal environment.
401. Senior Seminar .............................................. (3)
Capstone course integrating knowledge and skills to address major issues in the legal
profession.
Liberal Studies (LS)
101. Introduction to Liberal Studies ................................... (3)
This course will introduce students to research-based writing within the program,
documentation styles, assessment of learning outcomes in the program, and prepare
students to select major electives based on long-range goals, goals that allow students
to unify courses of study by focusing on two disciplines/subject areas or by building a
curriculum based on a unifying issue, time period, region, or theme.
495. Senior Seminar in Liberal Studies ................................ (3)
College of Arts & Sciences
Academic Courses | 177
178 | Academic Courses
Capstone course integrating knowledge and skills to address major issues related to the
student’s curriculum. Prerequisite: Liberal Studies major and senior standing.
Mathematics (MAT)
A student with a “C” or better in a math course numbered 140 or higher may not
subsequently receive credit for a math course numbered less than 140, unless, due to the
student’s major or change of major, the course is a math requirement.
100. Fundamentals of Algebra ....................................... (3)
Introduction to algebra. Course does not count toward graduation and course does not
satisfy any requirement in mathematics or in general education. Students may not enroll in
MAT 100 if prior credit for 101 or higher has been completed with a grade of C or better.
101
. College Algebra ............................................... (
3
)
Math 101 is a basic algebra course beginning with a review of the real number system and
basic algebraic properties. It is intended for students who need a terminal course in
college algebra and for those who wish to take a more advanced mathematics course but do
not have sufficient algebra skills. Topics include: sets; real numbers; operations; order;
inequalities; polynomial factoring; functions; graphs; exponents; first and second degree
equations; variation; and systems of equations. Prerequisite: Score of 450+ on math SAT
or MAT 100. A student cannot receive academic credit for both MAT 101 and MAT 106.
104. Math for the Liberal Arts
....................................... (
3
)
Designed as a terminal course in mathematics, focusing on topics particularly relevant to
liberal arts. Topics will be selected from the following: sets and logic, problem solving
and critical thinking, number theory, measurement, algebraic and geometric models,
probability and statistics, consumer mathematics and the mathematics of finance, voting
methods, and graph theory/networks.
106. Algebra with Business Applications
............................... (
3
)
The purpose of this course is to review the basic algebra skills needed by students majoring
in business and to introduce new material which will provide the algebra background
required for understanding more advanced mathematical concepts that business majors
will encounter in future courses. Topics include sets; real numbers; operations; order;
inequalities; polynomial factoring; functions; models; graphs; exponents; logarithms;
exponential equations; variation; first and second degree equations; systems of
equations; introduction to matrices; and probability. Applications will be selected from
business and economics. Prerequisite: Score of 450+ on math SAT or MAT 100. A student
cannot receive academic credits for both MAT 101 and MAT 106.
107. College Trigonometry* ......................................... (3)
Study of trigonometric functions; radian measure; identities; equations; inverse functions;
solutions of right and oblique triangles; and graphs. Prerequisite: Score of 500+ on math
SAT and completion of high school Algebra II with a C or above; MAT 101; or MAT 106.
108. Finite Probability and Statistics 1 .................................. (3)
Introduction to probability and statistics; topics include descriptive statistics; probability;
discrete and continuous random variables; the Binomial, Normal, and Student-T
probability distributions; and estimation and hypothesis testing; linear correlation
and regression. Academic credit will not be awarded for both MAT 108 and BUS 230.
College of Arts & Sciences
Academic Courses | 179
Prerequisite: Score of 450+ on math SAT and completion of high school Algebra II; or
MAT 100; or MAT 101; or MAT 106.
109. Statistics 2 ................................................... (3)
Continuation of MAT 108; topics include empirical frequency distributions; computation
of descriptive statistics; basic statistical inference including estimation and testing of
hypotheses; regression and correlation analysis; the Multinomial Distribution; and Chi-
Square tests. Prerequisite: MAT 108.
113. Calculus Concepts 1: An Intuitive Approach to Differential Calculus ....... (3)
Designed for students seeking degrees in business, non-math and science secondary
education, and related areas; topics include functions; data models; derivatives and their
applications including; optimization and curve-sketching; indefinite and definite integrals;
area under a curve. Prerequisite: Score of 500+ on math SAT; or MAT 101; or MAT 106.
114. Calculus Concepts 2: Intuitive Approach to Integral and Multivariate Calculus (3)
Continuation of MAT 113; topics include approximating area under a curve, limits of
sums, recovering functions from rates of change, antiderivatives, definite integrals,
averages, income streams, integrals in economics, introduction to differential equations,
partial rates of change, multidimensional models, multidimensional optimization,
optimizing under constraints, least squares model fitting, and multiple integration.
Prerequisite: MAT 113.
130. Precalculus .................................................. (3)
Reviews topics from algebra and trigonometry which are essential for understanding and
succeeding in Math 140 — Analytic Geometry and Calculus 1. Prerequisite: Score of 500+
on math SAT and high school Algebra II with C or above; or MAT 101. A student cannot
receive academic credit for both MAT 107 and MAT 130. MAT130 is open only to students
whose majors require them to take MAT 140.
136. Mathematics for the Elementary/Early Childhood Teacher: Part One ...... (3)
Study of mathematical concepts in the following areas: algebraic reasoning and
representation; geometry; measurement; statistics; probability. MAT 136 cannot be used
to satisfy the general education requirement in mathematics for any major other than
Early Childhood/Elementary Education, Elementary Education, and Special Education.
MAT 136 is open only to students majoring in Early Childhood/Elementary Education,
Elementary Education, and Special Education.
137. Mathematics for the Elementary/Early Childhood Teacher: Part Two ....... (3)
Study of mathematical concepts in the following areas: set theory; numeration systems;
whole number operations; number theory; fractions; decimal numbers; ratio and
proportion; and percent. MAT 137 cannot be used to satisfy the general education
requirement in mathematics for any major at Anderson University. MAT 137 is open only
to students majoring in Early Childhood/Elementary Education, Elementary Education,
and Special Education.
140. Analytic Geometry & Calculus 1 ................................... (4)
Introduction to differential and integral calculus; topics include limits; differentiation and
applications; integration and applications; and the calculus of the trigonometric functions.
Prerequisites: Score of 580 + on Math SAT; or MAT 130; or MAT 101 and MAT 107.
College of Arts & Sciences
180 | Academic Courses
160. Introduction to Discrete Methods ................................. (3)
Introduction to elementary methods of discrete mathematics. Topics include mathematical
logic; methods of proof; theory of sets; relations; functions; mathematical induction;
closure operations; order relations; equivalence relations; and basic concepts of cardinal
arithmetic. Prerequisite: Score of 580+ on math SAT or MAT 101 or MAT 130 or MAT
106 or MAT 107.
190. Analytic Geometry & Calculus 2 .................................. (4)
Continuation of MAT 140; topics include exponential and logarithm functions, inverse
trigonometric functions, techniques of integration, improper integrals, indeterminate
forms, sequences, and series, conics, parametric equations, and polar coordinates.
Prerequisite: C or better in MAT 140.
215. Linear Algebra ............................................... (3)
Introduction to the algebra of matrices, vector spaces, polynomials, and linear
transformations. Prerequisite: C or better in MAT 160 and 190.
240. Calculus with Several Variables ................................... (4)
Real valued functions of several variables, multiple integration, and differential calculus of
functions of several variables. Prerequisite: C or better in MAT 190.
270. Linear Programming .......................................... (3)
Study of mathematical models, with applications to the sciences and business; use of various
methods to solve and interpret problems. Prerequisite: C or better in MAT 190 and 215.
290. Differential Equations ......................................... (3)
Introduction to theory, methods, and applications of ordinary differential equations,
including first- and higher-order differential equations, series solutions, systems, approximate
methods, and Laplace transforms.Prerequisite: C or better in MAT 240.
320. College Geometry ............................................. (3)
Topics include axiomatic Euclidean geometry, instructional methodology in measurement
and two- and three-dimensional geometry, topology, transformational geometry and other
non-Euclidean geometrics, with an emphasis upon historical context. Prerequisite: C or
better in MAT 160.
34
0
. Probability and Statistical Theory and Methods
1
........................(
3
)
Calculus-based course in probability and statistics. Topics include counting methods; discrete
and continuous random variables; joint, marginal and conditional densities; moment
generating functions; expectation; important distributions; and applications of probability.
Prerequisite: C or better in MAT 160 and MAT 240.
3
8
0
. Probability and Statistical Theory and Methods
2
.......................(
3
)
Applications and principles of descriptive statistics, sampling distributions, estimation, and
hypothesis testing. Includes inferences for one and two means; variances; and proportions;
simple linear regression; and contingency tables. Statistical software is used. Prerequisite: C
or better in MAT 340.
3
9
0
. Advanced Calculus
1
.............................................(
3
)
Detailed study of limits; continuity; and differentiation of functions of one variable; and the
Riemann integral. Prerequisite: C or better in MAT 240 and MAT 160.
College of Arts & Sciences
415. Numerical Analysis ............................................ (3)
Introduction to numerical techniques in interpolation; approximations of solutions to equations;
numerical differentiation and integration; solutions to linear systems; and error analysis. A
Computing software systems such as MATLAB or MATHEMATICA may be used. Prerequisite: C
or better in MAT 160 and MAT 215.
4
20
. Abstract Algebra ................................................(
3
)
Theoretical development of common algebraic structures such as number system and groups,
rings, and fields. Prerequisite: C or better in MAT
1
6
0
and
21
5
.
43
0
. History of Mathematics ...........................................(
3
)
Introduction to the history of mathematics; emphasis on famous problems; role of historical
methods in modern development; and influential mathematicians. Prerequisite: C or better
in MAT 160, 290, and 380.
440. Theory of Interest ............................................. (3)
This course covers the material for the Actuarial Exam Financial Mathematics (FM), offered by
the Society of Actuaries. This course provides the mathematical treatment of the topics Simple
and Compound Interest, yield rates, annuities, amortization, valuation of bonds, valuation of
stocks, short sales, depreciation, interest rate risk, and basic immunization calculations using
duration and convexity. Prerequisites: C or better in MAT 240.
480. Actuarial Models .............................................. (3)
This course introduces students to mathematical models used in financial and economic
applications. The topics include payoff and profit functions, spreads and other option
strategies, hedging, binomial tree models, and the Black-Scholes Formula. Prerequisite: C
or better in MAT 340.
4
9
5
. Internship ................................................... (
3
)
Application of skills and knowledge in actual work environments under the supervision of
professionals. Prerequisite: Permission of instructor.
496. Senior Research in Mathematics
...................................(
3
)
A capstone course serving as a culmination of the mathematics curriculum; students will
conduct independent research under the supervision and guidance of a faculty member.
Attendance at mathematical events and presenting of results are required. Prerequisites: C
or better in MAT 270, 290, and 380.
4
97
. Senior Seminar for Majors in Mathematics Secondary Education ...........(
3
)
Math
4
97
includes a review of mathematical concepts taught in secondary schools, instructional
techniques that will prepare students to be highly effective secondary mathematics teachers,
discussion of classroom management, and preparation for exit exams and professional licensure
tests. Prerequisite: Admission into Teacher Education Program, senior standing.
4
9
8. Topics in Mathematics ......................................... (
3
)
Investigation of a selected mathematical topic, depending upon student and instructor
interests and expertise. Prerequisite: Permission of instructor.
*Students who must take Math
1
4
0
, Analytic Geometry and Calculus
1
, may take Math
101
and Math
10
7
concurrently.
College of Arts & Sciences
Academic Courses | 181
182 | Academic Courses
Philosophy (PHI)
101
. Introduction to Philosophy ...................................... (
3
)
Survey of basic philosophical issues and problems; includes works of important
philosophers, modes of thinking, and philosophical inquiry.
20
5
. Introduction to Ethics ......................................... (
3
)
Survey of modes of moral thinking and analysis and their application in specific practical
settings; influence of religious values upon ethical development.
Physical Science (PSC)
101
. Physical Science ............................................... (
4
)
Overview of physics and chemistry, with numerous practical applications; with lab.
Designed for non-science majors. Prerequisite: MAT
101
(Fall; Spring)
201
. Earth Science ................................................ (
4
)
Study of concepts of geology, meteorology, and oceanology; with laboratory.
Prerequisite: MAT
101
Physics (PHY)
1
5
1
. General Physics
1
.............................................. (
4
)
Study of kinematics, statics, vectors, energy, momentum and heat. Laboratory included.
Prerequisite: MAT 107 or MAT 140.
1
5
2
. General Physics
2
............................................. (
4
)
Study of electricity, magnetism, wave motion, sound, and light. Laboratory included.
Prerequisite: PHY
1
5
1
.
153. General Physics 1 Lab .......................................... (0)
Required lab for PHY151. Corequisite: PHY 151.
154. General Physics 2 Lab .......................................... (0)
Required lab for PHY152. Corequisite: PHY 152.
201
. University Physics
1
............................................ (
4
)
Calculus-based study of kinematics, force, energy, momentum, oscillatory motion, and
waves. Laboratory included. Prerequisite: MAT
140
.
202
. University Physics
2
........................................... (
4
)
Calculus-based study of heat, thermodynamics, electric potential, electric and magnetic
fields and currents. Laboratory included. Prerequisite: PHY
201
.
203. University Physics 1 Lab ........................................ (0)
Required lab for PHY201. Corequisite: PHY 201.
204. University Physics 2 Lab ........................................ (0)
Required lab for PHY202. Corequisite: PHY 202.
325. Basic Electronics ............................................. (4)
An introduction to the analysis of dc and ac circuits, amplifiers, filters, semiconductor
devices, and instrument systems. Prerequisites: PHY 152 or PHY 202.
College of Arts & Sciences
Academic Courses | 183
Political Science (PS)
101
. American National Government .................................. (
3
)
Study of the constitutional basis of the federal government, including its organization,
functions, and services.
102
. State and Local Government ..................................... (
3
)
Survey of the constitutional basis, structure, and functions of state and local governments
in the United States.
Psychology (PSY)
101
. Introduction to Psychology ....................................... (
3
)
Introduction to Psychology is a survey course that provides an overview of the methods,
terms, theories and research findings in the field of psychology. By understanding the
principles of psychology, students learn and understand more about themselves and others.
102
. Pathways in Psychology .......................................... (
2
)
Study of career planning and developmental issues; topics include an overview of the
psychology major, career options, and improving writing skills with an emphasis on APA
format. Course fee: $13.00
190. Statistics for the Behavioral Sciences ............................... (3)
Statistics for the Behavioral Sciences provides an introduction to descriptive and inferential
statistics as well as computer statistical analysis. Prerequisite: Score of 450+ on the math SAT;
PSY 101. Co-Requisite: PSY 211.
20
5
. Human Development .......................................... (
3
)
This course provides a survey of human development and developmental theories from
conception to death focusing on the physical, cognitive, and psychosocial factors that affect
individuals across the life span. Prerequisite: PSY 101
211. Research Methods ............................................. (4)
This course examines the principles of research design, methodology, and data analysis
in psychology. Method and design issues relevant to a wide range of substantive areas
in psychology are covered, such as experimental designs, survey research, observational
research, and qualitative content analysis. Further, students receive an introduction to data
management and analysis and research ethics. Prerequisites: PSY 101 and PSY 190 with a C
or better. Co-Requisite: PSY 190.
212. Research Methods II ........................................... (4)
Advanced course in research methods combining text based learning of more complex
methodological techniques and analysis, design, implementation, analysis. The
presentation of a completed project is expected. Prerequisites: PSY 101, 190, and 211.
290: Statistics for the Behavioral Sciences II ............................. (3)
This course builds on student knowledge attained in PSY 190 and provides an in-depth
examination of inferential statistics used in Behavioral Sciences. Topics include analysis
of variance, analysis of covariance, multivariate techniques, and non-parametric analyses.
Prerequisites: PSY 101, PSY 190.
3
01
. Social Psychology .............................................. (
3
)
College of Arts & Sciences
184 | Academic Courses
This course examines the influence of the social context on an individual’s thoughts and
behavior. Topics include social perception and cognition, attribution, attitude formation,
prejudice and discrimination, interpersonal attraction and relationships, social influence,
prosocial behavior, and aggression. Prerequisite: PSY 101.
3
12
. Principles of Learning ......................................... (
3
)
Survey of principles of behavior and learning and their significance for psychological
theory and application. Prerequisite: PSY
211
. PSY 312 cannot be used as a substitute for
EDU 211.
3
1
4
. Physiological Psychology ........................................ (
3
)
Survey of the physiological basis and mechanisms of thoughts and behavior through a
study of the anatomy and physiology of the nervous system, particularly the processing
of sensation and perception. Prerequisite: PSY 101, CHE 101 or111, Bio 110 or 150, or
permission of instructor. Same as BIO 314.
3
1
6. Personality .................................................. (
3
)
Study of major theories of personality; organization, dynamics, development and
assessment of personality. Prerequisite: PSY
101
. (Fall, Spring)
3
1
8. Industrial/Organizational Psychology .............................. (
3
)
Study of psychological principles applied to the workplace. Topics include: employee
recruitment, selection, training, performance management, motivation, attitudes, and
response to workplace stressors. Prerequisite: PSY 101.
35
0
. Abnormal Psychology .......................................... (
3
)
Study of the epidemiology, etiology, diagnostic system, and treatment of neuropsychiatric
syndromes and disorders. This course does not produce diagnosticians of mental illness
but is a preparation for the clinical study of diagnosis. Prerequisite: PSY 101
3
6
0
. Cognitive Psychology ........................................... (
3
)
Introduction to the study of how the mind perceives, organizes and remembers
information. Topics include attention, knowledge representation, memory, language,
and reasoning. Experiences include data compilation, analysis, evaluation, and reporting;
critical reading of supplementary articles; demonstrations and discussions.
3
7
5
. Counseling Psychology .......................................... (
3
)
Study of major theories and techniques of counseling and psychotherapy with attention to the
basic helping skills common to all therapeutic interaction. Prerequisite: PSY
101
. (Fall, Spring)
3
8
0
. Psychology of Religion. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (
3
)
Empirical analysis of the effects religion has on the individual; topics include religious
development; religious expression; religious conversion; religious attitudes and behaviors;
and religion’s effects on mental health. Prerequisite: PSY 101
4
10
. History and Systems of Psychology ................................. (
3
)
Examination of psychology from its origins in philosophy, biology, and physics through
the major schools of psychology and current perspectives of behavior. Prerequisite: Senior
standing. Course fee: $20.00.
4
9
0
. Individual Project ............................................. (
3
)
Designed for upper level psychology majors; extensive written review or a research project
with a paper under the direct supervision of a faculty member. May be repeated once for
credit: if taken a second time, it will count as a general elective. Prerequisites: 12 hours of
PSY courses including PSY 211
College of Arts & Sciences
College of Arts & Sciences
Academic Courses | 185
4
9
1
. Internship ................................................... (
3
)
This course is designed to provide exposure to the work of a human services organization
and to provide an opportunity for career exploration. An academic component
complements the work experience. Internships are individually arranged and may be done
in wide variety of human service settings. Students may take this course up to two times for
credit if the internship placements differ. Prerequisite: Junior Psychology major standing.
Same as HS 491.
498. Senior Seminar .............................................. (3)
A capstone seminar for graduating seniors designed to survey, review and integrate the various
findings and subject matter of psychology and to prepare the student for future employment
or graduate study. Prerequisite: Senior Psychology majors or permission of the instructor.
Sciences (SCI)
101
. Introduction to the Sciences ...................................... (
3
)
Study of the scientific method and the fundamental concepts of biology, chemistry,
and
physics.
107. Introduction to the Physical Sciences .............................. (4)
This course is designed to expose students to the scientific method and the fundamental
concepts of physical science, earth science, space science, and chemistry as both learners
and pre-service teachers. Pre-requisite: MAT 136 and MAT 137.
Sociology (SOC)
101
. Introductory Sociology .......................................... (
3
)
Introduction to major subjects in sociology. Main topics include historical development
of the discipline, contemporary perspectives, and issues on social stratification, gender,
ethnicity, socialization process, formal organizations, and selected social institutions.
(Fall, Spring)
202
. Social Problems .............................................. (
3
)
Overview of social problems in the United States as well as in other countries and
worldwide. Main topics include: crime, poverty, work, education, ethnicity, population
growth, environmental issues, substance abuse, health care, terrorism, war and conflict.
3
0
3
. Marriage and the Family ........................................ (
3
)
Examination of historical trends, current status, and future prospects of human intimacy
and family building from a cross-national perspective. Main topics include cultural and
demographic factors shaping and transforming romantic relationships, kinship structure,
parent-child relations, and gender role in the family. Prerequisite: Soc.
101
. (Fall,
Spring)
3
10
. Race and Ethnicity: Diversity and Conflicts in Society .................. (
3
)
Critical overview of major challenges experienced by some selected racial and ethnic
groups in the U.S. and other countries in the past and today. Main topics include social
construction of race and ethnicity, socio-economic and health inequalities, racial and
ethnic conflicts, overt and covert racism, and white privileges. Prerequisite: SOC
101
. (Fall,
Spring)
312. Deviance and Crime in Society .................................... (3)
Critical analysis of social construction of deviance and crime in the U.S. society from
historical and cross-national perspectives. Main topics include social labeling, white-color
186 | Academic Courses
crimes, juvenile delinquency, organized crimes, mental illness, suicide, and other forms of
individual or institutional deviance and social control. Prerequisite: Soc. 101. (Replaces
Soc. 398).
315. Self and Society ................................................ (3)
Examination of the interplay between individuals and their surrounding social institutions
in the contemporary U.S. society from a cross-cultural perspective. Main topics include
impacts of mass media, education, religions, and consumer society on identity construction,
self-images, self-esteem, gender socialization, and the aging process. Prerequisite: Soc. 101.
3
20
. Mental Illness and Substance Abuse ............................... (
3
)
Overview of mental illness and substance abuse through a sociological lens. Main topics
include: the medical model and related forms of treatment, the role of stress, and social
reactions to mental illness including treatment methods and policies. Substance abuse is
analyzed in relation to a variety of social and cultural factors including: gender, age, class,
and ethnicity. Prerequisite: Soc. 101.
35
0
. Faith, Religion & Religiosity ..................................... (
3
)
Examination of the role of religion as a social institution in the U.S. and other
countries. Main topics include individuals’ experience of religiosity, the role of religious
organizations in broader society, and socio-historical diversity of religious traditions from
cross-cultural comparative perspective. Prerequisite: Soc. 101.
Spanish (SPA)
A student with two or more high school language credits may take the Spanish Placement
Test during orientation with the option of being placed at a higher level.
Students with prior study in educational institutions in which Spanish is the primary
language are not allowed to receive credit for the elementary level of the native language.
They should enroll in courses at the
3
00
/
4
00
level of the native language, or complete the
101
-
102
sequence of another language.
101
. Elementary Spanish
1
........................................... (
3
)
Introduction to pronunciation, grammar, reading of simple texts and aural-oral practice;
open only to students with little (one HS credit) or no previous study of Spanish. Course
materials include a language lab (aural/oral) component available through the campus
intranet, which is to be completed outside class. (Fall)
102
. Elementary Spanish
2
.......................................... (
3
)
Continued study of additional verb tenses and grammatical structures and reading
assignments of higher complexity. Prerequisite: SPA
101
. Course materials include a
language lab (aural/oral) component available through the campus intranet, which is to be
completed outside class. (Spring)
1
3
1
. Elementary Spanish in Review .................................... (
5
)
One-semester study of the basics of Spanish covered in
101
-
102
; for students who have
had some previous study of the language. Prerequisite: Two or more credits of high school
Spanish with a grade of C or better. Successful completion of this course will complete
the two-semester general education foreign language requirement. A student may exempt
this class, for credit, upon making a superior score on the Spanish Placement Test and
completing SPA
201
with a grade of C or better. Students may not earn credit for both
SPA 131 and SPA 101/102. Course materials include a language lab (aural/oral) component
available through the campus intranet, which is to be completed outside class.
College of Arts & Sciences
Academic Courses | 187
201
. Intermediate Spanish
1
......................................... (
3
)
Application of grammatical skills in reading and writing; includes study of all Spanish
speaking countries. Prerequisite: SPA
102
or
1
3
1
or superior score on Spanish
Placement Test. (Fall)
202
. Intermediate Spanish
2
......................................... (
3
)
Continuation of SPA
201
, with an additional selection of reading materials; emphasis on
reading and writing in Spanish. Prerequisite: SPA
201
. (Spring)
305. Advanced Conversation and Composition
........................... (
3
)
This course offers review and practice in both oral and written Spanish. Students will
polish skills in hearing, speaking, reading and writing Spanish at an advanced level.
Prerequisite: SPA 202.
3
10
. Oral Spanish Practice
1
..........................................(
1
)
Oral practice in Spanish supplementing coursework in grammar and literature; emphasis
on precision, fluency and native-level speed in conversation on topics of general interest
to educated speaker and current topics in several Spanish-speaking countries. May be
repeated. Prerequisite: SPA
202
.
3
21
. Survey of Spanish Literature
1
.................................... (
3
)
Study of the early period of Spanish literature, from the jarchas and El Cid to the
end of the Baroque era; includes works of Cervantes, Lope de Vega and Calderón.
Prerequisite: SPA
202
.
3
22
. Survey of Spanish Literature
2
.................................... (
3
)
Study of the modern period of Spanish literature, from approximately
1
7
00
to the present;
includes prose, poetry and dramatic works along with sufficient historical and literary
background to understand their context and appreciate their value. Prerequisite: SPA
202
.
3
2
5
. Survey of Spanish American Literature ............................. (
3
)
Study of the literature of Spanish America, from the Colonial period to 1900. includes
prose, poetry and dramatic works along with sufficient historical and literary background to
understand their context and appreciate their value. Prerequisite: SPA
202
.
3
2
6. Survey of Spanish American Literature
2
............................ (
3
)
Study of the literature of Spanish America from approximately
1
9
00
to the present.
Continuation of SPA
3
2
5
. Includes prose, poetry and dramatic works along with sufficient
historical and literary background to understand their context and appreciate their value.
Prerequisite: SPA
202
.
34
1
. Spanish Civilization ........................................... (
3
)
Survey of the civilization of Spain including history, geography, the origins of its people,
and its cultural products; topics include pre-Roman and Roman civilizations, the Arabic
influence, the Reconquista, Ferdinand and Isabella and the Spanish Empire, the Golden
Age in the arts, and the development of modern-day Spain. Prerequisite: SPA
202
.
34
2
. Spanish American Civilization ................................... (
3
)
Survey of the civilization of Spanish America including history, geography, the origins of its
people, and its cultural products; topics include pre-Columbian civilizations, the Spanish
influence, independence movements, the origins of the countries of Spanish America, and
the development of modern Spanish America. Prerequisite: SPA
202
.
College of Arts & Sciences
4
0
5
. Advanced Spanish Grammar and Composition ....................... (
3
)
Detailed study of Spanish grammar in several types of writing. Prerequisite: SPA
202
.
4
10
. Oral Spanish Practice
2
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .(
1
)
Continuation of Spanish
3
10
; Oral practice in Spanish supplementing coursework
in grammar and literature; emphasis on precision, fluency and native-level speed in
conversation on topics of general interest to educated speaker and current topics in several
Spanish-speaking countries. Students in their senior year will include the Oral Proficiency
interview (OPI) to evaluate their oral ability. Prerequisites: SPA
202, 310
.
45
0
. Topics in Hispanic Literature .................................... (
3
)
Study of selected topics in the literature of Spain or Spanish America; topics vary.
Prerequisite: SPA
202
.
4
9
0
. Seminar .................................................... (
3
)
Capstone presentations of research; topics include preparation for professional work in the
area of Spanish language and culture. Prerequisite: Junior or Senior standing in SPA or
permission of instructor.
College of Arts & Sciences
188 | Academic Courses
Academic Courses | 189
College of Arts & Sciences
190 | Academic Courses
College of Business (Undergraduate Studies)
Dr. Carol L. Karnes
Dean of the College of Business
231-2003 or [email protected]
Dr. Jerry Bilbrey
Associate Dean of the College of Business
622-6023 or [email protected]
Ms. Stephanie McLees
Coordinator of the MBA and Administrative Assistant for the College of Business
231-2084 or [email protected]
College Vision Statement
The College of Business envisions developing extraordinary professional business leaders
with a Christian worldview who display exemplary integrity and have a passion to apply the
experiences and knowledge mastered during their educational experience.
College Mission Statement
The College of Business produces professionally-prepared graduates, grounded in the
liberal arts, ready to serve God, family, employer, and community. The College fulfills the
University’s mission by challenging business students in an atmosphere which affirms the
teachings of Jesus Christ. This is accomplished by an enhanced curriculum in the business
disciplines. The curriculum provides students with the knowledge and applications needed
to make decisions and solve problems in a rapidly changing world. Faculty emphases are in
the areas of instruction, advising, role modeling, scholarship, and integrating faith and
learning, all of which leads to teaching excellence. This is enhanced by a philosophy of
“The Place to Prepare.”
Faculty
Mr. Kyle Anderson, Professor of Accounting
Dr. Jerry Bilbrey, Associate Professor of Management
Dr. Douglas J. Goodwin, Associate Professor of Management
Dr. Miren Ivankovic, Associate Professor of Economics and Finance
Dr. Carol Karnes, Professor of Management
Dr. Joseph Spencer, Professor of Marketing
Dr. William Laing, Associate Professor of Management
Dr. Jeffrey Moore, Associate Professor of Management
Mrs. Valerie Owens, Assistant Professor of Computer Information Systems
Dr. Jamie Ressler, Associate Professor of Marketing
Mr. Greg Silver, Assistant Professor of Computer Information Systems
Dr. Gordon R. Smith, Associate Professor of Economics and Finance
Mrs. Teresa Taylor, Instructor of Accounting
The College of Business sponsors a SIFE (Students In Free Enterprise) Team. SIFE is a global
non-profit organization active on more than 1,400 university campuses in 48 countries. The
AU SIFE team creates economic opportunities in the Anderson community by organizing
outreach projects that focus on market economics, entrepreneurship, financial literacy, success
skills, and business ethics. More information about SIFE can be found at www.SIFE.org.
Jose
Willi
Ca
osep
i
Car
eph
M
Caro
ph
Mi
arol
h
Mir
ol K
S
ren
l Ka
en I
Kar
Iv
r. Kyle
. Jerry B
Dougla
Mi I
he curricu
cisions and solve pro
of instruction, advisin
ning, all of which leads to
to Prepare.”
ulum pro
hings of Jesus Christ. This is
y
Th
h
Colleg
e Mission Statemen
The Colle
ge of Business produce
ral arts, ready to serve God, f
iversity’s mission by challengi
Colleg
e
C
dge mast
3
College Vi
The
C
231-
eg
e
V
eVi
eV
men
eg
g
men
d
Cll
f
roduce
e God f
e God, f
hll i
challengi
Colle
ge of
g
ral arts re
al arts, re
it
iversity s
yg
y
Thi i
hi
ist This is
l
rriculum pro
rriculum pr
and solve p
and solve p
ti d
ruction, ad
hi h l d
f which lea
n
C
231
231 2
Cll
Colle
College
College
g
Th
The
Colle
Th
The
The
P
o Prepare
T
o Prepare
as
mast
n Statem
on Statem
Bi
f Business pr
f Business p
d
eady to serve
eady to serv
y
mission b
y
cur
he cur
sions a
isions
fi t
of instr
ll f
ng all of
g,
to
o
ro
pro
pro
p
ii
dvisi
d
ads to
e.
Vision
The College of Business envisi
with a Christian worldview who
experiences and knowledge mas
Colleg
e Mission S
T
libera
Univ
yle An
y Bilb
las J. G
Ivank
rn
ty
And
lbre
. G
ko
he P
y
nde
brey
Go
Pl
ders
ey, A
oo
Plac
rso
, As
ace
son,
Ass
n, P
ss
Pr
Pr
The
The Place to
repa
e to Pr
g,
Pl
ac
rK
acu
K
cul
ult
lt
e P
y
de
ey
o
Pla
ers
y, A
g
lace
son
As
ce to
n,
ss
, P
Pr
Pr
p
The
ty
And
bre
G
Th
ulty
An
ilb
. G
k
T
cult
e A
Bil
acu
yle
ac
Ky
Mir
rol K
S
ire
ol K
ren
Ka
n Iv
ar
M
arol
ph
Car
eph
Ca
sep
ose
i
Jos
g
D
Miren Ivan
“T
a
r
.
.
M
C
J
W
w
e
C
T
“T
Fa
Mr
Dr.
Dr.
Dr.
Dr.
Dr. J
Dr. W
Dr. Je
Mr
e
C
y
University’s mission by
eachings of Jesus Christ
disciplines. The curriculu
to make d
ssion b
Jesus Chri
es. The curricul
to make decisions and solv
the areas of
learning
U ve s ty s
teachings of Je
disciplines.
k
he area
622-6023
Ms. Stephanie Mc
Coordinator of the M
-2084 or smclees@an
ision Stateme
on
dis
tered
nt
s prof
amily,
ng busi
accomp
ovides stu
oblems in
ng, role m
teaching e
rofessor of A
sociate Profes
odwin, Associa
ovic, Associate
rnes, Professor
Spencer, Prof
liam Laing, Ass
Jeffrey Moore,
Mrs. Valerie O
Dr. Jami
Co
31-20
Vision S
io
o d
ste
n
es
fa
in
s
ov
ob
in
o t
Pro
Asso
ood
kov
arne
h Sp
illiam
. Jeff
Mrs
on
d
dis
dis
ere
ered
t
t
f
s prof
p
il
mily,
y,
bi
ng busi
g
accomp
accomp
vides stu
vides stu
blems in
blems in
l
ng, role m
g
thi
teaching
g
622
622 60
Ms Stephanie M
Ms. Stephanie Mc
Cdit fth
oordinator of the M
2084 l @
084 or smclees@a
4
on Statem
n Stateme
fA
ofessor of A
ofessor of A
ociate Profes
ociate Profe
d in Associ
dwin, Associ
iA it
vic, Associat
Pf
nes Professo
,
Pf
pencer Prof
p,
A
m Laing As
am Laing, A
frey Moore
effrey Moor
s Valerie O
rs. Valerie
DJ
Dr. J
Associate
2-6023 or j
McLee
e MBA
@ande
ment
ons d
ispla
ed d
fess
em
ine
pli
ud
n a
mo
exc
Acco
esso
ciate
ate P
sor of
rofesso
Associ
ore, Ass
rie Owen
Dr. Jamie Res
Mr. Gr
Dr. Je
iate Dea
r jbilb
es
A an
erso
t
dev
ay
du
io
mp
ss
h
n
ra
de
e
ou
r o
e P
ro
f M
sor
ciate
ssoci
ens, A
Ressler
Greg Si
Dr
De
23
ey
of the C
lbrey
erso
d A
s
nivers
g
xemplar
ing thei
nally-pr
loyer
d by a
s with t
idly c
ing, sch
nting
f Manag
fess
anageme
i
e Pro
e Profess
Pro
As
r, Associ
stant P
A
Silv
don R
sa Tayl
90
mic Cou
ge of Busi
(Un
ess
onun
du
istant for the C
nary professio
ity and have a
ional experie
munity. The
atmosphere w
ed curriculu
p
nhanced by a
t
nc
gement
gement
In
rm
Dr. Ca
the Coll
arnes@
ge of
nun
trat
y.e
xt
y i
e
ep
d
i
e
e
n
o
hi
em
f M
co
nt
ng
of
or o
fess
ofes
rofe
Asso
, Inst
he College o
o
ha
a
o
Sy
Sys
Fi
ee E
niv
he A
mics,
on a
rgra
o
us
n
d
e
ffi
h
Col
Carol L. Kar
ollege of B
s@ander
f Busi
nivers
tive A
edu
raor
nte
duc
are
com
n an
nha
kn
gin
ars
s is
ment
Man
onom
g
Man
of M
sor o
ssor o
fessor
ociate P
structor
ege of Busine
non-profit org
AU S
i
h
f
s
n
n S
d F
Fre
un
n th
mic
ation
ergr
e
u
o
e
g
a
t
ti
ndergr
llege
al bu
ssio
.
nde
lleg
ch a
in t
cati
mph
ng f
ilos
tion
tion S
and F
In Fre
400 un
ies in th
conomic
formatio
he
ons
a
ait
oph
Sys
Sy
Fina
gr
ee
niver
he
ics, e
on a
of B
sin
n to
d i
e fu
each p
and
nomi
College of Business
All business students are admitted to the major as pre-business students. After successful
completion of six introductory courses with a minimum GPA of 2.5 in these courses, the
student may apply to the College for full acceptance into the major. The student must apply
no later than at the completion of 75 credit hours. The student completes an “Application
for Admission to the Business Major” form with his/her advisor and obtains the signature of
the College Dean. Should a student receive transfer credit for one of the required courses,
another Anderson University business course will be substituted. For each concentration
these courses include the following:
Accounting – ACC 201, 202, CIS 120, ECO 211, 212, BUS 230
Computer Information Systems – ACC 201, 202, BUS 230, CIS 120, 203, ECO 211
Financial Economics – ACC 201, 202, CIS 120, ECO 211, 212, BUS 230
Human Resource Management – ACC 201, 202, CIS 120, ECO 211, BUS 230, PSY 101
International Business – ACC 201, 202, CIS 120, ECO 211, BUS 230, PSY 101
Management – ACC 201, 202, CIS 120, ECO 211, BUS 230, PSY 101
Marketing – ACC 201, 202, CIS 120, ECO 211, BUS 230, PSY 101
Exit exam. All business students must take the Major Field Exam in Business provided by
Educational Testing Services as a graduation requirement. This is a comprehensive exam
covering all of the major business disciplines. The exam is taken as part of the Senior
Seminar (BUS 490) course.
Common business core. All concentrations include the following common professional
courses: ACC 201, 202, BUS 230, CIS 120, ECO 211, 212, MKT 331, MGT 341, BUS
351 or MGT 410, FIN 310, CIS 352, BUS 490, 494 and 495.
Academic Courses | 191
College of Business
Accounting (ACC)
201. Introduction to Financial Accounting
............................. (
3
)
Topics include the accounting cycle, accounting for service and merchandising enterprises,
preparation and use of financial statements, receivables and payables, deferrals, and
accruals, plant assets, accounting systems, and cash flows. (Fall and spring))
202. Introduction to Managerial Accounting
............................ (
3
)
Topics include Behavioral accounting concepts, breakeven analysis, budgeting, control
accounting, and decision making. Prerequisite: ACC 201. (Fall and spring)
3
0
5
. Cost Accounting .............................................. (
3
)
Cost accounting for production management; topics include cost systems for internal
control, standard cost, inventory planning and control, capital budgeting, and relationship
between cost accounting and other quantitative areas. Prerequisite: ACC 202. (Fall)
3
10
. Intermediate Accounting
1
...................................... (
3
)
Study of financial accounting theory and practice related to generally accepted accounting
principles; emphasis on the balance sheet and the income statement.
Prerequisite: ACC
202
. (Fall)
3
11
. Intermediate Accounting
2
....................................... (
3
)
Continuation of ACC
3
10
; topics include liability section of the balance sheet relative
to generally accepted accounting principles, preparation and analysis of the statement of
cash flow, income determination, inter-period tax allocation, and special issues such as
pensions and leases. Prerequisite: ACC
3
10
. (Spring)
3
3
0
. Introduction to Taxation .........................................(
3
)
Introduction to concepts and methods of determining tax liability of individuals,
corporations, partnerships, and estates; emphasizes existing federal and state laws and points
encountered by the typical business. Prerequisite: ACC
202
(Fall)
4
01
. Auditing .................................................... (
3
)
Study of the installation, use, and effect of internal control systems; topics include ethics,
legal liability, the audit of electronic data processing systems, the audit application of
statistical sampling, the reporting function of the independent auditor, and internal
auditing. Prerequisite: ACC
3
10
. (Spring)
4
10
. Accounting Information Systems .................................. (
3
)
Study of the skills, tools, and procedures needed properly to evaluate Electronic Data
Processing controls; topics include the accounting, ethical, and legal considerations
that should be integrated into the design of business accounting and auditing systems.
Prerequisite: ACC
202
. (Spring)
435
. Advanced Accounting .......................................... (
3
)
Specialized aspects of financial accounting, including business combinations,
reorganizations and liquidations, emerging practices and developments in financial
accounting, and accounting and reporting practices for governmental and not-for-profit
entities. Prerequisite: ACC
3
11
(Fall)
192 | Academic Courses
College of Business
4
9
2
. Current Topics in Accounting .................................... (
3
)
Examination of various topics related to current research and issues regarding accounting.
Prerequisites: Senior standing and permission of the instructor.
Business (BUS)
110. Investigating Business .......................................... (1)
Serves as an introduction to the major subject areas of business. Faculty from each business
disciple will teach one class. Students will also be introduced to the Internship Program,
SIFE, and Business Club. Required for all freshmen business majors.
210. Students in Free Enterprise (SIFE) .................................(1)
SIFE offers students the tools to learn the free enterprise system in a real working situation.
This class challenges students to take what they are learning in the classroom to better their
community. Students will design and implement projects that demonstrate how the free
enterprise system works. Students may enroll for multiple credits up to eight total credit
hours. Students may use three credits to count as one upper level business elective. Other
credits beyond the three may be used as general electives. This course may be taken for no
credit. The course is open to all majors. (Fall and Spring)
215. Students in Free Enterprise II .................................... (2)
Same as BUS 210, except this course is for the SIFE leadership team. This course may be
taken a maximum of two times. Prerequisites: instructor’s permission.
220
. Personal Financial Planning .................................... (
3
)
Introduction to personal financial management; topics include requisite financial records,
personal financial planning, investments, insurance, home ownership, interest rates,
borrowing, tax preparation, and recent consumer legislation. (Spring)
2
3
0
. Business Statistics ............................................. (
3
)
An application oriented course in how to use statistics in business situations. Topics
include graphical descriptions of data, how to collect and accurately sample populations,
discrete and continuous probability distributions, hypothesis testing, testing sample
means, ANOVA analysis, Chi-Square applications, regression and correlation, and time
series forecasting. Prerequisite: MAT
106 or 101
; CIS 120. (Replaces MAT
20
3
for
business majors)
3
01
. Business Communications ...................................... (
3
)
Introduction to business communications with extensive practice in different types of
business writing and speaking, focusing on the more common types of communication,
such as letters, memos, interviews, and shorter reports. (Same as ENG
3
01
)
Prerequisites: ENG
101
,
102
. (Fall and spring)
330. Business Overseas ............................................ (3)
Introduces students to an international experience abroad and enables them to study
business in a country or region of the world along with travel to that area.
340. Business Ethics .............................................. (3)
Focuses on the ethical perspectives of business decision-making and policy development
in a variety of key areas including individual behavior, human resource management,
work environments, marketing, property rights, and international business. A Biblical
worldview will be contrasted to a humanist worldview and used to develop Biblical ethical
principles which will be contextualized in the business environment.
Academic Courses | 193
College of Business
194 | Academic Courses
35
1
. Legal Environment of Business ................................... (
3
)
Study of law and society, government and business, contracts, agency and employment,
according to the Uniform Commercial Code. (Spring)
4
01
. International Business ......................................... (
3
)
Introduction to the nature and importance of international business, the international
monetary system, and forces within the foreign environments and their effect on business
practices are included; trends of international companies are studied. Prerequisites: MGT
34
1
and MKT
33
1
. (Spring)
4
10
. Entrepreneurship ............................................. (
3
)
Study of logistics and problems associated with developing a business plan, launching a new
business and managing that business. Prerequisites: CIS
120
, one ACC course, one ECO
course, MKT
33
1
, MGT
34
1
.
4
9
0
. Senior Seminar in Business ..................................... (
3
)
Application of economic, accounting, marketing, and management theories and ethical
principles to solve current business problems; methods include group and individual
learning activities to develop successful strategy and analysis techniques. Prerequisite: FIN
3
10
, CIS
35
2
, Senior Standing. (Fall and spring)
4
9
2
. Current Topics in Business Management ........................... (
3
)
Examination of various topics related to current research and issues regarding business
management. Prerequisites: Senior standing.
494. Professional Development Seminar .................................(1)
Preparing the business student for transition into the professional business environment.
Professional skills are developed such as resume and letter writing, interviewing and job/
internship search.
4
9
5
. Business Internship ........................................... (
2
)
Supervised experiential learning and research in various areas of business are combined for aiding
the transition to the workplace. Prerequisites: Business senior, admitted to business major. (Fall)
Computer Information Systems (CIS)
101. Introduction to Computers ...................................... (3)
Introduction to basic desktop computing with an emphasis on utilizing applications as
productivity tools. Topics include word processing, spreadsheet creation, presentation
graphics, electronic mail, and Internet. For non-business majors only. Cannot be taken if
you already have had CIS 120.
120
. Introduction to Information Processing Systems ...................... (
3
)
Introduction to basic microcomputer concepts and applications; emphasis on the
utilization of information processing systems in business. Topics include word processing,
spreadsheet creation, database development, presentation graphics, electronic mail, and
Internet. (Fall and Spring)
202
. Computer Science I ........................................... (
4
)
This course is intended to introduce students to computer programming as a method for
solving problems. A high-level computer language will be used to introduce structured,
event-driven, and object oriented programming techniques and their application to
common problems. Prerequisites: CIS
120
, MAT
106 or higher
. (Fall)
College of Business
Academic Courses | 195
College of Business
20
3
. Computer Science II ........................................... (
4
)
This course builds on the concepts taught in CIS
202
. It emphasizes the development
of application programs using object oriented programming techniques. Topics include
object oriented program development, elementary data structures, database programming,
and other advanced programming concepts. Prerequisite: CIS
202
. (Spring)
3
10
. Introduction to Database Management Systems ....................... (
3
)
Study of techniques for designing and developing a database to support a business and
basic techniques for using and implementing systems using the client/server approach;
practical experience includes a project involving object-oriented methodology during
initial development phases, and a relational database during the implementation stage.
Prerequisite: CIS
202
. (Fall)
33
0
. Telecommunications and Networking .............................. (
4
)
Introduction to network design and operations with emphasis on client/server PC
networking; topics include data communications/telecommunication concepts,
components, architecture, protocols, and standards for message movement within an
information network. Prerequisite: CIS
203
. (Fall)
35
2
. Management of Information Systems ............................... (
3
)
Introduction to the management aspects of information technology; topics include an
introduction to the System Development Life Cycle; alternatives for hardware, software,
data, personnel and procedures; operating systems; database management systems; and
electronic commerce. Cases and current topics addressing the role and the usage of
information technology are also used. Prerequisites: CIS
120, Junior Standing
. (Spring)
4
9
0
. Information System Analysis, Design, and Implementation .............. (
3
)
Study of organizational efforts to analyze, design, and implement information systems;
topics include design of computer-based solutions to individual and organizational
problems; analysis of subsystems user interfaces, hardware/software selection and
evaluation, and system implementation; and exploration of the interface between systems/
individuals and systems/organizations. Prerequisites: CIS
3
10
,
35
2
. (Spring)
4
9
2
. Current Topics in CIS I ........................................ (
3
)
Examination of various topics related to current research and issues regarding computer
science and/or computer information systems. Prerequisites: CIS
3
10
,
20
3
, or instructor’s
permission.
4
9
4
. Current Topics in CIS II ........................................ (
3
)
Examination of various topics related to current research and issues regarding
computer science and/or computer information systems. Prerequisites: CIS
4
9
2
or
instructor’s permission.
Economics (ECO)
200
. Economic Concepts ........................................... (
3
)
Comprehensive study of micro- and macro-economic topics for non-business majors.
Cannot be taken if the student has previously completed ECO
211
or
212
. (Fall)
211
. Principles of Microeconomics .................................... (
3
)
Study of the economic decision making of firms and individuals in a market setting; topics
include basic economic concepts, product markets, factor markets, and micro- economic
issues. (Fall)
212
. Principles of Macroeconomics .................................... (
3
)
Study of output, employment, income, and price in the economy; topics include basic
economic concepts, macroeconomic issues, and international economics. Prerequisite: C
or better in ECO
211.
(Spring)
240. Mathematics for Economics and Finance ........................... (3)
Study and development of the mathematical and statistical tools needed to interpret and
forecast economics and financial data: functional analysis, optimization, model construction,
linear programming, and regression analysis. Prerequisites: BUS 230, ECO 212, MAT 113.
3
01
. Money and Banking ............................................ (
3
)
Study of the relation of money to prices, employment and business activity; topics
include analysis of money and capital markets, interest rate determination, the Federal
Reserve structure and monetary control, current policies and their impact on the future.
Prerequisite: ECO 212, FIN 310. (Fall)
3
10
. International Economics and Finance .............................. (
3
)
Study of the functioning of the international economy; topics include theoretical
principles that govern international trade, empirical evidence of world trade patterns and
policies in industrialized and developing nations, balance of payments, trade deficits and
surpluses, and exchange rates. Prerequisite: ECO
212
.
3
20
. Labor Economics ............................................. (
3
)
Study of the organization, functioning, and outcomes of labor markets; the decisions of
prospective and present labor market participants; and the public policies which relate to
the employment and payment of labor resources. Prerequisite: ECO
212
.
33
0
. Economics of Government Regulation ............................. (
3
)
Study of the role of government in market economies; topics include process of taxation,
financing government spending through the bond market, and behavior of politicians.
Prerequisites: ECO
211
.
34
0
. Intermediate Microeconomics ................................... (
3
)
Analytical study of the basic concepts of value and distribution under alternative market
conditions (free markets, monopoly, oligopoly and monopolistic competition).
Prerequisites: ECO
211
. (Fall)
35
0
. Intermediate Macroeconomics ................................... (
3
)
Analytical study of a society’s aggregate production and the resulting problems of inflation
and unemployment produced by business cycles. Statistics (GDP and the CPI) and theory
will be included. Prerequisite: ECO 212, ECO
240
.
4
10
. Business Regression Analysis ..................................... (
3
)
Introduction to single equation least squares estimation and some elements of time series
analysis; topics include ANOVA, autocorrelation, dummy variables, heteroscedasticity, and
multicolliniearity. Prerequisites: MAT
11
3
, BUS
2
3
0
. (Spring)
4
9
2
. Current Topics in Economics ...................................(1-
3
)
Examination of various topics related to current research and issues regarding economics.
Prerequisite: ECO 340.
Finance (FIN)
3
10
. Financial Management I ........................................ (
3
)
Introduction to the management of a firm’s financial resources; topics include analysis
196 | Academic Courses
College of Business
Academic Courses | 197
College of Business
of financial statements and cash flows, financial markets and institutions, risk and return
analysis using the capital asset pricing model, time value of money, stock and bond
valuation, the cost of capital and an introduction to capital budgeting. Prerequisites:
ECO
212
, ACC
202
, and BUS
2
3
0
. (Fall)
3
11
. Financial Management II ........................................ (
3
)
Continuation of FIN
3
10
; topics include in-depth analysis of capital budgeting, strategic
financing decisions such as capital structure, tactical financing decisions such as issuing
securities and lease financing, working capital management, and special topics in
derivatives, bankruptcy, mergers, and leveraged buy-outs. Prerequisite: FIN
3
10
. (Spring)
3
20
. Investment Analysis ........................................... (
3
)
Introduction to the essentials of investing; topics include taxonomy of investing
terminology, risk and return, efficient diversification, capital asset pricing, the efficient
market hypothesis, fixed income securities, macroeconomic and industry analysis, equity
valuation, financial statement and technical analysis, along with futures and options
markets. Prerequisite: ECO 240, FIN 311.
4
10
. Basics of Options, Futures and Other Financial Derivatives .............. (
3
)
Study of options, interest rate swaps, interest rate futures, stock index futures and foreign
exchange futures from applied and theoretical perspectives. Prerequisite: FIN
3
11
.
4
9
2
. Current Topics in Finance .................................... (1-
3
)
Examination of various topics related to current research and issues regarding finance.
Prerequisite: FIN 311.
Healthcare
Management (HCM)
110
. Introduction to Healthcare Management ...............................(
3
)
An introduction to health services, health care organizations, and policy making in the United
States. Emphasis will be on the current issues in U.S. health policy, the present organization of
the U.S. health care system, and professional and clinical specialties in health service settings.
120
. Principles and Methods of Epidemiology ...............................(
3
)
A study of the determinants of the distribution of health and disease in community
populations. Research includes the causes of disease, the advancement and evaluation of
disease prevention methods, and the planning and evaluation of public health effectiveness.
Employing quantitative methods (biostatistics), topics will include comparative measure
of disease frequency, contingency table analysis, logistic regression and survival analysis.
Prerequisite: BUS
2
3
0
.
220
. Management for Health Care Organizations ............................(
3
)
Includes organizational characteristics of primary, secondary, and tertiary health delivery
system, as well as ambulatory, acute, and long-term care facilities. Management issues and
strategies involving governance, clinical services, human and fiscal resources, community-
based services, and all facets of risk management including risk financing, loss prevention, and
loss control. Prerequisite: HCM
110
.
3
10
. Health Economics and Policy .......................................(
3
)
Alternative forms of market contracting and organizational structures as methods of
governance are interpreted and the role they play in the evolving health insurance and health
care systems is examined. Theoretical topics include vertical integration, relational contracting
and network forms of organization, principal-agent problems, the dynamic capabilities of
firms, quality, and the implications of nonprofit, for-profit, and public ownership. Applied
topics include managed integrated delivery systems, organizational chains and franchising, and
HMOs. Prerequisites: ECO
211
,
212
, HCM
110
.
311. Healthcare Financial Management
................................ (
3
)
Examination of the concerns and practices of healthcare financial management, health
insurance, and managed care. Health care financial management tools and techniques
will be presented and utilized. The financial impact of public policy and private sector
cost containment initiatives will be explored, with specific attention to the role of public,
private and managed care insurance. Prerequisites: CIS 120, MAT 113, ECO 211, MGT
341, HCM 110.
320. Ethical and Legal Issues in U.S. Health Care
...........................(
3
)
A course for non-lawyers in legal issues in the organization and delivery of health care
which include regulation, fraud and abuse, physician arrangements, Medicare, managed
care, privacy, malpractice, patient dumping, and contracts. Case studies will focus on the
application and communication of legal and ethical principles in complex but common health
care decision-making situations. Prerequisite: HCM 110.
33
0
. Hospital Management .............................................(
3
)
Aims to develop the ability to think analytically and to handle the management and
development issues faced by hospital managers. Designed to provide knowledge and skills in
functional areas such as quality, finance, personnel, marketing, management information
systems, and services planning. Students are trained in leadership and problem solving to
enable them to coordinate day-to-day patient care activities and provide direction to the
administrative team. Prerequisites: MGT
34
1
, MKT
3
3
1
, ACC
202
.
340. Research and Practice in Healthcare Management. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (3)
Students formulate an applied research project, perform a policy analysis or conduct a
management study. The proposal must be approved by the professor and address either a
secondary dataset, a collection of journal articles or descriptive policy analysis materials.
Students work to develop a “theory” based research agenda that include the first three
sections of a traditional research project (Introduction, Literature Review, and Research
Methods) while hypothesizing the potential projected responses for the final two sections
within traditional research (Findings and Conclusions). Prerequisite: Junior Status, BUS
230, HCM 120, HCM 110.
410. Seminar in Healthcare Management
.............................. (
3
)
An interdisciplinary approach to planning and decision making in health care
organizations. Application of health policy, strategic thinking, management principles,
organizational behavior and internal and external environmental assessments. Methods
include group and individual learning activities, case studies and simulations. Prerequisite:
Senior status.
43
0
. Practicum/Field Work in Community Health Care Organizations ......... (
3
)
Students gain experience in community health activities in agencies delivering and
planning health services. Agencies may include neighborhood clinics, health planning
bodies, medical practice settings, public health agencies, special problem clinics and
facilities, environmental programs and services. Prerequisite: Senior status.
to become an “educator who is a builders of knowledge, values, and community.” The central metaphor
College of Business
198 | Academic Courses
College of Business
Academic Courses | 199
Management (MGT)
34
1
. Principles of Management ....................................... (
3
)
Analysis of the role of management in an organization; topics include theories of
management; leadership; social responsibility of management; functions of management
in planning, supervision, communications, budget control, quality control, and resources
development. Prerequisite: PSY
101
or SOC
101
(Fall and spring)
343
. Management of Human Resources ................................ (
3
)
Introduction to supervision of human resources in business; topics include the process
of hiring and training employees and evaluating performance; compensating employees;
organizing, motivating, and directing workers; maintaining discipline and resolving
conflict. Prerequisite: MGT
34
1
. (Spring)
360. Project Management .......................................... (3)
Emphasis on project management tools, team problem solving techniques and the
interpersonal skills required to lead effective project teams. Students apply knowledge
gained from classroom discussions, exercises and analyzing case studies to leading a team
in planning a simulated project. Moral and ethical issues are examined as students practice
leading a project team.
4
10
. Employment and Labor Law ..................................... (
3
)
Survey of legal issues impacting various human resource functions; topics include
equal employment opportunity; hiring, developing, promoting, and compensating
employees; benefits; sexual harassment; labor relations; and occupational safety;
congressional involvement with labor issues and laws affecting unionization;
development of employment law; jurisdiction of federal and state agencies; and the
rights and responsibilities of employers and employees. Prerequisite: BUS
35
1
or
MGT
343
. (Spring)
420. Compensation ............................................... (3)
An examination of compensation systems in the context of current theory, research,
and practice. The course includes a survey of established approaches to compensation
decisions; new developments in application of compensation; and how compensation can
be managed to provide a strategic advantage. (Same as OLS 420). Prerequisite: MGT 343.
440. Training and Development ..................................... (3)
Topics include assessing training needs, creating learning objectives, identifying training
resources, understanding adult learners, designing training, using training media
effectively, and evaluating training results and the return on investment. (Same as OLS
440). Prerequisite: MGT 343
44
1
. Management of Organizational Behavior ............................ (
3
)
Analysis of the theory of organizations, the structure and setting in which work takes place,
and individual and group behavior within organizations; emphasis on skills needed for
leadership. Prerequisite: MGT
34
1
. (Fall)
443
. Leadership .................................................. (
3
)
This course is designed to provide students with an understanding of various theories
and concepts of leadership. Moral and ethical issues will be examined as students focus
on how to be effective leaders. Students will apply knowledge gained in analyzing case
studies and resolving real world issues pertaining to leading themselves, subordinates,
teams, and organizations. Prerequisite: MGT 341.
College of Business
200 | Academic Courses
451. Operations Management. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
(3)
Survey of production-operations functions including basic procedures and techniques in
the design and analysis of operating systems; topics include product planning, competitive
priorities, forecasting, process design, technological choices, work measurement,
capacity, production plans, inventory systems, quality management, and quality control.
Prerequisites: MGT 341, BUS 230.
469. Service Quality Management. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
(3)
Study of philosophy and style of management that service-producing organizations can
use to gain competitive advantage. Topics include strategies for developing and designing
service operations, managing supply and demand, the service supply chain, and quality
solutions for service-providers. Prerequisite: MGT 341. (Fall)
479. Quality Management. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
(3)
Study of fundamental management techniques, existing and innovative improvement
efforts, and specialized technical skills in a structure focused on continuously improving
all processes within organizations - both service and manufacturing. (Same as OLS 479).
Prerequisites: MGT 341 and BUS 230, or MAT 108 and 109.
Marketing (MKT)
331. Principles of Marketing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
(3)
Study of the basic principles, methods, and problems in planning, pricing, promotion,
and distribution of goods and services. (Fall and spring)
334. Consumer Behavior. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
(3)
Study of the decision-making process of consumers in the response to marketing and
promotional objectives and activities; pertinent concepts from behavioral sciences are
examined to assist in analyzing consumer decision-making. Prerequisite: MKT 331.
340. Sales and Sales Management. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
(3)
Study of the sales process (business to consumer and business to business). Study includes
techniques of excellence in selling and how a firm manages salespeople. Course includes
simulated selling situations.
350. New Product Development. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
(3)
Study of how firms and organizations go about effectively developing new products and
bring them to market or to their customers.
360. Negotiations Skills. . .. . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
(3)
Study of how individuals and firms successfully conduct negotiations.
413. Advertising and Promotion. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
440. Marketing Research. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
(3)
The study of how firms and organizations understand their current and potential customers
and markets.
450. International Marketing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
(3)
A study of the roles and responsibilities of marketers in the international marketplace. The
course examines the effects of culture, politics, trading blocks, and competition on the
development and implementation of marketing programs that cross national boundaries.
Prerequisite: MKT 331.
460: Internet Marketing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
(3)
The study of using the Internet to market products, services, and organizations. Examines
the techniques and uses of social media, web media, e-mail and web marketing techniques.
492. Special Topics in Marketing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
(3)
Study of special topics that impact marketing and marketers.
College of Business
Academic Courses | 201
202 | Academic Courses
College of Christian Studies
Dr. Michael Duduit
Dean and Professor of Christian Ministry
(864) 328-1809, [email protected]
Shelly Steenwyk
Administrative Assistant
(864) 328-1809, [email protected]
Vision Statement
The Mission of the College of Christian Studies is to equip a new generation of God-called
men and women to change the world through transformative Kingdom service.
The College of Christian Studies offers an array of undergraduate programs in Biblical
studies, theology and ministry studies, as well as graduate study in ministry through the
David T. Clamp Graduate School of Christian Ministry. Students in the College of
Christian Studies are encouraged to blend their academic study with practical experience in
the church or other settings for ministry service. The College also sponsors the A-Team, a
student organization for those who are preparing for some type of ministry service.
Faculty
Dr. Michael Duduit, Dean and Professor of Christian Ministry
Dr. Kristopher K. Barnett, Associate Dean, Clamp Graduate School of Christian Ministry,
and Assistant Professor of Christian Ministry
Dr. Ryan A. Neal, Chair of Traditional Undergraduate Programs and Associate Professor
of Christian Studies
Dr. James E. Motes, Chair of Online Undergraduate Programs and Associate Professor of
Christian Ministry
Dr. Channing Crisler, Director of Doctor of Ministry Studies and Assistant Professor of
Christian Studies
Dr. Bryan H. Cribb, Assistant Professor of Christian Studies
Dr. Charles W. Fuller, Assistant Professor of Christian Studies
Christian Studies (CHR)
105. Introduction to the Bible ....................................... (3)
Literary, historical, and theological introduction to the Bible.
107. Introduction to the Old Testament ................................ (3)
An introduction to the literary and theological content and historical setting of the Old
Testament. Note: For majors only or with permission of lead instructor.
109. Introduction to the New Testament ................................ (3)
An introduction to the literary and theological content and historical setting of the New
Testament. Note: For majors only or with permission of lead instructor.
205. Hermeneutics ............................................... (3)
An introduction to the process of interpreting scripture. Prerequisite: CHR 105 or CHR 107/109.
210. Communication for Ministry .......................................... (3)
A study of rhetorical theory and the process of communication in a contemporary setting, with
particular focus on the local church context. Areas of communication to be addressed include
College of Christian Studies
preaching, teaching, interpersonal communication, communicating via electronic media, and
marketing for ministry.
230. Southern Baptist Life and Structures .................................... (3)
A survey of the characteristics of the Southern Baptist Convention as a Christian denomination,
including its purposes, agencies, and institutions. Requires travel to the South Carolina Baptist
Convention, a two-day event which meets in mid-November.
240. Systematic Theology ........................................... (3)
An introductory survey of the principal topics in the field of Christian theology.
Prerequisities: CHR 205 or permission of instructor.
250. Introduction to Ministry ....................................... (3)
An introductory survey of the theology and practice of ministry in the local church.
270. Introduction to Youth Ministry .................................. (3)
An introductory survey of the theology, theories, philosophies and practice of youth ministry in the
local church.
305. Christian Worldview and Contemporary Application ................... (3)
Study of the teachings of Jesus and Christian worldview in comparison to its contemporary
rivals; includes an emphasis on the ethical application of Christian beliefs. Pre-requisite:
CHR 105 (or 107/109) and Junior status.
310. Hebrew Prophets ............................................. (3)
Study of prophecy in Israel and the prophetic literature of the Old Testament; emphasis on
the historical setting of the prophets, the literary forms used in prophetic preaching, and
the contemporary relevance of the prophetic message. Prerequisite: CHR 105 or CHR 107
and CHR 205
311. Hebrew Poetry and Wisdom Literature .............................. (3)
Study of Proverbs, Ecclesiastes, Job, Psalms, and Song of Solomon; explores wisdom
thinking in Israel and the characteristics of Hebrew poetry. Prerequisite: CHR 105 or CHR
107 and CHR 205.
312. Introduction to Biblical Hebrew .................................. (3)
Survey of reading biblical Hebrew; basic grammar and vocabulary are emphasized.
313. Intermediate Biblical Hebrew .................................... (3)
A study of the grammar and syntax of the Hebrew Old Testament, emphasizing translation
and exegesis of the biblical text.
314. Pentateuch .................................................. (3)
A study of the first five books of the Old Testament, including content, narratives,
theological themes, and textual issues. Prerequisite: CHR 105 or CHR 107 and CHR 205
315. Historical Books .............................................. (3)
A study of the historical books of the Old Testament, including content, narratives,
theological themes, and textual issues. Prerequisite: CHR 105 or CHR 107 and CHR 205
320. Jesus and the Gospels .......................................... (3)
Survey of the life and ministry of Jesus and interpretation of his teachings. Prerequisite:
CHR 105 or CHR 109 and CHR 205
College of Christian Studies
Academic Courses | 203
204 | Academic Courses
321. Life and Letters of Paul ........................................ (3)
Survey of the life of Paul with special attention on an exposition of his letters. Prerequisite:
CHR 105 or CHR 109 and CHR 205
322. Introduction to Biblical Greek ................................... (3)
Study of basic Greek grammar and vocabulary in order to read simple narrative passages
from the New Testament.
323. Intermediate Biblical Greek ..................................... (3)
A study of the grammar and syntax of the Greek New Testament, including exegesis of the
biblical text.
324. Acts and General Epistles ....................................... (3)
A study of the book of Acts and the General Epistles in the New Testament, including content,
theological themes, and textual issues. Prerequisite: CHR 105 or CHR 109 and CHR 205
325. Pastoral Epistles and Revelation .................................. (3)
A study of the Pastoral Epistles and the book of Revelation in the New Testament, including
content, theological themes, and textual issues, with attention to the nature of apocalyptic
literature in regard to Revelation. Prerequisite: CHR 105 or CHR 109 and CHR 205
330. World Religions .............................................. (3)
Survey of major contemporary religious traditions with special attention to beliefs,
practices, and historical background; includes manner in which each addresses common
human questions. Prerequisite: CHR 105 or CHR 107/109.
331. Christian Thought ............................................ (3)
Survey of the writings of prominent Christian thinkers addressing perennial human
questions. Prerequisite: CHR 240 or permission of instructor.
332. Baptist History ............................................... (3)
Survey of the history of the Baptists, with particular emphasis on the development of that
tradition in America.
335. History of Christianity ......................................... (3)
Survey of the history of the Christian church.
336. The Age of Reformation ........................................ (3)
Study of issues related to the birth and development of Protestant Christianity in sixteenth-
century Europe. Prerequisites: Completion of 3 hours in history or permission of
instructor. Same as HIS 336.
340. Issues in Theology ............................................ (1)
A survey of specific issues in theology.
341. Christian Ethics .............................................. (3)
Survey of Christian theological perspectives on such social issues as the use of violence,
economic and political structures, human sexuality, ethnicity, the environment, technology,
and the world of medicine. Prerequisite: CHR 240 or permission of instructor.
345. Philosophy of Religion ......................................... (3)
A study of the philosophical attempt to understand the nature of God and the significance
of religion in the life of man. Prerequisite: CHR 240.
College of Christian Studies
Academic Courses | 205
350. Christian Education and Ministry Management ...................... (3)
Study of areas of Christian education in the context of church organizations and ministry
management principles. Prerequisite: CHR 250.
352. Ministry Leadership and Management ............................. (3)
A survey of principles and practices of leadership and management in the local church.
Prerequisite: CHR 250 or permission of instructor.
357. Christian Apologetics .......................................... (3)
A study of the defense of Christianity with a view to application in contemporary ministry.
Prerequisites: Chr. 205 and Chr. 240.
360. Pastoral Ministry ............................................. (3)
An introduction to the theological foundations and practical strategies relating to pastoral
ministry, including: pastoral care, worship, discipleship, spiritual disciplines, and topics in
local church ministry. Prerequisite: CHR 250 or permission of instructor.
361. Christian Philosophy .......................................... (3)
A study of Christian approaches to epistemology, metaphysics, and philosophical theology.
Prerequisites: CHR 205, 240.
362. Christian Preaching ........................................... (3)
A study of the preparation and delivery of effective biblical sermons. Prerequisite: CHR 205.
363. Pastoral Care and Counseling ................................... (3)
An introduction to the biblical-theological foundations and practical strategies relating to
pastoral care and counseling in the local church.
364. Worship .................................................... (3)
An introductory survey of the history, theology and practice of worship in the local church.
Prerequisite: CHR 250
365. Evangelism and Missions ....................................... (3)
An introduction to the disciplines of evangelism and missions, including their biblical basis
and theological foundations along with a study of strategies, methodologies, and trends in
the 21st century church. Prerequisite: CHR 205.
366. Missiology .................................................. (3)
A survey of missions and outreach with particular focus on Southern Baptist missions and emerging
mission strategies in the 21st century. Prerequisite: CHR 365 or permission of instructor.
367. Ministry in the Contemporary Church ............................. (3)
A study of practices and trends in ministry in contemporary churches, including use of
technology, multi-site approaches, church planting strategies, and other topics. Students
will be required to attend a major ministry conference as part of the course. Prerequisite:
CHR 250 or permission of instructor.
370. Youth Ministry Administration .................................. (3)
A study of the various aspects of administering the work of the youth minister focusing on
roles, relationships, resources and responsibilities, and practical application to the local
church. Prerequisite: CHR 270 or permission of instructor.
372. Preaching Practicum ........................................... (3)
College of Christian Studies
Students will have the opportunity to practice and further develop skills developed in
CHR 362, Christian Preaching. Students will sharpen their skills in effectively preparing
and delivering sermons, discover insight on developing genre specific sermons, and learn
to develop and implement a preaching plan. Prerequisite: CHR 362 or permission of
instructor.
380. Psychology of Religion ......................................... (3)
Empirical analysis of the effects of religion on the individual; topics include religious
development; religious expression; religious conversation; religious attitudes and
behaviors; and religion’s effects on mental health. Prerequisite: PSY 101. Same as PSY 380.
382. Spiritual Formation in Ministry .................................. (3)
A survey of biblical foundations, theological principles, and practices of spiritual formation
for the minister.
415. Old Testament Topics .......................................... (3)
Study of specialized topic of Old Testament; includes individual research projects under
faculty supervision. Prerequisite: CHR 105 or 107 and REL 205. May be repeated once
for credit.
425. New Testament Topics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (3)
Study of specialized topic of New Testament research; includes individual research projects
with faculty supervision. Prerequisite: CHR 105 or 109 and REL 205. May be repeated
once for credit.
445. Topics in Christian Theology .................................... (3)
An in-depth study of selected topics of theological significance. Prerequisite: CHR 240. May be
repeated once for credit. Prerequisite: CHR 240.
470. Topics and Issues in Youth Ministry ............................... (3)
A study of the issues facing youth as well as the developmental nature of youth and the issues affecting
them and their families, as well as an examination of the demands upon the schedule, priorities, family
and other aspects of the youth minister’s life focusing on personal habits, family involvement, calling,
career opportunities and continuing development. Prerequisite: CHR 270 or permission of instructor.
472. Special Topics in Preaching ............................................... (3)
A study of advanced topics in Christian preaching including hermeneutics, sermon forms, and delivery
techniques. Prerequisite: CHR 362.
491. Senior Seminar in Christian Studies .............................. (3)
Research, career preparation, senior project, and/or study abroad. Prerequisites: Senior
Standing in Christian Theology or Christian Ministry.
495. Internship ................................................ (1-3)
Students apply classroom skills and insights in actual work environments under professional
supervision. May be repeated once for credit. Prerequisite: Senior Standing in Christian
Theology or Christian Ministry.
College of Christian Studies
206 | Academic Courses
College of Christian Studies
Academic Courses | 207
College of Education
$GPLQLVWUDWLYH2IÀFH-RKQVWRQ+DOO5RRP
2IÀFH3KRQH
Administration
Dr. Raymond S. Locy, Dean of the College of Education
Dr. Danny L. Hawkins, Associate Dean of the College of Education
Faculty
Mr. Phil Ashley, Assistant Professor of Education and Coordinator of Education Field
Partnerships
Mr. Ethan E. Hodge, Assistant Professor of Education and Coordinator of Secondary
Education Programs
Dr. Larry Knighton, Assistant Professor of Education
Dr. Jacquelynn Malloy, Assistant Professor of Education
Dr. Linda McCuen, Associate Professor of Education
Mrs. Lois Oldenburg, Instructor of Education
Mrs. Lynette M. Pannell, Instructor of Education
Dr. Lee Rawl, Associate Professor of Education
Dr. Patrice Shearin, Assistant Professor of Physical Education
Ms. Joanna B. Stegall, Assistant Professor of Education
Dr. Margaret Walworth, Associate Professor of Education
Staff
Mrs. Kay Babecki, Administrative Assistant to the Dean
Mrs. Brenda Gray, Coordinator of Graduate Studies
College of Education Mission Statement
The Mission of the College of Education is to prepare men and women to become Christ-
centered “educators who are builders of knowledge, values, and community” by nurturing
the development of character, servant leadership, and cultural engagement.
Conceptual Framework
The conceptual framework for the initial and advanced programs establishes the shared
mission for the unit’s efforts in preparing “educators who are builders of knowledge, values, and
community” for service in P-12 schools. It is the basis upon which programs, courses,
teaching, candidate performance, scholarship, service, and unit accountability are
established and sustained. The conceptual framework is knowledge-based, articulated,
shared, coherent, and consistent with the institutional and unit mission statements.
The teacher education program of the College of Education prepares the teacher candidate
to become an “educator who is a builders of knowledge, values, and community.” The central metaphor
Mi
ered
eve
Mis
d“
Missi
le
issio
lleg
sion
ege
on
ge
n
e o
of
rs. Kay
s. Bren
ege o
,
nburg,
e M. Pannell, Instru
Rawl, Associate Profes
atrice Shearin, Assistant
Joanna B. Stegall, Assista
Walworth, Ass
oa
Instructo
l Instru
Instructo
Linda McCuen, Associate Pr
nt Profe
Mr. Ethan E. Hodge, Assistant P
Education Programs
Dr. Larry Knighton, Assistant Pr
Jacquelynn Malloy, Assistant
iP
Li d M
Jacquelyn
ner
M Eth
Partne
nt Profe
F
Dr. Raymon
Dr. Danny L
F
Ad
Eth
mo
ny
ny
e
Ethan E. Ho
nt P
tP
iP
cation Prog
P
stant Pr
sta t
Assistant
Assistant
g
LK
Larry Kni
ay
Jacquelyn
Jacquelyn
y
it P
Li d M
sociate Pr
Lind
I
Instructo
g,
lI
annell Inst
annell, Inst
sociate Pro
sociate Pro
iAi
arin, Assi
A
Ad
Ad
DR
Dr Raym
Dr. Raym
Mr E
Dr Dann
Dr. Dann
Fac
e
Mr. E
Ed
Educ
DL
Dr
SllA
J
Stegall A
g,
or
f
ofe
nt Profe
odge Assistan
odge, Assistan
g
grams
g
hAi
ghton Assi
ighton, Ass
ll
nn Malloy A
nn Malloy,
y
MP
MPa
M. Pa
wl Ass
awl, As
iSh
rice She
B
aB
tru
tru
fes
ofes
tt
stant
Ai
Assista
hA
rth Ass
rth, As
ny L. Hawk
Faculty
Mr. Phil Ashley, Assistant Prof
Partnerships
han E Hod
E
Dr. L
Dr. J
r
Kay Ba
enda G
of Ed
Bab
a Gr
du
. J
Mar
abe
Gra
oa
arg
beck
ray,
an
gar
cki,
y, C
nna
aret
i, A
C
t W
Ad
Co
Wa
Adm
alw
m
wo
Ms.
M
et
M
alwort
na B
et W
Joann
taf
rs K
aff
Dr.
ff
r. M
M
Jo
Marg
bec
ra
oan
arga
ck
ay,
ann
gare
ki,
, C
na
ret W
A
C
Wa
Ad
Walw
m
lwo
s. J
Ma
ab
Gr
Ms
r. M
Ba
a G
d
Dr.
f
y B
da
r
ff
Kay
af
K
ta
lleg
ion
ge
n
ge o
e of
le
sio
issi
Miss
Mi
d
M
e
lege of E
M
D
ta
rs
rs
ll
M
er
e
M
P
M
E
M
D
St
Mr
Mr
Col
The
cente
the de
M
P
M
E
Dr. Jacquelynn Malloy
Dr. Linda McCuen, Ass
Mrs. Lois Oldenburg, Ins
Mrs. Lyne
L
cCuen, A
Oldenburg, I
Mrs. Lynette M. Pannell, I
Dr. Lee Raw
Dr. Patri
Ms J
Dr. Linda McC
Mrs. Lois Ol
Mrs Lyne
Dr. Lee
Dr P
Administration
mond S. Locy, Dean
Hawkins, Associ
ssor
rofess
ofesso
Profes
rofessor
r of Edu
uctor of E
sor of Ed
Professor
ant Profess
sociate Prof
ministrative A
Coordinator o
ducation Mi
n of the College
“educators who
evelopment of c
Concep
Adm
ymond
. Hawkins,
es
Pr
r
t
r
or
ru
ss
t P
tan
sso
mi
Co
du
n o
d “ed
devel
sor
rofes
rofess
f
ofesso
Pf
Profes
f
ofessor
fEd
rofEdu
odu
fE
ctor of E
ctor of E
or of Ed
or of Ed
Pf
Professor
tP f
nt Profess
iPf
ociate Prof
diitti
ministration
ministration
nd S Locy Dea
d S. Locy, Dean
y
ki A
ins, Assoc
inistrative A
inistrative A
ordinator o
oordinator o
cation Mi
ucation M
fh Cll
of the Colleg
dh
educators wh
f
lopment of
elopment o
Conce
Con
an of
ciate
r of
ssor
or o
sso
r o
uca
Ed
duc
r o
sor
ofes
Ass
of G
Miss
ege of
who ar
of char
Conceptual
f th
e D
fE
r o
f
r
E
ti
u
at
f P
o
so
ist
Gr
sio
of E
re b
arac
ual Fr
The con
2I
e College
Dean
ducation
Educati
d
n
ation
on
h
ant to t
aduate St
on S
cation i
bui
er, servan
Framew
ewor
ceptu
or the
or se
ge of Edu
LY
n
ÀFH-


atio
oordinator o
C
on
p
ge, values, and
p, and cultural
$GPL
H3KRQ
of
e C
an
io
n
io
d
o
ca
D
ud
me
s to
kn
lea
rk fo
s effo
ervice
ng, candi
establi
to
un
m
ms
ilde
whi
and
k is
on
lege
nowle
WRQ
ti
co
Col
$GPLQLVWUD
KRQH
f Edu
Colle
nd C
n a
n
uca
n
tion
Dean
dies
ent
o pr
nowle
aders
or the
fforts in
ce in P-1
ndidate pe
tablished and s
shared, c
n t
mu
ge
ram
buil
w
, a
rk
tio
olle
f kno
VWR
a
e
KQVWR
uca
f Se
men t
mmu
gage
rogram
are buil
pon w
vice, a
mework
stitutio
he Colle
lders of kno
o
unit
me
ms e
d
ld
whic
nd
RQ
k is
nal a
o
fE
eg
owledg
i
co
progra
teach
me
nsist
208 | Academic Courses
College of Education
that captures the guiding pedagogical principles of the Teacher Education Program
describes the teacher as a master builder. Therefore, the primary role of the teacher is that of a
builder-facilitator who:
presents content knowledge using multiple teaching strategies designed to
include all students in the learning experience;
values and encourages the development of students as critical thinkers and life-
long learners; and
creates a safe, supportive learning community within the classroom.
The concepts of social constructionism support this metaphor and its associated principles.
At the core of constructivist theory is the idea that learners must individually discover and
transform complex information if they are to make it their own (Ryan & Cooper, 2004).
Learners engaged in a constructivist classroom constantly check new information against
previous rules and revise them when they no longer work. (Slavin, 2006). Pass (2004)
notes that the social construction of meaning occurs through a communications dialogue.
Each participant within the community is continuously revising and reforming meaning
as a collaborative process. Several of Vygotsky’s concepts that are central to his theories
and complementary of the social constructionist position likewise provide a theoretical
foundation for the Teacher Education Program. Four key principles derived from Vygotsky
are critical to the teacher as builder, including the social nature of learning, the zone of
proximal development, cognitive apprenticeship, and mediated learning (Slavin, 2006). Most
significantly, Vygotsky places social interaction at the forefront of his theories. Intellectual
development occurs, therefore, through the engagement in activity in the company of parents,
teachers, peers, and others. Thus, the teacher must be a competent builder of knowledge.
Along with Vygotsky, Piaget and Kohlberg’s concept of moral development espouses
a constructionist approach to learning. Piaget observed that children often engage in
discussions of hypothetical situations, which lead to a morality of cooperation as the child’s
social world expands to include interaction with increasing numbers of peers. Kohlberg
also recognizes that the development of moral reasoning and insights are greatly influenced
by the relationships and individual responses to structured situations. Effective teachers
and teacher education programs thus promote the development of teachers with critical
thinking and problem solving skills. They also encourage the inclusion of opportunities
for these social interactions and incorporate values education at the global, local, and
individual levels (Lickona, 1991). Accordingly, teachers must become caring builders of values.
Moreover, such teachers must engage in self-examination and reflection of their own
performance and use their conclusions to improve their teaching.
The emphasis on the social nature of learning and the use of groups of peers to model
appropriate ways of thinking, as well as identify and challenge misconceptions, are key
elements of Piaget’s and Vygotsky’s conception of cognitive change (Slavin, 2006).
Vygotsky, furthermore, applies his principle of learning as a social construct to his concept
of the zone of proximal development, which is a shared creation of the learner and the
more competent “others” (Ryan & Cooper, 2004). According to Vygotsky (1978), the
zone of proximal development is “the distance between a child’s actual development
level, as determined by independent problem-solving, and the higher level of potential
development, as determined through problem solving under adult guidance, or in
collaboration with more capable peers” (p. 86). He also states that a constructivist approach
makes extensive use of cooperative learning because students will discover and comprehend
difficult concepts if they can discuss problems and issues with peers. Thus, the teacher must
be a committed builder of community.
College of Education
Academic Courses | 209
210 | Academic Courses
Learning occurs through a building process. To teach another, one must have more
advanced knowledge than the learner. Such a teacher must have the necessary skills needed
to transform this knowledge into meaningful experiences where students can acquire this
new knowledge. The tenets of social constructivism, as well as the specific principles posited
by Vygotsky and his peers, supply the theoretical foundation for the Conceptual Framework
which guides the Teacher Education Program of the College of Education. The guiding
metaphor of the Conceptual Framework centers on the concept of the “Teacher as Builder.”
This concept is made concrete through the multiple roles assumed by the teacher within the
classroom, the school, and the community. The teacher serves as mediator in the learning
process. Through the teacher’s actions as a builder of knowledge, values and community, learners are
engaged in meaningful learning experiences that facilitate the acquisition of information
that then becomes the foundation for the development of critical thinking skills.
References:
Lickona, T. (1991). Moral, character, and civic education in the elementary school J. S.
Benninga, (Ed.). New York, NY: Teachers College Press
Pass, Susan. (2004). Parallel paths to constructivism: Jean Piaget and Lev Vygotsky. Greenwich, CN:
Information Age Publications.
Ryan, K. & Cooper, J. (2004). Those who can, teach. Boston, MA: Houghton Mifflin Company.
Slavin, R. (2006). Educational psychology theory and practice. Boston, MA: Pearson
Vygtosky, L.D. (1978). Mind in society M. Cole, V. John-Steiner, S. Scribner, & E.
Souberman, (Eds.). Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press.
Teacher Education Program
The College of Education is accredited by the National Council for Accreditation of Teacher Education
(NCATE) and the South Carolina State Department of Education. The College of
Education offers a comprehensive and systematic sequence of courses designed to develop
the knowledge, skills, and dispositions necessary for effective teaching. Programs are available
that lead to a Bachelor’s degree with initial certification from the State of South Carolina in
Elementary Education; Elementary Education with add-on certification in Early Childhood
Education; and Elementary Education with add-on certification in Special Education
Learning Disabilities (K-12). In collaboration with Departments of the College of Arts
and Sciences, the College of Education also offers the option of completing a prescribed
sequence of Professional Education courses that lead to initial teacher certification in
the secondary (9-12) areas of English, mathematics, and social studies. Undergraduate
degrees with initial teacher certification are also offered in Art Education (K-12) and vocal
or instrumental music education (K-12) in partnership with the College of Visual and
Performing Arts. Through the educational process that is unique to each of these programs,
the teacher candidate becomes a competent builder of knowledge, caring builder of values,
and committed builder of community. From these three guiding principles emerge the
professional knowledge, skills, and dispositions expected of the teacher candidate who
completes the program.
College of Education
Academic Courses | 211
Along with these professional competencies, the teacher candidate acquires a desired set
of enduring understandings through the application of research, theory, pedagogy, and
practice. The teacher preparation program of the College of Education seeks to instill the
following enduring understandings in its teacher candidates:
Teacher candidates maintain the disposition that an “educator is a builder of
knowledge, values, and community.”
Teacher candidates act on the belief that all students can learn.
Teacher candidates integrate biblical truth with learning and teaching.
Teacher candidates model the teaching/learning attitudes and skills of professionals
who are caring, committed, and competent.
Teacher candidates create a safe learning environment that fosters the free exchange
of ideas.
Teacher candidates create a learning environment that promotes active learning,
critical thinking, collaborative learning, and knowledge creation.
Teacher candidates possess the requisite beliefs, attitudes, and knowledge that
facilitate caring, committed, and competent teaching.
Teacher candidates possess information, digital, and visual competencies that are
indicative of the 21st-century.
Teacher candidates demonstrate innovation in teaching and learning by using
technology.
Teacher candidates use formative and summative evaluation to develop and assure
the competence of all learners in specified learning outcomes.
Teacher candidates value the belief that the pluralistic nature of the community is a
resource for teaching and learning.
Teacher candidates model the characteristics of a professional educator.
Teacher candidates model research and professional development for the benefit of
learners.
Teacher candidates practice reflection by applying the performance standards of
effective teachers as outlined in Assisting, Developing, and Evaluating Professional
Teaching (ADEPT).
Teacher candidates demonstrate knowledge of standards/elements of their respective
Specialty Professional Associations.
Teacher candidates promote the Education and Economic Development Act.
The Unit Assessment System
College of Education
212 | Academic Courses
The College of Education is commonly referred to as the “unit.” In collaboration
with College of Education colleagues, university colleagues, stakeholders, and teacher
candidates, the College of Education has developed a unit assessment system that monitors
the competency of all teacher candidates throughout the program. The unit assessment
system also serves to ensure the quality of the teacher education program at Anderson
University and the teaching profession. The four levels of the unit assessment system are
referred to as “Benchmarks.” The successful admission to each Benchmark is based on the
teacher candidate meeting specified requirements. A teacher candidate may not continue
in the education major by scheduling additional education courses, other than those
permitted prior to Benchmark I, if all criteria of a specific assessment level are not met. If
any requirement of an assessment level is not successfully met, the teacher candidate will be
required to remediate all deficiencies as set forth in a
Candidate Assistance Plan (CAP). The
following information describes the requirements for each Benchmark that comprise the
unit assessment system.
Benchmark I
Admission into the Teacher Education Program
Application to Benchmark I is made as part of the requirements of the respective Best
Practices course. The pre-teacher candidate may complete a maximum of 13 hours of
prescribed education courses, that is, courses identified with an EDU prefix, prior to
application for entrance into the Teacher Education Program. These courses are limited
to EDU 110, Essentials of Teacher Candidacy (1); EDU 111, Foundations of Education
(3); EDU 211, Educational Psychology (3); EDU 216, Best Practices for the Elementary
Classroom/Field Experience I (3) or EDU 217, Best Practices for the Secondary Classroom/
Field Experience I (3) ; and EDU 220, Technology for the 21st Century Classroom (3).
The following criteria must be met to successfully complete this Benchmark:
complete the application for admission to Benchmark I as part of the requirements
for the respective Best Practices course;
complete 45 hours of the courses, one of which must be EDU 216, Best Practices
for the Elementary Classroom/Field Experience I (3) or EDU 217, Best Practices
for the Secondary Classroom/Field Experience I (3);
completion of a curriculum sequence proposal , in collaboration with the respective
advisor, indicating that all course work will be completed prior to the semester the
teacher candidate is enrolled in the Clinical Experience;
achieve minimum passing scores as mandated by the South Carolina State Board
of Education for Praxis l in reading, mathematics, and writing, or qualifying scores
on the SAT or ACT;
achieve a minimum cumulative grade point average (GPA) of 2.5.
sign a statement indicating adherence to a Code of Professional Ethics;
submit a recommendation form from a College of Education faculty member who
supports the candidate’s entrance into the Teacher Education Program;
achieve competency on selected InTASC Standards/ADEPT Performance Standards
as evidenced by artifacts presented in the e-portfolio;
achieve passing scores on specified ADEPT Performance Standards/InTASC
Standards resulting from teaching a lesson in a cooperating public school as a part
of the requirements of the respective “Best Practices/Field Experience I” course; and
achieve passing scores on specified ADEPT Performance Standards/InTASC
Standards based on a Teaching Audition adjudicated by professional educators.
Benchmark II
Admission to the Clinical Experience
College of Education
212 | Academic Courses
Application to Benchmark II is made by the teacher candidate at the beginning of the Pre-
Clinical Experience. The following criteria must be met to successfully complete this Benchmark:
complete the application for admission to Benchmark II as part of the requirements
for the EDU 443, Pre-Clinical Field Experience;
achieve a minimum cumulative grade point average of 2.5;
achieve a minimum final overall rating of “Proficient” on all ADEPT Performance
Standards/InTASC Standards 1-10 by the unit supervisors and the public school
partner upon the completion of the Pre-Clinical Experience;
sign a statement indicating adherence to a Code of Professional Ethics;
pass a disciplinary record check as conducted by the Anderson University Office of
Student Development;
confirm with the academic advisor that all course work will be completed prior
to enrollment in the EDU 490, Clinical Experience I. A teacher candidate for
whom an exception has been made must be on schedule as outlined in the approved
program completion proposal submitted in Benchmark I; and
complete the materials necessary to facilitate an application for teacher certification
prior to application for admission to Benchmark II. This should be completed
online at www.scteachers.org . Information regarding this process is distributed
and discussed during the “Clinical Experience Information Meeting” held the year
prior to the teacher candidate’s enrollment in EDU 490, Clinical Experience I.
Among the requirements for application is the inclusion of:
o the South Carolina Department of Education
Application for Educator
Certificate form;
o a copy of the student’s social security card;
o a fingerprint review as mandated by South Carolina state law. An applicant must
have a full set of legible fingerprints taken by Integrated Biometric Technology
(IBT) on campus or at a Greenville location. The fingerprint review is conducted
by the State Law Enforcement Division (SLED) to determine any state criminal
history and the Federal Bureau of Investigation to determine any other criminal
history. The fee for this service is $54.25; and
o completion of on-line initial licensure application with $95.00 fee.
Benchmark III
Exit from the Clinical Experience Criteria
Application to Benchmark III is made by the teacher candidate at the beginning of
the Clinical Experience. In order to successfully complete Benchmark III, the teacher
candidate must meet the following requirements:
sign a statement indicating adherence to a Code of Professional Ethics.
have a minimum cumulative grade point average (GPA) of 2.5.
submit the e-portfolio, which will be assessed by a professional educator who has
served in the community. The portfolio will present evidence that the teacher
candidate has met competency in all InTASC/AU Standards. The teacher candidate
must obtain a minimum rating of 2.0 “Proficient” on each element of the
electronic portfolio.
obtain minimum final grades of 2.5 in EDU 490, Clinical Experience I and EDU
491, Clinical Experience II. The teacher candidate must receive a final overall
rating of “Proficient” on all of the ADEPT Performance Standards by Supervisor
I, Supervisor II, and the Cooperating Teacher upon the completion of the Clinical
Experience placement(s) (InTASC Standards 1-10).
Submit the Clinical Assessment of the Teacher Candidate form completed by the
College of Education
Academic Courses | 213
214 | Academic Courses
Clinical Experience Cooperating Teacher and Unit Supervisor I. The teacher
candidate must be assessed at the level of “Proficient” on all of the InTASC/
Anderson University Standards:
The Learner and Learning
o Standard 1: Learner Development
o Standard 2: Learning Differences
o Standard 3: Learning Environments
Content Knowledge
o Standard 4: Content Knowledge
o Standard 5: Innovative Applications of Content
Instructional Practice
o Standard 6: Assessment
o Standard 7: Planning for Instruction
o Standard 8: Instructional Strategies
Professional Responsibility
o Standard 9: Reflection and Continuous Growth
o Standard 10: Collaboration
College of Education Disposition
o Principle 11: Dispositions
Benchmark IV
,QLWLDO&HUWLÀFDWLRQ&ULWHULD
Benchmark IV must be completed by the teacher candidate who wishes to be recommended
by the College of Education to the South Carolina State Department of Education for
initial teacher certification. The requirements of Benchmark IV are not required for
graduation from Anderson University with an undergraduate degree in education.
However, they must be met for the Coordinator of Teacher Certification to offer a
recommendation on behalf of the College of Education for the teacher candidate’s
initial teacher licensure in the state of South Carolina. In order to successfully complete
Benchmark IV, the teacher candidate must meet the following requirements:
The teacher candidate must obtain minimum passing scores as established by the
South Carolina State Board of Education on the required Praxis II: Licensure Area
Test(s) for the areas in which the teacher candidate is seeking initial licensure.
The teacher candidate must obtain minimum passing scores as established by the
South Carolina State Board of Education on the Praxis II: Principles of Learning
and Teaching (PLT) Test.
Program Completer
A teacher candidate is considered a “program completer” when all the requirements for
teacher certification as prescribed by the College of Education have been completed.
Although the College of Education does not require that the Praxis II tests be passed in
order to graduate, the South Carolina Department of Education requires that all respective
Praxis II: Subject Assessment Tests and the Principles of Learning and Teaching Test be passed before
granting initial teacher certification to any candidate. A pre-teacher candidate will not be
accepted into the Teacher Education Program if that person has committed a felony.
Pre-Teacher Candidate Status
Prior to admission to the Teacher Education Program, the student enrolled in the
College of Education
Academic Courses | 215
prescribed 13 hours of education courses is referred to as the “pre-teacher candidate.”
Once the pre-teacher candidate has successfully passed Benchmark I, that designation
is revised to “teacher candidate.” The pre-teacher candidate may enroll in thirteen (13)
hours of prescribed education courses. However, the candidate must be admitted into the
Teacher Education Program before enrolling in additional courses with an EDU, EDC,
EDS, or PE prefix. The criteria for each Benchmark must be successfully completed or
the candidate will be issued a
Candidate Assistance Plan (CAP) that specifies a period of time
in which a remediation plan that addresses areas of deficiency must be completed. It is
strongly suggested that the pre-teacher candidate pass The
Praxis I Pre-Professional Skills
Tests (PPST®) as soon as possible. Additional information regarding the Praxis exam may
be found at www.ets.org. For the pre-teacher candidate who has achieved an ACT score of
24 or SAT score of 1650, the Praxis I Tests requirement is waived.
Field Experiences
The South Carolina Department of Education mandates that the teacher candidate complete
a minimum of 100 hours of field experience in public school settings prior to the Clinical
Experience. Accordingly, three field-related courses are part of a continuous and hierarchical
model that prepares the teacher candidate for the Clinical Experience. These courses are
designed to give the teacher candidate ever-increasing time, observation, and experience in
the classroom. The College of Education has cooperating agreements with the school districts
of Anderson I-V, Greenville, Oconee, and Pickens that facilitate the completion of these
course requirements. Placements in cooperating public schools are based on various factors,
such as the quality of the school’s education program; the proximity of the school to the
University; the disposition of the school administration regarding the accommodation of field
experience students; and the diversity of the student population.
It is the strong belief among the faculty members of the College of Education that the
teacher candidate’s preparation for the education profession includes field experiences
in classrooms that reflect a diverse student population. These classrooms include students
who are characterized by differences in race, ethnicity, socioeconomic status, and abilities.
Therefore, the teacher candidate is assigned to varying cooperating schools and grade levels
that include a demographic makeup that approximates that of the diverse communities
comprising the local school district. Specifically, the teacher candidate is assigned to a
minimum of three different grade levels in three different public schools in fulfillment of
the requirements of the field experience courses. Students are responsible for their own
transportation to and from these field experiences and Anderson University assumes no
responsibility or liability for accidents or injuries that may occur. The teacher candidate
may not fulfill the requirements for any field experience in a public school at which a
relative is employed.
Clinical Experience
The capstone courses for the education major are EDU 490, Clinical Experience I and
EDU 491, Clinical Experience II, which occur during the teacher candidate’s last semester.
In order for the teacher candidate to participate in the Clinical Experience, all course
work must be completed. Any exceptions to this policy must be requested by the teacher
candidate and reviewed on an individual basis during the Benchmark I assessment process
when the program completion proposal is submitted for approval.
The South Carolina State Department of Education requires that the teacher candidate
complete a minimum of 60 days of Clinical Experience in a cooperating public school. The
College of Education requires the teacher candidate to complete a minimum of 65 days of
College of Education
216 | Academic Courses
Clinical Experience in cooperating public school as a requirement of Benchmark III.
The Clinical Experience must be considered the highest priority among the teacher
candidate’s other activities. The fact that the course schedule of the teacher candidate
has been arranged so that all academic requirements are fulfilled prior to the Clinical
Experience attests to the importance it is assigned by the College of Education faculty.
Because of the great demands inherent during the Clinical Experience, maintaining
employment during the Clinical Experience semester is strongly discouraged. Permission
from the Director of Teacher Certification must be obtained to maintain part-time
employment, when necessary. The teacher candidate may not participate in extra
academic and non-academic activities that have the potential to adversely affect the teacher
candidate’s performance in the cooperating public school. The requirements for the
Clinical Experience may not be satisfied by the teacher candidate in a public school at which
a relative is employed.
The teacher candidate who achieved a grade of “C” or below for the Clinical Experience,
as defined in Benchmark III, must repeat the Clinical Experience semester to be
recommended by the College of Education for initial certification by the South Carolina
State Department of Education. The teacher candidate in this situation may repeat the
Clinical Experience once upon approval by the faculty of the College of Education. The
teacher candidate who is granted permission to repeat the Clinical Experience must take
a one semester leave of absence to address any area(s) of deficiency. A decision to permit
a repeat of the course will be made only if there is a consensus among the faculty who have
taught the student in professional education courses that the area(s) of deficiency can
be improved to the extent that the teacher candidate possesses the knowledge, skills and
dispositions to successfully complete the Clinical Experience.
Education (EDU) Courses
These courses represent the core of the academic program for the preparation of the
teacher candidate. They are the basis for the professional development of the teacher
candidate, and in some programs, represent courses in the major.
101. Teacher Cadet ................................................ (3)
This course is open to high school students at their respective high school who meet the
admission criteria established by the Center for Educator Recruitment, Retention, and
Advancement (CERRA). The course is designed to acquaint high school students with the
role of the teacher and the teaching profession. A course fee of $100.00 is required.
110. Essentials of Teacher Candidacy .................................. (1)
This course provides the pre-teacher candidate with an overview of the requirements for the
successful completion of the Teacher Education Program. Topics include the conceptual
framework of the College of Education, code of ethics, Praxis tests, unit assessment system,
field experiences, Clinical Experience, ADEPT, InTASC, NCATE, and SPAs. This course
meets one full Saturday at the beginning of the semester. A lab fee of $ 70.00 is required.
111. Foundations of Education ....................................... (3)
This course is designed to introduce the teacher candidate to the teaching profession,
including the following topics: the history of education; the philosophies of education,
with emphasis on social constructivism; the influence, funding, and authority of local,
state, and federal governments; ethical and legal issues; the Education and Economic
College of Education
Development Act, and the diversity of learners.
206. The Nature of the Exceptional Child .............................. (3)
This course intentionally focuses on students with exceptionalities by introducing
the teacher candidate to individuals with exceptional learning needs who require
specialized instructional practices that promote positive learning results in general and
special education curricula. Topics include identification and characteristics of various
exceptionalities; relevant laws and policies; classroom and behavior management; eligibility
and placement, including inclusion; as well as strategies for collaboration and sensitivity.
Field lab of 12 hours in a public school cooperating classroom required. Prerequisite:
Completion of Benchmark I.
211. Educational Psychology ......................................... (3)
This course is a study of the interrelationship of theory and research to improve instruction
with an emphasis on student diversity, teacher effectiveness, and optimal student learning.
Topics include theories of physical/cognitive/psychosocial development, learning theories,
assessment, educating exceptional learners, intentionality, motivation, classroom
management, social constructivism, and accountability.
216. Best Practices for the Elementary Classroom/Field Experience I .......... (3)
This course introduces the pre-teacher candidate to the elementary classroom environment
and developmental considerations in planning instruction for all elementary learners.
Pre-teachers acquire the knowledge and skills necessary to write lesson plans based on the
South Carolina Academic Standards,
ADEPT, and the elementary school curriculum. Field
Experience I provides the opportunity to plan and implement lessons applying learned
educational theory and demonstrating best pedagogical practices and professional behavior.
Further, the curriculum intentionally focuses on students who are English language
learners. The pre-teacher candidate will apply for Benchmark I during this course. Field
experience of 25 hours in a public school cooperating classroom required. Prerequisite:
Successful completion of Praxis I.
217. Best Practices for the Secondary Classroom/Field Experience I ........... (3)
This course provides the initial field-based experiences for the secondary pre-teacher candidate.
It is designed to provide a bridge between academic work in the secondary content areas and
the pedagogy and dispositions required of a teaching professional. The course emphasizes
teaching behaviors and processes required of a classroom teacher; field observations; and the
application of teaching behaviors and processes based on best practices. The course is designed
to promote the teacher candidate’s application of content knowledge through lesson planning,
demonstration of teaching, and the use of technology in the field setting. Additionally, the
curriculum intentionally accentuates students who are English language learners. The pre-
teacher candidate will apply for Benchmark I during this course. Field experience of 25 hours in
a public school cooperating classroom required. Prerequisite: Successful completion of Praxis I.
220. Technology for the 21st Century Classroom .......................... (3)
Based on the National Educational Technology Standards (NETS) of the International
Society for Technology in Education (ISTE), this course focuses on the fundamental
concepts, skills, and strategies for applying technology in an educational setting. This
course provides opportunities for the teacher candidate to show competency in the ISTE-
NETS standards. The teacher candidate will learn the latest pedagogical strategies that
incorporate technology, including Interactive Whiteboards, iPods, and cell phones.
260. Health and Physical Education for the Classroom Teacher .............. (3)
This course is designed so that the teacher candidate knows and understands the subject
matter related to health education in order to create opportunities for student development
and practice of skills that contribute to good health. Topics include mental and emotional
well-being, nutrition, personal fitness, diseases, substance use/abuse, liability/safety issues,
College of Education
Academic Courses | 217
218 | Academic Courses
movement concepts, games and classroom activities, and integration. The teacher candidate
will explore human movement and physical activity as central elements to foster an active,
healthy lifestyle and enhanced quality of life for learners. Emphasis is placed on the teacher
candidate understanding the South Carolina Student Health and Fitness Act and how this
legislation impacts the classroom. Prerequisite: Completion of Benchmark I.
275. Teaching Fellows ..............................................(.5)
This course is designed to provide Teaching Fellows with advanced information related
to leadership styles, diversity in the schools, and pedagogy practices that use technology.
Students are afforded opportunities to collaborate with public school partners in
surrounding school districts.
316. Best Practices for the Elementary Classroom/Field Experience II ......... (3)
This course explores all phases of planning instruction for all elementary learners. During
Field Experience II, the teacher candidate will be familiarized with the concepts, skills,
and processes necessary to write a South Carolina standards-based Long Range Plan and
Unit Work Sample. The teacher candidate will plan, implement, and reflect on lessons
which address student needs and demonstrate best pedagogical practices. The curriculum
intentionally focuses on students from diverse ethnic/racial cultural and linguistic
groups. Field experience of 40 hours in a public school cooperating classroom required.
Prerequisite: Completion of Benchmark I.
317. Best Practices for the Secondary Classroom/Field Experience II .......... (3)
The secondary education teacher candidate continues the exploration of the secondary
classroom environment and developmental considerations in all phases of planning and
implementing instruction for secondary learners in a field-based setting. The teacher
candidate will understand the concepts, skills, and processes necessary to write a South Carolina
standards-based Long-Range Plan and Unit Work Sample. The teacher candidate will also apply
content area knowledge to create and implement lessons which demonstrate best pedagogical
practices, integrate technology, and assess the impact of the teacher candidate’s instruction on
student learning. This course also provides opportunities for observation and reflection related
to the various levels of the cognitive, social, and personality development of students, as well
as teaching strategies used to meet students’ needs. The curriculum intentionally focuses on
students from diverse ethnic/racial cultural and linguistic groups. Field experience of 40 hours
in a public school cooperating classroom required. Prerequisite: Completion of Benchmark I.
321. Teaching Language Arts ........................................ (3)
This course is a study of the integration of the six language arts of reading, writing,
talking, listening, viewing, and visually representing into various literacy curriculum
structures depending on a range of instructional goals and the diverse abilities and literacy
experiences of children in today’s K-5 classrooms. Prerequisite: ENG 101 and ENG 102
and completion of Benchmark I.
322. Literature for Children ....................................... (3)
This course is designed to prepare the teacher candidate to integrate quality children’s
literature throughout the curriculum. The teacher candidate will examine a wide variety
of literature for children from birth through 12 years of age. A thorough understanding
of the elements of literature and genres will provide the teacher candidate with a sound
foundation for utilizing quality literature in the classroom. The teacher candidate is
required to prepare and teach lessons based upon children’s literature in the classroom
and school settings. The teacher candidate is expected to employ best practices in
instruction that exhibit the appreciation of the diversity of learners and families, as well
as recognize literature that celebrates different cultures. Prerequisites: ENG 101 and ENG
102 and completion of Benchmark I.
College of Education
Academic Courses | 219
324. Literature for Young Adults .................................... (3)
This course provides a study of literature for middle and secondary students, including
analysis, evaluation, and review of print and non-print selections from American,
European and non-western cultures. The course addresses the use of literature to support
the development of 21st century literacy skills with an emphasis on national and state
standards, current models, and best practice research. Prerequisites: ENG 101 and ENG
102 and completion of Benchmark I.
330. Visual and Performing Arts for the Classroom Teacher ................. (3)
The integrated study of art, music, drama, and dance with best practices for implementing
these content areas in the early childhood setting and elementary classroom.
335. Methods and Materials for Teaching Elementary Social Studies ......... (3)
The focus of this course is on Social Studies and its diverse content areas of culture,
economics, geography, government and civics, history, and individuals and groups as they
relate to the past and present. Best teaching strategies, research, assessment, and projects
will prepare the student to teach the various components/content and meet the South
Carolina Social Studies Academic Standards in a classroom setting. Prerequisites: HIS 111
or HIS 112 and HIS 161 or HIS 162 and HIS 270. Completion of Benchmark I.
336. Methods and Materials for Teaching Elementary Mathematics ........... (3)
This course focuses on the application, methodology, and assessment of major
mathematical concepts and procedures that define numbers and operations, algebra,
geometry, measurement, data analysis, and probability in order to engage in problem
solving, critical reasoning, communication, connections, and representations.
Prerequisites: MAT 136 and MAT 137 and completion of Benchmark I.
395. Music Education Seminar/Pre-Clinical Field Experience ...............(1)
This course provides addresses a wide array of topics in music education, including
philosophy, psychology, advocacy, historical foundations and developmentally effective
approaches to music teaching and learning. A 50-hour field experience in a cooperating
public school classroom under the supervision of a unit supervisor, music supervisor,
and public school partner is required. The teacher candidate will apply for Benchmark II
during this course. This course is designed to be taken the semester prior to EDU 490,
Clinical Experience I. Prerequisite: Completion of Benchmark I
410. Classroom Management ....................................... (3)
This course is a study of strategies and techniques for effectively managing group and
individual behavior in the PK-6 classroom. The course examines students’ individual
characteristics and needs; the multiple interacting influences that affect students’
development and learning; the importance and complex characteristics of students’
families and communities; the importance of positive and supportive interactions
between the home, school, and student; and the importance of positive behavioral
intervention/support. The course also considers bullying, conflict resolution, and
behavior management. Must be taken concurrently with EDU 443. Prerequisite:
Completion of Benchmark I.
421. Methods and Materials for Teaching Science ........................ (3)
This course focuses on the theory and practice of teaching standards-based science to K-6
students based on best practice research. The teacher candidate will develop theoretical
and practical knowledge and abilities about science, learning, and science teaching.
Emphasis will be placed on planning inquiry-based programs, guiding and facilitating
College of Education
220 | Academic Courses
learning, and managing learning environments. Prerequisites: SCI 107 and BIO 150 or
BIO 170 and completion of Benchmark I
.
440. Methods and Materials for Teaching Beginning Reading: Learning to Read . (3)
This course establishes research-based foundations of reading acquisition and writing
processes; the variations, planning, and implementation of variations of instruction; and
assessment tools and practices related to cultural, linguistic, and developmental diversity.
In order to develop professional knowledge and dispositions, the teacher candidate will
reflect on and evaluate the effect of professional decisions and actions on students, family,
and community. Prerequisite: Completion of Benchmark I.
442. Methods and Materials for Teaching Intermediate Reading: Reading to Learn (3)
This course examines the theory and practice of teaching standards-based reading and
writing in the upper elementary grades. Emphasis is placed on teaching students to read to
learn in the various content areas and dealing with the wide array of literacy needs common
in upper elementary classrooms. The course will address the national and state curriculum
standards; the South Carolina teacher assessment instrument, ADEPT; and the elementary
school curriculum and lesson planning. The course will also focus on developing lifelong
reading skills through the design and implementation of comprehensive literacy programs
in the upper elementary grades. Prerequisite: Completion of Benchmark I.
443. Pre-Clinical Field Experience ................................... (3)
This course examines the implementation of a wide array of developmentally effective
approaches to teaching and learning. It also considers the effective use of assessment
strategies to positively impact K-12 students’ development and learning. A 50-hour field
experience in a cooperating public school classroom under the supervision of a unit
supervisor and a public school partner is required. The course intentionally focuses on
students with exceptionalities and inclusion; students who are English language learners;
and students from diverse ethnic/racial cultural and linguistic groups. The teacher candidate
will apply for Benchmark II during this course. This course must be taken the semester
prior to EDU 490, Clinical Experience I. Must be taken concurrently with EDU 410.
Prerequisite: Completion of Benchmark I.
452. Content Reading in Secondary School ............................. (3)
This course provides the secondary education teacher candidate with the opportunity to
understand theories of reading development, individual differences, the nature of reading
difficulties, and principles of assessment. Literacy across the curriculum focuses on the thinking
processes that underlie reading, writing, and learning. A major goal of the course is based
on the concept that reading and writing are constructive processes that require information
to be organized and processed. Thus, the teacher candidate will examine reading as a process
of constructing meaning to foster interactions with textual materials in secondary school
content areas. The secondary teacher candidate will also instruct reading and writing within
the respective content area by teaching vocabulary skills, strategies for comprehension and the
construction of meaning, and study strategies. The course will provide a contextualized learning
environment in which the teacher candidate can observe and participate in teaching and
learning in a secondary public school classroom under the guidance of public school partners in
the respective content areas. The integration of theory and practice will be facilitated with a 10-
hour field lab at cooperating public schools. Prerequisite: Completion of Benchmark I.
490. Clinical Experience I .......................................... (6)
Placement in a public school cooperating classroom provides opportunities for the teacher
candidate to become a collaborative learner who demonstrates knowledgeable, reflective,
and critical perspectives regarding teaching practice; make informed decisions drawing on
a variety of sources; and integrate theory and practice. The teacher candidate works under
the guidance of Cooperating Teachers and University Supervisors in a cooperating public
College of Education
Academic Courses | 221
school setting. Sixty-five (65) days of service in a public school cooperating classroom is
required (half in EDU 490 and half in EDU 491). The course intentionally focuses on
students with exceptionalities and inclusion; students who are English language learners;
and students from diverse ethnic/racial cultural and linguistic groups. The teacher candidate
applies for Benchmark III during this course. This course may be repeated only once upon
recommendation of the faculty of the College of Education. A single lab fee of $305 for
both EDU 490 and EDU 491 is required. Prerequisites: “C” or better in all professional
education courses and/or courses in the major and completion of Benchmark II.
491. Clinical Experience II ......................................... (6)
A continuation of EDU 490.
Early Childhood Education (EDC) Courses
The teacher candidate who completes twelve (12) hours in early childhood courses qualifies
for add-on certification in Early Childhood Education.
201. Early Childhood Discipline: Growth and Development ................. (3)
A study of the growth and development of the young child from birth through eight
years from cognitive, language and literacy, social/emotional, physical, and psychosocial
perspectives. Topics include risk factors, cultural diversity, inclusion, inequity,
developmental variations, and patterns of specific disabilities. Prerequisite: PSY 101 and
completion of Benchmark I.
213. Approaches to Learning/Cultural Relevance ......................... (3)
This course is designed to assist the teacher candidate in developing knowledge and
understanding of diverse family and community characteristics. The teacher candidate
will understand the importance of culture in developmentally appropriate practice and
learn strategies for creating respectful, reciprocal relationships with children and their
families. The teacher candidate will develop methods for identifying the needs of children
and their families and locating resources within the community for meeting those needs.
Prerequisite: Completion of Benchmark I.
215. Best Practices for the Early Childhood Setting/Field Experience I ......... (3)
This course is designed to familiarize the teacher candidate with the National Association
of the Education of Young Children (NAEYC) Professional Teaching Standards and
the South Carolina Academic Standards for early childhood. Additional topics include
Assisting, Developing and Evaluating Professional Teaching (ADEPT), the South Carolina
professional teaching evaluation system, as well as planning lessons and teaching strategies
that are developmentally appropriate for young children. The curriculum intentionally
focuses on students with exceptionalities/inclusion. The field experience provides
opportunities for observation, reflection, and application of theory in an early childhood
cooperating setting. Field experience of 15 hours in a public school cooperating setting
required of students seeking add-on certification. Students whose major program is Early
Childhood Education must complete 25 hours in a public school cooperating setting.
Prerequisite: Completion of Benchmark I and EDU 216, Best Practices for the Elementary
Classroom/Field Experience I is required for enrollment by students seeking add-on
certification.
225. Play and Early Learning ........................................ (3)
This course is designed to assist the teacher candidate as s/he develops an understanding
of the value of play in the cognitive, social/emotional, and psycho-motor development of
young children and be able to articulate the benefits of play in the development of young
children. The teacher candidate will demonstrate their knowledge of creating a healthy
environment within and outside of classroom that supports student learning and teaches
College of Education
222 | Academic Courses
healthy lifestyle choices to children and their families. Prerequisite: Completion of
Benchmark I.
315. Best Practices for the Early Childhood Setting/Field Experience II ........ (3)
The teacher candidate continues the study of developmentally appropriate practices for
children from birth to eight years of age. Topics include promoting child development
and learning; building family and community relationships; observing, documenting, and
assessing to support young children and families; using content knowledge to build meaningful
curriculum; becoming an early childhood professional; and the utilization of technology to
enhance learning. In addition, the teacher candidate will engage in the study and practice of
instruction and both formal and informal assessment strategies that are culturally responsive
and developmentally appropriate. The teacher candidates will gain knowledge in long-range
planning and the composition of a unit work sample. The curriculum intentionally focuses
on students who are English language learners. Field experience of 15 hours in a public school
cooperating setting required of students seeking add-on certification. Students whose major
program is Early Childhood Education must complete 40 hours in a public school cooperating
setting. Prerequisite: Completion of Benchmark I.
323. Language and Literacy ......................................... (3)
This course is designed to provide knowledge of the development of language and literacy
in children from birth to age eight. Teacher candidates will understand the process
of becoming literate and the interdependency of oral and written language. Teacher
candidates will develop an understanding of the value of interactions between children and
with adults and create a learning environment that supports and encourages each child’s
language and literacy development. Candidates will understand the value of incorporating
language and literature from diverse cultures. Prerequisite: Completion of Benchmark I.
338. Teaching Mathematics in Early Childhood ............................... (3)
This course is designed to provide theory and pedagogical knowledge of mathematics
concepts as they apply to the young child. The teacher candidate will demonstrate
knowledge and understanding of mathematical processes as a framework for teaching,
learning, and assessment in mathematics; include developing a basic knowledge of
number and operations, algebra, geometry, measurement, data analysis and probability.
Prerequisites: MAT 136 and MAT 137 and completion of Benchmark I.
350. The Young Child: Curriculum ................................... (3)
This course examines educational programs for young children with an emphasis on the
history of early childhood education, current trends, and issues. Topics include an analysis
of classroom design, selection of culturally diverse age-appropriate materials, instructional
planning, developmentally appropriate assessment, referral sources, modifications for
children with disabilities, technology in the classroom, and parent/home relations and
communication. Prerequisite: Completion of Benchmark I.
356. The Child’s Place in Society: Families, Schools, and Communities ........ (3)
This course is designed to provide theory and pedagogical content knowledge related to
developing appropriate curriculum for the early learner considering the child’s cultural
background and other diverse cultures within the community. The teacher candidate will
develop an understanding of the child’s place in the family, school, and community and
how those systems work together. Candidates will develop plans for working with families
to build understanding and appreciation of the diverse cultures. Prerequisites: HIS 111 or
112, HIS 161 or 162, and HIS 270, and Completion of Benchmark I.
387. Planning and Utilizing Assessment in Early Childhood ................ (3)
This course is designed to provide knowledge of appropriate assessment strategies for the
early childhood teacher candidate. Candidates will recognize and understand the value
College of Education
Academic Courses | 223
College of Education
of developmentally appropriate assessment in the development of goals, curriculum and
teaching strategies for young children. Candidates will learn the benefits and appropriate
uses of a variety of assessments and will conduct observation narrative assessments and
other appropriate assessments in the early childhood setting, document the assessment,
and plan instruction based upon the individual assessments. Teacher candidates will also
learn to practice responsible assessment based upon the needs of individual children,
including those with special needs. Candidates will learn effective strategies for developing
partnerships with families to share and utilize assessment outcomes. . Prerequisite:
Completion of Benchmark I.
422. Scientific Inquiry and Young Children ............................ (3)
This course is designed to prepare early childhood teacher candidates as professionals
as they gain knowledge and understanding of the essential concepts, inquiry tools, and
structure of the scientific disciplines. Teacher candidates will continue their understanding
of constructivism and apply their knowledge to create a learning environment that supports
the young child’s natural curiosity and challenges each child to discover the world around
them. Teacher candidates will use the SC Early Learning Standards and other resources to
plan, implement and evaluate developmental appropriate experiences for the young child. .
Prerequisites: BIO 150 or BIO 170 and SCI 107 and completion of Benchmark I.
438. Guidance Techniques in Early Childhood .......................... (3)
This course is designed to assists teacher candidates as they prepare to create a community
of learners in the early childhood setting. Candidates will understand the importance of
relationships and intentional, high-quality interaction in early education. Strategies for
developmentally appropriate guidance techniques will be thoroughly examined. Teacher
candidates will observe guidance techniques in early childhood settings and create a plan
based upon research-based best practices for guiding young children. The guidance plan
will include plans for informing and involving parents in the process of guiding each child
toward self-confidence, self-efficacy, and self-regulation. Must be taken concurrently
with EDU 443: Early Childhood Preclinical Experience. Prerequisite: Completion of
Benchmark I.
Special Education (EDS) Courses
The teacher candidate who completes nine (9) hours in special education courses qualifies
for add-on certification in Special Education: Learning Disabilities, K-12.
204. American Sign Language I ...................................... (3)
The first half of the one-year sequence in American Sign Language, this course introduces
students to the processes and basic structure of ASL to provide a basic understanding of and
ability to use the language. Students’ expressive (signing) and receptive (comprehension)
skills are enhanced by an understanding of Deaf Culture. A minimum of five hours of
additional ASL practice in a laboratory and/or hearing impaired setting is required. This
course is designed for beginners. In addition, the course provides a survey of various issues
raised by examining ASL and the Deaf community. This course cannot be used to satisfy the
general education foreign language requirement.
205. American Sign Language II ...................................... (3)
The second half of the one-year sequence in American Sign Language, this course
introduces students to the processes and complex structure of ASL to provide an
understanding of and ability to use the language. This course requires the student to
demonstrate an expanded vocabulary, finger spelling, and use of the language in an ASL
context. A minimum of five hours of additional ASL practice in a laboratory and/or
hearing impaired setting is required. This course is designed for beginners. In addition,
the course provides a survey of various issues raised by examining ASL and the Deaf
College of Education
community. Prerequisite: EDS 204. This course cannot be used to satisfy the general
education foreign language requirement.
335. Characteristics of Individuals with Learning Disabilities ................ (3)
This course focuses on the various theoretical, etiological, sociological, and behavioral
approaches to the understanding of children with language and learning disabilities.
Emphasis is on the characteristics of individuals with specific learning disabilities and
traumatic brain injury. This course includes a 20-hour field lab in a setting with students
with learning disabilities. (40-hour field lab for add-on certification). (Formerly EDU
435).
365. Characteristics of Individuals with Emotional or Behavior Disorders ....... (3)
This course focuses on the various theoretical, etiological, sociological and behavioral
approaches to the understanding of children with emotional/behavior disorders. Emphasis
is on promoting behavior change and facilitating affective development of children with
emotional or behavior disorders. This course includes a 20-hour field lab in a setting with
students with intellectual disabilities. (40-hour field lab for add-on certification)
370. Characteristics of Individuals with Intellectual Disabilities .............. (3)
This course focuses on the various theoretical, etiological, sociological and behavioral
approaches to the understanding of children with intellectual disabilities and autism.
Emphasis is on the physical, emotional, social and intellectual development of individuals
with cognitive disabilities. This course includes a 20-hour field lab in a setting with
students with intellectual disabilities. (40-hour field lab for add-on certification)
420. Reading and Writing for Students with Exceptional Learning Needs ........3)
This course focuses on teaching reading and writing to children in special education.
The course will concentrate on elementary reading and writing, but course will also touch
on early childhood and adolescent literacy. Content covered includes the processes,
acquisition, assessment, and materials for reading.
452. Methods and Materials for Elementary Special Education Programs for
Individuals with Exceptional Learning Needs ............................ (3)
This course is designed to develop skills necessary for teaching special education students
with learning disabilities, traumatic brain injury, emotional/behavior disorders,
intellectual disabilities and autism in resource, self-contained and general education
K-5 settings. Evidence-based practices will be addressed giving teacher candidates the
opportunity to identify, use, create and evaluate various materials. Emphasis is on
developing, implementing, and managing knowledge, skills and techniques for successful
teaching with an emphasis in early intervention and identification. (Formerly EDS 436).
453. Methods & Materials for Secondary Special Education Programs for Individuals
with Exceptional Learning Needs ..................................... (3)
This course is designed to develop skills necessary for teaching special education students
with learning disabilities, traumatic brain injury, emotional/behavior disorders,
intellectual disabilities and autism in resource, self-contained and general education
K-5 settings. Evidence-based practices will be addressed giving teacher candidates the
opportunity to identify, use, create and evaluate various materials. Emphasis is on
developing, implementing, and managing knowledge, skills and techniques for successful
teaching with an emphasis in early intervention and identification.
460. Assessment and Instructional Decision Making for Individuals with Mild
Disabilities ...................................................... (3)
This course is designed to familiarize the teacher candidate with the evaluation,
224 | Academic Courses
College of Education
administration and interpretation of formal and informal assessments commonly used for
children with suspected disabilities. Emphasis is on procedures to diagnose strengths and
weaknesses of students which may affect academic performance and require adjustments
using accommodations or modifications to on-going practices based on continual
observations or practices. Other topics include progress monitoring, record keeping,
eligibility, placement, and the IEP process. This course includes a 15-hour field lab
experience where teacher candidates use a variety of instruments to assess students with and
without ELN.
465. Classroom Management and Behavioral Intervention in Special Education .... (3)
This course emphasizes how to set up effective classrooms to facilitate learning and the
development of social behaviors in a proactive environment. It focuses on strategies and
techniques for effectively managing whole group (classroom) and individual behavior
of students in the context of public schools. It also includes theoretical implications,
behavioral and functional analysis, targeting behaviors, collecting information, positive
behavioral intervention, the importance of family and community interactions, and
monitoring for change.
Physical Education (PE)
220
. Teaching Sport and Physical Activity ............................... (
3
)
This course is designed to provide an introduction to the pedagogical process involved in
successfully teaching for competency in sport and for optimum engagement in physical
activity. An emphasis will be placed on basic theory related to standards-based curriculum
planning, assessment, and teaching practice. A solid foundation for appropriately
planning, implementing, and effectively delivering content will be built in this course.
Candidates will be required to apply the theory by planning and teaching lessons to peers or
another target audience within the course. During this course candidates ability to achieve
a health-enhancing level of fitness will be determined through the administering of the
Fitnessgram test. (10 hours field lab required) Prerequisite: Completion of Benchmark I.
2
3
1
. Teaching Games for Understanding
1
............................... (
3
)
This course is designed to provide theory and pedagogical content knowledge related to
teaching invasion games for understanding with an emphasis on tactical and skill instruction.
Candidates will apply curricular and assessment theory in multiple clinical teaching
opportunities with peers and/or 4th-12th grade students in schools. This course will allow
candidates to practice using effective communication skills while delivering instruction that
engages the learner. This is a course in which candidates are able to demonstrate personal
competence and performance concepts related to skillful movement and skill performance
for a variety of activities using the South Carolina Physical Education Assessment Program
(SCPEAP). A minimum final grade of B is required to provide evidence that candidates can
demonstrate movement competency in a variety of movement forms and movement concepts.
2
3
2
. Teaching Games for Understanding
2
.............................. (
3
)
This course is designed to provide theory and pedagogical content knowledge related to
teaching net and target games for understanding with an emphasis on tactical and skill
Art (ART)
105. Foundations I. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
(3)6*
Initial offering of two-semester integrated studies sequence for freshman art and interior
design majors; prepares students for work at the upper levels in art and design; provides
experiences addressing the five major program goals (communication; formal exploration;
Academic Courses | 225
instruction. Candidates will apply curricular and assessment theory in multiple clinical
Art teaching opportunities with peers and/or 4th-12th grade students in schools. This
course will allow candidates to practice using effective communication skills while delivering
instruction that engages the learner. This is a course in which candidates are able to
demonstrate personal competence and performance concepts related to skillful movement
and skill performance for a variety of activities using the South Carolina Physical Education
Assessment Program (SCPEAP). A minimum final grade of B is required to provide evidence
that candidates can demonstrate movement competency in a variety of movement forms and
movement concepts. (10 hours field lab required) Prerequisite: Completion of Benchmark I.
2
6
3
. Teaching Children How to Move .................................. (
3
)
This course is designed to present the theory and pedagogical content knowledge related
to teaching children rhythmic activities, body management, and other movement skills.
During the course candidates will plan and implement developmentally appropriate
learning experiences aligned with national standards that address the needs of all learners.
Additionally, candidates will use a variety of assessments to determine the impact of student
learning. Candidates will be given the opportunity to demonstrate personal competence in
motor skill performance and an understanding of movement concepts for dance and body
management patterns using the South Carolina Physical Education Assessment Program
(SCPEAP). A minimum final grade of B is required to provide evidence that candidates
can demonstrate movement competency in a variety of movement forms and movement
concepts. (10 hours field lab required) Prerequisite: Completion of Benchmark I.
3
2
3
. Teaching Health Related Physical Education ......................... (
2
)
Candidates will be presented research-based theory related to lifetime physical fitness and
health and will be required to design, implement, and assess health-related concepts and
physical activity lessons to K-12 students based on the theory learned in this course. An
emphasis will be placed on developing knowledge necessary to assist learners in developing a
health enhancing level of fitness. Additionally, this course will allow candidates to demonstrate
and apply scientific and theoretical concepts related to fitness. Candidates will complete
an assessment of their health-related fitness using Fitnessgram. Must be admitted into the
Teacher Education Program as a PE major. (10 hours field lab required) Prerequisite:
Completion of Benchmark I.
3
2
4
. Assessing Student Learning in Physical Education ..................... (
3
)
This course investigates assessment theory in physical education and provides opportunities
for candidates to design, implement, and assess appropriate learning experiences. The
course will focus on performance-based assessment, authentic assessment, and continuous
performance based assessment. Knowledge and application of discipline specific and
theoretical concepts critical to the development of a physically educated individual are
essential to this course. The candidates will be assigned to a K-12 site for at least 10 hours
of clinical teaching opportunities that focus on assessment for elementary and secondary
students. Must be admitted into the Teacher Education Program as a PE major. (10 hours
field lab required) Prerequisite: Completion of Benchmark I.
333
. Elementary Physical Education Methods ............................ (
3
)
This course is designed to introduce candidates to discipline-specific scientific and
theoretical concepts critical to the development of a physically educated individual.
The course will focus on designing, implementing, and assessing appropriate learning
experiences for young learners (k-6). Included in this course is field experience II which
requires candidates complete 20 hours of field experience in a physical education setting.
Candidates will implement their planned learning experiences using their knowledge
of discipline-specific scientific and theoretical concepts critical to the development of a
physically educated individual. Candidates will administer a variety of designed or
226 | Academic Courses
College of Education
selected assessments to determine the impact of instruction on student learning and
will demonstrate competence at delivering instruction that actively engages the learner.
Professional behavior will be assessed during this course. Must be admitted into the Teacher
Education Program as a PE major. Candidates will have four health-related physical fitness
components tested using the Fitnessgram during this course. (20 hours field experience
required) Prerequisite: Completion of Benchmark I.
3
8
3
. Secondary Physical Education Methods ............................. (
3
)
This course is designed to study content, teaching behavior, delivery of instruction, and
lesson planning in the secondary school as well as apply curriculum and instructional
theories and principles to students in secondary physical education. An emphasis will be
placed on developing and implementing developmentally appropriate standards based
learning experiences for all students. Candidates will design and administer various
assessments to determine the impact of their learning experiences on student learning
and will demonstrate competence in effectively delivering instruction that actively engages
the learner during the field experience portion of this class. Candidates are required to
complete 20 hours in a physical education setting. Candidates’ ability to maintain a health-
enhancing level of fitness throughout the program through the administering of the Fitness
Gram test. Professional behavior will be assessed during this course. Must be admitted
into the Teacher Education Program as a PE major and have successfully achieved and
maintained the healthy fitness zone for each of the four health related components of
fitness measured by Fitnessgram. (20 hrs of field experience required) Prerequisite:
Completion of Benchmark I.
4
0
3
. Adapted Physical Education ..................................... (
3
)
This course will examine the historical development of adapted physical education, the
IEP process, characteristics of various conditions, and the inclusive adaptations of physical
education to the needs of individuals with disabilities. Candidates will plan and implement
developmentally appropriate learning experiences aligned with local, state, and national
standards to address the diverse needs of all students. Candidates’ ability to effectively
deliver instruction that actively engages students will be evaluated. Must be admitted into
the Teacher Education Program as a PE major. (15 hours field lab required) Prerequisite:
Completion of Benchmark I.
Academic Courses | 227
College of Education
228 | Academic Courses
College of Visual & Performing Arts
College of Visual and Performing Arts
Dr. David Larson
Dean of the College of Visual and Performing Arts and Professor of Theatre
231-2002 or [email protected]
Mr. Nathan Cox
Associate Dean of the College of Visual and Performing Arts
231-2047 or [email protected]
Mrs. Stacie Turner, Administrative Assistant
231-2125 or [email protected]
Mr. Doug Marshall, Technical Director of the Rainey Fine Arts Center
231-2114 or [email protected]
College Mission Statement
The purpose of the College of Visual and Performing Arts is to support the curricular
offerings of the visual and performing arts degree programs and to provide a means for all
Anderson University students to develop as art practitioners and consumers. The College
provides an environment in which students can develop their creative potential; benefit
from pedagogical instruction and critique; and display, perform or produce their work for
the public. The College reaches both the university community and the greater Anderson
community with culturally enriching performances and art exhibits.
Faculty
Department of Art
Ms. Clarissa Brandão, Assistant Professor of Art
Mr. Nathan Cox, Associate Professor of Art
Ms. Jane Dorn, Assistant Professor of Art
Ms. Polly Gaillard, Instructor of Art
Mr. Peter Kaniaris, Professor of Art
Dr. Jo Carol Mitchell-Rogers, Chair and Professor of Art
Mr. Tim Speaker, Assistant Professor of Art
Dr. Candace Weddle, Assistant Professor of Art
Department of Music
Mrs. Deirdre Francis, Associate Professor of Music
Dr. Howard Kim, Associate Professor of Music
Dr. David Perry, Chair and Associate Professor of Music
Dr. David Stern, Associate Professor of Music
Dr. Tommy Watson, Associate Professor of Music
Dr. Richard Williamson, Professor of Music
Department of Theatre
Dr. David Larson, Professor of Theatre
Mr. Robert Homer-Drummond, Associate Professor of Theatre
Dr. Deborah McEniry, Chair and Professor of Theatre
Ms. Terrie W. Poore, Instructor of Theatre
Mrs. Cara Wood, Associate Professor of Theatre
Academic Courses | 229
creative visual problem solving; exploration of tools, materials, and techniques; and
investigation of history, theory, and methodologies. (Fall)
10
6. Foundations II ..............................................(
3
)6*
Continuation of topics/experiences in
10
5
. (Spring)
120
. Software Suite ...............................................(
3
)6*
Introduction to industry standard software used in both print and web design. Focus on
function of individual software applications as well as how design applications work in
concert. This course is for students in the graphic design concentration only.
1
9
5
,
2
9
5
,
3
9
5
. Art Practicum .........................................(
1
)
Experiential learning in a work setting under supervision of an art faculty member.
May be repeated.
210
. Studio Art for the Non-Major .................................... (
3
)
Provides opportunities to create art, experience the way artists think, and enrich one’s
understanding of the visual arts. (Summer)
211
. Art Appreciation .............................................. (
3
)
Introduction to the forms and processes of visual art; emphasis on understanding and
appreciation of the role of the artist and the creative process; includes responses to a wide
variety of art forms from a diverse range of times and cultures.
221
. Graphic Design
1
............................................ (
3
)6*
Introduction to graphic design with a focus on the role of the designer and the potential
for communication through visual images. Prerequisites: ART
10
5
and ART
10
6 and
ART
120
. (Fall)
222. Print Production ............................................(3)6*
Survey of photomechanical processes and techniques in the modern print industry.
Corequisite: ART 221. (Fall)
22
9
. Introduction to Digital Images ..................................(
1
)2*
Overview of major concepts and tools used in image manipulation software. Prerequisites:
Art
10
5
and Art
10
6. (Fall)
2
3
1
. Art History Survey
1
............................................ (
3
)
Study of major styles of art and architecture from prehistory to the Renaissance; includes
major cultural influences on art production, analysis of individual styles and art works,
examination of aesthetic criteria, and recognition of stylistic characteristics. (Fall)
2
3
2
. Art History Survey
2
........................................... (
3
)
Study of major styles of art and architecture from the Renaissance to the late 19th century;
includes major cultural influences on art production, analysis of individual styles and art
works, examination of aesthetic criteria, and recognition of stylistic characteristics. (Spring)
2
4
1
. Painting
1
..................................................(
3
)6*
Introduction to traditional fundamental methods of oil painting, including the historic
methods of recording ideas as they relate to technique, vocabulary, and expression.
Prerequisites: ART
10
5
and ART
10
6.
2
4
2
. Drawing
1
..................................................(
3
)6*
College of Visual & Performing Arts
230 | Academic Courses
Emphasis placed on the study of the human figure - scientifically, in terms of its
structure and anatomy; artistically in terms of its potential expressively, conceptually, and
compositionally; employs a variety of media and techniques. Prerequisites: ART
10
5
and
ART
10
6.
2
43
. Printmaking I .............................................. (
3
)6*
Introduction to the history and methods of creating multiple reproductions of an image;
exploration of basic printmaking materials and techniques focusing on the following
processes: relief, intaglio, callograph, and monoprint. Prerequisites: ART
10
5
and ART
10
6.
2
6
1
. Sculpture
1
.................................................(
3
)6*
Introduction to the history and processes for creating
3
D objects in the visual arts, focusing
on traditional methods. Prerequisites: ART
10
5
and ART
10
6.
262. Ceramics I: Beginning Handbuilding
............................(
3
)6*
Introduction to traditional and contemporary practices of making hand-built ceramic
fine art and fine craft objects. Clay hand-building techniques such as pinch-forming,
coil construction, slab construction, extruding and solid modeling are employed to create
utilitarian vessels and sculptural objects. Students also learn various glazing techniques,
how to mix their own clay and glazes from dry materials, basic studio material and
equipment safety, and how to load and fire electric and raku kilns. Prerequisites: ART 105
or ART 106. (Fall)
264. Ceramics II: Beginning Wheelthrowing
...........................(
3
)6*
Introduction to traditional and contemporary practices of making wheel-thrown ceramic
fine art and fine craft objects on a pottery wheel. Basic wheel-throwing techniques of
centering, opening, raising, shaping and trimming are employed to create utilitarian
vessels such as vases, bowls, bottles, mugs and pitchers. Students also learn various glazing
techniques, how to mix their own clay and glazes from dry materials, basic studio material
and equipment safety, and how to load and fire electric and raku kilns. Prerequisites: ART
105 or ART 106. (Spring)
2
7
1
. Photography
1
.............................................. (
3
)6*
This photography course emphasizes the basic aesthetic grammar of photography while
providing a historical and critical context for looking at and making photographs. The
class provides instruction in basic functions of the camera, the visual history and grammar
of photography, the ability to approach B&W photography in a serious problem-solving
manner, and the skill to edit and discuss both your own work as well as other visual artists.
You will learn basic traditional darkroom and film photography methods.
2
8
1
.
Foundations of Art Education ..................................... (
3
)
Introduction to historical, philosophical, psychological, and theoretical assumptions which
underlie the field; topics include history of art education and the role of art in education
today; prominent theories of cognitive and artistic development from infancy through
adolescence; stages of development in children’s art; current learning theory; and the
fundamentals of curriculum theory and design.
320. Publication Studio .......................................... (2) 4*
Advanced publication design in a directed professional setting. Students produce tangible
and digital publication materials as a culminating studio experience. May be repeated up to
three times for credit. Prerequisite: permission of instructor.
3
21
. Typography ................................................. (
3
)6*
College of Visual & Performing Arts
Academic Courses | 231
Study of expressive and technical requirements of working with the letterform; topics
include type composition systems, type spacing, recognition of type categories, copy fitting,
type specification, and the expressive capabilities of particular typefaces in particular
applications. Prerequisite: ART
221
. (Spring)
3
2
3
. Graphic Design
2
............................................ (
3
)6*
Study of graphic design in advertising and corporate design applications.
Prerequisite: ART
3
21, 325
. (Spring)
3
2
4
. Web 1 ..................................................... (
3
)6*
It is essential that the Graphic Designer understand his/her role in the creation,
production, and management of Web-based projects. This course includes an introduction
to latest methods of Web-based communication, and will cover topics such as designing for
the Web, file preparation, content management, typography for the web, development of
user interfaces and site maps, and trouble-shooting. Prerequisite: ART 321. (Fall)
3
2
5
. Web 2 ..................................................... (
3
)6*
Continuation of Web 1, focusing on the development of creative visual user interfaces,
intuitive navigation and more complex site maps as they relate to effective communication
on the Web. Students will explore new software, current and new directions in the web
industry (including designing for smart devices) and will plan, design, build, and launch a
minimum of one working site. Prerequisite: ART 324. (Spring)
328. History of Graphic Design .....................................(3) 6*
Study of the major movements in the history of graphic design from pre-history to present day.
An emphasis is placed on experiential learning in a studio environment. Prerequisite: ART 321.
329. Special Topics in Graphic Design ..................................(3)
This elective course is intended to offer the student a means of exploration within the realm
of contemporary issues and practices in the field of Graphic Design. Topics may include,
but are not limited to: Alternative Methodologies in Graphic Design, Serigraphy, Advanced
Typography, 3D Modeling, or Animation. Since the content will vary, the course may be
taken up to three times for credit for a total of 9 credit hours.
33
1
. Modern Art History ............................................. (
3
)
Study of the sequence of major art styles from the mid-nineteenth century to the present;
topics include cultural and technical influences on art production, analysis of individual
styles and art works, examination of aesthetic criteria, and recognition of stylistic
characteristics. Prerequisites: ART 232. (Fall)
333. Contemporary Art History ........................................(3)
A study, within the context of social, cultural, and political developments, of the major
trends in the visual arts and architecture from 1975 to the present. Topics to be covered
will include, but not be limited to, op, minimalism, postminimalism, conceptualism,
neoexpressionism, appropriation, postmodernism, Deconstructivist architecture, feminist,
performance, installation/environmental and activist art.
335. Special Topics in Art History ......................................(3)
This is an upper level directed reading and discussion seminar that will center around a
selected
topic in art or design history/theory. Since the content will vary, this course may
be taken up to three times for credit. This course is limited to art majors or minors only.
(Formerly ART 433).
34
1
. Painting
2
.................................................. (
3
)6*
College of Visual & Performing Arts
232 | Academic Courses
Continuation of Painting
1
with oil and synthetic media; experiences increase knowledge of technical
procedures with assignments encouraging personal exploration. Prerequisite: ART
2
4
1
.
34
2
. Drawing
2
..................................................(
3
)6*
A problem solving course, designed to expand experience with the medium of drawing,
to promote experimentation with materials and techniques, and to encourage the
development of personal solutions and imagery. Prerequisite: ART
2
4
2
.
362. Ceramics III: Intermediate Wheelthrowing
........................(
3
)6*
Continued exploration of traditional and contemporary practices of making wheel-thrown
ceramic fine art and fine craft objects on a pottery wheel. Intermediate wheel-throwing
techniques are employed to create complex utilitarian vessels such as matching sets, multi-
part lidded forms, and thrown-and-assembled works. Students also learn introductory
glaze chemistry and assist in loading and firing large combustion fuel reduction kilns.
Prerequisite: ART 264.
3
6
3
. Sculpture
2
.................................................(
3
)6*
Further exploration of aesthetic and technical issues of sculptural processes; focus on
refinement of skills, further knowledge of contemporary and historical issues, and in-
depth exploration of materials. Prerequisite: ART
2
6
1
.
3
7
1
. Photography II ...............................................(
3
)6*
This photography course emphasizes the basic aesthetic grammar of photography while
providing a historical and critical context for looking at and making photographs. You will
learn the visual history and grammar of contemporary photography, the ability to approach
digital photography in a serious problem-solving manner,the skill to edit and discuss both
your own work as well as other visual artists, and the ability to promote your own work.
You will learn basic digital photography, Adobe Photoshop for photographers, and digital
printing methods.
3
8
2
. Elementary Art Methods/Field Experience IIa ........................ (
3
)
Introduction to instructional methods, materials, and assessment techniques suitable for
use with elementary students; topics include instructional methods and skill development
through application of a variety of media and techniques; promotion of aesthetic awareness
and creativity; classroom management and safety; relationships with other disciplines;
and criteria for student assessment. Prerequisite: ART
2
8
1 plus admission to Teacher
Education Program
.
3
8
4
. Secondary Art Methods/Field Experience IIb ......................... (
3
)
Introduction to instructional methods, materials, and assessment techniques suitable for
use with secondary students, including special attention to middle school students as well;
topics include experimentation with a variety of materials and techniques, skill development
in productive thinking, problem solving, planning, motivation techniques, instructional
methods for diverse populations, classroom management and safety, and assessment.
Prerequisite: ART
2
8
1 plus admission to Teacher Education Program
.
4
21
. Graphic Design
3
........................................... (
3
)6*
Study of graphic design in editorial and publication design applications. Prerequisite: ART
3
2
3
. (Fall)
43
9
. Advanced Drawing Studio ......................................(
3
)6*
Focus on the refinement of skills, knowledge and the development of a unique personal
style and professional level of craftsmanship within the discipline of Drawing. Focus
College of Visual & Performing Arts
Academic Courses | 233
on progress towards the senior exhibition and ability to sustain ongoing professional
growth and self-evaluation within the discipline. Prerequisite: ART 342. Course may be
repeated for up to 9 total credits.
440. Painting Studio Practice / Special Topics ............................ (3)
Elective contract study in advanced painting, with continued focus on refinement of
skills, knowledge and the development of a unique personal style and a professional level
of craftsmanship within the discipline. Students will continue exploration of advanced
painting materials and processes. Studio topics may include preparation for graduate
school or professional exhibition, and professional painting career practices. This course
may be taken twice, for a total of 6 credit hours.
44
1
. Painting
3
..................................................(
3
)6*
Advanced study of traditional and non-traditional approaches in current theory and
practice. Prerequisite: ART
34
1
.
44
9
. Advanced Painting Studio ..................................... (
3
)6*
Focus on the refinement of skills, knowledge and the development of a unique personal
style and professional level of craftsmanship within the discipline of Painting. Focus on
progress towards the senior exhibition and ability to sustain ongoing professional growth
and self-evaluation within the discipline. Prerequisite: ART 441. Course may be repeated
for up to
9
total credits.
460. Ceramics Studio Practices/Special Topics
..........................(
3
)6*
Elective contract study in advanced ceramics, with continued focus on the refinement of
skills, knowledge and the development of a unique personal style and professional level of
craftsmanship within the discipline. Continued exploration of clay forming and surface
decoration techniques, kiln operation and firing principles and practices. Special studio
topics might also include professional opportunities such as kiln design and construction,
portfolio development, advanced glaze chemistry software, preparation for graduate school
or professional exhibition, and professional studio potter career practices. Prerequisite:
ART 469. Can be taken twice, for a total of 6 credit hours.
4
6
9
. Advanced Ceramics Studio .................................... (
3
)6*
Contract study in hand-built and/or wheel-thrown ceramics, focusing on materials
knowledge and advanced surface decoration and forming techniques, such as slip-trailing
and sgrafitto, large scale work, and altered and structurally complex forms. Students also
learn how to independently load and fire large combustion fuel reduction kilns. Further
emphasis is on developing a unique personal style to make progress towards a coherent body
of work for the senior exhibition, a professional level of craftsmanship, and the ability to
sustain ongoing independent professional growth and critical self-evaluation within the
discipline. Prerequisite: ART 262 and ART 362. Can be taken 3 times, for a total of 9
credit hours.
4
79
. Advanced Photography Studio .................................... (
3
)
Focus on the refinement of skills, knowledge and the development of a unique personal
style and professional level of craftsmanship within the discipline of Photography.
Prerequisite: ART 271. Course may be repeated for up to 9 total credits.
4
8
1
. Senior Seminar/Pre-Clinical Experience in Art Education ..............(
2
)*
Examination of current trends and issues in art education; topics may include new
technologies and research in the field; interpersonal and advocacy skills; relevant ethical
questions and issues; art education for exceptional populations; and resume/interview
skills. An important aspect of this course entails 50 field hours in the student’s pre-clinical
setting. Prerequisites: ART
3
8
2
and ART
3
8
4
.
College of Visual & Performing Arts
234 | Academic Courses
4
9
1
. Senior Seminar in Studio Art .................................... (
1
)
Examination of topics related to working as a professional studio artist, including
exhibiting and the development of cover letters, curriculum vitae, artist resumes, artist
statements and slide portfolios, possible preparation for graduate studies. Prerequisite:
ART 271 and Senior standing.
4
9
3
. Senior Seminar in Graphic Design ...............................(
3
)6*
Examination of graphic design topics related to ethical concerns; includes portfolio
and resume development, preparations for the workforce and/or graduate studies, and
conducting research and sharing the results with the class. Prerequisite: Art
4
21
. (Spring)
4
9
5
. Graphic Design Internship .....................................(
3
-6)
Experiential learning during placement in an appropriate work setting under
supervision of agency and faculty serving as the advisor. Prerequisite: Art 323.
4
99
. Directed Study .........................................(
3
) or (
3
)6*
Advanced study in a studio area, art education, or art history under the supervision of a
faculty member. Prerequisite: Introductory level course in the discipline to be studied
and faculty permission.
*The asterisk following the number for course credits indicates that this is a studio
course. In studio courses, students are required to attend class sessions double the
number of hours for which credit is received.The actual period of time in class per
week is indicated by the number in parenthesis.
Fine Arts (FA)
200
. Experiencing the Arts .......................................... (
3
)
Examination of the products and creative processes of artists and performers in the fields
of music, musical theatre, theatre, and visual art; common or similar processes, media,
concepts, and terminology across disciplines will be explored, as well as the creative and
experiential characteristics unique to each mode of creating. Prerequisite: ENG 102. (Fall
and Spring)
Music (MUA, MUC, MUE, MUH, MUP, MUR, MUS, MUT)
Applied Music (MUA) - Courses may be repeated. Students may sign up for
applied lessons through normal procedures. They will be assigned to specific
studios by the music faculty. In the event studios become filled, students required
to take lessons will take priority over others, and those taking primary lessons will
take precedence over those taking secondary lessons. In some cases, beginning
students may be assigned to class applied study. All students registered for applied
lessons must attend the designated first class time. Thereafter, the instructor will
assign weekly lesson times. See the Music Handbook for additional regulations for
applied study.
Voice
110
. Voice ........................................................(
1
)
210
. Voice ....................................................... (
2
)
Keyboard
111
. Piano ........................................................(
1
)
College of Visual & Performing Arts
Academic Courses | 235
211
. Piano ....................................................... (
2
)
112
. Organ .......................................................(
1
)
212
. Organ ...................................................... (
2
)
Strings
11
3
. Guitar .......................................................(
1
)
21
3
. Guitar ...................................................... (
2
)
11
4
. Violin .......................................................(
1
)
21
4
. Violin ...................................................... (
2
)
11
5
. Viola ........................................................(
1
)
21
5
. Viola ....................................................... (
2
)
11
6. Cello ........................................................(
1
)
21
6. Cello ....................................................... (
2
)
11
7
. String Bass ....................................................(
1
)
21
7
. String Bass .................................................. (
2
)
Band Instruments
11
8. Flute ........................................................(
1
)
21
8. Flute ....................................................... (
2
)
11
9
. Oboe ........................................................(
1
)
21
9
. Oboe ....................................................... (
2
)
120
. Clarinet .....................................................(
1
)
220
. Clarinet .................................................... (
2
)
121
. Saxophone ....................................................
(
1
)
221
. Saxophone ................................................... (
2
)
122
. Bassoon. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .(
1
)
222
. Bassoon .................................................... (
2
)
12
3
. Trumpet .....................................................(
1
)
22
3
. Trumpet .................................................... (
2
)
12
4
. French Horn ..................................................(
1
)
22
4
. French Horn ................................................ (
2
)
12
5
. Euphonium ...................................................(
1
)
22
5
. Euphonium ................................................. (
2
)
12
6. Trombone ....................................................(
1
)
22
6. Trombone .................................................. (
2
)
12
7
. Tuba ........................................................(
1
)
22
7
. Tuba ....................................................... (
2
)
12
8. Percussion. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .(
1
)
22
8. Percussion .................................................. (
2
)
Composition
12
9
. Composition ..................................................(
1
)
22
9
. Composition ................................................. (
2
)
Church Music (MUC)
105. Introduction to Worship Leadership ............................... (1)
Introduction to ministry vocations in music and worship leadership. Includes investigation
of personal commitment and preparation for worship ministry, roles and responsibilities
of the worship leader, overview of historical and biblical foundations, and field
observations of varied worship contexts.
3
2
4
. Worship Leadership in Music .................................... (
3
)
Study of biblical concepts of music in worship, the nature of worship, and the principles
College of Visual & Performing Arts
236 | Academic Courses
of worship, with attention to the orders, methods, and materials in planning and
leading worship.
375. Worship Design ............................................. (3)
Overview of theological, musical, visual, dramatic, and media elements in worship; planning
and implementation of worship experiences; includes field experiences in worship ministry.
495. Worship Internship ......................................... (3)
Worship leadership seminar class with church internship assignment. Application and
integration of theology, planning, performance skills, worship elements, leadership, and
administration within a church setting; current topics, professional preparation, and
evaluation in seminar classes. Corequisite: MUR 490.
Music Education (MUE)
112
. Introduction to Woodwind/String Methods .......................... (
2
)
For the vocal music education student, the course addresses fundamentals of teaching and
playing woodwind and string instruments; topics include tone production, embouchure,
fingerings, articulation, intonation, orchestration, repertoire, teaching materials, care and
minor repairs. Prerequisite: “C” or better in MUT
101
.
11
3
. Introduction to Brass/Percussion Methods. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (
2
)
For the vocal music education student, the course addresses fundamentals of teaching
and playing trumpet, trombone, snare drum, and bells; topics include tone production,
embouchure, fingerings, articulation, intonation, orchestration, repertoire, teaching
materials, care and minor repairs. Prerequisite: “C” or better in MUT
101
.
11
4
. Introduction to Percussion Methods ................................ (
2
)
Fundamentals of teaching and playing the snare drum, timpani, bass drum, cymbals,
bells, and other instruments in the standard percussion section; topics include percussion
notation, articulation, tuning, performance techniques, orchestration, repertoire,
teaching materials, care and minor repairs. Prerequisite: “C” or better in MUT
101
.
11
5
. Introduction to String Methods ................................... (
2
)
Fundamentals of teaching and playing the violin, viola, violoncello, and double bass; topics
include tone production, bowing, fingerings, articulation, intonation, orchestration,
repertoire, teaching materials, care and minor repairs. Prerequisite: “C”
or better in MUT
101
.
11
6. Introduction to Brass Methods .................................... (
2
)
Fundamentals of teaching and playing the trumpet, horn, trombone, baritone horn, and
tuba; topics include tone production, embouchure, fingerings, articulation, intonation,
orchestration, repertoire, teaching materials, care and minor repairs. Prerequisite: “C” or
better in MUT
101
.
11
7
. Introduction to Woodwind Methods ................................ (
2
)
Fundamentals of teaching and playing flute, clarinet, oboe, bassoon, and saxophone; topics
include tone production, embouchure, fingerings, articulation, intonation, orchestration,
repertoire, teaching materials, care and minor repairs. Prerequisite: “C”
or better in MUT
101
.
3
1
4
. Elementary Music Methods ...................................... (
3
)
College of Visual & Performing Arts
Academic Courses | 237
Methods of instruction, planning, and presentation of appropriate content in elementary
and general music. Admission to the Teacher Education Program for BME students and
junior standing for BA and BM students required. 40 hours of field placement required.
4
1
6. Secondary Music Methods ....................................... (
3
)
Methods of instruction, planning, and presentation of appropriate contents in choral,
instrumental, and secondary general music. Admission to the Teacher Education Program
for BME students and junior standing for BA and BM students required.
History and Literature (MUH)
110
. Music Appreciation ............................................ (
3
)
Study of representative types and forms of western art music, pop music, and world music.
Intended for non-music majors.
207. Survey of Worship Music ........................................ (3)
Study of Judeo-Christian worship music from antiquity through contemporary practices.
210
. Musical Masterworks: Listening for Musicians ........................ (
3
)
Study of and experience in how to listen to western art, pop, and world music. Knowledge
of basic music notation expected.
211
. Survey of World Music .......................................... (
3
)
Survey and analysis of a broad range of music throughout the world with an emphasis on
musical cultures from North and South America, Africa, Asia, Indonesia, India, and the
Mediterranean. Knowledge of basic music notation expected.
212
. History of Jazz ................................................ (
3
)
A survey of the history of jazz music, its culture, and its reflection of the American culture
and its time. Knowledge of basic music notation expected.
21
3
. Survey of American Popular Music. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (
3
)
A survey of American popular music and its relationship to cultural and Social history and
the analytical study of musical style. Knowledge of basic music notation expected.
3
2
5
. Song Literature ............................................... (
2
)
Survey of representative solo vocal and solo vocal ensemble literature from Baroque to
present. Prerequisites: C or better in MUT
20
3
.
3
2
6. Instrumental Solo and Ensemble Literature ......................... (
3
)
A survey of solo, chamber, and concerto literature for an orchestral instrument that relate
to the student’s performance area. Students will complete an annotated bibliography and
discography of the major repertoire for their instrument(s).
3
2
7
. Guitar Literature and Pedagogy ................................... (
3
)
Study of classical guitar pedagogical materials, concert/solo literature,chamber music,
works for voice and guitar, and concertos. Prerequisite: MUT
20
3
.
3
7
0
. Music History I ............................................... (
3
)
Study of the music, styles, and literature from early Greek culture through the Baroque era.
College of Visual & Performing Arts
238 | Academic Courses
Prerequisite: MUT
10
3
; MUH
210
,
211
,
212
or
21
3
.
3
7
1
. Music History II .............................................. (
3
)
Study of music, styles, and literature from the Classic era to the present. Prerequisite: MUT
10
3
; MUH
210
,
211
,
212
, or
21
3
.
4
10
. Piano Literature .............................................. (
3
)
Survey of standard piano literature found in current concert repertoire. Prerequisite: C or
better in MUT
20
3
.
Performing Ensembles (MUP)
Ensembles are open to every student who meets the stated requirements; each course may
be repeated up to a maximum of eight hours.
120
. Anderson University Choir .......................................(
1
)
Large choral ensemble that performs a broad variety of sacred and secular music. Covers
fundamentals of singing and music reading. Performance requirements include two to
three on-campus appearances and one Sunday in area churches per semester. Meets the
primary ensemble requirement for music majors and minors whose instrument is voice
or keyboard and who are not placed in MUP 127 or MUP 227. Open to all students by
audition.
121
. Contemporary Vocal Lab .........................................(
1
)
Contemporary Vocal Lab provides vocalists coaching in and opportunities for
collaborative performance in a variety of contemporary styles. Meets the secondary
ensemble requirement for music majors and serves as an elective for others. Repeatable.
Prerequisite: MUA 110, 144, or 210 (voice class or lessons at least one semester).
122. Anderson University Wind Symphony ................................(1)
Study and performance of brass, woodwind, or percussion instruments in a wind ensemble;
small chamber instrumental groups may be formed within the larger ensemble according to
need and availability of personnel. Open to all students by audition.
123. Instrumental Chamber Ensemble ..................................(1)
Small instrumental experiences with emphasis on increased knowledge of literature, the
development of individual proficiency, and the development of good ensemble playing;
includes special rehearsals, college, public school, church, and other performances.
Various ensembles will be offered according to student interest. For some students,
enrollment in other ensembles may also be required. Please see Director of Instrumental
Activities for information.
123I. West African Ensemble .........................................(1)
The West African Ensemble performs traditional and adapted rhythms of West African
cultures. Students will develop performance skills and understandings related to West
African performance traditions. Open to all students by interview with the director.
125. Anderson Symphony Orchestra ................................... (1)
University/Community orchestra open to those with a background in orchestral playing.
126. AU Ensemble .................................................(1)
Study and performance of contemporary black gospel music, pop, show music jazz and
blues idioms, spirituals, and church music; includes concerts on campus and in churches.
College of Visual & Performing Arts
Open to all students by audition.
127. Anderson University Concert Choir .................................(1)
A medium-sized ensemble that performs more advanced choral music. This group presents
concerts on and off campus, including university tours. Also includes University Choir
rehearsals, repertoire, and performances. Meets the primary ensemble requirement for
music majors and minors whose instrument is voice or keyboard and who are not assigned
to MUP 120 or MUP 227. Open to all students by audition.
128. Guitar Ensemble ...............................................(1)
Small ensemble experience for music majors whose primary or secondary instrument is
guitar. Stresses reading skills, group performance and individual proficiency. Literature
includes classics from Renaissance to present. Open to all students by audition.
129. Jazz Ensemble ................................................ (1)
Study and performance of jazz music in an ensemble setting. Survey of contemporary
and traditional repertoire and their respective performance practices. Regular public
performances required. Concurrent enrollment in the respective primary ensemble
required. Prerequisite: Audition.
130. String Ensemble .............................................. (1)
Study and performance of string instruments in an ensemble setting. Survey of
contemporary and traditional repertoire and their respective performance practices.
Regular public performances required. Meets the primary ensemble requirement
for students whose primary instrument is an orchestral stringed instrument.
Prerequisite: Audition.
202. Worship Lab ................................................ (1)
Lab experience intended to provide students realistic practice in forming,
rehearsing, participating in, and leading a worship band under the supervision of
an experienced instructor. Prerequisites: Two semesters each of MUS 135, MUS
137, and MUS 145
227. Anderson University Chamber Singers ............................. (1)
Small, highly select vocal ensemble that performs sophisticated choral music in diverse
styles. The group presents concerts on and off campus, including university tours. Meets
the primary ensemble requirement for music majors and minors whose instrument
is voice or keyboard and who are not assigned to MUP 120 or MUP 127. Open to all
upperclassmen by audition. Co-requisite: MUP 120.
Recitals (MUR)
200. Special Recital ............................................... (0)
Designed for all music majors and select non-majors who wish to present a recital outside
the degree requirements. Students must have approval of their instructor and stand a pre-
recital hearing before the music faculty. If an accompanist is required, the student must pay
the accompanist fee stipulated in the Music Handbook prior to the pre-recital hearing.
300. Junior Recital ............................................... (0)
Required for BME and BM in Performance majors. Students must stand a pre-recital
hearing before the music faculty. If an accompanist is required, the student must pay the
College of Visual & Performing Arts
Academic Courses | 239
240 | Academic Courses
accompanist fee stipulated in the Music Handbook prior to the pre-recital hearing.
400. Senior Recital ............................................... (0)
Required for the BM degree. Students must first have presented a junior recital and also
stand a pre-recital hearing before the music faculty. If an accompanist is required, the
student must pay the accompanist fee stipulated in the Music Handbook prior to the pre-
recital hearing.
490. Senior Worship Project ......................................... (0)
Public presentation of a worship experience designed and produced by an individual
student. Required for worship leadership majors. Corequisite: MUC 495 (not
repeatable).
Music (MUS)
090. Recital Hour ................................................ (0)
Series of recitals, concerts, seminars, and lectures designed to acquaint music majors and
minors with a wide range of music and provide professional development opportunities.
Required of all music majors and minors. Course may be repeated.
111. Vocal Pedagogy for Instrumental Majors ..............................(1)
This course is designed for instrumental music education majors to teach the physiology
and technique of singing and methods of diagnosis and correction of vocal problems within
the choral setting.
118. Vocal Diction ..................................................(1)
Fundamentals of phonetics and sound production as applied to singing in English and
Italian, including the study of representative vocal literature of each language.
134. Class Piano ...................................................(1)
Intended for beginning piano students who are not music majors. Course may be repeated.
135. Class Piano for Music Majors .....................................(1)
Intended for music majors who are beginning piano students. Course must be repeated
until student passes the Piano Proficiency Exam.
136. Opera Workshop .............................................. (1)
A study emphasizing dramatic stage interpretation as it relates to an historical,
psychological, and physical perspective of a particular character. Repertoire varies.
137. Class Guitar I ................................................ (1)
Intended for beginning guitar students in all majors.
138. Class Guitar II ............................................... (1)
Intended for intermediate guitar students with at least one semester of guitar performance
experience. Course is repeatable. Prerequisite: Audition with the instructor.
144. Class Voice ...................................................(1)
An introductory course presenting proper singing techniques, vocal exercises, and easy solo
literature. Intended for non-majors. Course may be repeated.
145. Class Voice for Music and Musical Theatre Majors .................... (1)
An introductory course presenting proper singing techniques, vocal exercises, and easy
College of Visual & Performing Arts
solo literature. Intended for music and musical theatre majors who are beginning voice
students.
175. Class Piano for Music Majors I ................................... (1)
This course instructs music majors in the basic skills required to pass the Piano Proficiency
Exam. Focus will be on technical skills such as scales and arpeggios and the development of
music reading ability on the grand staff.
176. Class Piano for Music Majors II .................................. (1)
This course is a continuation of Class Piano for Music Majors I, instructing music
majors in the basic skills required to pass the Piano Proficiency Exam. Students will learn
musicianship skills such as improvisation and accompanying while continuing to develop
music reading ability through score reading.
205. Introduction to Studio Recording Techniques ........................ (2)
Survey of procedures and equipment used in the modern recording studio; emphasis
in hands-on experience in computer sequencing, multi-track recording, mix-down
procedures and audio processing. Prerequisite: C or better in MUT 103.
206. Advanced Studio Recording ...................................... (2)
Advanced study of procedures and equipment used in modern audio recording studios;
topics include multi-track recording, engineering, computer sequencing and computer
based music printing. Prerequisite: C or better in MUS 205.
275. Advanced Keyboard Skills I .......................................(1)
This course is a continuation of Class Piano for Music Majors II, instructing music majors
in advanced piano skills necessary for real world application. Students will develop more
musicianship skills such as accompanying and rehearsal techniques while continuing to
develop music reading ability through choral score reading.
276. Advanced Keyboard Skills II ......................................(1)
This course is a continuation of Advanced Keyboard Skills I, instructing music majors
in advanced piano skills necessary for real world application. Students will develop more
musicianship skills such as modulation and arranging while continuing to develop music
reading ability through choral score reading.
315. Vocal Pedagogy ................................................ (2)
The study of the physiology of vocal production, techniques in teaching singing, and
maintaining vocal health. Students gain an understanding of vocal problems, causes and
possible solutions, an appreciation of teaching through an individual student project, and
how to choose appropriate repertoire. One semester of applied voice (MUA 210) required.
316. Studio Pedagogy ............................................... (3)
Basic pedagogical concepts and related literature needed to solve developmental problems
encountered by instrumental majors. Concepts will introduce students to general teaching
methods and learning theories through the study of parallel literature. Prerequisite: “C”
or better in MUT 203.
College of Visual & Performing Arts
Academic Courses | 241
317. Basic Conducting ............................................. (2)
Theory and practice of conducting; development of the basic physical skills necessary
to function as a conductor with application to instrumental and choral groups.
Prerequisite: C or better in MUT 203.
318. Vocal Diction II ................................................(1)
Fundamentals of phonetics and sound production as applied to singing in German and
French, including the study of representative vocal literature of each. Prerequisite: MUS 118.
417. Advanced Conducting .......................................... (2)
Application of basic techniques of conducting to rehearsal and performance of choral
and instrumental music; topics include leadership, score study, rehearsal planning and
methods, examples of repertoire, and interpretive considerations for music of various
styles. Prerequisite: C or better in MUS 317.
494. Senior Capstone .............................................. (3)
Senior seminar focusing on individualized projects that represent the culminating experience
in the Bachelor of Arts in Music curriculum. Prerequisite: C or better in MUT 303.
495. Music Internship ..............................................(1)
Practical experience under faculty guidance: critical analysis and discussion of problems.
May be repeated once. Prerequisite: C or better in MUT 203.
Theory (MUT)
100
. Fundamentals ................................................ (
3
)
A study of basic music fundamentals necessary for serious study of music. Required for
students who demonstrate insufficient skills on entrance test before enrolling in MUT 101.
This course does not count as hours toward graduation.
101
. Theory and Musicianship I ...................................... (
3
)
Introduction to fundamentals of music, including notation, scales, key signatures,
intervals, triads, and notation of rhythm; ear-training and keyboard harmony parallel
written materials.
10
3
. Theory and Musicianship II ...................................... (
3
)
Introduction to four-part writing, diatonic triads and their inversions, harmonization of
melodies, non-chord tones, diatonic seventh chords; ear-training and keyboard harmony
parallel written materials. Prerequisite: C or better in MUT
101.
201
. Theory and Musicianship III ..................................... (
3
)
Introduction to chromatic harmony, with emphasis on musical analysis with attention
to voice leading, chord progressions, usage of chords within phrases, and cadential
treatments; ear-training, composition, and keyboard harmony parallel written material.
Prerequisite: C or better in MUT
10
3
.
20
3
. Theory and Musicianship IV ..................................... (
3
)
Advanced chromatic harmony and modulation; asymmetrical and changing meter; small
forms; ear-training, composition, and keyboard harmony parallel written material.
Prerequisite: C or better in MUT
201
.
204. Improvisation
................................................(
1
)
Study of theory and practice of improvisation, as it relates to arranging, composing, and
performing in various styles. Prerequisite: MUT 101.
242 | Academic Courses
College of Visual & Performing Arts
208. Orchestration
............................................... (
2
)
Basic principles and practices in orchestrating and adapting music for instrumental
ensembles. Prerequisite: C or better in MUT 103.
210. Songwriting ................................................. (3)
The study and practice of the organization of ideas, words, and music into the writing of
songs in genres of contemporary commercial music. Will address melody, harmony, lyrics,
point of view, and song logic through composition and analysis. Prerequisite: MUT 103.
(not repeatable).
3
01
. Theory and Musicianship V ...................................... (
3
)
Analysis of longer forms, survey of modern compositional and analytical techniques,
application to interpretation and original writing. Prerequisite: C or better in MUT
20
3
.
3
0
3
. Counterpoint ................................................ (
3
)
Principles of voice leading taught through species and stylistic counterpoint. Prerequisites:
MUT
203
.
3
0
5
. Composition ................................................. (
2
)
Writing original musical compositions. Assignments are individualized based on student
experience and interests. Repeatable.
309. Arranging for Worship Leaders .................................. (2)
Application of music writing skills to common worship needs; adapting music for worship
bands, creating musical transitions and accompaniments, simplifying and elaborating
worship music, writing parts for amateur choir.
Theatre (THE)
101
,
201
,
3
01, 401
. Theatre Practicum ..................................(
1
)
A lab/practicum course in play production. The course provides students practical
experience in theatre production through both acting and technical work. The course is
required for Theatre Majors and open to non-majors. Courses may be taken twice.
102. Acting I
.................................................... (
3
)
Creation of dramatic characters through honesty, exploration, interaction and spontaneity;
involves memorization and mastery of individual monologues and partner scenes.
112
. Movement for the Stage ..........................................(
1
)
Introduces students to the principles of efficient and expressive stage movement. Specific
topics include appropriate warm-up practices, basic dance techniques and strategies for
efficient, tension-free, physical expression. Theatre and musical theatre majors have
preferential registration for this course.
120
. Theatre Forms ............................................... (
3
)
An introduction to the genres, history, and practitioners of the theatre. Intended for
beginning theatre students, the course will examine the dominant theatrical forms and
dramatic theories supporting the various plays studied in the class. Theatre and musical
theatre majors have preferential registration for this course.
1
3
0
. Stagecraft ................................................... (
3
)
Introductory to technical aspects of the theatre; study of the function and construction
College of Visual & Performing Arts
Academic Courses | 243
College of Visual & Performing Arts
of scenery, lighting, sound, properties for theatre, the design process and hierarchy
and management in a theatre organization. Theatre and musical theatre majors have
preferential registration for this course.
145. Beginning Jazz ............................................... (1)
Jazz focuses on the fundamental characteristics of Musical Theatre Jazz vocabulary and
performance. This course is designed to explore Musical Theatre Jazz and its expressive
qualities through warm-up, center floor and traveling combinations as well as the
combination of these elements.
155. Beginning Tap ............................................... (1)
This class will introduce students to the principles of tap dance. The class will focus on the
basic technical skills of Tap and will build an overall awareness of musicality.
160. Beginning Modern ............................................ (1)
This class will introduce students to the principles of modern dance. The class will focus
on the basic technical skills of Modern dance. Students will develop greater technical skills
and artistic qualities and learn to execute them in various spatial planes and pathways with
clarity and artistic ownership.
170. Beginning Ballet ............................................. (1)
Ballet is the basis for all types of movement. This course will provide the actor/dancer a
foundation for all other types of movement.
202. Acting II
................................................... (
3
)
Provides an advanced level of acting training in the area of including text and character
analysis, as well as movement and scene study. A laboratory course requiring concentrated
scene work. Prerequisite: THE 102. Theatre and musical theatre majors have preferential
registration for this course.
203. Voice and Diction
............................................ (
3
)
Study of articulation, pronunciation, diction, and vocal style; topics include regional
speech patterns, oral interpretation, phonetics, and non-verbal delivery. Theatre and
musical theatre majors have preferential registration for this course.
204. Auditions ................................................... (3)
This course trains the theatre student in the mechanics of auditioning with practical
experience in auditioning for various genres of theatre. Prerequisites: THE 102, THE
202. Theatre and musical theatre majors have preferential registration for this course.
220
. Theatre History I ............................................. (
3
)
A literary and historical study of the genres and themes of theatre history from the ancient
Greek period through the mid-nineteenth century. Advanced theatre research skills are
integrated through a playwright research project. Theatre and musical theatre majors have
preferential registration for this course.
222
. Theatre History II ............................................. (
3
)
A literary and historical study of the genres and themes of theatre history from the mid-
nineteenth century until the present. Advanced theatre research skills are integrated
through a playwright research project. Theatre and musical theatre majors have preferential
registration for this course.
230. Stage Management
............................................ (
3
)
In this course, students acquire the knowledge and skills necessary to become a competent
244 | Academic Courses
Academic Courses | 245
College of Visual & Performing Arts
stage manager. Organization, delegation, scheduling, and personnel management are a
few of the skills discussed. Theatre and musical theatre majors have preferential registration
for this course.
240. Script and Character Analysis
................................... (
3
)
Script and Character Analysis allows the student to investigate and delineate scripts
and characters in plays and musicals. Basic course for aspiring actors, directors, stage
managers, dramaturges and designers. Prerequisite: THE 102, THE 202.
245. Intermediate Jazz ............................................. (1)
Intermediate Jazz is designed for students who have a basic knowledge of jazz dance
and desire to improve their jazz dance capabilities. Jazz focuses on the fundamental
characteristics of Musical Theatre Jazz vocabulary and performance. This course is
designed to further explore Musical Theatre Jazz and its expressive qualities through warm-
up, center floor and traveling combinations as well as the combination of these elements.
250. Musical Theatre Workshop ...................................... (3)
In this course, students perform, direct and choreograph various numbers specifically
assigned to them by professors. This workshop culminates in a musical revue for public
performance. Theatre and musical theatre majors have preferential registration for this
course. Prerequisite: THE 102, THE 145, THE 155, THE 202.
252. Musical Theatre Repertoire
..................................... (
3
)
Musical Theatre Repertoire is the study of musicals from various time periods and genres
of American musical theatre. Students will have the opportunity to read, discuss, hear
and see musical theatre productions. Theatre and musical theatre majors have preferential
registration for this course.
255. Intermediate Tap ............................................. (1)
This class will introduce students to the principles of tap dance. The class will focus on the
basic technical skills of Tap and will build an overall awareness of musicality.
260. Intermediate Modern . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (1)
This class will introduce students to the principles of modern dance. The class will focus
on the basic technical skills of Modern dance. Students will develop greater technical skills
and artistic qualities and learn to execute them in various spatial planes and pathways with
clarity and artistic ownership.
270. Choreography and Composition .................................. (1)
This course will introduce the students to the basic elements of choreography. Actors/
Dancers will develop tools for choreography.
295. Choreography for the Musical Revue ............................... (1)
This course will introduce the students to the basic elements of choreography. Actors/
Dancers will develop tools for choreography and will actually have the opportunity to
choreograph for a musical revue.
302. Acting III – Styles of Acting
..................................... (
3
)
Styles of Acting gives the student practical knowledge and rehearsal in various styles of acting
such as Greek, Shakespearean, classical, Moliere, absurdist and farce. Prerequisite: THE
102, 202. Theatre and musical theatre majors have preferential registration for this course.
246 | Academic Courses
College of Visual & Performing Arts
317. Costume Design ...............................................(3)
Through lectures, demonstrations, and class projects students will study Costume Design.
The course is an introduction to the tools, conventions, equipment, and the process of
Costume Design.
320. History of American Musical Theatre .............................. (3)
An historical study of the American musical from the first American musical in 1865, The
Black Crook, to present day musicals. Theatre and musical theatre majors have preferential
registration for this course.
325. Scenic Design ................................................ (3)
Through lectures, demonstrations, and class projects students will learn the fundamental
aesthetics and conventions of scenic design. Emphasis will be placed on the development of
design ideas resulting from studying scripts, research techniques, drawings, and models.
331. Lighting Design ............................................... (3)
Through lectures, demonstrations, and class projects students will study lighting design
as an art that defines space and reveals form. Introduction to the tools, equipment, and
process of lighting design.
34
0
. Play Directing ................................................ (
3
)
Practical study of various components of play directing; topics include principles of
composition, picturization, characterization, development of a formal prompt book, and
the public presentation of a directing scene. Prerequisite: THE 102, 202, 240. Theatre
and musical theatre majors have preferential registration for this course.
3
6
0
. Theatre Ministry .............................................. (
2
)
A practical exploration of the use of drama and theatre as a form of ministry, both in the
church and in the secular setting.
402. Acting IV – Meisner Method
.................................... (
3
)
Acting IV is an introduction to the Meisner method of acting. Prerequisite: THE 102,
202. Theatre and musical theatre majors have preferential registration for this course.
432. Acting V - Scene Study ......................................... (3)
Acting V - Scene Study is designed for the advanced actor to rehearse his/her techniques
learning in Acting I and Acting II in a laboratory type of class, performing several scenes
throughout the semester with professor’s critique. The class also aids in exploration of
dramatic material as students read plays to search for appropriate scenes. Prerequisites:
THE 102 and THE 202.
475. Master Class for Dance ......................................... (3)
Master Class for Dance is designed for students who have an intermediate knowledge of
jazz, tap, and modern dance and desire to improve their dance capabilities. The class will
be given “as needed.” For instance, if enough students are ready for a master class in tap as
determined by dance adjunct and/or choreographer, the class will be offered the following
semester. The class will focus on the fundamental characteristics of Musical Theatre
Dance vocabulary and performance. This course is designed to further explore Musical
Theatre Dance and its expressive qualities through warm-up, center floorand traveling
combinations, as well as the combination of these elements. Prerequisites: THE 245,
THE 255, and THE 260.
Academic Courses | 247
College of Visual & Performing Arts
4
9
0
. Advanced Topics Seminar ....................................... (
2
)
Advanced Topics will provide students a research-based seminar experience in the fall of
their junior and senior years. Topics will rotate from year to year and may include: specific
historical production styles, Asian theatre, children’s theatre, creative dramatics, as well as
lighting, make-up and costume design. Course may be taken twice.
4
9
2
. Senior Project ............................................... (
3
)
The course is the capstone experience for the Theatre Production Option. Students
will demonstrate a level of independent expression in acting, play directing or visual
design. Mentored by the faculty member, each student’s work will be presented in a public
performance. Prerequisite: Senior-standing in Theatre Major. By approval of theatre
faculty. Limited to six projects per year.
4
9
5
. Theatre Internship ............................................ (
3
)
The course is the capstone experience for the Arts Administration Option. The Theatre
Internship will provide students with the opportunities to utilize their theatre management
skills in a professional or community-based setting. Prerequisite: Senior standing in
Theatre Major.
School of Interior Design
Ms. Anne Martin, Dean of the School of Interior Design
231-2053 or [email protected]
Faculty
Ms. Anne Martin, IDEC, Assoc. IIDA, Allied ASID, Associate Professor of Interior Design
Ms. Elizabeth A. Mirick, AIA, Assistant Professor of Interior Design
Mrs. Christel D. Price, LEED AP, Instructor of Interior Design
School Mission Statement
The mission of the School of Interior Design is to create an environment for aspiring
designers to rigorously engage in student centered learning by providing a strong
professional foundation in Interior Design within the context of a liberal arts education
in a Christian community. Specially, the curriculum seeks to foster the development of
the technical processes, conceptual and perceptual skills, creative problem solving, project
management and professional ethics essential for graduates to practice interior design with a
global perspective in a world market.
Additionally, the program’s mission is to remain central to the purpose of Anderson
University, to focus on the development of character, servant leadership, and cultural
engagement within a diverse community.
Upon successful completion of six introductory Interior Design courses, and two Art
foundations courses with a minimum 2.5, as well as the Sophomore Review; the student
may proceed with required courses in the major. Transfer students and Change of Major
students MUST have a 2.5 GPA to enroll in any Interior Design courses.
Minimum competency must be demonstrated in the following courses: Interior Design
101, 151, 152, 251, 252, Art 105,106.
Sophomore Juried Portfolio Review: in the spring term of the sophomore year a review
board evaluates student’s portfolio. The student’s continuation in the interior design
program is based on:
1. Career Goal Statement/Progress and Evolution in discipline
2. Presentation of an Interior Design Portfolio
3. A minimum 2.5 GPA in ID 101,151,152,251,252, and Art 105,106.
4. Successful completion of the interview with review board.
Interior Design (ID)
101. Introduction to Interior Design ................................... (2)
Introduction to the profession of Interior Design, the design process, design specialties,
current design initiatives in design such as sustainability, occupational opportunities and
responsibilities, educational preparation, experience and examination requirements to
practice as a professional NCIDQ certified interior designer. Students explore how the
Interior Design curriculum prepares them for their career goals. Lecturers and guest
speakers will speak on their design focus: including interior designers, architects, code
specialist, engineers, artists, landscape architects, historic preservation curators, textile
designers, manufactures account managers and designers who focus on a specialty such
School of Interior Design
248 | Academic Courses
as Health Care, Hospitality, Educational/ Institutional. Students will be provided an
opportunity to interact with these professional practitioners to refine their understanding
of the expectations and implications of conducting the practice of design within a world
market. Prerequisites: None
151. Architectural Drawing and Graphics I .............................(3)6*
An introduction to basic standard mechanical drawing and drafting techniques as well
as the development of skills including architectural lettering, line quality, line weight,
sketching, dimensioning, elevations, sections, isometric, axonometric, orthographic
projections and one –and two- point perspective drawings. Emphasis is on perspectives and
developing visual judgment in generating and interpreting architectural working drawings.
The application of color and its impact on portraying interior spaces is introduced at
a fundamental level and applied to perspectives. Course material will be described in
relation to job skills and working conditions for professional interior designers, architects
and draftsmen. Skills learned in this course will be applicable to design, drafting and
construction of residential and non-residential projects. Prerequisites: None.
152. Architectural Drawing and Graphics II ............................(3)6*
Expands upon the manual graphic skills introduced in ID 151 with continued development
of plans, sections, and elevations, isometric, axonometric and perspective drawings.
Emphasis on rendering techniques for perspectives utilizing a variety of mediums such as:
pen, pencil color pencil and markers. Quick sketching utilizing color is introduced as well
as the study of models and presentation boards. Computer Aided Drawing and Drafting is
introduced. Prerequisites: ID 101, 151, ART 105.
251. Foundations of Interior Design ..................................(4)4*
A continued overview of the interior design profession and an introduction to the
application of design theory and techniques with emphasis on interior space planning
through applied projects for residential and non-residential structures. Focus is on
applying 2and 3 dimensional design elements and principles to design projects and the
development of the spatial envelope. Emphasis includes: visual literacy and theories of
design compositions, concept statements, the design process (programming, schematic and
design development, contract documentation and administration, and POE); functional
requirements; human factors; ability to visualize concepts through sketching, selection of
interior materials and finishes; development of furniture, fixtures, equipment, electrical,
and lighting layouts. Codes research, sustainability issues; universal design and design
for multicultural environments are highlighted. Drafting and sketching techniques for
a residential and non-residential space are reinforced through developing floor plans,
elevations, sections, schedules, specifications, and rendered perspectives. Furniture,
finishes, materials and textiles are presented as a schematic proposal. Prerequisites: ID 101,
151, 152, ART 105, 106. Co-requisites: ID 252, Art 229
252. Architectural Drawing, Rendering and Presentation Graphics III ........(3)6*
Presents continued development of manual drawing and drafting communication skills
at an intermediate level including plans, sections, elevations, and three-dimensional
representations. Emphasis on fundamental interior rendering and delineation techniques
and the use of three-dimensional scale models to study the volume of space. Students
explore visual presentation techniques and the application of the techniques to interiors,
exteriors, furnishings, accessories and details. Drawings rendered during the various stages
of the design process will be executed in order to reveal the connection between process
and presentation. Rendering perspective drawings, model making and various methods of
constructing presentation boards for professional graphic presentations are highlighted.
Prerequisites: ID 101, 151,152, ART 105, 106. Co-requisites: ID 251, ART 229.
School of Interior Design
Academic Courses | 249
250 | Academic Courses
253. Residential Design ...........................................(4)4*
An intermediate level study of space planning for Residential Design and documentation
approached by completing projects utilizing the design process: programming, schematic
development, design development, contract documentation, and contract administration.
A gradual increase in complexity of design problems reinforces research, design concept
processes, functional and spatial analysis, human factors, code requirements, color theory
for interiors; universal design; selection of furniture, textiles, finish selections and lighting
for residential interiors. Custom design detailing of cabinetry for Kitchen and Bath, case
pieces and flooring are highlighted. Projects generated include a refinement of space
planning resulting in a set of construction documents. Furniture, finishes, textiles, custom
design detailing and product resources are presented in professional graphic formats
with materials boards. Drafting, sketching, rendering techniques, as well as computer
applications are reinforced through floor plans, elevations rendered perspectives, reflected
ceiling plans and models used in professional project presentations. A job book documents
specifications and product knowledge for all FFE, lighting and textiles. Prerequisites: ID
101, 151, 152, 251, 252.
254. Textiles, Interior Materials, Finishes and Details ....................(3)6*
The focus of this course explores the characteristics and qualities of textiles, interior
materials, finishes, and details used in residential and nonresidential interiors in the
built environment. The textiles component addresses characteristics, construction and
manufacturing processes regarding: weaves, knitting, finishes, dyeing, printing, as well as
examining guidelines that affect selection and use of textiles: aesthetics, appropriateness
for application; suitability, durability serviceability, care and renovation, performance,
textile laws, regulations, and sustainability concerns. The interior materials and finishes
component presents a study including: upholstery, floor, wall, ceilings, window coverings
with reference to environmental concerns, function, building codes, performance,
installation methods and guidelines, material maintenance, cost estimation, manufactures,
and product knowledge. The details component includes moldings, doors, door
hardware, hospital hardware, and custom interior detailing. Cabinet construction used in
residential and non residential interior environments are examined in terms of properties,
construction techniques, characteristics, qualities, specifications, codes, installation,
manufactures and end use of products. Sustainable design concepts, building codes,
standards and regulations are highlighted. The design and communication of custom
interior elements for architectural detailing of residential and contract applications will
include the design of flooring patterns, custom wall patterns, cabinetry, and furniture.
Emphasis will be on producing drawings of casework, millwork, furniture, and architectural
elements, assembling component parts of the design installation, cost estimation and
installation. Graphic skills will be explored using hand-drafting and CADD skills to
generate shop drawings included in exercises and project assignments. Prerequisites: ID
101, 151, 152, 251, 252.
255. Computer Aided Drafting and Design .............................(3)4*
A continuation of computer aided drafting and design (CADD) concepts introduced in
ID 152, methods, and skills as a tool for the Interior Design profession. Emphasis on the
utilization of the CADD functions and skills to further enhance the design development
and production phases of the design process. Prerequisites: ID 101, 151, 152, 251, 252,
350. Commercial Design ..........................................(4)4*
This course presents an over view of interior architectural public spaces such as retail,
health care, restaurants, hospitality and hotels, educational/institutional. Emphasis will
School of Interior Design
be space planning for the office environment including both traditional and systems
office layouts. The design concept will be developed with research on sustainable design
as the projects proceed through the design process: programming, schematic design, and
design development, contract documentation, and contract administration and POE;
organizational hierarchy; office industry trends; and systems furnishings; human factors
(ergonomics, anthropometrics); universal design; as well as attention to environmental
needs, life safety issues with emphasis on fire detection and suppression, building codes
to include IBC, ANSI and ADA; signage, and way finding. Advanced space planning
and the development of a set of construction documents with presentation boards to
include furniture, fixtures, equipment, materials, and textiles and finish schedules and
specifications. Drafting, sketching, rendering, millwork detailing, models and computer-
aided drafting and design skills are utilized. Job books will document specifications, as
well. Design Professionals will critique formal oral presentations of design proposal.
Prerequisites: ID 101, 151, 152, 251, 252, 253, 254, 255. Corequisites: ID 351, 353.
351. History of Interiors, Architecture and Furniture ...................... (3)
This course presents a study of the historical architecture, interiors, furniture, and
decorative arts within cultural context. Emphasis on major design characteristics, stylistic
developments, significant structures, period styles, significant contributors (architects,
interior designers, cabinet makers), and motifs from Antiquity to the late 19th century are
discussed. Influence factors of social, political, economic and technological perspectives to
each historical period are examined within contemporary context. Prerequisites: ID 101,
151, 152, 251, 252, 253, 254, 255.
352. History of Interiors, Architecture, and Furniture II ................... (3)
This course presents a continuation of the study of major historical architecture, interiors,
furniture and decorative arts from the beginnings of modernism to the present day.
Emphasis on major design characteristics, stylistic developments, significant contributors
(architects, interior designers, craftsmen), materials, and technological developments are
examined within contemporary context to cultural conditions. Prerequisites: ID 101, 151,
152, 251, 252, 253, 254, 255, 350, 351. Corequisites: ID 354, 355, 451.
353. Building Systems, Materials, Codes and Details ......................(3)6*
Survey of architectural structural and non-structural building systems for residential and
commercial construction, materials, and building codes that impact environmentally
responsible design solutions for interior environments. Emphasis on structural systems
as well as non-structural systems. The Materials component of this course will address
appropriately selecting and applying materials and products on the basis of their
properties and performance criteria; methods utilized in construction; current trends
in building materials; installation methods, product knowledge of building materials,
and the understanding of the concept of specifying sustainable building methods and
materials. Technical information provided on wood frame, steel, concrete, and masonry
construction; flooring systems (raised, heated) HVAC, ventilation, plumbing, mechanical
and electrical systems coordination; structural coordination, acoustics, security, life safety,
and fire suppressant systems; partitions, ceilings doors, hardware, glazing, architectural
woodwork, decorative metals, flooring construction, applied floor finishes, wall finishes,
stair design and construction; signage, security and audiovisual systems; barrier –free
design; building codes and regulations, and means of egress. The study and application of
building codes and guidelines such as: ADA /ADAAG, IBC, BOCA, UBC, NFPA, NEC,
ANSI, ASTM, ASHRAE, OSHA will be highlighted as they relate to the built environment
and affect decisions in interior design. Also the Details component of this course will be
School of Interior Design
Academic Courses | 251
252 | Academic Courses
addressed with reference to the design and communication of residential and contract
custom interior detailing with regard to construction methods application of assembling
component parts for installation, visually communicated through section, isometric
drawings, oblique views, detailed perspective drawings and complete shop drawings. The
process of coordinating the Interior Designer, Architect, and consulting engineering will
be highlighted. Prerequisites: ID 101, 151, 152, 251, 252, 253, 254, 255. Corequisites: ID
350, 351, 353.
354. Advanced Computer Aided Drawing and Design ......................(3)4*
Advanced computer graphic techniques in interior design with a focus upon creation of
two- and three-dimensional conceptualization, rendering, and modeling. Emphasis upon
graphic communication for commercial interior architectural applications to include floor
plans, construction sections, schedules, legends, reflected ceiling plans, understanding
document layering, use of the metric system using CADD exercises. Prerequisites: ID 101,
151, 152, 251, 252, 253, 254, 255, 350, 351.
355. Lighting Design ............................................... (3)
This course presents a study of the technical and psychological aspects of illumination for
interior environments with a focus on terminology, principles, selection, calculations,
product analysis, design requirements, specifications, and theory of illumination design.
Emphasis on establishing criteria for evaluating lighting decisions as relates to space
planning, aesthetic appeal, human performance and the health, safety and welfare of the
user in both residential and non-residential applications. Prerequisites: ID 101, 151, 152,
251, 252, 253, 254, 255, 350, 351, 353. Corequisites: ID 352, 355, 451.
359. Study Tour in Interior Design .................................... (3)
Study of art, antiques, architecture, decorative accessories, textiles, in New York City
or Continental European study; experiences include lectures by recognized architects,
interior designers, furniture designers, textile designer, craftsman, artist; seminars in
design centers and showrooms, manufacturers, advertising agencies, interior design
publishers and journalists, color and textile forecasting consultants, and field trips to
museums, furniture and textiles manufacturers, and designers’ showrooms. Prerequisites:
ID101, 251.
451. Business Principles in Professional Practice ......................... (3)
This course presents an investigation of business, legal and ethical aspects of professional
practice in Interior Design. Emphasis on developing a mission statement, code of
ethics, identity package/branding; business plan, strategies for marketing and business
development; project management techniques, personnel management practices, methods
for determining design fees; business formations and organizational management,
preparing design contracts; product pricing considerations, contract documents and
specifications; contract administration, working with trade sources, and financial
accounting and management, employee personnel management practices and employee
professional development ,and continuing development for NCIDQ certification ,and
professional organization affiliation (IIDA,ASID). Prerequisites: ID 101, 151, 152, 251,
252, 253, 254, 255, 350, 351, 352, 353. Corequisites: ID 352, 355.
452. Contract Design I ............................................(4)4*
This course presents the a continued study and overview of the design solutions
for large-scaled, non-residential structures and spaces such as healthcare/medical,
assisted living, childcare, and ecclesiastical, institutional, retail, and other specialized
School of Interior Design
environments. Comprehensive design solutions are developed for special populations
with projects emphasizing the design process with research on sustainable design through
design concept, programming, schematic development, design development, contract
documentation, contract administration and evaluation. Additional focus on building
codes, universal design, way finding, security issues, signage, fire suppression and fire
detection are highlighted. Students will complete in-depth presentations including
project analysis, concept statements, custom interior detailing, integration of building
systems, lighting, interior finishes, selection of appropriate materials, textiles, and color,
sustainable materials, specifications, construction documents (partition plan, power and
communications, reflected ceiling plan, elevations, finish plan, details, furniture plan);
and sample boards. Project management and professional discipline are developed by
the complexity of project requirements. Formal presentations are reinforced by design
specifications applied in the student documentation Business forms generated in ID 451
are completed to document supporting business practices processes throughout the design
process. Drafting, CADD, millwork detailing, models and rendered perspectives are
reinforced by professional presentation layouts. Projects will integrate all aspects of the
curriculum. Prerequisites: ID 101, 151, 152, 251, 252, 253, 254, 255, 350, 351, 352, 353,
354, 451.
453. Contract Design II ...........................................(4)4*
A continued discussion and application of non-residential spaces and the special
requirements to be considered in the specialty fields of Hospitality/Resort/ Spa /
Recreation/Restaurant, Retail, and large mixed-use commercial spaces. . Projects are
approached emphasizing the design process with research on sustainable design through
design concept, programming, schematic development, design development, contract
documentation, contract administration and evaluation. Additional focus on building
codes, universal design, way finding, security issues, signage, fire suppression and fire
detection are highlighted. Students will complete in-depth presentations including
project analysis, programming, concept statements, custom interior detailing, integration
of building systems, lighting, interior finishes, textiles, and color, sustainable materials,
specifications, construction documents (partition plan, power and communications,
reflected ceiling plan, elevations, finish plan, details, furniture plan); and sample boards.
Project management and professional discipline are reinforced by the complexity of
project requirements. Business forms generated in ID 451 are completed to document
supporting business practices. Final Project will demonstrate the advanced design
experience, which results in the design of a project of student’s choice from one of the
specialty interior environments of complex scope and scale to meet the needs of specific
clients. Students may work in teams. Full-scale graphic solutions are developed for the
selected design problem based on research and documentation. This project highlights
the advanced skills of the senior interior design student: programming, conceptual and
schematic development, spatial development, universal design and sustainability issues,
lighting, furniture, fixtures equipment, construction documents (partition plan, power
and communications, reflected ceiling plan, elevations, finish plan, details, furniture
plan) product knowledge, materials and finish selections, sample boards and formal oral
and graphic presentation skills. Prerequisites: ID 101, 151, 152, 251, 252, 253, 254, 255,
350, 351, 352, 353, 354, 451, 452.
490. Senior Seminar .............................................. (3)
A discussion seminar in which students generate topics related to ethical concerns current
issues and topics appropriate to the Interior Design profession .Additionally, students
receive guidance in career management approaches including: portfolio refinement,
School of Interior Design
Academic Courses | 253
254 | Academic Courses
resume development, interviewing skills, and preparing a digital portfolio. Emphasis on
preparation for the NCIDQ exam, issues regarding licensing and registration, professional
affiliation with ASID, and IIDA; continuing education for professional development to
maintain professional registration, as well as advancement from student member of ASID
of IIDA to professional classification. Prerequisites: ID 101, 151, 152, 251, 252, 253, 254,
255, 350, 351, 352, 353, 354, 451, 452, 453.
495. Internship .................................................. (3)
This course is designed to provide the student with the opportunity to complete a
minimum of 200 hours of work experience under the supervision of an NCIDQ
credentialed Interior Designer in a professional architecture or interior design setting.
The co-operating professional evaluates and relates the student’s progress to the Internship
Professor using interim reports and a comprehensive employer’s evaluation summary
assessment. The student is required to complete weekly journals, project assignments,
business profiles, and a final report, as well as reflections of experiences encountered
during the work experience as outlined in the Internship Guidelines and Manual.
Student initiative in securing the Internship experience is viewed as a prelude to securing
employment. Internships are designed to provide the student with insight into the design
industry as well as transition and enhance the student’s knowledge and application prior
to full time employment. The Internship Professor of record will visit the Internship
Location during the experience to assess the students’ progress. Prerequisites: ID 101, 151,
152, 251, 252, 253, 254, 255, 350, 351, 352, 353, 354, 451.
496. Special Topics in Interior Design ................................. (3)
The examination of current/special topics in interior design with a more in depth focus
than addressed in the regular course offerings. Topics under study include an emerging
concept or initiative in interior design or a special design interest of the faculty instructing
the course. Prerequisites: Senior Standing.
School of Interior Design
Academic Courses | 255
School of Interior Design
Other Courses
Other Courses
Directed Study
2
99
/
4
99
. Any Department ..................................... (variable)
Any course not in the catalog but offered in response to a special request by an individual
or group; content may vary and dependent upon the interests and needs of the student and
the instructor.
Freshman Year Experience (FYE)
101. Journey 1 – Foundations for the Journey .............................(1)
Journey I is designed to provide an engaging and supportive experience for freshmen that
strengthens academic skills and develops a clear purpose for their University experience
within a Christian learning environment. Pass/Fail
105. Freshman Year Experience ...................................... (3)
FYE 105 is designed to provide an introduction to higher education at Anderson University
for contractually admitted first year students. In contrast to FYE 101, the course provides
an intensive study and practice of academic and life skills that will promote student success.
It also introduces students to the purposes of undergraduate education in a Christian
environment. Letter Grades.
Honors (HON)
Dr. John Lassiter and Dr. Ryan Neal, Co-Directors
Taught by various faculty.
101
,
201
,
3
01
,
4
01
(Fall);
102
,
202
,
3
02
,
4
02 (Spring)
.................(
3
-
4
)
Connections: The Honors Interdisciplinary Colloquium
A study of a particular discipline in the General Education curriculum and the nature of
research and the methodological protocol associated with that discipline, with attention to
connections between disciplines in the curriculum. Includes primary readings, discussions,
guest lectures, innovative writing assignments, student projects and presentations, and/
or field experiences. May be used by Honors students to satisfy their General Education
requirements and may be repeated as needed. Topics and General Education areas vary
each semester. Honors students must complete the Colloquium at least twice during their
first four semesters of enrollment. The Colloquium may not be substituted for a specific
General Education course required by the student’s major. Honors students should consult
with their advisors to ascertain whether the Colloquium will satisfy requirements in their
major. Prerequisite: Admission into the Honors Program.
1
5
0
,
2
5
0
,
35
0
,
45
0
. Honors Adjunct .................................. (
0
)
A non-credit course intended to allow a student enrolled in a non-honors course to earn
an Honors Credit. This adjunct is arranged by contract and under the supervision of the
instructor of the course. A proposal for the adjunct must be submitted to and approved by
the co-directors of the Honors Program. May be repeated once.
3
00
. Honors Seminar ...............................................(
1
)
Designed for juniors as an interdisciplinary experience in the Honors Program, centered
on a core of common readings with each student encouraged to contribute from the
perspective of the major field; topics vary each semester based upon the interest and
expertise of the instructor. Prerequisites: Junior standing and admission into the Honors
Program or permission of the instructor. May be repeated for credit for different topics.
256 | Academic Courses
Other Courses
Academic Courses | 257
3
10
/
4
10
. Honors Service Project ......................................(.
5
)
Contribution of time (at least ten contact hours per semester) to a project in progress each
semester, through a student-organized community service activity supervised by the Honors
Program. Freshmen and sophomores may enroll by permission of the Co-Directors of the
Honors Program. Pass/Fail
3
9
0
,
4
9
0
. Honors Thesis ..........................................(
3
-6)
Contract study under faculty supervision and approved by the co-directors of the Honors
Program, culminating in a written thesis, a public presentation, and an oral defense before
a panel of faculty. The Honors Thesis proposal must be approved by the co-directors of
the Honors Program. May be completed in conjunction with other capstone courses in the
student’s major.
4
00
. Honors Seminar ..............................................(
1
)
An interdisciplinary experience designed for juniors or seniors in the Honors Program,
centered on community service that is of particular interest and that may be related to one’s
major field. Prerequisites: Junior standing and admission into the Honors Program or
permission of the instructor. May be repeated once.
4
99
. Honors Independent Study .....................................(
3
-
4
)
Contract study under faculty supervision; proposal for the independent study must
be submitted to and approved by the co-directors of the Honors Program. May be
repeated once.
International Studies (IS)
133/233/333/433; 134/234/334/434; 135/235/335/435 ...................(1-3)
A general education course completed in conjunction with an international study program.
The discipline will be identified by the course title, and the course syllabus must be
approved for substitution by the Dean of the College in which the discipline is housed.
Learning Outcomes will be reasonably aligned with general education outcomes.
1
4
7
/
2
4
7
/
34
7
/
44
7
. Foreign Study .....................................(
1
-
4
)
Discipline-specific study in conjunction with an overseas travel experience; content and
itinerary varies. May be repeated for different locations and topics and may satisfy either
the International Studies requirement or count as a major/general elective.
2
8
1
. Cross Cultural Studies ......................................... (
3
)
Designed for international students who wish to understand the United States better and
for American students interested in interaction with international students. Prerequisite:
Sophomore standing or permission of the instructor.
3
9
8. International Studies ..................................... (variable)
Credit awarded for educational requirements completed in connection with various
international travel/study programs sponsored by Anderson University; amount of credit
awarded depends upon the extent of the requirements for a particular program.
527&5HVHUYH2IÀFHU7UDLQLQJ&RUSV
Courses listed in this section cannot be combined to constitute a minor.
Other Courses
258 | Academic Courses
Aerospace Studies - Air Force ROTC (A S)
Taught by AFROTC faculty at Clemson University.
10
9
. Air Force Today I .............................................. (
2
)
Study of Air Force in the contemporary world, including strategic offensive and defensive
structure, general purpose, and aerospace support; leadership laboratory activities include
drill fundamentals, customs, and courtesies of the service.
110
. Air Force Today II ............................................. (
2
)
Continuation of A S
10
9
; leadership laboratory includes drill, ceremonies, and
introduction to career opportunities.
20
9
. Development of Air Power I ...................................... (
2
)
Study of the development of air power from balloons and dirigibles through the peaceful
employment of U.S. air power in relief missions and civic action programs in the late
1
9
6
0
s and also the air war in Southeast Asia; leadership laboratory provides experience in
guiding, directing, and controlling an Air Force unit.
210
. Development of Air Power II ..................................... (
2
)
Continuation of AS
20
9
.
3
0
9
. Air Force Leadership and Management I ............................ (
4
)
Study of individual motivational and behavioral processes, leadership, communication,
and group dynamics to provide a foundation for development of the officer’s
professional skills.
3
10
. Air Force Leadership and Management II ........................... (
4
)
Continuation of A S
3
0
9
; study of basic managerial processes involving decision making,
utilization of analytical aids in planning, organizing, and controlling environment,
including case studies.
4
0
9
. National Security Policy I ......................................(
4
)
Analysis of the role and function of the military officer in a democratic society and the
relationships involved in civil-military interactions.
4
10
. National Security Policy II ......................................(
4
)
Continuation of A S
4
0
9
; examines the environmental context in which U.S. defense
policy is formulated and implemented, with emphasis on initial commissioned service
and military justice.
Military Leadership-Army ROTC (ML)
Taught by AROTC faculty at Clemson University.
101
. Leadership Fundamentals (Basic)
1
...............................(
2
)
Study of leadership focused at the individual level. Students learn effective communicating
skills, ethical decision making, small group management, and mental and physical
conditioning. Skills are applied in a variety of challenging training events during laboratory,
including rappelling, water survival, land navigation, and team athletics. Physical training
two days per week and two-hour lecture or laboratory every week or equivalent.
102
. Leadership Fundamentals (Basic)
2
............................... (
2
)
Continued study of leadership focused at the individual and team levels. Topics include
problems solving, critical thinking, leadership styles, and group cohesion. Leadership
laboratory training includes small tactics and weapons firing. Physical training two days
per week and two-hour lecture or laboratory every week or equivalent.
Other Courses
201
. Leadership Development (Basic)
1
................................(
2
)
Study of leadership focused at the team level. Students develop leadership skills through
public speaking, managing small groups, and mentoring first-year students. Skill are
applied in a variety of challenging training events during leadership laboratory, including
rappelling, water survival, land navigation, and team-building exercises. Physical training
two days per week and two-hour lecture or laboratory every week or equivalent.
202
. Leadership Development II (Basic)
2
............................. (
2
)
Continued study of leadership at the team and small group levels. Focuses on moral leadership,
officership, and the Army as a profession. Leadership laboratory training includes small unit
tactics, airmobile operations, and weapons firing. Students lead teams throughout the semester.
Physical training two days per week and two-hour lecture or laboratory every week or equivalent.
3
01
. Advanced Leadership I (Advanced)
1
..............................(
3
)
Study of Leadership focused on decision making, planning, communicating, and
executing. Addresses motivational techniques, the role of the leader, and performance
assessment. Provides students with leadership management tools and methodology.
Students are responsible for training, developing and mentoring Basic Course students.
Students apply learned techniques in leadership laboratory. Physical training three days
per week and two-hour lecture or laboratory every week or equivalent.
3
02
. Advanced Leadership II (Advanced)
2
.............................. (
3
)
Continuation of leadership study focusing on collective skills training, tactics, and small
group instruction. Synthesizes various components of training, leadership, and team-
building learned during the Basic Course and ML
3
01
. Final step in student progression
prior to the LDAC Leadership Development Advance Camp. Physical training three days
per week and two-hour lecture or laboratory every week or equivalent.
4
01
. Organizational Leadership I (Advanced)
1 ...........................
(
3
)
Culmination of leadership study in preparation for commissioning as Army officers.
Students continue exercising leadership and management skills as senior cadet leaders.
Leadership instruction focuses on coordinating activities with staffs, communicating
effectively, counseling and mentoring subordinates, training management and ethics.
Physical training three days per week and two-hour lecture or laboratory every week or
equivalent.
4
02
. Organizational Leadership II (Advanced)
2
.......................... (
3
)
Continuation of ML
4
01
, Focuses on the continued study of moral, ethical, and legal
issues faced by leaders. Includes instruction in administrative and logistical management.
Requires students to apply their knowledge individually and collectively to solve problems
and improve the organization. Physical training three days per week and two-hour lecture
or laboratory every week or equivalent.
The Washington Center (TWC)
395. Washington Center Experience ................................... (3)
The non-work portion of The Washington Center includes attendance at a Leadership
Forum, a number of writing assignments, development of a resume and portfolio,
interview session, and a community service project. This work is graded by the full-time
TWC staff and compiled by the student in the portfolio. Students must have a 3.0 GPA to
apply for participation at The Washington Center. Pass/Fail
495. Washington Center Experience ..................................(3-9)
The work portion of The Washington Center requires students to work 35 hours per week
for a semester. This course is designed to work in concert with a discipline-specific course
so the student receives a total not to exceed 9 hours for the semester of internship.
Academic Courses | 259
Other Courses
School of Nursing
Dr. Pamela Binns-Turner, PhD, CRNA, APRN, Dean of the School of Nursing
Professor
864-328-1460 or [email protected]
Ms. Kathie Davenport, Administrative Assistant to the Dean
864-328-1460 or [email protected]
Mr. Matt Parker, Nursing Admission Coordinator
864-231-5763 or
School Mission Statement
The mission of the School of Nursing is to be Christ-centered, people-focused, student-
oriented, quality-driven, and future-directed in preparing qualified persons to provide
holistic therapeutic interventions with care, competence, and safety for a culturally diverse
population.
Vision Statement
The vision of the School of Nursing is to be a leading university where learners combine
the foundational knowledge of science and the historical art of nursing, while examining
and synthesizing current evidence shaping professional practice in a distinctively Christian
community dedicated to Christ’s call to service.
Program Objectives
1. Provide baccalaureate nursing education within a liberal arts framework which is
excellence-driven and which provides opportunity for development of the total
personality: spiritual, psychological, sociocultural and professional.
2. Prepare the nursing graduate for entry into the profession as a generalist.
3. Provide the foundation in baccalaureate nursing that serves as a basis for future
entry into graduate level nursing education.
BSN Student Outcomes
The graduate of the baccalaureate degree nursing program will be able to:
1. Explain the concept that each person is unique and holistic and has rights to self-
determination regarding health matters.
2. Synthesize the nursing process to guide diverse persons toward meeting basic
needs within a wellness continuum.
3. Integrate the professional nurse’s role of advocate, communicator, counselor,
change agent, teacher, leader, and provider and manager of care to assist the client
toward optimum level of wellness.
4. Communicate collaboratively in interpersonal relationships with individuals and
families, members of the healthcare system, and in effective use of technology and
data documentation.
5. Think critically to integrate theoretical and experiential knowledge from nursing,
the humanities, and the biologic and social sciences in the promotion of clients’
health.
6. Utilize the research process and use evidence-based findings in nursing practice
260 | Academic Courses
School of Nursing
Other Courses
to contribute to the improvement of healthcare and the advancement of nursing
science.
7. Assume legal and ethical responsibility for nursing activities and responsibility for
professional growth.
8. Appraise personal development of character, exhibit servant leadership, and
cultural engagement through the perspective of Christian values and utilize this
knowledge to guide behaviors and implement decisions.
9. Evaluate evidence of care process outcomes leading to health system improvement
and participate in promoting a culture of safety through increased effectiveness
and performance.
Faculty
Ms. Beth Schultz, MSN, RN, Undergraduate Co-Chair and Associate Professor
864-231-6966 or [email protected]
Ms. Charlotte Stephens, MSN, FNP, APRN, Undergraduate Co-chair and Assistant
Professor
864-231-5578 or [email protected]
Ms. Casey Hopkins, MS, WHNP, APRN, Assistant Professor
864-622-6018 or [email protected]
Mr. Jason Thrift, MS, RN, Simulation Coordinator and Instructor
864-622-6071 or [email protected]
Ms. Edith Hamilton, BSN, RN, CEN, Clinical Instructor
864-622-6035 or [email protected]
Admission, Progression and Dismissal Policies
A student must earn a minimum grade of C in each nursing course. Some of the specifics
about the progressions and dismissal policy include:
Admission
% All traditional students (TBSN) will be “conditionally” accepted into the nursing
school upon acceptance into the university as a freshman. The criterion for
being selected as a student in the school of nursing as a traditional student are: 1)
high school GPA, 2) ACT/SAT, 3) class rank, 4) participation in extracurricular
activities, 5) admission essay, and 6) letter of reference. Points will be awarded
for each of these areas and students will be notified of their acceptance status
without an interview. Once “conditionally” accepted into the program, the
student will progress into the nursing curriculum as a junior if: 1) completed
all required courses as noted in the curriculum model and 2) maintained a
cumulative GPA of 3.0 or greater on a 4.0 scale.
ABSN (accelerated) and transfer students (students enrolling at Anderson
University with 24 or more credit hours) follow an admissions process instead of a
progressions process in being enrolled in the nursing curriculum. The criterion
for being selected as a student in the school of nursing accelerated track are: 1)
hold a bachelor degree in any area OR possess adequate college credits matching
School of Nursing
Academic Courses | 261
Other Courses
the university general education requirements, 2) GPA for last 60 hours of college
credits > 3.0, 3) Science pre-requisites: anatomy, physiology, microbiology,
chemistry with GPA > 3.0, 4) Human Growth and Development and statistics, 4)
letters of reference, 5) interview with nursing admissions committee.
An applicant for either the TBSN or ABSN tracks must obtain and successfully
pass a physical/function test to be eligible for admission.
Progression/Dismissal
% If a student is admitted into either the TBSN or ABSN tracks, their progression
must remain within that track. Conversion from one track to the other is not
permitted.
% The student must make a minimum of a “C” in all nursing courses to progress in
the nursing curriculum.
% Only a maximum of (2) two C’s is allowed in nursing courses. The first “C” will
result in advisement, the second “C” will result in probation, should the student
receive a third “C” the result will be permanent dismissal from the program.
% If a grade less than a “C” is earned in any nursing course, the student is not
allowed to progress in the curriculum and is dismissed from the program.
Upon dismissal, the student is given the opportunity to reapply for the next
cohort of the same track. Upon reapplying, the student will be required to pass
standardized testing or the comprehensive final exam related to all previously
completed nursing courses before being readmitted into the nursing program. If
the student fails to achieve a satisfactory score on those tests, the student will not
be offered readmission to the track. The student may elect to reapply to the track
as an applicant in a new cohort based on space being available and the competitive
nature of the applicant pool. If a grade less than a “C” is earned in two nursing
courses, the student is not allowed to progress in the nursing curriculum and is
permanently dismissed from the educational program.
% There are other areas that prohibit a student from progressing through the
nursing curriculum that are not associated with the earning of a letter grade.
These include: unsafe/unethical student practice, failure to comply with school
drug policy, HIPPA violation, any act that violates the South Carolina Nurse
Practice Act, any act that violates the Code of Ethics for Nurses of the American
Nurses’ Association, and/or violations of university student guide. The inability
to progress leads to dismissal with ineligibility to reapply for the nursing program.
In all nursing courses that include a clinical component, 85% or greater of the total course
grade will be derived from scheduled quizzes, unit tests, and the final examination. A
student must achieve a satisfactory score on nationally normed standardized tests per
content area as outlined in the course syllabus.
A student must also receive a satisfactory rating in all aspects of clinical as indicated on the
Clinical Evaluation Tool to progress through the nursing curriculum.
Nursing Courses
310. Pathology ...........................................................................................(3)
NUR 310 is an introduction to basic pathophysiological concepts and commonly occurring
acute and chronic health problems utilizing a body systems approach - Building on
School of Nursing
Other Courses
knowledge gained in Anatomy and Physiology. Students are acquainted with clinical
reasoning skills necessary for a successful career in nursing. The course provides exposure
to current trends, treatment advances and ongoing research for emerging health problems.
311. Pharmacology I……………………………………………………………………………(2)
NUR 311 is an introduction to the biochemical, physiologic, and psychological effects of
drugs on the holistic person over the lifespan in a multicultural society. Drug actions,
nursing process and client teaching, medication safety and administration are examined
and calculation methods are introduced.
312. Pharmacology II…………………………………………………...........................(2)
NUR 312 is a continuation of NUR 311, Pharmacology I, in its study of the biochemical,
physiologic and psychological effects of drugs on the holistic person over the lifespan
in a multicultural society. Major drug classifications, indications for use, side effects,
interactions, routes of administration, dosages and contraindications are reviewed.
Accurate medication calculation methods are reinforced.
320. Foundations in Nursing ………………………………………………………….......(6)
NUR 320, Foundations in Nursing introduces the student to core competencies required
by modern health care professionals. The course emphasizes the development of clinical
judgment, basic nursing principles, key nursing interventions, and the nursing process.
The course investigates topics such as effective communication, infection control, safety,
and health care trends.
Each week three (3) hours will be spent in didactic and nine (9) hours in clinical
experience.
322. Mental Health and Wellness …………………………………………………............5)
NUR 322 focuses on knowledge and application of theories and the nursing process
to identify, implement, and evaluate nursing interventions for the care of clients with
psychiatric disorders.
Each week two (2) hours will be spent in didactic and six (6) hours in clinical experience.
324. Adult Health ……….…………………………………………………………………….(6)
NUR 324 explores the roles and responsibilities of professional nursing practice for
patients with specific medical and/or surgical conditions. The nursing process is applied
with emphasis placed on care that addresses the specific needs of the adult patient for the
maintenance, promotion and restoration of physiological/psychosocial function. Each
week three (3) hours will be spent in didactic and nine (9) hours in clinical experience.
350. Skills Practicum …...……………………………………………………………………(3)
NUR 350 is a practical hands-on experience in basic nursing techniques. Students learn
and perform specific clinical skills using scientific principles foundational to nursing
knowledge, intervention, and application.
352. Health Assessment …...…………………………………………………………………(3)
NUR 352 focuses on developing skills and knowledge related to history taking, assessing
health status and recognizing deviations from the normal. Emphasis is on the collection
of subjective and objective data, physical examinations and accurate documentation.
Communication technique is further enhanced by developing interviewing skills.
School of Nursing
Academic Courses | 263
Other Courses
355. Introduction to Research in Nursing …….………………………………………….(3)
NUR 355 will focuses on the role of the professional nurse in critical appraisal to
determine the merit and readiness of research literature for use in clinical practice.
420. Childbearing …………………………………………………………………………….(5)
NUR 420 focuses on the care, counseling, and education of childbearing families.
Didactic and clinical learning opportunities focus on nursing practice with expectant
mothers, neonates and their families in classroom and selected health care settings. This
course provides the theoretical basis for the nursing management of developmental and
pathological human responses related to healthy and high risk childbearing families.
Each week three (3) hours will be spent in didactic and nine (9) hours in clinical
experience.
421. Childrearing ..….………………………………………………………………………..(5)
NUR 421 will include application of the nursing process with children and families in the
hospital and community settings. Care will focus on common pediatric health problems
and the health promotion needs of well, acute and chronically ill children. Additional
emphasis will be placed on the developmental aspects of children from infancy to
adolescence and on children with special health problems, including genetic disorders.
Each week three (3) hours will be spent in didactic and nine (9) hours in clinical
experience.
423. Community Health Nursing …………...…………………………………………….(4)
NUR 423 focuses on assessing needs, promoting health, and preventing disease in
vulnerable individuals, groups, and communities across the lifespan. Family and
community assessments will be performed utilizing multidisciplinary theories and
principles.
Each week two (2) hours will be spent in didactic and six (6) hours in clinical experience.
425. Critical Care ……………………………………………………………………………..(5)
NUR 425 focuses on the biological, psychological, philosophical and sociocultural
influences on complex health problems related to acute and traumatic conditions. This
course emphasizes the concepts of circulation, oxygenation, homeostasis and compensation
in acutely ill adults.
Each week two (2) hours will be spent in didactic and six (6) hours in the clinical
experience.
451. Issues in Professional Nursing ………………………………………………………..(3)
NUR 451 is an examination of the nurse’s role through evaluation of historical and current
issues impacting the profession and health care delivery systems. The legal, ethical, social,
economic, political and moral obligations of the professional nurse are explored from the
Christian worldview.
453. Leadership and Management ……………………………….…………………………(4)
NUR 453 is a study of health care organizational structures and the professional nurse’s
role as a patient advocate, leader, manager, and change agent. Emphasis is on the
application of the theories and principles of leadership and management in the context
of the healthcare delivery system. Ethical and spiritual dilemmas confronting nurses are
explored from multiple perspectives.
School of Nursing
264 | Academic Courses
Other Courses
Each week two (2) hours will be spent in didactic and six (6) hours in clinical experience.
457. Clinical Preceptorship …….……………………………………………………………(3)
NUR 457 is a practicum consisting of preceptor-supervised clinical experience in a regional
health care facility. Each week eighteen (18) hours will be spent in clinical experience.
459. Senior Seminar ………………………………………………………………………….(1)
NUR 459 provides an opportunity to monitor the outcomes of care processes and apply
improvement methods to design changes in health care systems that will improve quality
and safety.
Ratio of lecture to clinical time:
Each course that includes a clinical component is designed to have a 1:3 ratio of classroom
to clinical time. For example, for each hour spent per week in the classroom, 3 hours is
spent per week in clinical experience. For a class that meets for 2 hours of lecture each
week, 6 hours is spent in clinical each week. For a class that meets for 3 hours of lecture
each week, 9 hours is spent in clinical each week. Time spent in a course will include
professional activities, evidence-based projects, and simulation as well.
Nursing
B.S. with a Major in Nursing
School of Nursing
Mission Statement
The mission of the School of Nursing is to be Christ-centered, people-focused, student-
oriented, quality-driven, and future-directed in preparing qualified persons to serve a
diverse population through the holistic profession of nursing.
Nursing: Accelerated Bachelor of Science in Nursing (ABSN)
Requirements for Admission: In order to be admitted, applicants must have
previously attended an accredited college or university and obtained a Bachelor degree in
any area or submit a minimum of 59 transferred semester hours accepted for the following
courses: ENG 101, ENG 102, MAT 108, KIN 135, CHR 105, CHR 305, BIO 150, PSY
101, PSY 205, ENG 200 level, CHE 105*, BIO 201*, BIO 202*, BIO 215*, Humanities/
Fine Arts/Language, Natural Science/Social-Behavior Science courses – 6 hours, Electives
7 hours. Applicants must have a minimum overall GPA of 3.0 in the last 59 hours and a
Science GPA of 3.0*.
This is a cohort-based program that begins in the fall semester. Courses must be taken
in the sequence in which they are listed by semester. No grade below a “C” in a course
required for the major or minor (including cognates and specified electives) will count
toward satisfying that course requirement. This policy does not refer to general education
requirements or elective courses.
School of Nursing
Academic Courses | 265
Other Courses
First Semester Second Semester
NUR 310 Pathophysiology 3 NUR 324 Adult Health 6
NUR 321 Foundations of Nursing 6 NUR 322 Mental Health &Wellness 5
NUR 352 Health Assessment 3 NUR 312 Pharmacology II 2
NUR 350 Skills Practicum 3
NUR 355 Introduction to Research inNursing 3
NUR 311 Pharmacology I 2 Sub-total 16
Sub-total 17
Third Semester Fourth Semester
NUR 420 Childbearing 5 NUR 425 Critical Care 5
NUR 421 Childbearing 5 NUR 457 Clinical Preceptorship 3
NUR 453 Leadership & Management
4 NUR 423 Community Health Nursing 4
NUR 451 Issues in Professional Nursing
3
NUR 459 Senior Seminar 1
Sub-total 17 Sub-total 13
Additional Requirements: Prior to admission, the student must successfully pass a
pre-nursing physical exam/function test and submit a clear urine drug screen and negative
background check. Before beginning the ABSN, the student must obtain any required
immunizations (or provide evidence of immunizations), provide evidence of health
insurance, provide evidence of professional liability insurance, and provide evidence of
current CPR certification.
Total Number of Semester Hours Required for the Degree = 122
Nursing
B.S. with a Major in Nursing
School of Nursing
Mission Statement
The mission of the School of Nursing is to be Christ-centered, people-focused, student-
oriented, quality-driven, and future-directed in preparing qualified persons to serve a
diverse population through the holistic profession of nursing.
Nursing: Traditional Bachelor of Science in Nursing (TBSN)
Recommended Course Sequence
This is a cohort-based program that begins in the fall semester. Courses must be taken
in the sequence in which they are listed by semester. No grade below a “C” in a course
required for the major or minor (including cognates and specified electives) will count
toward satisfying that course requirement. This policy does not refer to general education
requirements or elective courses.
School of Nursing
266 | Academic Courses
Other Courses
First Semester Second Semester
BIO 150 Human Biology 4
CHE 105 Essentials Gen. Org. & Biochemistry* 4
ENG 101 Composition & Speech 1 3 ENG 102 Composition & Speech 11
3
FRE/SPA 101 Foreign Language 1
3
FRE/SPA 102 Foreign Language 11
3
PSY 101 Introduction to Psychology
3
MAT 108 Finite Probability & Statistics 3
FYE 101 Freshman Experience
1
CHR 105 Introduction to the Bible 3
Sub-total 14 Sub-total 15
Third Semester Fourth Semester
BIO 201 Human Anatomy & Physiology 1 *
4
BIO 202 Human Anatomy & Physiology 11*
4
PHY 205 Human Development 3
BIO 215 Fundamentals of Microbiology*
4
HIS 111/112/161/162 History 3 FA 200 Experiencing the Arts
3
KIN 135 Lifetime Wellness 2 CHR 305 Christian Worldview
3
ENG 200 level 3
Sub-total 14
Sub-total 15
Fifth Semester Sixth Semester
NUR 310 Pathophysiology 3 NUR 324 Adult Health 6
NUR 321 Foundations of Nursing 6 NUR 322 Mental Health 5
NUR 352 Health Assessment
3 NUR 312 Pharmacology 11 2
NUR 350 Skills Practicum
3
NUR 355 Introduction to Research in Nursing
3
NUR 311 Pharmacology 1
2 Sub-total 16
Sub-total 17
Seventh Semester Eighth Semester
NUR 420 Childbearing 5 NUR 425 Critical Care 5
NUR 421 Childbearing 5 NUR 457 Clinical Preceptorship 3
NUR 453 Leadership & Management
4 NUR 423 Community Health Nursing 4
NUR 451 Issues in Professional Nursing
3
NUR 459 Senior Seminar 1
Sub-total 17 Sub-total 13
Students are conditionally admitted to the major as nursing students
in the freshman year.
This conditional admission stands until successful
completion of courses through the fourth semester with a minimum overall GPA of 3.0,
and a Science GPA of 3.0*. Then the student may progress into the School of Nursing for
completion of the major. The student must submit a letter of progression to the School
of Nursing no later than March 1
st
in the fourth semester. Prior to the fifth semester, the
student must successfully pass a pre-nursing physical exam/function test, must successfully
submit a clear urine drug screen and negative background check, obtain any required
immunizations (or provide evidence of immunizations), provide evidence of health
insurance, provide evidence of professional liability insurance,and provide evidence of
current CPR certification.
Total Number of Hours Required for the Degree = 122 hours.
09.02.12
School of Nursing
Academic Courses | 267
Other CoursesSchool of Nursing
268 | Academic Courses
Nursing
B.S. with a Major in Nursing
School of Nursing
Mission Statement
The mission of the School of Nursing is to be Christ-centered, people-focused, student-
oriented, quality-driven, and future-directed in preparing qualified persons to serve a di-
verse population through the holistic profession of nursing.
Nursing: Accelerated Bachelor of Science in Nursing (ABSN)
Requirements for Admission: In order to be admitted, applicants must have previously
attended an accredited college or university and obtained a Bachelor degree in any area or
submit a minimum of 59 transferred semester hours accepted for the following courses:
ENG 101, ENG 102, MAT 108, KIN 135, CHR 105, CHR 305, BIO 150, PSY 101, PSY
205, ENG 200 level, CHE 105*, BIO 201*, BIO 202*, BIO 215*, Humanities/Fine Arts/
Language, Natural Science/ Social-Behavior Science courses – 6 hours, Electives 7 hours.
Applicants must have a minimum overall GPA of 3.0 in the last 59 hours, and a Science
GPA of 3.0*.
This is a cohort-based program that begins in the fall semester. Courses must be taken
in the sequence in which they are listed by semester. No grade below “C” in a course
required for the major or minor (including cognates and specified electives) will count
toward satisfying that course requirement. This policy does not refer to general education
requirements or elective courses.
First Semester Second Semester
NUR 310 Pathophysiology 3 NUR 324 Adult Health 6
NUR 320 Foundations of Nursing 6 NUR 322 Mental Health &Wellness 5
NUR 352 Health Assessment 3 NUR 312 Pharmacology II 2
NUR 350 Skills Practicum 3
NUR 355 Introduction to Research inNursing 3
NUR 311 Pharmacology I 2 Sub-total 16
Sub-total 17
Other Courses School of Nursing
Academic Courses | 269
Third Semester Fourth Semester
NUR 420 Childbearing 5 NUR 425 Critical Care 5
NUR 421 Childbearing 5 NUR 457 Clinical Preceptorship 3
NUR 453 Leadership & Management
4 NUR 423 Community Health Nursing 4
NUR 45 Issues in Professional Nursing
3
NUR 459 Senior Seminar 1
Sub-total 17 Sub-total 13
Additional Requirements: Prior to admission, the student must successfully pass a
pre-nursing physical exam/function test and submit a clear urine drug screen and negative
background check. Before beginning the ABSN, the student must obtain any required
immunizations (or provide evidence of immunizations), provide evidence of health
insurance, and provide evidence of professional liability insurance, provide evidence of
current CPR certification.
Total Number of Semester Hours Required for the Degree = 122 hours
09.02.12
Other CoursesSchool of Nursing
270 | Academic Courses
Nursing
B.S. with a Major in Nursing
School of Nursing
Mission Statement
The mission of the School of Nursing is to be Christ-centered, people-focused, student-
oriented, quality-driven, and future-directed in preparing qualified persons to serve a
diverse population through the holistic profession of nursing.
Nursing: Traditional Bachelor of Science in Nursing (TBSN)
Recommended Course Sequence
This is a cohort-based program that begins in the fall semester. Courses must be taken
in the sequence in which they are listed by semester. No grade below “C” in a course
required for the major or minor (including cognates and specified electives) will count
toward satisfying that course requirement. This policy does not refer to general education
requirements or elective courses.
First Semester Second Semester
BIO 105 Human Biology 4
CHE 105 Essentials Gen. Org. & Biochemistry* 4
ENG 101 Composition & Speech 1 3 ENG 102 Composition & Speech 11 3
FRE/SPA 101 Foreign Language 1
3
FRE/SPA 102 Foreign Language 11
3
PSY 101 Introduction to Psychology
3
MAT 108 Finite Probability & Statistics 3
FYE 101 Freshman Experience
1
CHR 105 Introduction to the Bible
3
Sub-total 14 Sub-total 16
Third Semester Fourth Semester
BIO 201 Human Anatomy & Physiology 1 *
4
BIO 202 Human Anatomy & Physiology 11*
4
PHY 205 Human Development 3
BIO 215 Fundamentals of Microbiology*
4
HIS 111/112/161/162 History 3 FA 200 Experiencing the Arts
3
KIN 135 Lifetime Wellness 2 CHR 305 Christian Worldview
3
ENG 200 level 3
Sub-total 14
Sub-total 15
Fifth Semester Sixth Semester
NUR 310 Pathophysiology 3 NUR 324 Adult Health 6
NUR 321 Foundations of Nursing 6 NUR 322 Mental Health 5
NUR 352 Health Assessment
3 NUR 312 Pharmacology 11 2
NUR 350 Skills Practicum
3
NUR 355 Introduction to Research in Nursing
3
NUR 311 Pharmacology 1
2 Sub-total 16
Sub-total 17
Other Courses School of Nursing
Academic Courses | 271
Seventh Semester Eighth Semester
NUR 420 Childbearing 5 NUR 425 Critical Care 5
NUR 421 Childbearing 5 NUR 457 Clinical Preceptorship 3
NUR 453 Leadership & Management
4 NUR 423 Community Health Nursing 4
NUR 451 Issues in Professional Nursing
3
NUR 459 Senior Seminar 1
Sub-total 17 Sub-total 13
Students are conditionally admitted to the major as nursing students
in the freshman year.
This conditional admission stands until successful completion
of courses through the fourth semester with a minimum overall GPA of 3.0, and a Science
GPA of 3.0*. Then the student may progress into the School of Nursing for completion
of the major. The student must submit a letter of progression to the School of Nursing
no later than March 1
st
in the fourth semester. Prior to the fifth semester, the student
must successfully submit a clear urine drug screen and negative background check, obtain
any required immunizations (or provide evidence of immunizations), provide evidence of
health insurance, provide evidence of professional liability insurance, and provide evidence
of current CPR certification.
Total Number of Semester Hours Required for the Degree = 122 hours
09.02.12
Academic Policies
Academic Policies | 273
FINAL EXAMINATION SCHEDULE
FALL SEMESTER, 2012
THURSDAY FRIDAY MONDAY TUESDAY
WEDNESDAY
EXAM PERIOD DEC 6 DEC 7 DEC 10 DEC 11 DEC 12
CLASSES CLASSES CLASSES CLASSES CLASSES
THAT THAT THAT THAT THAT
MEET AT MEET AT MEET AT MEET AT MEET AT
9:00 - 11:00 8:00 MWF 9:05 MWF 11:20 MWF 12:25 MWF 1:30 MWF
12:00 - 2:00 2:35 MW 4:05 MW 8:00 TR 9:30 TR
3:00 - 5:00 11:00 TR 12:30 TR 2:00 TR 3:30 TR
6:00 - 8:00 6:00 M
5:30 - 7:30 ACCEL
7:50 - 9:50 ACCEL
Tuesday night class - Tuesday, December 4 at 6:00 p.m.
Wednesday night class - Wednesday, December 5 at 6:00 p.m.
NOTE: Any student who has more than 2 exams scheduled per day may ask for an
adjusted schedule.
FINAL EXAMINATION SCHEDULE
SPRING SEMESTER, 2013
THURSDAY FRIDAY MONDAY TUESDAY
WEDNESDAY
EXAM PERIOD APRIL 25 APRIL 26 APRIL 29 APRIL 30 MAY 1
CLASSES CLASSES CLASSES CLASSES CLASSES
THAT THAT THAT THAT THAT
MEET AT MEET AT MEET AT MEET AT MEET AT
9:00 - 11:00 8:00 MWF 9:05 MWF 11:20 MWF 12:25 MWF 1:30 MWF
12:00 - 2:00 2:35 MW 4:05 MW 8:00 TR 9:30 TR
3:00 - 5:00 11:00 TR 12:30 TR 2:00 TR 3:30 TR
6:00 - 8:00 6:00 R 6:00 M 6:00 T
5:30 - 7:30 ACCEL
7:50 - 9:50
ACCEL
Wednesday night class - Wednesday, April 24 at 6:00 p.m.
NOTE: Any student who has more than 2 exams scheduled per day may ask for an
adjusted schedule.
274 | Academic Policies
Like all institutions, Anderson University has requirements that must be met before a
degree can be awarded. Such requirements include curricular expectations, Christian Life
and Student Development programs, and satisfactory progress in light of certain policies
and procedures. Advisors and administrators are committed to assisting students as they
meet these requirements, though it is the primary responsibility of the student, however,
to be acquainted with, make progress toward, and ultimately meet all degree requirements.
University academic policies are subject to change with suitable notice; subsequent editions
of this catalog will document such changes.
DEGREES AWARDED
Upon satisfactory completion of all degree requirements, Anderson University confers the
following degrees:
Undergraduate:
Bachelor of Arts
Bachelor of Music
Bachelor of Music Education
Bachelor of Science
Bachelor of Science in Nursing
Undergraduate (ACCEL):
Bachelor of Business Administration
Bachelor of Christian Studies
Bachelor of Criminal Justice
• Bachelor of Emergency Services Management
Bachelor of Human Services
Bachelor of Liberal Studies
Bachelor of Organizational Leadership
Graduate:
Master of Arts in Teaching
Master of Business Administration
Master of Criminal Justice
Master of Education
Master of Education: Administration and Supervision
Master of Ministry degree
• Master of Music in Music Education
• Doctor of Ministry
Programs of study, described elsewhere in this catalog, include majors, minors, and
concentrations. Majors lead to a degree and consist of a prescribed set of courses and
requirements of increasing sophistication. Generally, these courses are within a specific
discipline, but in interdisciplinary programs, majors may include requirements from
multiple disciplines. Minors are a prescribed course of study in a discipline outside the
major. As such, it shares definition with the major but is less extensive. Concentrations
are a prescribed set of courses providing a greater depth of study in a sub-discipline of a
major. A concentration may include courses outside the major.
Completion of Second Degree
Students desiring a second bachelor’s degree must complete at least 30 semester hours
beyond the requirements for the first degree, including all general education and major
Academic Policies | 275
requirements for the second degree. Students may not earn more than one Bachelor of Arts
degree or one Bachelor of Science degree at Anderson University.
Degree Designations on Diplomas
Diplomas from Anderson University will bear the degree earned. The student’s transcript
will list the appropriate degree, major, and concentration.
GRADUATION REQUIREMENTS
Total Credit Hours Required
Degree requirements range from 120-135 semester hours, dependent upon program of
study selected, though most programs require 128 semester hours.
Completion of General Education Requirements
The general education curriculum requirements at Anderson University are a combination
of core and distribution requirements, allowing each student a combination of coherence
and choice in achieving program objectives. The program exposes students to a broad range
of ideas and subjects. Requirements for degrees are listed elsewhere in this catalog.
The Journey Program
The Journey is the Anderson University Program that is equivalent to “Chapel” at other
Christian institutions. The Journey Program reflects our spiritual identity and through it we
have the opportunity to emphasize our spiritual development as we learn to worship and grow
together. Students, along with faculty and staff are given a variety of worship services, concerts,
conferences, and creative presentations designed to introduce them to the person of Jesus
Christ and to help them grow spiritually through engaging His presence in their lives.
Successful completion of The Journey program is required for graduation at Anderson
University. During each semester all traditional full-time students (including residents and
commuters) should earn a minimum of eight (8) credits in the program. Each student in
the traditional four year academic program will need to successfully pass eight (8) semesters
of
The Journey program in order to meet graduation requirements. A grade of CR (8 credits
or more) or NC (less than 8) will be recorded on each student’s transcript. However, this
grade will not affect the student’s GPA.
Exceptions - Every student who is 25 years or older and lives off campus is exempt from
the Journey Program requirement. Also student teachers, students who study abroad, and
students in other off-campus internships during the semester are exempt. No make-up
is required.
All exemptions must be approved ahead of time and registered with the office of Campus
Ministries in Sullivan Hall.
The Cultural Experience
The purpose of The Cultural Experience program is to enrich student’s academic experience
by providing co-curricular opportunities for students to grow in the knowledge and
appreciation of the arts, to grow in the knowledge of the components of a healthy lifestyle,
and to develop knowledge that supports personal, professional, and civic growth. Programs
range from fine arts events (music, theatre and art), guests speakers on a variety of topics,
academic enrichment workshops, presentations on healthy lifestyles, to community
awareness and service events.
Successful completion of The Cultural Experience program is required for graduation
at Anderson University. All traditional full-time students (including residents and
commuters) must participate in a minimum of twenty-four (24) events approved for the
CEP program. Although students receive no grade for CEP attendance, completion of
the CEP program is a graduation requirement. Since students may accumulate their CEP
events at varying rates over their semesters of attendance, there are no exemptions for
meeting this requirement. (Transfer students are awarded CEP event credits on a prorated
basis of one CEP event credit per four hours of academic credit received in transfer.)
Application for Graduation
Students nearing completion of their degree must complete an Application for Undergraduate
Graduation. Applications are accepted in the fall for spring graduation and in the spring for
summer and fall graduation. Deadlines for applications are set by the University Registrar and
distributed to students. Failure to meet the stated deadline may result in a delay in time of
graduation. Students must complete the Application for Undergraduate Graduation and have
it reviewed by their academic advisor and, if applicable, the Dean of the College of the major.
The application and all supporting documents will then be reviewed by the University Registrar
and a degree audit performed. Official degree audits are sent to the student’s Anderson
University e-mail account. All students applying for spring and fall graduation are expected
to participate in the respective commencement ceremony. Students applying for summer
graduation are invited to participate in the December commencement. The application fee
for those applying by the stated deadline is $50. Any applications submitted after the deadline
are assessed an additional $25 fee. Students not meeting degree requirements are required
to reapply for any subsequent graduations. The fee for revised applications is $15. Caps and
gowns are ordered through the University Bookstore.
Clearing Financial Obligations Prior to Graduation
Any indebtedness to Anderson University for tuition, fees, library fines, parking fines,
disciplinary fines, room, board, or Bookstore charges must be cleared before graduation.
Failure to do so will result in losing the privilege to participate in commencement, delay in
receiving a diploma, and inability to receive any transcripts.
CLEP, ACE Credits, Correspondence Course Limitations
A maximum of 24 semester hours credit is given for formal education in the armed services,
based on American Council on Education guidelines. A maximum of 24 semester hours
of CLEP credit may be applied toward a degree at the University. No credit is awarded for
CLEP general examinations. Courses in which a grade of “D” or “F” is earned may not be
repeated through CLEP. The Graduate and Evening Admission Office and the Registrar’s
Office can provide a list of CLEP tests, the course equivalents, and the minimum scores
required for receiving course credit. Credit earned through correspondence studies
offered by an accredited college or university may be transferred to Anderson University.
The University’s policies do not allow the awarding of credit for other prior experiential
learning.
Students with prior study in educational institutions in which French or Spanish
is the primary language are not allowed to receive credit for the elementary level of the
native language. They should enroll in courses at the 300/400 level of the native language,
or complete the 101-102 sequence of another language. The Graduate and Evening
Admissions Office is an open CLEP testing site, and students can contact the office for
more information or to schedule a test time.
Declaring a Major/Minor
Students may declare a major at any time during the freshman or sophomore years. Some
majors require certain courses at the freshman and sophomore levels; students should
consult their advisor to assist in course selection. A major must be declared upon the
completion of 36 semester hours. Completion of all requirements for the selected major is
necessary for graduation. Students wishing to declare or change their major should contact
the Administrative Assistant for the College in which their desired major resides. Students
may elect to have a minor. Since requirements in the minors vary according to discipline,
students should make their selection as early as possible, but preferably before the junior
276 | Academic Policies
year. The minor will be recorded on the official transcript but not on the diploma.
Students wishing to declare a minor should contact the Administrative Assistant for the
College in which the minor resides. In the event of scheduling conflicts, the major must
always take precedence.
Double Major
Students may choose to major in two subjects, or in other words to complete a double
major. All general education and major requirements for both majors must be completed.
While courses required for the second major may be used either to meet requirements or
as electives for the first, there must be at least 20 (twenty) semester hours that are different
between the two majors. Thus pursuit of a double major will likely require exceeding the
eight semesters normally required to earn the bachelor’s degree.
Grades in Major/Minor Courses
No grade below “C” in a course required for the major or minor (including cognates and
specified electives) will count toward satisfying that course requirement. This policy does
not refer to general education requirements or elective courses.
Residency Requirement
Candidates for a Bachelor’s degree must earn a minimum of 36 semester hours at
Anderson University, including at least 15 semester hours of upper-division credit in the
major. Thirty of the final thirty-six hours of any Anderson University degree program
must be hours offered by this institution. Upper-division credits required in the major or
minor are not eligible for transfer in the last thirty-six hours. Students wanting to transfer
to Anderson University any of the final thirty-six hours must submit a completed transient
coursework approval form to the University Registrar prior to enrollment in the transfer
courses. No credit hours will be accepted in this category unless the student receives
written permission from the University Registrar. Courses taken at Anderson University in
which a student received a grade of D or F may not be repeated at another institution and
transferred to Anderson University for credit. Furthermore, courses in which the student
received the grade of D or F are not eligible for transfer to Anderson University.
Any student wishing to appeal this policy must demonstrate extraordinary circumstances.
The appeal should be directed to the Office of the Provost.
ADDITIONAL POLICIES AND REGULATIONS
Academic Honesty
Students at Anderson University are expected to conduct themselves with integrity and to
be honest and forthright in their academic endeavors. Just as academic honesty is vitally
important to the value of a college education, academic dishonesty is a serious offense
because it diminishes the quality of academic scholarship at Anderson University and
defrauds society, the institution, faculty, and other students. Additionally, academic
dishonesty undermines the well-being of those who may eventually depend upon one’s
knowledge and integrity. Anderson University encourages the imposition of strict penalties
for academic dishonesty and does so in order to protect the integrity of the grading system
and to affirm the importance of honesty, integrity and accountability in the University
community. The policy on Academic Dishonesty is described in the Student Handbook.
The forms of academic dishonesty addressed by this policy include plagiarism, fabrication,
cheating, and academic misconduct.
Academic Load
The academic load is measured in terms of “credit hours.” Students enrolled in 12 or more
credit hours during a semester are considered full-time students. For traditional students,
Academic Policies | 277
278 | Academic Policies
an average semester load is 16 credit hours. This may consist of five to six different subjects.
Resident students are required to be enrolled in at least 12 hours to retain the privilege
of living in a university residence hall. Students who enter as contractually admitted are
limited to a maximum of 15 credit hours during the first semester.
For traditional students there is a single tuition charge based on full-time enrollment,
12-17 credit hours. The student taking more than 17 credit hours in a semester (excluding
Theatre 101, 201, 301, 401, ROTC, MUP 120, 121, 122, 123, 125, 126, 127, 128, EDU
275, FYE 101, or HON 310, 410) is charged additional tuition. Some courses, such
as applied music courses, require an additional fee regardless of the student’s load. A
student’s financial liability for the semester is determined by the credit hours enrolled on
the Date of Financial Responsibility each term, session, or semester.
In unusual cases, a student may be permitted to exceed the normal credit-hour load.
Students wishing to enroll in more than 17 credit hours must submit this request in writing
during the registration period to the Dean of the College or School which houses the
student’s major. The student requesting an overload must have a minimum grade point
average of 3.0. A request for an academic load of 20 or more credit hours must also be
approved by the Vice Provost.
If a student is struggling to meet the standard for Satisfactory Academic Progress, the
student may be advised to take a reduced number of hours.
Registration
Registration is the process of enrolling in classes for a semester or summer term. Current students
may pre-register for classes following consultation with their faculty advisors. New students are
registered for classes during late spring and summer by the Office of the Registrar. After the
application is accepted, and the transfer evaluation is complete, transfer students should contact
the Dean of their College to complete registration for classes. Late registration will be completed
during the Drop/Add period at the beginning of each term. A student must be in good academic
and financial standing in order to complete the registration process. Any student not financially
cleared will have their schedule removed at the beginning of the semester and will not be allowed
to attend classes.
Adding and Dropping Courses
The add/drop period begins two days prior to the start of classes in the traditional semester.
Students must use Self Service during this time to add and drop courses. No course can
be added after the third class day for classes meeting three times weekly, or after the second
class day for classes meeting twice weekly, or after the day preceding the second class day
for classes meeting once weekly. Self Service closes once the add period ends and students
must complete a Course Withdrawal form to drop a course. Any course dropped during
the first two calendar weeks does not appear on the student record. Students are assessed a
$10 drop fee once Self Service closes.
All students enrolled in online courses are required to log on by midnight (eastern) on the
first day of class. Students who cannot log on are responsible for contacting the instructor
prior to the first class meeting to indicate their intent to remain in the class. If a student
does not log on by midnight or make contact with the instructor, the University Registrar
will remove the student from the course. The last day to add an online course is 72 hours
after the posted start day of class. Any online course dropped during the first 72 hours
after the start date does not appear on the student record, and the student is not charged
for it. Online courses dropped after 72 hours will be graded with a “W” and students must
complete a Course Withdrawal form. A $10 drop fee will be assessed, and the student is
responsible for charges associated with the course.
Academic Policies | 279
&ODVVLÀFDWLRQRI6WXGHQWV
Students are classified according to the number of semester hours earned, at the following
semester-hour intervals:
Semester Hours Earned Classification
0 - 29 Freshman
30 - 59 Sophomore
60 - 89 Junior
90 or above Senior
Classification of TCR refers to students who are seeking initial teaching certification. “Special” is
used for students renewing their teaching certification or adding on an additional endorsement.
Students are also classified as either “resident” or “commuter” and as “part-time” or “full-time.”
Full-time students are those who are registered for 12 or more semester hours of course work
during a semester. If a resident student drops below 12 semester hours, permission from the Vice
President for Student Development must be granted to remain in a university residence.
Course Numbering
Courses designated for different levels are numbered as follows:
100-level–Freshman; 200-level–Sophomore; 300-level–Junior; 400-level–Senior;
500-level-Graduate
Freshmen may not register for 300-400 level courses. Students classified as sophomores
may not register for 400-level courses and may not register for 300-level courses without
special permission from the instructor in the course and from the head of the College or
School division in which the course is listed. Students classified as juniors may register for
any level course for which a prerequisite has been met.
Tests and Examinations
Students who have studied French or Spanish in high school and who make a satisfactory
score on the language placement tests in those subjects are allowed to enroll in intermediate
rather than beginning courses. These tests are used to determine the level at which students
should begin the study of the disciplines covered by the tests. Transfer students are not
given a test in English if allowed to transfer courses that are considered the equivalent of
English courses that meet the University’s general education requirements in these areas.
Periodic tests and a final examination at the end of the semester occur in all classes. When
a student is absent from a test or examination, the instructor for the course determines
whether the student is to be allowed to make up the test or examination missed. See catalog
section on Permission to Make Up Missed Exams.
Policies Governing Final Examinations
1. Exams will be given on the day and hour scheduled. Students will not be permitted
to take exams early except for highly extenuating circumstances. Late exams will be
scheduled ONLY when a student has a verifiable debilitating illness or injury or a death
in the immediate family, which occurs at a time that requires the student’s absence from
an exam. When one of these circumstances applies, the student is required to notify the
instructor before the time of the exam so that a grade of I (Incomplete) can be recorded
for the course, if necessary. The Request for Incomplete Grade Form is available on the
Registrar’s page of the University website. The student is also required to arrange with the
instructor a time when the exam can be scheduled.
280 | Academic Policies
2. At the discretion of the instructor, a student may be allowed to take the final exam with
another section of the same course taught by the instructor (or taught by another instructor
if the exam is a common departmental exam).
3. The semester’s work for a course ends when the final examination has been given.
Transferring Credits to Anderson University
Credit is given for transferable courses successfully completed (C grade or higher) at a
regionally accredited college or university. Credits earned at non-accredited institutions,
non-college parallel programs at technical colleges, and non-traditional programs are
evaluated for transfer on a case-by-case basis. The University’s policies do not allow
the awarding of credit for other prior experiential learning. All courses accepted for
transfer will be entered on the academic transcript. Transfer grades will not be computed
in the grade point average. Transfer credit is awarded based on semester hours taken
at the transferring institution. Quarter hours and other credits will be converted to
semester hours. A maximum of 64 semester hours will be accepted toward a bachelor’s
degree in transfer from institutions that award only the associate degree. Substitution of
transfer courses for courses required in degree programs at Anderson University will be
determined on a case-by-case basis. Maximum flexibility will be exhibited in determining
the appropriateness of course substitution. In the Teacher Education Program, Anderson
University is obliged by accreditation standards to accept only courses considered equivalents
of the courses in the University’s approved Teacher Education Program. The Dean of the
College of Education must approve all transfer courses for education majors. Transcripts
of transfer students will be evaluated as soon as possible after acceptance. Students will be
directed by the Registrar’s Office to make an appointment with the College Dean of their
chosen major who will advise the student of the transfer courses that have been accepted.
Transient Course Work Policy
Students currently registered at Anderson University may apply to take courses at another
institution while still enrolled at Anderson. It is the student’s responsibility to ensure
compliance with the institution’s Residency Requirement. Students must complete a
Transient Course Work Approval form prior to enrolling at another institution. Students
who earn a grade of “D” or “F” at Anderson University may NOT repeat these courses at
another institution. Additionally, a grade of “D” or “F” may not be transferred to Anderson.
Students who have met the 64 semester hour limit on transfer credits from an Associate’s
degree granting institution are not eligible for additional transient work at this type of
institution.
International Baccalaureate
Anderson University will award academic credit to students who have earned grades of five or
better in their higher-level subjects in the International Baccalaureate Diploma Program. No
credit is awarded for subjects passed at the standard level. Students should have transcripts
sent from the International Baccalaureate Program. The University Registrar, along with the
appropriate College Dean, will evaluate individual courses for academic credit.
Credit by Examination
Advanced Placement. AP examinations with a score of 3 or higher will be accepted for
credit at Anderson University provided that an official copy of the score is received by the
Registrar’s Office. A student’s transcript will note credit earned (CR).
College Level Examination Program. CLEP is intended to reward college-level achievement
without regard to how that achievement was attained. Only subject exams, essentially end-of-
course tests developed for specific courses, are applicable to credit at Anderson University.
Statistics MAT 108 3.0
Studio Art/Drawing Art Elective 3.0
Studio Art/General Art Elective 3.0
US Government/Politics PS 101 3.0
The Graduate and Evening Admission Office is an open CLEP testing site, and students can
contact that office for more information or to schedule a test time.
Course Challenge. With the approval of the appropriate faculty member and College
Dean, a student may receive credit by demonstrating mastery through an examination.
The faculty member and the College Dean must approve if credit by examination is
appropriate in a given course. Earning credit through examination is an opportunity
that may be granted under certain circumstances. A student may not receive credit by
examination for an independent or directed study course, a course audited, a course with
an acceptable CLEP examination, or a course in which a grade of D or F has been earned.
Students desiring credit by examination may not attend any classes in a course related to
the challenge. Upon approval, a student must register for the examination during the
registration period and pay the examination fee. The student may consult the faculty
member early in the term about the content of the examination and the standards by
which it will be evaluated. However, the faculty member will not provide the student any
instruction beyond a description of the examination and a recommended list of readings.
Credit by examination is awarded for a grade of C or higher. An entry of CR will be placed
on the transcript indicating that credit has been awarded. If the grade on the examination
is below C, an entry of NC will be recorded. The semester hours earned through credit
by examination will count in the hours earned, but a student’s grade-point average is not
affected by a course challenge. Students earning a grade of NC must wait a minimum of six
months to repeat the exam.
Advanced Placement
AP/COURSE TEST ANDERSON UNIVERSITY ANDERSON UNIVERSITY
(SCORES MUST BE 3, 4, OR 5) EQUIVALENCE HOURS
Biology BIO 110/111 8.0
Chemistry CHE 111/113 & CHE 112/114 10.0
Computer Science CIS 202 4.0
Score of 4 or better
Econ-Macro ECO 212 3.0
Econ-Micro ECO 211 3.0
Eng Lang/Comp ENG 101 3.0
Eng Lit/Comp ENG 101 & ENG 200 level lit 6.0
Environmental Science BIO 160 3.0
European History HIS 111 & HIS 112 6.0
French Language FRE 101 & FRE 102 6.0
Human Geography General Elective 3.0
Mat Calc AB MAT 140 4.0
Mat Calc BC MAT 140 & MAT 190 8.0
Music Theory MUT 101 3.0
Score of 4 or better
Physics B PHY 201 & PHY 202 8.0
Physics C – Mech PHY 201 4.0
Psychology PSY 101 3.0
Spanish Language SPA 101 & SPA 102 6.0
Academic Policies | 281
CLEP (College Level Examination Program)
SUBJECT MINIMUM SCORE AU EQUIVALENCE
English:
American Literature 50 Eng 213/214 6 hrs.
Analyzing & Interpreting
Literature 50 Eng Lit Elective 6 hrs.
College Composition 50 Eng 101/102 6 hrs.
English Literature 50 Eng. 201/202 6 hrs.
Foreign Languages:
French, Level 1 50 Fre 101/102 6 hrs.
French, Level 2 59 Fre 101/102
Fre 201/202 12 hrs.
Spanish, Level 1 50 Spa 101/102 6 hrs.
Spanish, Level 2 63 Spa 101/102
Spa 201/202 12 hrs.
German, Level 1 50 Lang. Elec. 6 hrs.
German, Level 2 60 Lang. Elec. 12 hrs.
Social Science and History:
American Government 50 PS 101 3 hrs.
US History 1 50 His 161 3 hrs.
US History 2 50 His 162 3 hrs.
Human Growth & Dev. 50 Psy 205 3 hrs.
Intro. Psychology 50 Psy 101 3 hrs.
Prin. Macroeconomics 50 Eco 212 3 hrs.
Prin. Microeconomics 50 Eco 211 3 hrs.
Intro. Sociology 50 Soc 101 3 hrs.
Western Civilization 1 50 His 111 3 hrs.
Western Civilization 2 50 His 112 3 hrs.
Business:
Intro Business Law 50 Bus 351 3 hrs.
Prin. Management 50 Mgt 341 3 hrs.
Prin. Marketing 50 Mkt 331 3 hrs.
Financial Accounting 50 Acc 201 3 hrs.
Science and Mathematics:
College Algebra 50 Mat. 101 3 hrs.
Biology 50 Bio. 110/111 8 hrs.
Calculus 50 Mat 113/114 6 hrs.
Chemistry 50 Che 111/112 10 hrs.
Online Courses
Anderson University offers online courses for students enrolled in the traditional, on-
site degree programs. Online and on-site courses may be used interchangeably to meet
the school’s graduation requirements. Online courses may be accepted in transfer,
provided that the courses have been approved by the Registrar and meet all other transfer
requirements. The current policies governing online courses can be found on the
University website.
282 | Academic Policies
Traditional students must have completed a minimum of 30 hours and obtain a grade point
average of 2.75 or greater to enroll in Anderson University online courses. Exceptions
must be approved by the College Dean.
Students on academic probation will not be allowed to take online courses. A student must be
off academic probation for a minimum of one semester before enrolling in an online course.
Traditional Students taking ACCEL Courses
The Adult’s College Choice for Exceptional Learning (ACCEL) program is designed for
non-traditional students, that is, those students having a minimum of 5-8 year’s life-
experiences beyond high-school, are financially independent, are working full-time, and
who wish to advance their careers by earning a bachelor’s degree.
The accelerated format of the classes allows non-traditional students the opportunities
to take classes during the evening or in the online format, in 8-week sessions, 5 times
throughout the year.
Given the mission and design of the ACCEL program, students who do not meet the
criteria of a non-traditional student are restricted from enrolling in ACCEL classes, and
are unable to register themselves for ACCEL courses. Traditional students requiring
additional courses or who hope to improve their GPA are directed to use the summer
school sessions, not ACCEL courses.
Rare enrollment exceptions for upper class traditional students may be made due to class
scheduling conflicts that would have a negative impact on progress towards graduation.
Traditional upper class students seeking to enroll in an ACCEL course must request a
Registration Exception with the dean of the college that has supervision of the class.
Independent and Directed Studies
With the exception of summer school, students may take by independent study a course
in the University curriculum with approval of the instructor, advisor, and College Dean.
The student meets with the instructor individually and completes most of the course work
through independent activities. A course that is being offered during a particular semester
cannot normally be taken by independent study. Generally, a faculty member will not
supervise more than six (6) semester hours of independent study concurrently. A directed
study course may be offered when one or more students request a course which is not
included in the curriculum of the University but which is appropriate to the mission and
scope of the University.
Course requirements for independent study are the same as the requirements and learning
objectives of the course when it is taught in structured classes. Independent study is
approved only for students of high ability (generally requiring a cumulative GPA of 3.0 or
higher) and motivation, inasmuch as it requires more time, concentration, and initiative
for successful completion. A course in which a student has previously earned a grade of
“D” or “F” may not be repeated through independent study. Tuition for independent and
directed studies is not included in normal tuition charges (see Expenses section). Faculty,
staff, and their dependents must pay the full amount of tuition charged for independent
study or directed study courses.
Academic Policies | 283
284 | Academic Policies
Grade Point Average
The GPA is computed by dividing the total number of quality points earned by the total
number of semester hours attempted at Anderson University, excluding repeats of courses
in which the grade of “D” or “F” has been earned, any courses taken as “P”, and any
remedial courses. A student’s transcript shows two different calculations of the grade point
average - term and cumulative. Term GPA is based on credit attempted and earned in a
given semester. Dean’s list eligibility is based on this calculation. Cumulative GPA reflects
overall credits and is the basis for graduation honors, admission to Teacher Education, and
graduation. Academic probation and suspension is also determined by this calculation.
Right of Appeal
If a student perceives treatment to be unfair, capricious, or arbitrary in any academic
decision, then such a decision may be appealed. Appeals must be initiated within one
month of the date of the decision or action being appealed. The student should first
appeal the decision in writing to the person who made it, stating appropriate rationale for
reconsideration. If the matter is not resolved, the student may then appeal the decision
in writing to the next highest authority. In matters related to courses, the line of appeal is
the instructor in the course, then the College Dean, and finally the Office of the Provost.
Each person to whom an appeal is made has five working days in which to communicate the
decision to the student. Students should understand that mere unhappiness with a decision
is not grounds for an appeal. For an appeal to have merit, there must be some evidence
that the student has been treated inappropriately with regard to the administration of the
University’s policies.
Grading System
The grades appearing on the transcripts of students at Anderson University are as follows:
Letter Grade Description Value
A Excellent ........................... 4
B Good .............................. 3
C Average ............................ 2
D Passing ..............................1
CR Credit ............................. 0
NC No Credit ........................... 0
F Failing ............................. 0
P Passing ............................. 0
I Incomplete (A student requested grade) ..... 0
W Withdrew ........................... 0
NR No report by instructor ................. 0
X Audit, no credit ...................... 0
Both “I” and “NR” are temporary grades. The grade designation “I” is a student-requested
grade and is not assigned otherwise. “NR” is a designation that may appear when a grade
is not reported by the instructor. This is a temporary grade and will be changed to a
Academic Policies | 285
permanent grade by the instructor at the earliest opportunity. Grades of “I” and “NR” are
not computed in the grade point average.
Each student is responsible for keeping a personal record of grade reports and total credits earned.
Incomplete Grades
The grade of incomplete must be requested by the student when some circumstance
beyond the student’s control prevents the completion of all course requirements on time.
The student makes the request in writing to the instructor, who must approve the request
before a grade of “I” can be assigned. The Request for an Incomplete Grade Form must be
completed and turned-in to the Registrar’s Office prior to the end of the last day of classes
for the term or semester. A student may not receive an incomplete grade simply because
of failure to complete the requirements for a course where there are not extenuating
circumstances. The course work must be completed, and the final grade reported,
within thirty days following the end of the academic term in which the “I” was requested.
Otherwise, a failing grade will be recorded. Students requesting an extension of this time
must seek approval of the faculty member. A final grade report is not sent to students after
finishing an incomplete but is reflected on the student’s transcript to which the student
has digital access. Incomplete grades that are not completed in a timely fashion will be
converted to an “F” at the end of the following semester.
Pass/Fail Option
To encourage students to broaden their academic program Anderson University has
established a policy whereby students, under certain circumstances, may register for a
limited number of semester hours credit on a pass/fail basis.
The following guidelines apply: (1) Students must have earned at least 60 semester hours of
credit and have earned at least a 2.5 GPA in order to register for courses on a pass/fail basis;
(2) Students may register for no more than 12 semester hours of credit on a pass/fail basis in
their degree program; (3) Students may not register for more than one pass/fail course in
a given semester or summer term; (4) Students may not register for any general education
requirement or major/minor requirement on a pass/fail basis, as only electives may be taken
on a pass/fail basis; (5) Students must have satisfied all prerequisites for a course for which
they register on a pass/fail basis or have the permission of the instructor to enroll in the
course; (6) Students who have registered to take a course by pass/fail may not change this
decision after the date of financial responsibility; (7) Students who wish to repeat courses in
which they earned the grade of D or F may not register to take them on a pass/fail basis.
The following procedures are to be followed: Students who wish to register for a course
on a pass/fail basis should obtain the Pass/Fail Option Checklist from Anderson Central,
and return it to the Registrar before the date of financial responsibility. Instructors are
informed of students in their classes who are taking courses pass/fail. Students complete all
requirements for a pass/fail course, including the final examination. Instructors report the
grade a student earns in the course. The grade of P is recorded for students who earn an A,
B, C, or D, or the grade of F for students who earn a failing grade. Courses taken on a pass/
fail basis count in the computation of hours earned for courses in which a passing grade is
earned. The grade of P does not count in the computation of the grade point average, but
the grade of F is computed in the grade point average.
286 | Academic Policies
Grade Changes
Once a grade has been recorded, it may be changed only by the instructor to correct a
computational error; and such changes must be approved by the Dean of the College in
which the course is listed. If a student feels that a grade received has been assigned unfairly
then the grade may be appealed. The appeal must be presented in writing within one
month in the following order: the instructor who assigned the grade, the Dean of the
College in which the course is listed, and finally the Provost. However, a decision to change
a grade in such cases can be made only by the Provost.
Grade Reports
Students may view their grades by using the University’s online resources.
Dean’s List
Outstanding academic achievement is recognized each term by inclusion on the Dean’s List.
Full-time students who have a term grade point average of 3.5 or better are eligible for this
recognition. Grades in courses numbered 100 or below and incompletes are not calculated
in the determination of eligibility for the Dean’s List.
Graduation Honors
Anderson University follows the practice of graduating students with honors and confers three
categories of recognition to outstanding students.
First, the President’s Award is presented to a member of the graduating class who best
exemplifies a balance between campus leadership, citizenship, scholastic aptitude, Christian
commitment, and concern for fellow students. Second, during the awarding of diplomas,
members of the graduating class are named to membership in the Denmark Society, which
honors former President Annie Dove Denmark. Students named to this honor represent the
highest Anderson University ideal in leadership, campus citizenship, scholarship and Christian
character. Finally, students who successfully complete the Honors Program are recognized
in the graduation program, and a notation of this achievement appears on the diploma. The
graduation program and diploma designate honor graduates of high academic attainment using
the following Latin phrases: Cum Laude, 3.50 to 3.74 GPA; Magna Cum Laude, 3.75 to 3.94
GPA; and Summa Cum Laude, 3.95 to 4.00 GPA. Grades in courses numbered 100 or below
are not calculated in the determination of eligibility for graduating with honors. Graduate
students are not eligible for Latin honors due to GPA requirement for degree program.
Graduation Marshals
Graduation Marshals provide support to graduates and their families along with other commencement
participants during the graduation ceremony in the spring. It is an honor to be selected to serve as
a marshal, and the criteria are based on academic excellence at the University. During the spring
semester, the Office of the Provost will contact the top 25 students according to grade point average in
the junior class who meet the following criteria: must have completed at least 75 hours and no more
than 110 hours and have no more than 30 semester hours of transfer and/or advanced placement
work. Preference in selection is given to those who are rising seniors at the end of the spring semester.
Those who agree to serve as marshals must attend a rehearsal the day before commencement and be
available early on the morning of commencement until the end of the ceremony.
Repetition of Courses
Students may only repeat a course in which they previously earned a grade of “D” or “F.” A course
must be repeated only at Anderson University and may not be repeated more than twice. Students who
enroll in a course more than a total of three times will be removed from the course. Students may not
Academic Policies | 287
repeat Education 484/495, 494/495, 495 or 496 without permission from the Director of Teacher
Education and the Provost.
Even though a student may repeat a course to improve a grade-point average, all grades earned remain
on the transcript. However, the highest grade earned for a course will be used in computing the
grade-point average.
Satisfactory Academic Progress
Full-time students are considered to be making satisfactory academic progress unless they fall below
standards for minimum scholastic attainment, as described below.
Cumulative semester hours Minimum
attempted at AU and/or transferred Cumulative GPA
1 - 12 1.5
13 - 25 1.6
26 - 38 1.7
39 - 51 1.8
52 - 64 1.9
65 or above 2.0
Academic Probation and Suspension
Students must meet the above minimum requirement to avoid being placed on academic
probation. If a student fails to meet the above minimum requirement for two consecutive
semesters, it will result in suspension from Anderson University for a period of one semester.
The calculation of grade-point averages to determine academic probation and suspension is
reflected in the “CUM” line on the student’s transcript and includes all courses numbered
100 or below as well as all other courses completed at Anderson University. Calculations to
determine the status of students with regard to probation and suspension are made only at the
conclusion of the fall and spring semesters and not following summer sessions. The record of
a part-time student is not analyzed with regard to determining satisfactory academic progress
until 12 semester hours of course work has been attempted.
Suspension Appeals and Eligibility for Financial Aid
Any student suspended may appeal in writing to the Office of the Provost. The appeal must
be submitted by the deadline cited in the letter notifying the student of the suspension.
To have an appeal seriously considered, a student must present pertinent information to
justify granting the appeal. In order to remain eligible for financial aid, students must be
judged to be making satisfactory academic progress. Students who successfully appeal an
academic suspension and are allowed to enroll the following semester are not necessarily
considered to be making satisfactory progress and may not have their eligibility for financial
aid reinstated. Students who are re-admitted following suspension are not entitled to
institutional or federal financial aid until such time as the Provost determines that the
student is making satisfactory academic progress.
Re-enrollment Option for Students
Academically Suspended After Spring Semester
Any student who is academically suspended from Anderson University after the spring
semester is offered the opportunity to attend summer school at Anderson University for
the purpose of improving his/her grade point average to the level which is required for
continued enrollment in the fall term.
The student is strongly advised to consult with his/
her academic advisor, the Registrar, or the Office of the Provost to determine the grades
needed in the summer in order to qualify for continued enrollment in the fall
.
The student may enroll in May or June summer sessions in seated or online for this
purpose. Note: The student must enroll in Anderson University summer sessions.
Summer school studies at other institutions will not satisfy this offer. Please note that
courses taken at other institutions while the student is under academic suspension will not
be accepted at Anderson University. The June session begins in late May, and summer
school registration must be complete by that date.
The offer of attending summer school for the purpose of improving his/her grade point
average represents the student’s primary opportunity to gain continued enrollment in the
fall semester. The only exception to this is that appeals for reinstatement without summer
study will be heard in the event of a student being unable to attend summer school due
to circumstances beyond his/her control. However, academic suspension is permanently
noted on a student’s academic record here at Anderson University and removed only in the
event an institutional error has been made.
Re-admission Following Suspension
The one semester period of suspension is defined as beginning after the last day of the semester
during which the student received suspension and continuing until the first day of the semester
the student is eligible to begin a new semester at Anderson University. If a student wishes to enroll
at Anderson University following the period of suspension, an Application for Admission must be
submitted to the Admission Office. Decisions regarding re-admission will be based on evidence
supporting the probability of successful completion of the academic program at Anderson
University. Students re-admitted following suspension are admitted on academic probation.
Courses completed during the period of suspension may not be transferred to Anderson
University. At the end of this semester of probation, a student must achieve a grade-point average
for removal from probation or be suspended a second time. Re-admission following a second
suspension is not likely and would be granted only under unusual circumstances.
Academic Forgiveness
Former Anderson University students who have broken enrollment due to poor
academic performance may apply for Academic Forgiveness at the time of application for
readmission. The following conditions apply:
Academic Forgiveness would apply to prior work taken at Anderson University only
Student must have had a GPA below 2.0 at time of prior attendance
Student must have been away for at least 5 years
After admission to the University, student would submit application for Academic
Forgiveness to the Office of Admission or Evening Admission
All applicants for Academic Forgiveness would be marked as conditional admits
Student must complete 15 hours with at least a 2.5 GPA
Once hour and GPA requirement are fulfilled, work will be marked as Academic
Forgiveness work and treated like transfer work – no course in which a grade of D
was earned will be given credit; grades will continue to appear on transcript, but
not computed into GPA and marked as “forgiven”.
288 | Academic Policies
Academic Forgiveness will apply to all prior coursework taken at Anderson
University; student may not select certain courses.
Any student applying for and being granted Academic Forgiveness will not be
eligible for honors at graduation.
Financial and Academic Responsibility
A student is financially and academically responsible for all enrolled classes at the end of
the second week of classes for each fall and spring semester. This policy does not apply to
summer sessions or to other special terms.
Interruption of Enrollment
Students whose enrollment at Anderson University is interrupted for two or more
semesters must apply for re-admission. If re-admitted, they come under the curriculum
and regulations stated in the catalog in effect at the time of their readmission.
Repetition of Coursework After Re-Admission
Students who are returning to Anderson University after a period of five years or more may
be required to repeat courses in which a grade of C or better is earned if the course(s) is
determined to be integral to their degree program. Determination of this requirement will be
made by the Dean of the college for the student’s major and the University Registrar. Transfer
students will be subject to the same five year time limit for any work transferred into Anderson
University that is determined to be integral to their declared major. In this case, such courses
will be accepted as electives and not as a direct transfer. Exceptions to this policy will be made
on a case by case basis and determined by the respective Dean and the University Registrar.
Class Attendance/Participation Policy
One of the most vital aspects of a university experience is attendance and punctuality
during class meetings. Class meetings, whether in traditional classrooms or during online
meeting sessions, offer students the opportunity to contribute to the learning experience
of their classmates. The value of such meetings to the academic experience cannot be fully
measured by testing procedures alone.
Course attendance and punctuality policies are established by each college or school,
or departments within the colleges or schools, at the University. Specific attendance
and punctuality requirements are indicated in the syllabus of each class. Students are
responsible for being knowledgeable of attendance policies for each class in which they are
enrolled and for adhering to those policies.
Some students participate in institutional activities that require them to represent the
University in scheduled events on and off campus. For activities of sufficient importance in
the overall life of the University, excused absences are granted. A list of activities qualifying
for excused absences is maintained by the Office of the Provost. An excused absence does
not relieve a student of responsibility for the academic work in the class missed. However,
students may not be penalized for such absences and must be given the opportunity to make
up missed work. Students are responsible for informing their professors in advance of the
class meeting dates and times that will be missed because of these activities. Practice and/
or preparation for these activities would not be a valid reason to miss a class meeting.
Ultimately, each student bears the responsibility to be aware of and to comply with attendance
and punctuality requirements for each and every course in which he or she enrolls
.
Academic Policies | 289
290 | Academic Policies
Permission to Make Up Missed Exams
Students who miss scheduled exams and other in-class graded activities because they
are representing Anderson University in officially sponsored activities may be granted
permission to complete the activity upon returning to class.
Students must present a signed permission form to the class instructor before the missed
assignment, at which point the instructor will specify the time and means of making up
the assignment.
Medical excuses must be accompanied by official medical documentation from a physician
or other appropriate documentation requested by the instructor. Excuses for civic
responsibilities such as jury duty or military service shall be established by documentation
from the appropriate government authorities.
This policy does not apply to papers or other assigned work intended to be completed
outside the classroom.
Withdrawal from Courses
Important: Please note any changes in enrollment during the add/drop period or course
withdrawal at any point of the semester may result in revisions to your financial aid and/
or billing for the semester. You should contact the Office of Financial Aid Planning to
determine the impact of such changes on your aid eligibility prior to adding/dropping or
withdrawing from courses.
Students may withdraw from a traditional semester course within the first ten class days of
the semester without the course appearing on their transcript. The student must complete
a drop form, secure the proper signatures, and submit the form to the Registrar’s Office.
Students will receive a grade of “W” in any course dropped after the first ten class days.
Students enrolled in an Accelerated term course may withdraw within the first three class
meetings and not have the course appear on their transcript. Courses dropped after the first
three class meetings will receive a grade of “W” and must be requested in writing. Students
in all programs - traditional, Accelerated and graduate, should refer to posted information
each semester for specific withdrawal dates. Any course in which a grade of “W” is received is
subject to tuition charges. Students should refer to the Financial Aid section of the catalog
for specific information pertaining to charging for withdrawn courses.
If a student exceeds the number of absences allowed in the course after the deadline for
withdrawing from courses, the student will receive the grade of “F” for the course.
Courses dropped after the add period will be assessed a $10 drop fee.
Withdrawal from the University
The University recognizes that certain situations may necessitate withdrawal from the
University during an academic term. This process for official withdrawal begins with the
Center for Student Success. A grade of “W” or “F” may be assigned depending on the date
of official withdrawal. If the student fails to follow the procedure for official withdrawal
or if the withdrawal date is after the deadline, the grade of “F” is assigned for all courses
registered. If a student’s withdrawal from the University after the deadline is caused by
extenuating circumstances, it may be appealed to the Provost for approval to receive the
grade of “W.” Students who withdraw from the University may be eligible for partial
refund. Refer to the Financial Information section of this catalog for the refund schedules.
Temporary Student Leave
Withdrawal from the university during the semester is sometimes caused by certain
unavoidable circumstances. A student may request a Temporary Student Leave for any
of the following reasons: childbirth, military service, physical health, or mental health.
Temporary Student Leave allows the student to return to the university within one year
without having to reapply or to change catalogs. In order to qualify for Temporary Leave
status, the student must (1) be in good academic standing with the university, and (2)
provide support documentation and receive approval from professional staff in the Student
Development Division of the university.
Students seeking a Temporary Student Leave will complete a withdrawal form in the Center
for Student Success. At that time a professional staff member will be designated as the
clearance contact for the student’s return enrollment.
When the student believes that she/he is ready to return to the university, the student must
request an interview with the designated staff member. Following an interview and review
of supporting documents, the staff member will determine the student’s readiness to
return. Upon determining that the student is ready to return, the staff member will notify
the student’s academic advisor that clearance has been granted and that the student may
begin the registration process.
If a student is initially denied Temporary Student Leave, or if the designated staff member denies
the student’s request to re-enroll, the student may appeal that decision to the Vice President for
Student Development, who will assemble a review committee to consider the appeal.
Requests for Temporary Student Leave made after classes have ended for a term or semester
will not be granted.
Requests for Transcripts
Students may request a copy of their academic record by filling out a “Transcript
Request Form” in Anderson Central. Official transcripts are $10.00 each. Transcripts will not
be released for any individual who has any indebtedness to Anderson University. Unofficial
transcripts are available online.
Student Records
Anderson University maintains various student records. (1) Academic records are maintained
in the Registrar’s Office. (2) Admission records are transferred from the Admission Office to
the appropriate College Dean/advisor upon a student’s enrollment. (3) Advising records are
maintained by faculty advisors. The Advising Record, which is the permanent record, contains
the following items: admission application, transfer evaluation records, advisor anecdotal
records, Individual Program Worksheet, and other related information. (4) Alumni records are
maintained in the Alumni Office. (5) Financial records are maintained in the Business Office.
(6) Financial Aid records are maintained in the Financial Aid Office; financial statements
of parents are not accessible to students. (7) Medical records are maintained by the Health
Center. (8) Personal counseling records are maintained by the Student Services Office and are
not accessible to the student. (9) Disciplinary records are maintained in the Student
Development Office and kept for four (4) years beyond the student’s initial enrollment at
Anderson University. (10) Disability documentation and records are maintained in the Center
for Student Success and kept for five (5) years after the student’s last date of attendance.
The records listed above, except those specified as inaccessible, may be reviewed by the
student. In some instances, a written request may be required, but in no instance will the
University wait longer than forty-five (45) days to provide access to the record. The student
may be charged a maximum of ten cents per sheet for photocopies of the records. If there is
a disagreement between the student and the custodian of the records that cannot be resolved
in informal discussion, a hearing will be scheduled within forty-five (45) days of receipt of
the student’s written request. The hearing will be conducted by a person who is appointed by
the Chairman of the Faculty and approved by the student. The results of the hearing will be
transmitted in writing to the student and mailed to the campus and home address.
In keeping with the provisions of the Federal Education Rights and Privacy Act of 1974, the
University will not issue transcripts or other personally identifiable records of a student without
the student’s written consent, except as indicated below: (1) Anderson University officials will
have access to the records; (2) Grade reports may be mailed to parents of dependent children
if the Registrar is instructed to do so by the student; (3) Records may be released in connection
with a student’s application for, or receipt of, financial aid; and (4) Certain state and federal
officials have legal access to the records.
Information About Students Considered Public Records
Certain items are considered to be public information and may be released by the University
without written consent unless the University is instructed to withhold such information from
the public. Items of public information are name, address, telephone listing, parents’ names,
date of birth, field of study, participation in officially recognized activities and sports, weight
and height of varsity athletes, dates of attendance, recognitions, degrees and awards received,
and previous educational institutions attended. Any student who does not want this information
released by the University must communicate this preference in writing to the Registrar by the
end of the first week of classes each semester.
3ROLF\IRU6WXGHQWV5HFHLYLQJ9HWHUDQV$GPLQLVWUDWLRQ%HQHÀWV
Students who receive VA benefits are subject to special governmental rules with regard to
academic probation and course withdrawal. Recipients of VA benefits may not be certified for
such benefits for more than one semester of academic probation. In some instances, the student
may be eligible to continue as a student of the University without the VA benefits. Recipients of
VA benefits who withdraw from a course after mid-semester will receive a grade of “F” for the
course unless the withdrawal was due to extenuating circumstances. The VA Benefits Program is
administered by the Registrar’s Office.
292 | Academic Policies
Academic Policies | 293
Graduate Studies
Graduate Studies | 295
Graduate Studies Mission Statement
The mission of Graduate Studies, at Anderson University is to provide academic
preparation for adult students who desire to enhance their capacity for service and
leadership within a variety of professional settings. All graduate degree programs at
Anderson University are designed to ensure that graduate students engage in courses that
are progressively more advanced in academic content and intellectual rigor compared to
undergraduate programs within the same or similar disciplines. The courses within the
graduate curriculum require intensive study of scholarly literature and findings, as well as
student participation in research, pertinent practice and training, or both.
The University provides a graduate admissions clearing house through the Office of
Graduate and Evening Admissions. The requirements for each graduate program are
established by the resident college for the degree program.
Graduate Program Administrators
Dr. Sandra M. Mancuso, Dean of Graduate, Online, and Non-Traditional Programs
Mr. George Ducworth, Dean, School of Criminal Justice
Dr. Michael Duduit, Dean, College of Christian Studies
Dr. Carol Karnes, Dean, College of Business
Dr. Jerry Bilbrey, Director of MBA
Dr. David Larson, Dean, College of Visual and Performing Arts
Dr. Raymond Locy, Dean, College of Education
Dr. David Perry, Director of Music Education
Graduate Admissions Staff
Mrs. Kelley Norwine, Graduate Admissions Coordinator
Ms. Judy Smith Graduate Financial Aid and Student Accounts Counselor
Position Vacant, Graduate and Evening Admissions Office Manager
Master of Criminal Justice
Dr. Sandra M. Mancuso, Dean of Graduate, Online, and Non-Traditional Programs
Mr. George Ducworth, Dean, School of Criminal Justice
Dr. Damon Camp, Coordinator of the Command College
Mr. Jeff Black, Assistant Professor
Mr. Keith Smith, Command College Recruiter
Dr. Thomas Johnson, Adjunct Instructor
Dr. James Metts, Adjunct Instructor
Mr. John Tate, Adjunct Instructor
Ms. Debbie Turner, Adjunct Instructor
Mr. Tim Turner, Adjunct Instructor
Mrs. Betty Baskin, Administrative Assistant
Master of Ministry / Doctor of Ministry
Dr. Michael Duduit, Dean, College of Christian Studies and Professor of Christian Ministry
Dr. Kristopher K. Barnett, Associate Dean, College of Christian Studies and Assistant
Professor of Christian Ministry
Dr. Charles W. Fuller, Assistant Professor of Christian Studies
Dr. Ryan Neal, Associate Professor of Christian Studies
Dr. Channing Crisler, Assistant Professor of Christian Studies
Dr. Bryan Cribb, Assistant Professor of Christian Studies
Ms. Shelly Steenwyk, Administrative Assistant
Master of Music in Music Education (MM MEd)
Dr. David Perry, Director of Music Education
Ms. Deedy Francis, Associate Professor of Music
Dr. David Stern, Associate Professor of Music
Dr. Tommy Watson, Associate Professor of Music
Dr. Richard Williamson, Professor of Music
Mrs. Elizabeth Nix, Administrative Assistant
Master of Business Administration
Dr. Carol Karnes, Dean, College of Business
Dr. Jerry Bilbrey, Associate Dean, College of Business and Director of the MBA Program
and Associate Professor of Management
Dr. Jim Davis, Adjunct Instructor
Dr. Douglas J. Goodwin, Associate Professor of Management
Dr. Bill Hanson, Adjunct Instructor
Dr. Miren Ivankovic, Associate Professor of Economics and Finance
Dr. Jeffrey Moore, Associate Professor of Management
Dr. Jamie Ressler, Associate Professor of Marketing
Dr. Danny Rhodes, Adjunct Instructor
Dr. Gordon Smith, Associate Professor of Economics and Finance
Dr. Joe Spencer, Professor of Marketing
Ms. Stephanie McLees, Coordinator of the MBA and Administrative Assistant for the
College of Business
Master of Arts in Teaching
Master of Education
Master of Education in Administration and Supervision
Dr. Raymond Locy, Dean, College of Education
Mrs. Brenda Gray, Coordinator of Graduate Programs
Dr. Laura Black, Adjunct Instructor
Dr. Lynn Dowis, Adjunct Instructor
Dr. Bob Hanley, Adjunct Instructor
Dr. Danny Hawkins, Associate Professor of Education
Dr. Jacquelynn Malloy, Assistant Professor of Education
Dr. Kelly Pew, Adjunct Instructor
Dr. Lee Rawl, Associate Professor of Education
Dr. Patrice Shearin, Assistant Professor of Education
Dr. Meg Walworth, Associate Professor of Education
Graduate Admission Policies and Procedures
Admission to Graduate Programs
Anderson University accepts students on the basis of academic qualification, character
and evidence of the potential to benefit from the university experience. Each applicant’s
record will be examined for evidence reflecting potential for intellectual and social
growth, strength of character, and seriousness of purpose. The University considers all
qualified applications without regard to race, religious creed, place of national origin,
sex, disability, or ethnic group. Admission will be on a competitive basis, with the best-
qualified students receiving priority.
The application form and other requisite information (please see the specific admissions
requirements for each degree program in the sections that follow) should be submitted to
Graduate and Evening Admission Office. Due to the competitive nature of our programs,
296 | Graduate Studies
materials should be submitted as soon as possible. Incomplete applications may not be
processed or may be granted provisional admission.
Regardless of the type of admission sought, all applications are forwarded for review to
administrative offices of each degree program. Within two-weeks, all students will receive
notification in writing acknowledging receipt of application materials. Students admitted
provisionally, will be informed of the conditions to meet and the deadline for meeting
them.
*UDGXDWH3URJUDP(QUROOPHQW'HÀQLWLRQVIRU)LQDQFLDO$LG(OLJLELOLW\
Graduate student financial aid eligibility, and the amount of potential aid for graduate
programs, is determined by a graduate student’s enrollment status. The table below
provides a definition of full-time and half-time enrollment by graduate program.
Graduate Program Full-time enrollment Half-time enrollment
Master of Business Admin. (MBA) 9 6
Master of Criminal Justice (MCJ) 8 4
Master of Arts in Teaching (MAT) 6 3
Master of Education (M.Ed.) 6 3
Master of Ministry (M.Min.) 6 3
Master of Music Education (M.M.Ed.) 6 3
Doctor of Ministry (D.Min.) 6 3
Tuition and Fees and Graduate Financial Aid
At Anderson University, we believe higher education should not be a privilege reserved
only for those who can afford it. The Financial Aid Planning Office is committed to
helping Anderson University students find appropriate ways to finance their education.
Graduate students are eligible to receive some federal loans and work-study funds. For
consideration of these funds, complete the Free Application for Federal Student Aid
(FAFSA) by May 1st of each year. The FAFSA can be completed online at www.fafsa.
ed.gov. Graduate students are ineligible for institutional scholarships.
Tuition and Fees
Program Description Cost
MBA Tuition per credit hour $403
MBA Tuition per credit hour (Audit – no credit) $202
MBA Resource fee per course $250
MCJ Tuition per credit hour $403
MCJ Tuition per credit hour (Audit – no credit) $202
MCJ Resource fee per course $300
MAT/ MEd/MEd: AS Tuition per credit hour $331
MAT/ MEd/MEd: AS Tuition per credit hour (Audit – no credit) $166
MAT EDU 517 Course Fee $110
MAT
EDU 594 Cooperating Teacher Honorarium and ID Badge
$305
MEd/MEd: AS
TaskStream Software Fee $50
MEd: AS
EDU 591/EDU 592 Supervising Administrator Honorarium
$300
Graduate Studies | 297
298 | Graduate Studies
MMin Tuition per credit hour $300
MMin Non-degree seeking $150
M.Min. Orientation Fee $75
MM MEd Tuition per credit hour $331
MM MEd Tuition per credit hour (Audit – no credit) $166
MM MEd MUA 501 Applied Lessons fee (per credit hour) $320
MM MEd MUP 520 Music Ensemble activity fee $20
MM MEd MUH 497 independent study fee (per credit hr.) $535
MM MEd MUT 498 independent study fee (per credit hr.) $535
All* Application for admission
*Waived for AU graduates $50
All Graduation application fee $100
All Graduation application fee (late) $125
All Graduation Reapplication Fee $15
All Automobile registration (On campus students only) $60
All Returned check fee $35
All Transcript (Official) $10
All Transcript (Unofficial) $5
All fees subject to change. Subsequent changes will be announced separately.
Federal Stafford Loan
Effective July 1, 2012, the Federal Government eliminated subsidized Stafford loads for
graduate students.Unsubsidized loans accrue interest from the point of disbursement. We
encourage our students to pay the interest while they are in school. There are no penalties
for payments on your loan early. Repayment and interest begin six months after the
student ceases to be enrolled at the required enrollment status.
Federal PLUS Loan
The Parent Loan for Undergraduate and Graduate Students (PLUS) is awarded to
dependent students’ parents, and the amount is determined by their FAFSA results and
credit history. The PLUS Loan amount awarded can be up to the cost of attendance
minus other financial aid.
SC Teachers Loan Program (Education programs only)
The SC Teachers Loan may be forgiven if the applicant teaches in a South Carolina
public school in a critical subject or critical geographic area. To begin the process, simply
download the application at www.scstudentloan.org. The priority filing deadline is April 15.
The loan is forgiven at the rate of 20% or $3,000, whichever is greater, for each full year
of teaching in a South Carolina public school in a critical subject or critical geographic
area. Contact the Financial Aid Planning Office for more details.
ACADEMIC POLICIES
Transfer Policy
Students may transfer up to six semester hours (or nine semester hours for the Master of
Ministry) from a regionally or nationally accredited institution of higher learning. Credit
may be given for graduate level courses that are completed with a grade of B (3.0) or higher
at an accredited college or university. Students will need to provide a syllabus and /or a
course description of the course(s) for evaluation and an official transcript. Transferability
Graduate Studies | 299
of hours will be determined by the Dean of the program in consultation with the University
Registrar. Graduate students in the College of Education who wish to transfer a course
must complete and submit a “Request for Transfer of Graduate Course Credit” form,
which is available from the Office of the Coordinator of Graduate Programs.
Statute of Limitation – Time Limits
Graduate degrees awarded from Anderson University require that our students have current
useable knowledge in their field; therefore, all program requirements must be completed
within five (5) academic years from the date of initial matriculation into the first graduate
level course. If the student does not enroll in the term to which admitted, the student’s
admission status is subject to further review at the discretion of the Dean of the College.
Academic Standing
It is the University’s desire that all students successfully complete their programs of study.
The following regulations are established to guarantee that a student is making satisfactory
progress toward completing degree program.
Good Standing
To remain in good academic standing, the graduate student must maintain a specific
cumulative grade point average. Depending upon the discipline, the GPA varies.
Minimum GPA for graduate students:
MBA 3.0
MCJ 3.0
M Min 2.0
M Ed 3.0
M Ed Administration/Supervision 3.0
MAT 2.5
MM M Ed 3.0
Academic Probation
A graduate student is placed on probation if he or she does not achieve the required
cumulative GPA within their specific college.
For first suspension, the student agrees to work with the academic success plan, outlined
by the student and the College Dean. Students may apply for readmission into the college
after being out for one term.
In the event of a second suspension, the student may not be readmitted until at least one
calendar year has elapsed, regardless of suspension.
If a student receives a D or F in a graduate course, the dean or program director will work
with the student to develop a remediation plan to assist the student. (A copy of this plan
will be filed with the Dean of Graduate, Online and Non-Traditional Programs). The
student will then repeat the course as soon as it becomes available in his or her program.
Students may appeal their academic suspension by writing to the Dean of the College.
Following the Dean’s ruling, if the student desires a second review of the suspension
decision, the appeal may be addressed to the Office of the Provost. Suspended students
who miss the deadline for appeal will not be eligible to return until the next term in
which the courses they need to repeat are offered.
A candidate enrolled in a College of Education graduate program must meet the criteria
300 | Graduate Studies
for each Benchmark in the unit assessment system. The criteria for each Benchmark are
described in the
College of Education Graduate Student Handbook.
Grade Appeals
If a student perceives a grade to be unfair, capricious, or arbitrary he/she may submit an
appeal in writing. The appeal must be initiated within one month of the grade assignment
and must include a clear rationale for the appeal. For an appeal to have merit there
must be some evidence that the student has been treated inappropriately with regard
to the administration of the University’s policies. The line of appeal is the instructor
in the course, then the Dean of the College or their designee, and finally the Office
of the Provost. Each person to whom an appeal is made has five working days in which
to communicate the decision to the student. Students should understand that mere
unhappiness with a grade is not grounds for an appeal.
Incomplete Grades
The student must request a grade of incomplete in writing when circumstances beyond
the student’s control prevent the completion of all course requirements on time. A
student may not receive a grade of “I” where there are no extenuating circumstances. The
Request for an Incomplete Form is available on the Registrar’s page of the AU Website.
The form must be approved by the instructor and the Dean of the College, and must
be filed with the Registrar prior to the final exam for the course. The course work must
be completed within 30 days of the last day of the term. The instructor will notify the
student and Registrar of the final grade within 10 days of its completion. Incomplete
grades not completed and filed on time will result in a grade of “F” for the course.
Withdrawal from a Course
Important: Please note any changes in enrollment during the add/drop period or course
withdrawal at any point of the semester may result in revisions to your financial aid and/
or billing for the semester. You should contact the Office of Financial Aid Planning to
determine the impact of such changes on your aid eligibility prior to adding/dropping or
withdrawing from courses.
Students who wish to withdraw from a course must notify the office of the Dean of the
College. If the notification to withdraw occurs before the first class begins in a term, the
student will be removed from the class roster. Students who withdraw between the first
class and the mid-point in the term may receive a “W” for the course. Students who
withdraw after the mid-point of the class will receive a grade of “F” for the course.
Withdrawing from the University
Under certain situations, it may be necessary for a student to withdraw from the
University. A student should notify the Dean of the College if they are considering a full
withdrawal, and then the student should contact the Center for Student Success where the
withdrawal process will be initiated. A grade of “W” or “F” may be assigned depending on
the date of the official withdrawal. Students failing to follow the procedure for official
withdrawal will be awarded a grade of “F” for all courses in which they remain registered.
Temporary Graduate Student Leave
Withdrawal from the university during the semester is sometimes caused by certain
unavoidable circumstances. A student may request a Temporary Student Leave for
any of the following reasons: childbirth, military service, physical health, or mental
Graduate Studies | 301
health. Temporary Student Leave allows the student to return to the university within one
year without having to reapply or to change catalogs. In order to qualify for Temporary
Leave status, the student must (1) be in good academic standing with the university, and
(2) provide support documentation and receive approval from the dean of the college in
which the graduate student is enrolled.
Students seeking a Temporary Student Leave will complete a withdrawal form available
in the office of the dean of their college. The dean or his/her designee will be identified
on the form as the clearance contact for the student’s return enrollment. Other approval
signatures required on the form include the financial aid office and the library.
When the student believes that she/he is ready to return to the university, the student
must request an interview with the designated staff member. Following an interview and
review of supporting documents, the staff member will determine the student’s readiness
to return. Upon determining that the student is ready to return, the staff member will
notify the student’s academic advisor that clearance has been granted and that the student
may begin the registration process.
If a student is initially denied Temporary Student Leave, or if the designated staff
member denies the student’s request to re-enroll, the student may appeal that decision to
the Office of the Provost, who will assemble a review committee to consider the appeal.
Requests for Temporary Student Leave made after classes have ended for a term or
semester will not be granted.
Academic Honesty and Dishonesty
Students at Anderson University are expected to conduct themselves with integrity and to
be honest and forthright in their academic endeavors. Just as academic honesty is vitally
important to the value of a university education, academic dishonesty is a serious offense
because it diminishes the quality of academic scholarship at Anderson University and
defrauds society, the institution, faculty, and other students. The policy on Academic
Honesty and Dishonesty is described in the current Student Handbook which can be
found online under the Student Life section of the Student pull-down menu at the
University Website (www.andersonuniversity.edu). The forms of academic dishonesty
addressed by the policy include plagiarism, fabrication, cheating, and academic
misconduct. Consequences for academic dishonesty range from a grade of F on the
assignment or for the course for a first offense and may include suspension or expulsion
for a second offense.
Accommodations for Students with Disabilities
Anderson University provides accommodations to enable students with disabilities to
access the University community, in compliance with Section 504 of the Rehabilitation
Act of 1973 and the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990. Reasonable accommodations
are determined based on current documentation and are made on a case-by-case basis.
Adherence to academic standards that are essential to a course of study is generally
considered non-discriminatory.
Students requesting accommodations from Anderson University must self identify by
contacting the Center for Student Success. Application for accommodations does not
ensure that the student qualifies to receive accommodations.
Students requesting accommodations must have a documented disability as defined
by Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act and the Americans with Disabilities Act. All
documentation is evaluated on a case-by-case basis. If provided documentation is deemed
insufficient, the student may be required to provide additional documentation. Complete
guidelines for documentation are available from the Center for Student Success. In
general, documentation should include:
Letterhead, name, and title indicating that the documentation was provided by
a professional trained in the differential diagnosis of disorders, and that the
evaluation was performed within the last three years.
A clearly stated diagnosis which rules out alternative explanations and diagnoses.
• Defined levels of functioning.
• An explanation of substantial limitations due to the disability.
Current treatment and medication.
• Essential accommodations needed for postsecondary education, including
duration and rationale.
The Center for Student Success determines the student’s eligibility for accommodations
and, for eligible students, determines appropriate accommodations
Application for Graduation
Students nearing completion of their degree must complete an Application for Graduate
Studies Graduation. Applications are accepted in the fall for spring graduation and
in the spring for summer and fall graduation. Deadlines for application are set by the
University Registrar and distributed to students. Failure to meet the stated deadline
may result in a delay in time of graduation. Students must complete the Application for
Graduate Studies Graduation and submit the form for review and signature from the
Dean of the College of their program. The application and all supporting documents
will then be reviewed by the University Registrar and a degree audit performed. Official
degree audits are sent to the student’s Anderson University email account. All students
applying for spring and fall graduation are expected to participate in the commencement
ceremony at the end of the semester. Students applying for summer graduation
are invited to participate in the December commencement. The Graduate Studies
application fee is $100 for those applying by the stated deadline. The fee for applications
submitted after the stated deadline is $125. Caps and gowns are ordered through the
University Bookstore.
DEGREE PROGRAM LISTINGS
Master of Criminal Justice (MCJ)
Mission Statement for Master of Criminal Justice (The Command College of
South Carolina at Anderson University)
The Command College of South Carolina at Anderson University is designed to
prepare executive leaders in the field of criminal justice to deal with the complexities
and challenges of managing justice system agencies in an organizationally sound and
ethical manner. Focusing on the managerial, legal and political aspects of command-
level leadership, the program is geared toward current and future executives who want to
institute sound, researched-based change in the field.
302 | Graduate Studies
Graduate Studies | 303
The Command College of South Carolina at Anderson University offers a thirty-six
hour Master’s-level training/educational program which targets command-level staff in
criminal justice. The curriculum is intended to provide intensive exposure to relevant
graduate-level material that is specifically engineered for professionals in management
positions in the criminal justice field. With an emphasis on organizational behavior as
it applies to the field of criminal justice, the program is designed to assist individuals
working in law enforcement and other agencies to develop policy which is grounded in
research that is related to the field. At the completion of the program, graduates of the
Command College will receive a certificate and those that qualify are awarded a Master of
Criminal Justice degree (MCJ).
The Command College is designed to accomplish the following objectives:
To develop a thorough understanding of the key research that
influences the successful administration of justice in America.
To acquire the knowledge and skills necessary to provide effective and
pro-active leadership in the field of criminal justice.
To attain an appropriate level of appreciation for, and understanding of, the
way in which a 21st century criminal justice agency can be managed in an
ethically sound and legally defensible manner.
Coursework is offered in a sequential manner, where each course is a blend of traditional
classroom instruction and online interaction. All courses require one or more written
research projects or papers, and the capstone requires a major project. Courses carry
four (4) semester credit hours each. All participants are expected to enroll in two
(2) courses each fall and spring and one (1) course during the interim summer term.
Accordingly, participants should complete the program in twenty months.
As to curriculum delivery, each course is taught under the same basic design. Participants
are contacted via email before the beginning of the term and informed of the reading
assignments for the first class session. They attend an intensive two-day session near
the beginning of the term and then work on their own for a period of several weeks,
communicating with the instructor, and each other, via the online portion of the course.
In the fall and spring semesters, they meet again on two consecutive days three more
times, for a total of four (4) times for each course. At each of these sessions, classes meet
with the instructor for eight (8) hours, resulting in a total of thirty-two (32) in-class
hours per course. The program begins in the Fall term where two courses are taught.
This is followed by two courses in the Spring term and one course during the Summer
session. The Summer session requires two two-day sessions of eight hours per day,
combined with online instructional activities. In year two, two courses each are delivered
in each term – Fall and Spring.
The program is intended for working professionals in criminal justice who are seeking
advanced training in executive development. Upper management personnel from the
fields of policing, courts, corrections and juvenile justice at the local, state and federal
levels have been targeted. In addition, managers working in auxiliary areas as well as the
private sector will be sought.
304 | Graduate Studies
Admission Requirements
Regular Admission
Baccalaureate degree from a regionally or nationally accredited institution of
higher learning
Cumulative college GPA of 2.75 or higher on a 4.0 scale
Submit a written nomination by a supervising employer or senior-level
executive in the organization where the applicant is working
Provide a resume and goals statement detailing one’s professional aspirations
Currently work in a sworn, certified, or professional position in criminal
justice, preferably in an upper- or middle-management position
Minimum of five years experience working in the criminal justice field
Minimum TOEFL score of 550 (paper), 220 (computer) or 75 (internet) if
English is not the student’s first language, and proof of current Visa for
International Students
Applications will be reviewed by the Office of Graduate and Evening Admission, and
applicants will be admitted on a competitive basis. Factors considered include the
applicant’s GPA, the number of years in service, management experience, and the
strength of the application materials.
Provisional Admission
Promising applicants who hold a baccalaureate degree but do not meet the formal
requirements listed above may be granted provisional admission. Full graduate standing
is granted when these students satisfactorily complete prescribed conditions which may
include taking a graduate placement test such as the GRE. They must meet any special
conditions attached to their admission by the Office of Graduate and Evening Admission
no later than upon the completion of eight semester hours of graduate credit. Among
provisionally admitted applicants may be the following:
Applicants with a bachelor’s degree from an accredited institution who lack
undergraduate work considered essential for graduate study.
Applicants whose scholastic records are below admission standards, and who
give evidence unavoidable, extenuating circumstances affected their
undergraduate record, but that progressive improvement took place.
2012-2013 Command College Academic Calendar
FALL SEMESTER, 2012
Orientation .................................................................................. August 8
Fall Semester Online Component Begins ............................................. August 15
Last Day to Withdraw With No Grade (Financial Responsibility after this date) ...... September 4
First Set of On-campus Classes (First-year Students) .......................... August 28-29
First Set of On-campus Classes (Second-year Students ....................... August 29-30
Labor Day Holiday ..................................................................... September 3
Second Set of On-Campus Classes (First-year Students ................. September 25-26
Second Set of On-Campus Classes (Second-year Students) ............. September 26-27
Last Day to Withdraw from Courses .................................................. October 16
Third Set of On-Campus Classes (First-year Students) ...................... October 30-31
Third Set of On-Campus Classes (Second-year Students) ....... October 31-November 1
Thanksgiving Holidays ........................................................... November 23-25
Final Set of On-campus Classes (First-year Students) ..................... November 27-28
Final Set of On-campus Classes (Second-year Students) ................. November 28-29
Graduation ............................................................................... December 14
All Grades Due ................................................................ December 18 (noon)
SPRING SEMESTER, 2013
Spring Semester Online Component Begins .......................................... January 9
Last Day to Withdraw With No Grade (Financial Responsibility after this date) ... January 22
First Set of On-campus Classes (First-year Students) ........................ January 29-30
First Set of On-campus Classes (Second-year Students) ...................... January 30-31
Second Set of On-Campus Classes (First-year Students) .................. February 26-27
Second Set of On-Campus Classes (Second-year Students) ............... February 27-28
Last Day to Withdraw from Courses ...................................................... March 5
Spring Break .............................................................................. March 9-17
Third Set of On-Campus Classes (First-year Students) ........................ March 26-27
Third Set of On-Campus Classes (Second-year Students) .................... March 27-28
Final Set of On-campus Classes (First-year Students) ............................ April 23-24
Final Set of On-campus Classes (Second-year Students) ........................ April 24-25
Senior Grades Due .................................................................... May 2 (noon)
Graduation ....................................................................................... May 4
SUMMER TERM, 2013
Online Component Begins ................................................................... May 6
Last Day to Withdraw With No Grade (Financial Responsibility after this date) ......... May 15
First Set of On-campus Classes (First-year Students) .............................. May 21-22
Last Day to Withdraw from Courses ....................................................... June 14
Final Set of On-campus Classes (First-year Students) ............................ June 25-26
Term Ends ....................................................................................... July 24
All Grades Due ....................................................................... July 27 (noon)
Graduate Course Listing in Criminal Justice
501. The Role of the Chief Executive ........................................................... (4)
This introductory course is designed to provide an overview of management principles
along with a practical view of the environment surrounding the role of the chief executive
in criminal justice today. Specifically, topics such as organizational theory and structure,
and leadership will be reviewed along with an examination of the political, legal and social
environment encircling the chief executive.
510. The Dynamics of Administration ......................................................... (4)
This course provides an introduction to human resources management functions in
criminal justice. The dynamics of hiring, retaining and evaluating personnel will be
covered along with the competing demands, ethical dilemmas, and policy issues related to
human resources.
Graduate Studies | 305
306 | Graduate Studies
550. Crime, Law & the Legal System ............................................................ (4)
In this course a broad outline of the fundamentals of criminology and a review of the legal
system designed to deal with criminal behavior is provided. In addition to an overview
of crime causation, an examination of how the American system of justice operates is
presented. Included is a survey of the foundations of jurisprudence and an appraisal of
how the legal system responds to crime in America.
560. The Media & Political Survival ............................................................ (4)
An examination of the role of the media in modern society along with the relationship
between media outlets and criminal justice executives is offered in this course. In addition,
various strategies to cope with public exposure are explored and the role of positive
leadership in this area is examined.
601. Applied Research Methods .................................................................. (4)
This overview of research methods is designed to create a more intelligent consumer of
scientific research in the field of criminal justice who is able to identify the strengths and
weaknesses of work in the field. The course focuses on quantitative research methods
and covers observational and experimental research designs, along with an overview of
qualitative research methodology.
605. Criminal Justice Policy Analysis ........................................................... (4)
In this capstone course, participants will review and critique the most recent and significant
research in the field. A major research project will also be a part of this course.
615. Managing a Multicultural & Ethical Department ..................................... (4)
An examination of current issues relating to the administration of justice in a culturally
diverse society is provided in this course. Special emphasis will be placed on the impact of
changing ethnicity on social and institutional public policy and managing these changes
legally and ethically.
640. Strategic & Tactical Planning .............................................................. (4)
This course focuses on learning the importance and practice of strategic, tactical and
operational planning in criminal justice. Emphasis will be placed on forecasting likely,
as well as plausible, future conditions and influencing those conditions through effective
leadership so that the desired outcome can be achieved. In addition, an overview of
budgeting principles will be covered and the basics of grantsmanship will be reviewed.
655. Executive Liability ............................................................................. (4)
A review of major liability issues facing the chief executive in criminal justice is the focus of
this course. Civil liability, torts, negligence and employment law will be covered.
David T. Clamp Graduate School of Christian Ministry
Master of Ministry (MMin)
Mission Statement
The Master of Ministry degree provides a solid foundation for ministry service by focusing
on the core competencies of pastoral ministry. While providing a foundation of biblical
and theological study, the program emphasizes practical ministry training, with a particular
emphasis on leadership in ministry. The degree program will be appropriate for a variety of
persons, including those already in ministry who are ready for advanced study, and persons
entering ministry who seek an effective preparation for hands-on ministry service. The
program will also be of value for committed lay leaders in the church who seek to advance
their capacity and preparation for service.
Program Overview
The Master of Ministry is a 42-hour degree program which is offered via two delivery
modes: classroom and online. The online courses are offered in five eight-week terms
through the year. The classroom courses are offered in four eight-week terms (two in the
fall, two in the spring), a four-week May Term, and two one-week Intensive courses offered
in the summer. The degree can be earned within a two-year period for students attending
a course during each term; online students may be required to take two courses in some
terms in order to complete the program within two years.
Master of Ministry Degree Requirements
In order to be awarded the Master of Ministry degree, the student must successfully
complete the 42-hour curriculum of courses, plus a Ministry Project that is presented
during the program’s final class (Ministry in the 21st Century).
At the time of application, the student will indicate whether he or she will be primarily attending
classes on campus or through the online program; however, students will not be limited to one
delivery mode. For example, a classroom student may choose to take selected online courses
as long as space is available in those classes. (Online degree students will have first priority for
online classes, and classroom students will have first priority for classroom courses.)
All online courses are offered in eight-week terms. Classroom courses are offered in
eight-week terms in the fall and spring semesters. A four-week May term is offered, with
the course meeting two nights per week (Tuesday and Thursday). Two Intensive courses
are offered during the summer, with classes meeting Monday through Friday from 9 am
until noon, and 1 pm until 5. Classroom courses for the Anderson campus will meet one
evening per week from 6:00 until 10:00 pm. Online courses will meet interactively online
one evening per week from 7:00 until 8:30 pm. (All times are Eastern. Students unable
to participate live in the weekly class sessions may seek permission to substitute viewing of
archived class sessions.) In addition, online students will receive a major portion of course
content via video recordings (DVD and/or streaming video), to be viewed prior to each
week’s class session.
Admission Requirements
Regular Admission
Baccalaureate degree from a regionally or nationally accredited institution of
higher learning
Cumulative college GPA of 2.5 or higher on a 4.0 scale
Three letters of recommendation. One of the recommendation letters must be
from the pastor/minister of the local church where the applicant is currently a
member; if the applicant is the pastor, then the letter may come from another
Graduate Studies | 307
308 | Graduate Studies
leader within the church.
Submit statement of faith and description of church involvement
Minimum TOEFL score of 550 (paper), 220 (computer) or 75 (internet) if
English is not the student’s first language, and proof of current visa for
International students
Provisional admission - Prerequisite to admission to the Master of Ministry program is a
baccalaureate degree from a regionally-accredited college or university. A limited number
of applicants who have a baccalaureate degree from a college or university that is not
regionally-accredited may be accepted on a provisional basis; in order to be considered
for provisional admission, such applicants must submit an appropriate score from the
Graduate Record Examination (GRE), along with other admission requirements. The
Admissions Committee of the Graduate School of Christian Ministry will consider such
applications on an individual basis, and may establish certain conditions which the student
must achieve in order to have the provisional status removed. Applicants with a college
cumulative grade point average below 2.5 on a 4.0 scale may be accepted provisionally on
an individual basis.
In order to eventually earn “Full Status” admission, the degree-seeking “Provisional
Student” must meet any special conditions attached to his/her admission by the Dean of
the College of Christian Studies, no later than upon the completion of 15 credit hours of
graduate work. The Admissions Committee of the Graduate School of Christian Ministry
will grant “Full Status” admission to a “Provisional Student” when he/she satisfactorily
completes prescribed conditions. (The student’s grades and participation in the program
courses will factor strongly in the Committee’s decision.)
Non-degree Seeking Students
A limited number of students who do not have the prerequisites for regular admission
may be admitted on a non-degree basis, in order to take courses in the Master of Ministry
program without applying those toward a degree. Such applicants must fulfill all steps in
the regular application process, while indicating on the application that they are seeking
non-degree status. Non-degree students who complete all requirements of the Master of
Ministry program will receive a Certificate in Ministry reflecting their completion of the
program curriculum, but they will not receive a Master of Ministry degree.
Visitors – A limited number of students may apply to attend individual courses in a Visitor
status. Students will not receive academic credit or certification of any kind, and will not
participate in graded activities.
Courses of Study - The courses that are offered in the Master of Ministry program
are eclectic and stand alone and one is not a prerequisite for another, though students
are encouraged to take the three leadership courses in their numerical order, and are
encouraged to complete the Communication in Ministry course prior to taking the course
in Christian Preaching. A student will be required to complete 42 hours of course work;
of these, up to 9 hours may be transferred into the graduate program. No course below the
500 level will be counted toward graduate degree requirements. Courses rotate on a regular
Graduate Studies | 309
sequence to allow a candidate to complete the program in approximately two years. The
maximum time for completing the graduate program is five (5) years.
The M.Min. program requires all students to have and use a computer. Prior to beginning
the second year of study, the student will be required to purchase a personal copy of Logos
Bible Software (Scholars Library or higher); software may be purchased through the
university at a significant discount off the retail price.
Graduation Requirements.
A. The successful completion of 42 hours of course work
B. The fulfillment of all financial obligations
C. The approval of the faculty
MASTER OF MINISTRY ACADEMIC CALENDAR 2012-2013
FALL, 2012
Term I: ........................................................................................ August 3 – October 9
Term II: ................................................................................. October 11 – December 11
Last day to withdraw from a Term I online course with no grade (full financial
responsibility after this date) ......................................................................... August 21
Last day to withdraw from a Term I seated course with no grade (full financial
responsibility after this date) ......................................................................... August 24
Labor Day Holiday .................................................................................... September 3-4
Last day to withdraw from Term 1 class(es) with a “W” ........................................... September 5
Term 1 Final Exams ..................................................................... September 27 - October 2
Last day to withdraw from a Term II online course with no grade (full financial
responsibility after this date) ....................................................................... October 24
Last day to withdraw from a Term II seated course with no grade (full financial
responsibility after this date) ....................................................................... October 24
Registration begins for Terms III and IV ............................................................ November 1
Last day to withdraw from Term II class(es) with a “W” .......................................... November 7
Thanksgiving Holiday ............... November 13 (Tuesday classes); 12 (online), 22 (Thursday classes)
Term 2 Final Exams ................................................................................. December 6-11
Graduation ................................................................................................ December 14
SPRING, 2013
Term III: .................................................................................. January 3 – February 26
Term IV: ..................................................................................... February 28 – April 30
Term V: ................................................................................................. May 7 – July 2
May Term: ............................................................................................. May 7 – June 4
Last day to withdraw from a Term III online course with no grade (full financial
responsibility after this date) ......................................................................... January 15
Last day to withdraw from a Term III seated course with no grade (full financial
responsibility after this date) ......................................................................... January 15
Last day to withdraw from Term 3 class(es) with a “W” ............................................. January 23
Term 3 Final Exams ................................................................................. February 21-26
Last day to Withdraw from Term IV online course with no grade (full financial
responsibility after this date) .......................................................................... March 19
Last day to Withdraw from Term IV seated course with no grade (full financial
responsibility after this date) .......................................................................... March 19
Spring Break .............................................................................................. March 11-15
Registration begins for Term V and Term I and Term II – 2011 Fall semester .................. March 21
Last day to withdraw from Term IV class(es) with a “W” ............................................ March 26
Term 4 Final Exams ..................................................................................... April 25-30
Graduation ........................................................................................................May 4
310 | Graduate Studies
Last day to withdraw from a Term V course with no grade (full financial
responsibility after this date) ............................................................................. May 17
Last day to withdraw from Term V class(es) with a “W” ................................................ May 24
May Term Final Exams ........................................................................................ June 4
Term V Final Exams ............................................................................................ July 2
Dates will vary, based on whether student is enrolled in the Classroom program or the
Online program. Consult the office of the Graduate School of Christian Ministry for any
additional information needed.
Graduate Course Listing in Master of Ministry (CHR)
Biblical/Theological
501. Introduction to the Old Testament ........................................................ (3)
An introduction to the literature of the Old Testament in the English Bible, including the
Pentateuch, the historical books, the Prophets and Writings in the Old Testament, with an
examination of critical, historical, hermeneutical, and theological issues.
502. Introduction to the New Testament ........................................................ (3)
A study of the materials available for studying the life and teachings of Jesus, the
transmission of the gospel traditions in the early church, the teachings of Jesus, the main
events in Jesus’ life, and a study of the Acts to Revelation in the framework of the history of
the early church.
503. Biblical Hermeneutics and Exegesis ...................................................... (3)
A study of the history of the formation of the biblical canon and development of the English
Bible, the goal of biblical interpretation, the presuppositions involved in the interpretation,
the means of arriving at the meaning of an ancient text along with its present-day implications,
and the application of those principles to biblical exegesis for preaching and teaching. Students
will learn to exegete texts using various tools, including electronic resources.
504. Christian Theology ............................................................................ (3)
A study of the major doctrines in Christian theology, including: creation, the image of
God, human nature and original sin, the doctrine of God, Christology, soteriology,
pneumatology, ecclesiology, and eschatology.
505. Church History ................................................................................. (3)
An introduction to the development of Christianity from the apostolic period to the
present. Emphasis is placed on the central historical figures, movements, and theological
issues, with attention given to their importance for Christian ministry today.
506. Introduction to Christian Philosophy .................................................... (3)
A study, in historical perspective, of the basic issues in the philosophy of religion, with
a particular emphasis on the application of that study to the development of Christian
worldview and the role of Christian apologetics in ministry.
Practical Ministry
510. Leadership in Ministry I ...................................................................... (3)
A study of the principles of organizational leadership with a particular focus on the local
church context. Topics will include ecclesiology, church polity and structure; financial
management & budgeting; fund-raising and capital campaigns; personal management
(time, finances, emotional management); and spiritual disciplines for ministry.
515. Communication for Ministry ............................................................... (3)
A study of rhetorical theory and the process of communication in a contemporary setting,
with particular focus on the local church context. Areas of communication to be addressed
include preaching, teaching, interpersonal communication, communicating via electronic
media, and marketing for ministry.
516. Christian Preaching ........................................................................... (3)
A study of the preparation and delivery of effective biblical sermons. (For students for
whom preaching is not part of their ministry service, an alternate graduate course may be
substituted with the permission of the Dean.)
520. Leadership in Ministry II .................................................................... (3)
Application of principles of organizational leadership to specific issues within a ministry
setting, including: building and leading teams; staff relations; mentoring/coaching;
interpersonal relationships; dealing with volunteers; conflict resolution; member
assimilation; and using technology in leadership.
521. Evangelism and Church Health ............................................................. (3)
An introduction to the disciplines of evangelism and church health, including their biblical
basis and theological foundations along with a study of strategies, methodologies, and
trends with a focus on their practical application.
522. Pastoral Ministry ............................................................................... (3)
An introduction to the theological foundations and practical strategies relating to pastoral
ministry, including: pastoral care, worship, discipleship, spiritual disciplines, and issues in
contemporary ministry.
530. Leadership in Ministry III ................................................................... (3)
Application of principles of organizational leadership to specific issues within a ministry
setting, including: crafting and casting vision; project management; leading change;
negotiating decision-making; strategic planning; risk management; space utilization; and
accountability in leadership
595. Ministry in the 21st Century ................................................................. (3)
Emphasis will be given to the church’s interaction with cultural and social change in the 21st
century. The student will draw on insights gained in prior leadership courses to establish
a foundation for effective service in the local church. Contextualizing ministry and
evangelism in a changing world will be central to the course. Course will include research,
preparation and presentation of a practical ministry project relating to the student’s area of
ministry service.
Doctor of Ministry Program
Program Mission Statement
The Doctor of Ministry (D.Min) is a professional doctoral degree. The degree differs
significantly from the Doctor of Philosophy (PhD) in that the latter is primarily a research
degree with a lesser focus on practical issues in ministry. The D.Min program guides
students in seeking understanding not for its own sake, but rather for practical ends.
Therefore, the contribution is primarily to the practice of ministry, specifically the role of
preaching in ministry. The degree program will be appropriate for students with experience
in ministry who desire to hone their preaching skills.
Graduate Studies | 311
312 | Graduate Studies
Program Overview
The Doctor of Ministry is a 35-hour degree program delivered through a hybrid approach,
involving independent and online study. The D.Min requires:
three week-long residence seminars on site - the residence seminars also require
online class meetings prior to the seminars.
three event-based seminars – the event based seminars involve attendance and
advanced study during a preaching event hosted by Anderson University.
development and implementation of a significant ministry project and subsequent
dissertation. The ministry project and dissertation is considered field-based research
in which advanced levels of biblical and practical expertise are applied. The student
will be expected to plan, carry out and evaluate the project at a level appropriate for a
doctoral degree candidate.
Faculty
Dr. Michael Duduit, Dean and Professor of Christian Ministry
Dr. Kristopher Barnett, Assistant Professor of Christian Ministry and Associate Dean,
David T. Clamp Graduate School of Christian Ministry
Dr. Channing Crisler, Assistant Professor of Christian Studies and Director, Doctor of
Ministry Studies
Dr. Charles Fuller, Assistant Professor of Christian Studies
Admission
All candidates must submit the following minimum requirements for admission to the
Doctor of Ministry degree:
Applicants for the Doctor of Ministry should have a minimum of three years of full-
time experience in a ministry vocation. The applicant must hold the basic theological
degree (Master of Divinity, Master of Ministry, or its equivalent) from an accredited
seminary or graduate school of ministry. A minimum of 42 hours of theological
graduate study beyond the baccalaureate degree is required. This study should also
include at least six hours of preaching and/or communication. (If a student has not
taken these courses, they are available through the Master of Ministry program at
Anderson University.)
As part of the application process, prospective students will be expected to submit an
essay describing why they seek doctoral-level preparation in ministry and the impact
they believe such training will make in their own life and ministry.
The DMin Admission Committee (consisting of the Dean of the College of Christian
Studies and all faculty involved in the DMin program) will make all decisions on
acceptance of students, and may ask for additional information or, in some cases, for
a personal interview prior to a decision.
Doctor of Ministry Degree Requirements
Residency Seminars –15 hrs
Event Seminars – 9 hrs
Project Methodology Workshop – 2 hrs
Ministry Project – 9 hrs
The Doctor of Ministry is a 35-credit hour program that includes onsite, online, and
destination components. The on-site portion of the degree consists of three week-long
Graduate Studies | 313
residency seminars and two event seminars. The residency seminars are held during the
summer. The first and third seminars will be on the AU campus. The second seminar will
be held in another setting in order to draw on resources in that area; for example, the
seminar might meet in a city such as Dallas or Atlanta, and utilize ministry resources and
leaders in those areas. In all, the student can anticipate spending 17 days in residence over
the first three years of the program, plus an additional 9-12 days for the event seminars.
The Doctor of Ministry student should anticipate spending approximately four years in
pursuit of the degree; the student must complete the program within six years.
The 35-hour program consists of the following elements:
Three residency seminars (five credit hours per seminar) .......................... 15 hours
During the month prior to the residency seminar, the class will meet one day per week (for
60 to 90 minutes each day) in an interactive, online environment. During these online
class sessions, the instructor will provide additional focus and content in preparation for
the residency seminar. The residency seminar will meet for one week during the summer.
Three event seminars (three credit hours per seminar) .............................. 9 hours
The event seminars will be linked to a major preaching-related event sponsored by the
College of Christian Studies: the National Conference on Preaching or the annual
Preaching Lectureship (scheduled to begin in January 2012). The student will participate
in three of these event seminars during the program, and must attend at least one session
of each event. The instructor will lead a seminar which includes participation in the event
itself, plus additional sessions before and after the event sessions. The topic of the seminar
will be linked to the theme of the particular event. (For example, themes might include
“Preaching the Cross,” “Missional Preaching,” etc.) The duration of the residency seminar
will vary depending on the duration of the event.
Project Methodology Workshop ............................................................. 2 hours
Prior to the third residency seminar, the student will participate in a two-day Project
Methodology workshop to assist them in preparation to undertake the ministry project.
This workshop will meet at Anderson University and introduce students to research and
writing methodology necessary for completing the Ministry Project.
Ministry Project ................................................................................ 9 hours
The earning of a professional doctorate signifies the highest level of formal academic
achievement in one’s field. The program director will assign a faculty supervisor to work
with the student throughout the degree program. In addition, prior to the beginning of the
third seminar, the student (with the approval of the faculty supervisor) will enlist a qualified
field supervisor to offer guidance and assistance in the ministry project. The program
director, faculty supervisor and field supervisor will jointly form the student’s project-
dissertation committee. This committee will offer guidance to the student, but should not
be considered collaborators or co-authors of the project. During the year following the
third residency seminar, the student will plan, implement and evaluate a significant ministry
project designed to enhance their understanding and practice of ministry. This will be done
in consultation with the student’s project-dissertation committee. Following the completion
of the project, the student will prepare and write the dissertation. With the approval of the
project-dissertation committee, it may be possible for the student to do the dissertation in
an alternate format (such as a book demonstrating the results of the project, a course design,
a website, etc.) The final goal of the ministry project is to become a self-directed, self-
314 | Graduate Studies
motivated ministry leader. The project will not only enhance the student’s own ministry
skills, but should provide insights that will be useful to other churches and ministers. This
process should demand significant personal and professional reflection and analysis.
Time Limits - All program requirements for the Doctor of Ministry degree must be
completed within six (6) academic years from the time the first course in the D.Min
program is begun; any extension of this time must be approved by the Doctor of Ministry
admissions committee. If the student does not enroll in the term to which admitted, the
student’s admission status is subject to further review at the discretion of the Director of the
D.Min. program and/or the admission committee.
Graduation Requirements.
A. The successful completion of 35 hours of course work
B. The fulfillment of all financial obligations
C. The approval of the faculty
Costs and Fees
Tuition - Tuition for the Doctor of Ministry is $12,000. Students pay $500 upon
enrolling in the program, and an additional $1,000 upon attending their first seminar.
The remainder of the program fee is paid through a 36-month interest-free payment plan
(approximately $292 per month). Textbooks, lodging, food, travel, and graduation costs
are not included in the tuition fee.
Should a student need to extend their program beyond the normal four-year period, an
extension fee of $150 per month will be required (up to a maximum of $1,800 per year), to
cover the cost of ongoing supervision and other expenses.
(All fees are subject to change. Any subsequent changes will be announced separately.
Application fee is waived for Anderson University graduates.)
The D.Min. program requires all students to have and use a computer with internet access.
Graduate School Financial Aid. Financial Aid Office is committed to helping students
find appropriate ways to finance their education.
Fully admitted, degree-seeking applicants may be considered for need and non-need
Federal Stafford Loans and the Teacher Loan program. For more information on these
programs, please go to the financial aid home page at www.andersonuniversity.edu.
Students interested in applying for loans should submit the Free Application for Federal
Student Aid (FAFSA) by all applicable deadlines. The FAFSA can be completed online at
www.fafsa.ed.gov.
The University does not currently provide institutional scholarships for graduate students.
A variety of private scholarships are available for students preparing for ministry, and
D.Min. students are encouraged to apply for such aid.
For more information regarding financial aid, please call the Financial Aid Planning Office
at 864-231-2020.
Graduate Studies | 315
DOCTOR OF MINISTRY ACADEMIC CALENDAR 2012-2013
Residency Seminar .................................................................. June 25-29, 2012
Event Seminar - John A. Broadus Lectures ................................... October 1-5, 2012
Event Seminary - National Conference on Preaching ......................... May 6-10, 2013
Residency Seminar ................................................................... July 22-26, 2013
Doctor of Ministry Course Descriptions (CHR)
610. Historical, Theological and Practical Foundations for Biblical Preaching in the
21st Century .........................................................................................…. (5)
CHR 610 will be a residency seminar. CHR 610 will explore the historical and theological
framework underlying expositional preaching. Students will be introduced to terminology,
concepts, and leading thinkers in the field of expository preaching. This knowledge will
have practical application in the student’s ability to evaluate and assess expositional sermons.
620. Issues and Trends in Biblical Preaching ................................................. (5)
CHR 620 will be a residency seminar. CHR 620 will explore contemporary issues that
impact biblical preaching. This seminar will be held in another city (Atlanta, Dallas,
Washington D.C., etc.) in order to expose students to effective contemporary preachers
and enable students to gain insight from leaders in the field.
630. Creativity, Culture, and Biblical Preaching ............................................ (5)
CHR 630 will be a residency seminar. CHR 630 will explore creative means of communication,
in areas such as narrative preaching and the use of technology. This seminar will also
address factors that impact the communicator’s creativity. The seminar will direct students
to consider how creative communication can play a role in leading their church.
671, 672, 673. Event Seminars .................................................................... (3)
CHR 671-673 will be three event seminars required for completion of the DMin degree.
Each event seminar is worth three credit hours. CHR 671-673 will be linked to a major
preaching-related event sponsored by the College of Christian Studies and Anderson
University: the National Conference on Preaching (in May each year) or the annual John
A. Broadus Lectures on Preaching which launches in the spring of 2012. The student will
participate in the event as well as seminar interaction either before or after the event. The
interaction will be facilitated by an instructor. The interaction will concentrate on the
theme of the event.
690. Project Methodology Workshop ............................................................ (2)
CHR 690 will be a two-day workshop designed to prepare students for the Ministry Project.
CHR 690 will provide students with 2 credit hours. The goal of the seminar will be to
communicate expectations for the Ministry Project and provide insight in research and writing.
695. Ministry Project ................................................................................ (9)
CHR 695 will require students to implement (in action) and evaluate (in writing) a
significant ministry project in the field of preaching designed to enhance the student’s
understanding and practice of ministry. This project will be done in consultation with the
student’s Project Committee and their Field Supervisor. The goal of the Ministry Project is to
encourage the student to become a self-directed, self-motivated ministry leader. In addition,
the written version of the Ministry Project should be useful to other churches and ministers.
Master of Business Administration (MBA)
Mission Statement
The Anderson University MBA Program produces professionally-prepared graduates
through courses that integrate the Christian faith with business concepts. The College of
Business fulfills the University’s mission by challenging the students in an atmosphere of
sound professional ethics which affirm biblical teachings in a secular business world. The
degree is designed to allow graduates to satisfy goals such as professional development,
career advancement, personal growth, or job mobility.
Program Overview
The Master of Business Administration (MBA) is a general management program which
emphasizes an integration of the business disciplines within a Christian framework. It is
designed for students with an undergraduate degree either in business or in a non-related
field. Leveling courses (prerequisites) are offered for the non-business undergraduate.
Business undergraduates may or may not require leveling courses before beginning their
graduate study. Courses are taught primarily for MBA students. Thirty-six hours are
required for graduation.
The MBA is offered in two delivery systems: one being classroom based, and the other
being online in nature. The classroom component of the MBA program is traditional in
its course offerings but nontraditional in its scheduling and is designed for the working
professional. Each course meets once a week in the evening for six weeks. The weekly
session will be a four-hour class and the other session will be a two- hour online virtual
class. Typically, only one course is taken at a time by working adults.
The online MBA program is offered on a six week format for individuals who cannot attend
classes on campus. The courses are identical to the classroom but students are permitted
to complete work online with all lectures, assignments, and online activities available to
students via the internet. Students will be permitted to enroll in one online class each
6-week session unless otherwise approved by the Director of the MBA.
Admission Requirements
Regular Admission
Baccalaureate degree from a regionally or nationally accredited institution of
higher learning
Appropriate cumulative college GPA (see scale below)
Submit three Reference Request Forms
Minimum TOEFL score of 550 (paper), 220 (computer) or 75 (internet) will
be required if English is not the student’s first language, and proof of current
Visa for International students
Regular admission or provisional admission, or non-admission is determined below.
Full Provisional
Status Status
1 Undergraduate GPA from a regionally or nationally X
accredited institution exceeds 2.75 (with prerequisites)
2 GMAT score exceeds 510 X
3 Weighted average score exceeds 1000* X
4 Above criteria not net** X
*Formula: (Undergraduate GPA on a 4.0 scale times 200) + GMAT score
**Package evaluated by Associate Dean of Business for potential success in program.
Success probability is greatly enhanced with professional experience.
316 | Graduate Studies
The application form and other requisite information as noted should be submitted to
the Graduate Admission Office as soon as possible due to the competitive nature of the
program. Student applications, which are incomplete or are missing any of the items
described above, may not be processed. If the application is processed, admission will be
limited to provisional status. All applications are initially screened by the Associate Dean of
Business and students will be informed in writing of their admission status.
Provisional Admission
Applicants within 18 hours of an undergraduate degree who otherwise meet either
criteria 1, 2, or 3 above may apply for provisional admission. If accepted, the
student must provide proof of graduation prior to the end of the prescribed
provisional time period. Students who are admitted provisionally will be informed
of the conditions to be met and any specific deadline(s) for meeting them.
A student may be admitted on provisional status if he/she has not completed
the GMAT. Some of the admission requirements may receive more or less weight
during the evaluation process from applicants who have been out of school for at
least three years, or for those who have earned another graduate degree. Individual
applications are screened for potential success in the MBA program by the Associate
Dean of Business. Applicants maintaining provisional status must have a GPA of
3.0 after the first 9 hours of graduate business courses or else they are placed on
suspension.
Non-degree Seeking Students
Applicants who desire to take a limited number of courses, but are not seeking a degree from
Anderson University may be admitted with temporary status and as such are limited to three
courses or nine hours. Separate admission procedures for Non-Degree status are as follows:
Application form indicating non-degree status.
Official transcripts will be required from school where undergraduate degree was
conferred and, when appropriate, transcripts from all other colleges attended.
Minimum TOEFL score of 560 (paper), 220 (computer) or 75 (internet)
is required if English
is not the student’s first language, and proof of current Visa for
International students
$50 Non-refundable Graduate Application Fee (waived for Anderson University
graduates)
Candidacy
During the course of pursuing the master’s degree, the student must be admitted to
“candidacy.” For admission to candidacy the student must satisfy the following:
1. Complete all undergraduate requirements if admitted conditionally.
2. Have completed at least 27 hours of graduate work.
3. Have a current GPA of 3.00 on all courses taken toward the degree with no
incomplete grades.
4. File a “Graduation Application” form with MBA Admissions 60 days prior to
graduation. Students who do not file their “Application for Candidacy” form at least
60 days prior to graduation may be delayed in graduating.
5. The capstone course, BUS 590 – Strategic Management must be completed at
Anderson University.
After admission to candidacy any changes in the degree plan must be approved by the
Associate Dean of Business.
Graduate Studies | 317
318 | Graduate Studies
Minimum Credits
The minimum number of semester credits necessary for the Master of Business
Administration degree is 36, exclusive of hours accumulated to satisfy academic deficiencies.
Courses of Study
Students holding undergraduate degrees in business from a regionally or nationally
accredited college or university go directly into graduate courses. Students who do not have
the required academic background prerequisites as indicated below will be required to take
the specified prerequisite course(s) or equivalent CLEP test(s) before taking the respective
graduate course(s). The prerequisite courses are indicated in the course listings below.
All applicants must satisfy the following prerequisites:
Principles of Accounting
Principles of Finance/Economics
Quantitative Methods
The prospective MBA student may elect to meet the prerequisites in one of four ways. No
graduate academic credit will be granted for such courses passed.
1. Independent studies for are offered for MBA candidates who do not
have prerequisites
in Accounting, Finance/Economics, and/or Statistics. Independent studies are
approved and scheduled by the Associate Dean of the Business program.
2. Complete the appropriate leveling courses offered by Anderson University. The classes
are offered on a Pass/Fail grading scale.
3. Complete the appropriate undergraduate courses at Anderson University or
other accredited institutions with a “C” or higher.
4. Pass the CLEP test(s) for the appropriate courses(s).
A student will be required to complete 36 hours of course work for the MBA. The normal
course load is one course per six-week term. Only on an exception basis will a student be
allowed to take two courses per six-week term. Students may transfer up to 6 hours of
graduate credits from other regionally or nationally accredited institutions. These courses
must have been taken within the last six years. Each transferred course must carry a grade of
B or better. A “Request for Transfer Graduate Course Credit” form should be completed
prior to the student’s enrollment in the MBA Program.
MBA Academic Calendar 2012-2013
Fall 2012
Session I Begins .................................................................................... July 23
Session I Ends ............................................................................... September 2
No Classes, Labor Day Week .......................................................... September 3-7
Session II Begins ......................................................................... September 10
Session II Ends .............................................................................. October 21
Session III Begins ........................................................................... October 22
No Classes – Thanksgiving Week .................................................. November 19-23
Session III Ends ............................................................................ December 9
Spring 2013
Session IV Begins ............................................................................. January 14
Session IV Ends ............................................................................. February 24
Session V Begins ............................................................................ February 25
No Classes – Spring Break Week ......................................................... March 11-15
Session V Ends ................................................................................... April 14
Session VI Begins ................................................................................ April 15
Session VI Ends ................................................................................... May 26
No Classes – Memorial Day ................................................................ May 27-31
Summer 2013
Session VII Begins ................................................................................ June 3
No Classes – Fourth of July ....................................................................... July 4
Session VII Ends .................................................................................. July 14
Graduate Courses in Business (BUS)
501. Management Thought and Application ................................................... (3)
This course assists students in developing essential management skills for a global business
world. The course focuses on a study of management strategies and techniques and their
application in the development of an ethical approach to improve managerial effectiveness. The
students’ critical thinking and analytical skills will be honed. Cases and business simulations
will be used to develop a knowledge base for use in the remaining courses of the program.
505. Strategic Human Resource Management ................................................. (3)
Students will develop an understanding of how human resource decisions contribute to
business performance. Specific learning objectives include: creating alignment between
human resource strategies and business strategies in a cost-effective manner; designing
work systems and roles that allow employees to contribute to organization performance;
identifying, selecting, and developing people having the competencies that allow them to
contribute to organization performance; using compensation and other HR systems that
provide rewards and incentives to attract and retain employees and to encourage them to
contribute to organization performance; understanding how an employment relationship
is like a contract and how the nature of this contract is evolving and taking different forms;
and making human resource decisions that are legal and ethical.
510. Quantitative Analysis .......................................................................... (3)
Students will utilize and apply graphic and quantitative tools for decision analysis.
Modeling and graphics applications will include spreadsheet layout and design, formulas,
functions, and charts of various types. Topics will include probability distributions,
decision trees, expected value of information, time series forecasting, analysis of variance,
and multiple linear regression. Emphasis is on effective articulation and presentation of
reasoning and conclusions with an ethical perspective. Prerequisite: BUS 586.
515. Financial Management ........................................................................ (3)
Tools are provided to make a complete financial analysis of investment and financing
decisions. Using analytical techniques, financial information is developed through
problems and cases that challenge students to do in-depth financial analysis and develop
informed, ethical decisions. Advanced corporate finance topics will be addressed as relevant
to current events of the time. Prerequisite: 510, 525.
520. Organizational Behavior ..................................................................... (3)
Graduate Studies | 319
320 | Graduate Studies
Students examine the process through which managers learn to apply concepts from the
behavioral sciences to observe, understand, and influence behavior in the workplace.
There is a systematic investigation of the behavior of people as individuals, as members of
groups, and as member of organizations. Students will examine perspectives from business
administration, psychology and sociology that are important in the comprehension of
individual motivation, interpersonal relationships, organizational effectiveness, and
leadership. Application of techniques for individual and organizational growth is discussed
with a strong emphasis on professional ethics.
525. Managerial Accounting ....................................................................... (3)
The use of accounting information for planning, control and decision-making are
examined along with how all information of the organization is used. The student’s
analytical ability is developed through problems and cases that stress preparation,
usefulness, and limitations of financial data while keeping an ethical focus on the potential
use or misuse of the outcomes. Prerequisite: BUS 585.
530. Leadership and Ethics ........................................................................ (3)
Students’ understanding of leadership will be expanded to include a practical application
of concepts and theories with an emphasis on leading with integrity. Students will analyze
their own values and ethics through interactive discussions and case analyses, and develop
an integrative approach from a Christian leadership perspective.
540. Managerial Economics ....................................................................... (3)
A conceptual framework for solving economic business problems at the individual business
level is developed. Emphasis will be on the fundamental application of microeconomic
skills to contemporary business decisions, which include production, cost, demand,
pricing, and profits. Economic relationships will be inferred by applying estimation
techniques to actual data. Monetary and fiscal policies affecting a firm will also be analyzed
as capstone topics for the course. Prerequisite: BUS 584.
550. Operations and Management ............................................................... (3)
Students will examine model-based systems used by management to plan, organize,
implement, and continuously improve production and service operations. Quality and
process re-engineering tools will be examined and utilized by students in a problem-solving
format. Operating systems which emphasize quality, efficiency and effectiveness will be
examined. Prerequisite: BUS 510.
555. Marketing Management ....................................................................... (3)
This course is designed to equip the students with the concepts and principles necessary
to make market oriented business decisions and to enable students to plan, design and
critique marketing promotional materials and campaigns within the framework of an
ethical perspective.
560. Global Business ................................................................................ (3)
The course is multi-disciplinary and highly integrative and is a lead-in to the capstone
course on strategy. Weighing the pros and cons of global strategy entails a total enterprise
perspective and a talent for judging how all of the relevant factors combine. The overriding
objective is to sharpen the student’s ability to think globally and to diagnose situations from
more than a domestic environment. Students will be expected to apply concepts and tools
from their previous courses with an ethical orientation.
584. Foundations of Economics and Finance ............................ (3)
Graduate Studies | 321
A study of basic economic principles and concepts using quantitative tools. Includes
topics of the American economy, supply and demand, market structures and resource
markets, the banking system, monetary policy, fiscal policy, and international trade.
Also, includes an introduction to the basic concepts of financial management - financial
analysis, forecasting, risk and return, asset pricing, capital budgeting, capital structure, and
dividend policy. This is a leveling course, which does not count toward graduation and is
open only to MBA candidates. Offered Pass/Fail
585. Foundations of Accounting ...................................... (2)
An introduction to the basic concepts of financial accounting to include the accounting
cycle, preparation and use of financial statements, receivables and payables, deferrals and
accruals, accounting systems, and cash flows. This is a leveling course, which does not count
toward graduation and is open only to MBA candidates. Offered Pass/Fail
586. Foundations of Quantitative Methods .............................. (2)
The basic concepts of quantitative tools and their application to business are emphasized.
Descriptive statistics including measures of central tendency and dispersion are covered.
Basic mathematical models are introduced as needed for business decision making. This is a
leveling course, which does not count toward graduation and is open only to MBA candidates.
Offered Pass/Fail
590. Strategic Management ......................................................................... (3)
A capstone course, strategic management provides students with the knowledge to develop a
holistic and ethical approach to business decision-making by integrating all business areas
in decision making. The course focuses on a business simulation where students compete in
the decision making process using all functional areas of an organization and with business
cases designed to promote holistic thinking about business problems from a faith-based
perspective. *This course is usually the last course taken and must be completed at Anderson
University. At least 8 courses must be completed before the capstone class can be taken.
Master of Arts in Teaching: Elementary Education (MAT)
0DVWHURI(GXFDWLRQ1RQ&HUWLÀFDWLRQ0(G
Master of Education in Administration and Supervision (MEd:AS)
College Mission Statement
The mission of the College of Education is to prepare men and women to become Christ-
centered “educators who are builders of knowledge, values, and community” by nurturing
the development of character, servant leadership, and cultural engagement.
Unit Assessment System
A candidate enrolled in a graduate program must meet the criteria for each Benchmark in
the unit assessment system. The criteria for each Benchmark are described in the
College of
Education Graduate Student Handbook.
Program Overview – Master of Arts in Teaching: Elementary Education
The Master of Arts in Teaching: Elementary Education (MAT) is a program of study that
prepares career changers who do not have an undergraduate degree in education for initial
teacher certification to enter the elementary school classroom. The candidate will complete
43 credit hours of course work in preparation for 12 credit hours of Clinical Experience.
Candidates applying to this program are evaluated in their comprehension of the content
areas of English, math, science, and social studies by completing the College Basic Academic
Subjects Examination (College BASE)
. Results of this exam are used to advise candidates, who need
to complete courses in those content areas that are deficient in order to be better prepared
for pedagogy courses. The candidate may begin the program in Term I or Term III. The
curriculum includes a minimum of 75 hours of field experiences prior to 65 days of Clinical
Experience in a public school classroom with a cooperating teacher.
The teacher candidate
may not engage in outside activities, such as a job, during the Clinical Experience.
Admission Requirements
The applicant must meet the following requirements to be eligible for consideration into
the Master of Arts in Teaching: Elementary Education program:
submit a “College of Education Graduate Studies Admission Application” with the
non-refundable application fee;
hold a baccalaureate degree from a regionally accredited institution;
submit official transcripts from all prior colleges or universities;
have a minimum undergraduate grade point average of 2.5 for all course work or
the last 60 hours of course work;
submit three completed reference forms, one of which must be from the
applicant’s current immediate job supervisor ; and
minimum TOEFL score of 550 (paper), 220 (computer) or 75 (Internet) if
English is not the student’s first language;
International students must provide proof of a current Visa.
Conditional Status
At the discretion of the Dean of the College of Education, a degree-seeking applicant who
does not meet all the requirements for admission to a respective program may be admitted with
the status of “Conditional.” In order to reach full admission in a graduate degree program,
the student with “Conditional” status must reconcile any admission deficiency(ies) before the
completion of nine (9) credit hours of graduate work. The “Conditional” student who does not
resolve any admission deficiency(ies) within this period will be withdrawn from the program.
Graduate Courses in Elementary Education (MAT)
511. Foundations of Education .................................................................... (3)
This course is an in-depth study that integrates concepts and information from major
social sciences and philosophy to examine the challenges and problems of teaching in
modern schools. Focusing on historical, cultural socioeconomic and political issues that
affect education, the course asks students to examine the dispositions, knowledge and skills,
current instructional standards, and to determine their path for growth and development
into an effective teacher for all children.
514. Nature of the Exceptional Child ............................................................. (3)
This course explores diversity in the preK-12 classroom. In addition to all categories of
special education, the teacher candidate will examine the nature, cause and programming
needs of gifted/talented (G/T) and culturally/linguistically diverse (CLD) students. The
specific learning characteristics and instructional strategies as well as legal and educational
implications for meeting the needs of these students in general and special education
classrooms environments will be addressed.
515. Literacy for the Elementary Learner ....................................................... (3)
This course is designed to familiarize candidates with the national and state curriculum
standards, the South Carolina teacher assessment instrument ADEPT, the elementary
language arts school curriculum, lesson planning, and the development and use of multiple
materials, teaching strategies and assessment tools to meet the needs of diverse learners in
today’s classrooms.
516. Best Practices for the Elementary Classroom/Field Experience I .................. (3)
This course is designed to familiarize students with the national and state curriculum
322 | Graduate Studies
Graduate Studies | 323
standards, the South Carolina teacher assessment instrument ADEPT, the curriculum of
the elementary school, lesson planning, and development and use of multiple teaching
strategies. The field experience provides opportunities for observation, reflection, actual
teaching, and assessment in an elementary classroom. Field experience of 15 hours
required.
517. Essentials of Teacher Candidacy ............................................................ (1)
This course provides the pre-teacher candidate with an overview of the requirements for the
successful completion of the Teacher Education Program. Topics include the conceptual
framework of the College of Education, code of ethics, Praxis test, unit assessment system,
field experiences, Clinical Experience, ADEPT, INTASC, NCTE, and SPAs. This course
meets one full Saturday during the semester. Lab Fee: $ 95.00
518. Best Practices for the Elementary Classroom/Field Experience II ................. (3)
This course explores all phases of planning instruction for all elementary learners. During
Field Experience II, the teacher candidate will be familiarized with the concepts, skills, and
process necessary to write South Carolina standards-based Long Range Plans and a Unit Work
Sample, Teacher candidates will plan, implement, and reflect on lessons which address student
needs and demonstrate best pedagogical practices. Field experience of 25 hours required.
525. Classroom Management ...................................................................... (3)
Classroom management encompasses all of the teacher’s interactions with the students,
classroom environment, rules and procedures, instructional strategies, and the
development of engaging work. The course is designed to assist teachers in developing the
practical application of effective management techniques based upon current research of
best practices. Distinctions will be made through comparison and assessment and between
a “well managed” class and a class engaged in learning.
526. Educational Psychology ....................................................................... (3)
This course is based on a psychological foundation for teaching. Developmental theories,
diversity, approaches to instruction, differentiation, exceptional students, and assessment
are studied and practiced. Emphasis is placed on the implications of the developmental
process for the design of appropriate curriculum and instruction based on national and
South Carolina Standards.
530. Math/Science for the Elementary Learner ............................................... (3)
This course is a study of teaching strategies, materials, activities, and assessment
instruments used for teaching science and mathematics in an integrated manner in an
elementary school setting. The course will focus on the use of appropriate state and
national standards for each area, designing of lesson plans, unit plans, and appropriate
assessment instruments to monitor student progress.
531. Social Studies for the Elementary Learner ............................................... (3)
The focus of this course is on the various content areas, Culture, Economics, Geography,
Government and Civics, and Individuals and Groups, and their historical and current
influences on our world/society. Students will select content to be taught using South Carolina
534. Art and Music for the Elementary Learner .............................................. (3)
This course researches and assesses strategies for integrating music and art into content
areas of the elementary school. Effective best practices for teaching art, music, drama, and
dance to diverse student populations will be researched as well as the use of traditional and
non-traditional forms of assessment in the integration of the components found in art and
music as they are integrated into the content areas taught in the elementary school. Special
attention will be given to the development of age and developmentally appropriate activities
to meet the needs of all students.
535. Health and Physical Education for the Elementary Learner......................... (3)
This course is designed to give candidates seeking a degree in Elementary Education an
324 | Graduate Studies
understanding of the major concepts in the subject matter of health education and physical
education. Candidates must be able to use the subject matter of health education to create
opportunities for K-6 student development and practice of skills that contribute to good
health. In addition, candidates must have an in-depth understanding of human movement
and the benefits of physical activity for their K-6 students. Candidates will become familiar
with the South Carolina Health and Fitness Act of 2005 and Healthy People 2010 and will
use these frameworks to assist in the development and support of a healthy, active lifestyle
for their students. Candidates will plan and implement lessons focusing on health, physical
education, or physical activity goals.
540. Technology for the 21st Century Classroom .............................................. (3)
Based on the National Educational Technology Standards (NETS) of the International
Society for Technology in Education (ISTE), this course focuses on the fundamental
concepts, skills, and strategies for applying technology in an educational setting. This
course provides opportunities for the teacher candidate to show competency in the ISTE-
NETS standards. The teacher candidate will learn the latest pedagogical strategies that
incorporate technology, including Interactive Whiteboards, iPods, and cell phones.
570. South Carolina History ....................................................................... (3)
A study of South Carolina political, economic, and social development from 1670 to the
present, with an emphasis on historiography skills and research. Students will focus their
attention on a specific era of South Carolina history and will be expected to produce
original research using period resources. EDU 570 will be crossed referenced with HIS
270. Additional requirements will be assigned for the Masters level course (EDU 570) that
will be more rigorous in design than those for the undergraduate course (HIS 270).
593. Pre-Clinical Experience ..................................................................... (3)
Implementation of a wide array of developmentally effective approaches to teaching
and learning, and the effective use of assessment strategies to positively impact students’
development and learning for elementary majors; supervision by university and public
school partners in a general education setting. Thirty five (35) hours of field placement
required. This course must be taken the semester prior to Clinical Experience.
594. Clinical Experience ......................................................................... (12)
Placement in the Clinical Experience provides opportunities for teacher candidates to
become collaborative learners who demonstrate knowledgeable, reflective, and critical
perspectives on their work; make informed decisions drawing on a variety of sources; and
integrate theory and practice. Teacher candidates work under the guidance of Cooperating
Teachers and University Supervisors in a public school setting. Sixty-five (65) days of
service in a public school cooperating classroom is required. May be repeated only by
permission of the Coordinator of Teacher Certification.
Program Overview – Master of Education (MEd)
Master of Education (non-certification)
For certified teachers who want to increase the effectiveness of their pedagogy and impact
on student learning, the Master of Education degree program offers practical application
of current research-based best practices. Courses are delivered in on-line and seated
formats. The Master of Education degree is a 33-hour program that does not lead to
program certification.
Graduate Studies | 325
Admission Requirements
The applicant must meet the following requirements to be eligible for enrollment in the
Master of Education program:
submit a “College of Education Graduate Studies Admission Application” with
the non-refundable application fee;
hold a baccalaureate degree from a regionally accredited institution;
submit official transcripts from all prior colleges or universities;
have a minimum undergraduate grade point average of 2.5 for all course work or
the last 60 hours of course work;
submit a copy of a valid South Carolina teaching certificate or out-of-state
equivalent; and
submit three completed reference forms.
For students whose first language is not English, a minimum TOEFL score of
550 (paper), 220 (computer) or 75 (Internet) is required;
International students must provide proof of a current Visa.
Conditional Status
At the discretion of the Dean of the College of Education, a degree-seeking applicant
who does not meet all the requirements for admission to a respective program may be
admitted with the status of “Conditional.” In order to reach full admission in a graduate
degree program, the student with “Conditional” status must reconcile any admission
deficiency(ies) before the completion of nine (9) credit hours of graduate work. The
“Conditional” student who does not resolve any admission deficiency(ies) within this
period will be withdrawn from the program.
Non-Degree Seeking Student (Master of Education Programs)
The student who is not seeking a Master of Education degree may enroll in a maximum of
nine (9) credit hours after meeting all admission requirements for the respective program.
If the student decides to become a degree-seeking student, the Coordinator of Graduate
Programs must be notified.
Graduate Courses in Education – Master of Education (MEd)
501. Current Issues in Public School Education ............................................. (3)
Policies, programs, and trends that directly or indirectly impact public schools are
examined and evaluated using research, analysis, and assessment in order to determine
their relevance to teaching and learning in diverse public school settings.
502. Best Current Teaching Practices ........................................................... (3)
Strategies for effectively using and accommodating best current teaching procedures that
have been proven by research to enhance classroom teaching and learning will be examined
and assessed in terms of the integration of content areas, use of technology, national and
state standards, the needs of diverse school populations, and policies/directives aimed at
accountability issues.
503. Strategies for Addressing Diversity in the Classroom ................................. (3)
An inquiry into the multicultural dimensions of American educators by comparison
to ethnic, racial, religious, and social issues with regard to cultural and socioeconomic
differences including a philosophical analysis of the concepts of cultural pluralism and its
broad implications. A field lab of five hours in a classroom other than the candidate’s own
classroom is required.
504. Education of Students with Exceptionalities ............................................ (3)
Study of ethical and legal aspects of exceptional students, characteristics and needs of the
exceptional students, and research into program development and assessment for teachers
and administrators who may work with exceptional students or those preparing to develop
classes for such students.
505. Principles of Curriculum Development ................................................. (3)
Study of K-12 school curriculum that includes a development of the philosophical and
historical perspective of curriculum in the United States, the current relationship of
curriculum to societal needs and policies governing learning and teaching, use and impact
of technology, and strategies to equip teachers in the development and implementation of
curriculum to meet the needs of today’s learners.
506. School and Community Relations ......................................................... (3)
Using inquiry, research, and evaluation strategies regarding school and community
relations the interdependence of school and community is identified and defined in
terms of societal expectations of America’s schools and the effects of these expectations on
educational political, economic, and demographic changes on educational policy.
521. Assessment of Learners ....................................................................... (3)
This course is a study of how to use assessment results to improve student learning. The
course will consider test validity and reliability so that test results can be interpreted
to indicate learners’ proximity to learning targets. Topics include test planning and
formatting, strategies for learner’s involvement in the testing process, communication with
caregivers, portfolios, and scoring instruments.
522. Educational Leadership ...................................................................... (3)
A study of administrative theory leadership principles, including the conceptual and
structural organization of public education as well as educational governance at the federal,
state, and local levels. It is also a study of administrative theory, leadership principles, the
conceptual and structural organization of the environment, and the processes involved in
educational leadership. The course is to provide an initial understanding of the nature and
specific characteristics of educational leaders, the varied roles of educational leaders and the
relevant theories and practices of effective educational leaders to improve student learning.
523. Literacy ........................................................................................... (3)
This course focuses on the development of 21st century literacy skills in K-12 school
settings. Emphasis is placed on current models and best practices for teaching and
learning literacy skills and strategies using a wide variety of print and non-print materials
with a global perspective. Students will relate national and state policies and standards to
classroom practices designed to meet the literacy needs of all students.
524. Theories of Learning .......................................................................... (3)
This course provides an analysis of contemporary and historically important learning
theories and their applications to k-12 settings. Emphasis is placed on developing the
knowledge and ability to apply learning theory to instruction and assessment designed to
make learning accessible to all learners.
597. Educational Research ......................................................................... (3)
This course is designed for classroom teachers and administrators as an introduction to
research. Its purposes are to help teachers and administrators understand, apply, analyze,
326 | Graduate Studies
utilize and assess a variety of research strategies for current and future needs that are
relevant to school issues such as accountability, single gender classroom, school violence,
etc. Components of study will include the study and development of: 1) current research
strategies, 2) an abstract, 3) a research question or hypothesis of an area of interest, 4) a
literature review related to the research question or hypothesis, 5) reliability and validity,
and 6) data collect/analysis strategies.
Program Overview – Master of Education in Administration and Supervision (MEd:AS)
The 36-hour Master of Education in Administration and Supervision leads to
certification by the South Carolina Department of Education in elementary or secondary
administration. The program meets the standards of the Educational Leadership
Constituent Council (ELCC) and the evaluation criteria of the South Carolina Program
for Assisting, Developing, and Evaluating Principal Performance (PADEPP). The program
provides candidates with a total of 300 hours of field experience, including a semester
capstone experience in the candidate’s school. Candidates may begin the program Term I
in August or Term III in January. The College of Education cannot recommend a graduate
from this program for Initial Certification in Administration unless the candidate has
completed a minimum of three years of public school teaching. A candidate seeking Initial
Certification in Administration as an elementary school principal and supervisor must
complete at least one year of the three years in grades pre-K - 8. A candidate seeking
Initial Certification in Administration as a secondary school principle and supervisor must
complete at least one year of the three years in grades 7-12.
Admission Requirements
The applicant must meet the following requirements to be eligible for enrollment in the
Master of Education in Administration and Supervision program:
submit a “College of Education Graduate Studies Admission Application” with the
non-refundable application fee;
hold a baccalaureate degree from a regionally accredited institution;
submit official transcripts from all prior colleges or universities;
have a minimum undergraduate grade point average of 2.75 for all course work
or the last 60 hours of course work OR achieve a minimum score of 840 on the
GRE or a minimum score of 389 on the MAT;
submit a copy of a valid South Carolina teaching certificate or out-of-state equivalent;
submit evidence of a minimum of one year of teaching experience in a public
school at the grade level at which the applicant is preparing to be an administrator; and
submit three completed reference forms, one of which must be from the
applicant’s school administrator.
For students whose first language is not English, a minimum TOEFL score of 550
(paper), 220 (computer) or 75 (Internet) is required;
International students must provide proof of a current Visa.
Conditional Status
At the discretion of the Dean of the College of Education, a degree-seeking applicant
who does not meet all the requirements for admission to a respective program may be
admitted with the status of “Conditional.” In order to reach full admission in a graduate
degree program, the student with “Conditional” status must reconcile any admission
deficiency(ies) before the completion of nine (9) credit hours of graduate work. The
“Conditional” student who does not resolve any admission deficiency(ies) within this
period will be withdrawn from the program.
Graduate Studies | 327
Non-Degree Seeking Student (Master of Education Programs)
The student who is not seeking a Master of Education in Administration and Supervision
degree may enroll in a maximum of nine (9) credit hours after meeting all admission
requirements for the respective program. If the student decides to become a degree-seeking
student, the Coordinator of Graduate Programs must be notified.
Graduate Courses in Education: Administration and Supervision (MEd:AS)
501. Current Issues in Public School Education ............................................. (3)
Policies, programs, and trends that directly or indirectly impact public schools are
examined and evaluated using research, analysis, and assessment in order to determine
their relevance to teaching and learning in diverse public school settings.
503. Strategies for Addressing Diversity in the Classroom ................................. (3)
An inquiry into the multicultural dimensions of American educators by comparison to ethnic,
racial, religious, and social issues with regard to cultural and socioeconomic differences including
a philosophical analysis of the concepts of cultural pluralism and its broad implications. A field
lab of five hours in a classroom other than the candidate’s own classroom is required.
506. School and Community Relations ......................................................... (3)
Using inquiry, research, and evaluation strategies regarding school and community
relations the interdependence of school and community is identified and defined in
terms of societal expectations of America’s schools and the effects of these expectations on
educational political, economic, and demographic changes on educational policy.
507. School Law ....................................................................................... (3)
This course focuses on legal principles involved in school administration and in court
actions. Students will investigate the impact of school law on the rights of students and
educators as guaranteed by the Constitution and its amendments. This investigation will
include state and federal statutory and regulatory provisions as well as tort and contract
liability as they influence education. Students will learn to be leaders who have the
knowledge and ability to promote the success of all students by evaluating and synthesizing
our legal system as it pertains to education.
508. School Finance ................................................................................. (3)
This course involves school finances relative to public school programs, revenues
and experience. It explains why education and school finance are important and why
current practices exist. The course examines ho school leaders prepare and administer
strategic financial plans. A strategic financial plan, strategic vision, resources
stewardship, accounting and budgeting systems, and financial frameworks will be
studied and discussed.
509. Public School Administration .............................................................. (3)
This course focuses in the theoretical bases of school administration; organizational
principles, patterns and practices in public schools; decision making; administration of
programs and services. Designed to assist in preparing aspiring school administrators with
the program management and instructional leadership skills necessary to facilitate and/or
direct the planning, programming and related activities necessary to raise standards and
improve student achievement in public schools. This course offers future school leaders
the opportunity to examine theory, practice, and skills in the area of human resources
328 | Graduate Studies
administration. Ways to effectively attract, train, motivate, and assign personnel in order
to accomplish the goals and mission of the school district will be topics of discussion
throughout the course.
510. The School Principal .......................................................................... (3)
The course focuses on roles and responsibilities of the school principal, including the
organization and administration of schools. This course is designed to explore the role
of the principal as instructional leader and change agent. The course is founded upon
educational effectiveness research and ELCC standards. State requirements and other
factors impacting principal certification will be addressed. It will also include a study of
the major functions of personnel selection and professional development. This course
includes administrative field experience activities.
512. Instructional Leadership ..................................................................... (3)
Instructional leadership addresses the critical aspects of the teaching – learning process:
curriculum development, student differences, learning, student motivation, teaching,
classroom management, assessing student learning, and assessing and changing school
climate and culture. A special emphasis is given to promoting a positive school culture,
providing an effective instructional program and applying best practice to student learning.
520. Research Analysis for School Improvement ............................................. (3)
This course is designed to familiarize the future elementary or high school administrator
with basic research and statistical concepts for the purpose of interpreting and applying
research results to make sound educational decisions for school improvement.
522. Educational Leadership ...................................................................... (3)
A study of administrative theory leadership principles, including the conceptual and
structural organization of public education as well as educational governance at the
federal, state, and local levels. It is also a study of administrative theory, leadership
principles, the conceptual and structural organization of the environment, and the
processes involved in educational leadership. The course is to provide an initial
understanding of the nature and specific characteristics of educational leaders, the varied
roles of educational leaders and the relevant theories and practices of effective educational
leaders to improve student learning.
591. Internship in Elementary School Administration .................................... (6)
This is an internship with an experienced elementary administrator or supervisor. The
purpose of this field placement is to prove the intern with professional experiences in an
administrative role. A cumulative internship is required by ELCC and South Carolina
PADEPP for school administration and supervision programs. The goal is to provide
candidates and opportunity to accept genuine responsibility for leading, facilitating, and
making decisions typical of those made by school principals for a full semester.
592. Internship in Secondary School Administration ...................................... (6)
This is an internship with an experienced secondary administrator or supervisor. The
purpose of this field placement is to prove the intern with professional experiences in an
administrative role. A cumulative internship is required by ELCC and South Carolina
PADEPP for school administration and supervision programs. The goal is to provide
candidates and opportunity to accept genuine responsibility for leading, facilitating, and
making decisions typical of those made by school principals for a full semester.
Graduate Studies | 329
330 | Graduate Studies
GRADUATE STUDIES ACADEMIC CALENDAR 2012 – 2013
Master of Arts in Teaching: Elementary Education
Starting Fall, 2012
Term I .......................................... August 13– October 8 (Holiday – September 3)
8 week course meets Monday and Thursday – 5:30 – 7:40
Term II ..................................October 15 – December 10 (Holiday – November 22)
8 week course meets Monday and Thursday – 5:30 – 7:40
Term III ...................................................................... January 3 – February 25
8 week course meets Monday and Thursday – 5:30 – 7:40
Term IV ................. February 28 – April 29 (Spring Break – March 11 and March 14)
8 week course meets Monday and Thursday – 5:30 – 7:40
Term V ............................................................ May 6 – July 1 (Holiday – May 27)
8 week course meets Monday and Thursday – 5:30 – 7:40
Master of Education
Master of Education in Administration and Supervision
Summer, 2012 .............................................................................. June 11 – 22
2-week class meets Monday-Friday 8:30 – 12:30
Summer, 2012 ......................................................................... June 25 – July 6
Online courses
Summer, 2012 ................................................................................July 9 – 20
2-week class meets Monday-Friday 8:30 – 12:30
Fall, 2012 ............................................................................ July 23 – August 3
2-week class meets Monday-Friday 8:30 – 12:30
Fall, 2012 .................................................................. August 13 – September 24
7-week course
Fall, 2012 ...................................................................October 1 – November 12
7-week course
Fall, 2012 ................................................................... November 19 – January 7
7-week course
Spring, 2013 ............................................................... January 14 – February 25
7-week course
Spring, 2013 ....................................................................... March 4 – April 15
7-week course
Summer, 2013 ....................................................................... April 22 – June 3
7-week course
Internship for Administration and Supervision begins in either Fall or Spring
A STUDENT MAY ATTEND TWO SEATED CLASS PERIODS WITH NO FINANCIAL
RESPONSIBILITY AND CAN WITHDRAW WITH NO RECORDED GRADE.
A STUDENT IS FINANCIALLY RESPONSIBLE AFTER TWO SEATED CLASS
PERIODS AND CAN WITHDRAW WITH A RECORDED GRADE OF “W” BEFORE
THE FOURTH CLASS PERIOD.
SEE THE POLICY FOR DROPPING ONLINE COURSES IN THE ACADEMIC
POLICIES SECTION OF THIS CATALOG UNDER THE HEADING ADDING AND
DROPPING COURSES.
Master of Music in Music Education (MM MEd)
Graduate Studies | 331
Mission Statement
The mission of the Master of Music in Music Education program is to develop advanced
competencies in musicianship, critical inquiry, and creative applications of research-based
pedagogy in music education.
Program Overview
The Master of Music in Music Education program addresses current research,
contemporary issues, modes of inquiry, and advanced competencies in musicianship that
can be applied to increase effectiveness of music teaching and learning. Music instructors
are required to remain active in professional development to retain their teaching
credentials, and this program meets these basic requirements while providing financial and
academic advancement within most school systems. Through the integration of research,
inquiry, and practice within this curriculum, the program completer can prepare for
advanced graduate study, including pursuit of a terminal degree in music education.
The program consists of a minimum of 30 credit hours, with 15 hours in required music
education courses, 3 hours each in music history and theory, a minimum of 2 hours (3
hours maximum) in performance ensembles and/or applied music, and 6-7 hours in
music special topics or education electives (graduate courses in music or education). A
candidate will be able to complete all degree requirements online, and selected courses are
offered on campus, including summer workshops, ensembles, applied lessons, and other
courses. Best practices of online instruction will be observed, including online discussion
boards, blogs, project groups, and assignments that are comparable to traditional class
seat times and assignments. An estimated 90-140 hours of student work including online
interactions with other students and assignments will be required in a 3-hour course.
Courses will be delivered within the five annual 8-week sessions in the Anderson University
ACCEL schedule and in shorter workshops and courses as needed. Summer on-campus
courses may range from short-term workshops to five-week courses. Online delivery will be
varied in use of synchronous and asynchronous interactions, audio and visual instruction,
hybrid and online only instruction, and other instructional strategies that are deemed most
appropriate to accomplish specific course goals.
Full-time equivalency for the Master of Music in Music Education is 8 credit hours
per semester for purposes of academic work load and financial assistance. Half-time
equivalency is 4 credit hours per semester, the minimum required for financial assistance.
The fall semester includes Terms I-II and short-term courses (e.g. workshops, clinics,
conferences) as scheduled. The spring semester includes Terms III-V and short-term
courses as scheduled.
Admission requirements
The applicant must meet the following requirements to be eligible for consideration into
the Master of Music in Music Education program:
submit a “College of Visual and Performing Arts Graduate Studies Admission
Application” with the non-refundable application fee;
hold a baccalaureate degree in music education from a nationally or regionally
accredited institution; or hold a current state teaching certificate in music;
submit official transcripts from all prior colleges or universities;
have a minimum undergraduate grade point average of 2.5 for all course work or
the last 60 hours of course work;
submit three completed reference forms, one of which must be from the
applicant’s current immediate job supervisor; and
take graduate placement exams in music history and theory.
332 | Graduate Studies
Conditional Status
At the discretion of the Dean of the College Visual and Performing Arts, a degree-seeking
applicant who does not meet all the requirements for admission to a respective program
may be admitted with the status of “Conditional.” In order to reach full admission in
a graduate degree program, the student with “Conditional” status must reconcile any
admission deficiencies before the completion of nine (9) credit hours of graduate work.
The “Conditional” student who does not resolve any admission deficiencies within this
period will be withdrawn from the program.
Graduate Entrance Exams in Music
Upon conditional admission to the Master of Music in Music Education program, the
student must take music theory and history placement exams prior to completion of up
to nine (9) credit hours of graduate work to become eligible for complete admission
status.These exams will be administered online. The theory exam will include harmonic
analysis of tonal music, harmonic dictation, melodic dictation, four-part writing, and
musical forms. The history exam will cover characteristics, developments, and repertoire
of the major style periods of Western art music, Jazz, popular, and world music. Students
must demonstrate competence in these areas commensurate with typical undergraduate
requirements. Students deficient in either of these subjects must complete the appropriate
graduate review survey course prior to enrolling in the required masters level courses in
those area(s). Graduate review courses do not count toward graduation and are offered as
independent studies.
Comprehensive Review
A comprehensive review will be scheduled near the conclusion of the Master of Music in
Music Education studies. The comprehensive review will include a review of the student’s
portfolio (which contains work from the student’s courses and the research/teaching project),
a comprehensive written exam, and an oral defense of the portfolio and written exam.
Upon completion of all coursework, submission of the portfolio including a research/
teaching project, and completion of the comprehensive written exam, the student will
be considered a candidate for the Master of Music in Music Education degree. At that
point, the student will schedule a final oral defense. Upon successful completion of the
oral defense, the student will be eligible for graduation. The research/teaching project
will consist of an investigation of a research problem in music education with a product of
a “publication-quality manuscript,” which could be submitted to a professional journal
or for presentation at a professional conference. The student will share findings of the
research/teaching project with peers in the program and with the oral defense committee.
The purpose of these requirements is to provide a means for faculty review of portfolio
products, synthesis of learning in a comprehensive written exam, and to prepare the
candidate for advanced graduate research through the processes learned in the research
course, research/teaching project, and other coursework.
Non-Degree Seeking Status
The student who is not seeking a Master of Music in Music Education degree may enroll
in a maximum of nine (9) credit hours after meeting all admission requirements except
the history and theory placement exams. See Graduate Entrance Exams in Music for
enrollment requirements in music history and theory courses. If the student decides
to become a degree-seeking student, the Director of the Master of Music in Music
Education Program must be notified.
Graduate Studies | 333
MM MEd Academic Calendar 2012-2013
Term I: Aug. 13 - Oct. 8, 2012 (Holiday - Sept. 3)
Term II: Oct. 15 - Dec. 10, 2012 (Holiday - Nov. 22)
Term III: Jan. 3 - Feb. 25, 2013
Term IV: March 28 - Apr. 29, 2013 (Spring Break - March 11 & 14)
Term V: May 6 - July 1, 2013 (Holiday - May 27)
Summer 2013 courses: Dates and courses to be determined
MM MEd Program of Study
Required Music Education (MUE) Courses (15 credit hours)
502. Introduction to Research in Music Education .......................................... (3)
Introduction to critical inquiry in music education, including historical, quantitative,
qualitative, philosophical inquiry, action research, and mixed research designs. Emphasis
placed on exploring and understanding articles in professional research journals, becoming
familiar with basic concepts, terms, and statistical symbols, and developing competencies in
locating and reviewing literature on selected topics.
511. Foundations of Music Education ........................................................... (3)
An introductory course to the historical, philosophical, and sociological foundations of
music education. Participants will address questions about improving instruction through
critical reflection on past and current practices, with implications for future directions,
and will evaluate and articulate cogent rationales for music teaching and learning.
526. Psychology of Music ............................................................................ (3)
An overview of human musicality as viewed through psychological and sociological
perspectives. Topics include research and applications from social, developmental, and
cognitive psychology, cognition and perception of music, and current neuromusical
research. Participants will investigate topics in music psychology to inform beliefs, policies,
curricula, and practices in music teaching and learning.
535. Music Teaching and Learning ............................................................... (3)
Application of philosophical rationales, psychological development, and historical/cultural
considerations to designing and implementing music teaching and learning in areas of
teaching specialties. Participants will design curriculum, implement instruction, and
evaluate teaching and learning processes to refine and improve instruction.
542. Research/Teaching Project ................................................................... (3)
Investigation of music teaching and learning in a research or teaching project, consisting of
a review of literature, identification of a problem, application of critical inquiry processes,
and reporting of results, conclusions, and recommendations.
Music History (MUH) (3 credit hours)
530. Topics in Music History ...................................................................... (3)
Seminar on a topic from one of the major periods of western music history. Students will
survey: the lives of composers; their compositional output; and their influence on other
composers and their music.
Music Theory (MUT) (3 credit hours)
510. Analytical Applications I ..................................................................... (3)
An introduction to advanced techniques for analyzing tonal music.
Music Performance (MUA/MUP) (2-3 credit hours in applied music and/or
music ensembles)
501. Applied Lessons (MUA) ..................................................................... (1-2)
Applied study of student’s respective instrument. Repeatable for credit.
520. Music Ensemble (MUP) ...................................................................... (1)
Development of individual performance skills in a collaborative environment through the
study and performance of standard repertoire in the appropriate ensemble. Ensembles are
open to all Anderson University students. An audition is expected for participation.
Music Special Topics (MUE) and Education (EDU) Electives (to complete 30 hours)
530. Current Issues in Music Education ....................................................... (3)
Seminar in current topics and issues in music education. Students will generate topics for
discussion, investigate current literature, explore solutions, and clarify positions regarding
various topics and issues encountered by music educators.
594. Special Topics in Music Education ........................................................ (3)
Graduate seminar focused on a specific subject of interest to music education majors.
Course content varies from offering to offering. May be repeated for different topics.
EDU Courses offered through the College of Education.
Graduate Review Courses (MUH/MUT) (required if insufficient scores on
placement exams)
497. Graduate Music History Review ............................................................. (1)
A review of undergraduate music history concepts and skills. Offered as independent study
and tailored to address specific needs of individual students.
498. Graduate Music Theory Review ............................................................. (1)
A review of undergraduate music theory concepts and skills. Offered as independent study
and tailored to address specific needs of individual students.
334 | Graduate Studies
Graduate Studies | 335
Student Development & Campus Life
The Student Development staff at Anderson University is concerned with the provision
of programs and services for students outside the classroom. Anderson University’s
faculty and staff are committed to assisting students as they strive to develop intellectually,
physically, socially, morally, and spiritually. Students are responsible for their own actions,
not only to self and to God but also to the university and to fellow students. Choosing
to join this campus community obligates each person to a code of behavior guided by
the Christian principles of love of God, neighbor, and self. Students in the Anderson
University community agree to practice the following:
Respect for others, by acting in a manner respectful of the rights and privileges of
others and upholding that every member of the campus community, regardless of
race, sex, age, disability, or religion, has the right to grow and learn in an atmosphere
of respect and support.
Respect for Property, by acting in a way that respects personal, university and
community property and refraining from actions wasteful or destructive to
individuals, property, or the environment.
Respect for Truth, by exhibiting high standards of integrity and moral obligation in
relation to roommates, friends, students, peers, and family while avoiding all forms of
lying, cheating, stealing, and plagiarism.
Respect for Rules, Regulations, and Law, by abiding by and supporting the rules and
regulations of the University Code of Conduct, along with all federal, state, and local
laws and ordinances.
Respect for Academic Integrity, by doing one’s own coursework, in preparation for all
assignments and in the classroom.
All Anderson University students, whether resident or commuting, should expect to find a
supportive campus environment with a wide variety of opportunities for learning, growing,
and enjoying life. All students are encouraged to take an active part in the life of the
university community, to join campus social and academic organizations, to participate in
intramural sports, and to enjoy the various musical, theatrical, and cultural events hosted at
Anderson University.
OPPORTUNITIES FOR INVOLVEMENT
Because all of a student’s time is not spent in classes and studying, Anderson University
offers a variety of extracurricular activities that provide opportunities for intellectual,
physical, and social growth. The opportunities for growth will assist the student in
development and maturity in order to help the student become a better campus citizen
and leader in the world outside the University. With the help of student leaders, the
Student Activities Director coordinates campus activities that are designed to provide
opportunities for wholesome recreation and personal development. Some of the many
events planned are movies, dances, cultural arts activities, large and small scale campus
events, outdoor adventures, concerts, performances, and leadership training.
Campus Organizations
Opportunities for service and fellowship are offered by membership in the following
organizations and groups: Alpha Chi, Alpha Psi Omega, American Society of Interior
Design (ASID), AU - Council for Exceptional Children (AU-CEC), AU - Education
Club (AU-EC), AU - West African Drum and Dance Ensemble, A-Team (Anderson’s Team
for Effective Advancement of Ministry), Baptist Collegiate Ministries (BCM), Business
Student Development & Campus Life | 337
Club, Campus Crusade, Ceramic Artists of Anderson University (CAAU), Collegiate Music
Educators National Conference (CMENC), Columns (Yearbook Club), Delta Mu Delta,
Fellowship of Christian Athletes (FCA), Gamma Beta Phi, Handprints (AU Association
for the Ed. of Young Children), History Club, International Student Club, Kinesiology
Club, Minorities Involved in Change (MIC), National Art Education Association
(NAEA), Omicron Delta Epsilon, Pre-Law Society, Psychology Club, Reformed University
Fellowship (RUF), Sailing Club, Science Club, Sigma Tau Delta, Student Alumni
Association/Pure Gold, Student Government Association (SGA), Think Tank, Ultimate
Frisbee Club, Writer’s Block.
In addition, all Anderson University students have the opportunity to participate in
the various music ensembles on campus. These musical groups include the Anderson
University Choir, the Anderson University Chamber Singers, the Anderson University
Wind Ensemble, the Anderson University Ensemble, Mosiac, the Anderson Symphony
Orchestra, the Anderson University String Ensemble, and various choral and
instrumental chamber ensembles. Check with the administrative assistant of the College
of Visual and Performing Arts for information on membership in these organizations.
Christian Life at Anderson University
At Anderson, our goal is to help students enrich their college experience and their lives
by providing a dynamic Christian environment and instilling Christian values through
higher education.
For many young adults, no other time in life is as critical as the college years, a time
when they make choices and decisions that will affect the rest of their lives. Anderson
University has a Christian faculty and staff, challenging spiritual programs, and strong
Christian organizations – all of which come together to help Anderson students deepen
their faith, share in Christ’s love, and grow in their relationship with God.
Because Anderson University is a Christian institution sponsored by the South Carolina
Baptist Convention, Christ -centered activities are an important facet of campus life.
These activities are varied, and all students, regardless of denominational affiliation, can
find a means of expressing their faith at Anderson.
Students at Anderson are given many opportunities to integrate faith with their
college experience. The Journey is designed to bring our campus family together
to worship with a special focus on the hearts and minds of students, and their
relationship with God. Students are required to attend eight (8) events in The
Journey
each semester.
A part of every student’s core curriculum is the requirement to complete
successfully two (2) religion courses - Introduction to the Bible and The Teachings
of Jesus.
The goal of Anderson University Campus Ministries is to present the good news
of Jesus Christ in words and actions that are meaningful and relevant to today’s
college student. Our desire is to connect college students to the person of Jesus
Christ in a way that will help them make a lifelong commitment to follow His
calling in a personal relationship.
Every student is encouraged to participate in Anderson’s Campus Ministries. With
ministry opportunities available throughout the week, Anderson students find
many ways to participate, worship, serve, and lead.
338 | Student Development & Campus Life
Our Campus Ministries program includes:
• Area churches
BCM (Baptist Collegiate Ministry)
Campus Crusade for Christ
Student-led Renewal Week
• Community Service
FCA (Fellowship of Christian Athletes)
• Ministry Internships
• Ministry Teams
RUF (Reformed University Fellowship)
• Women’s Ministries
Ministry Leadership Houses (student housing)
• Special concerts/events
Weekly Campus Worship
Other Christian activities include:
Anderson University Choir
Anderson University Gospel Ensemble
Interim youth ministry teams
• Journey teams
Mission trips in the U.S. and abroad
Mosaic worship and ministry band
• Praise bands
Residence hall Bible studies
• Revival teams
Small group Bible studies
Worship ministry teams
Campus Ministries encourages students, faculty, and staff to integrate the Christian faith with
every aspect of life internally, in their hearts and minds, as well as externally with the community
at large. Past mission trips have taken students, faculty, and staff to work with missionaries
and needy people in New Orleans, New York City, the Philippines, India, France, Taiwan,
Indonesia and other locations. Teams regularly assist local ministries in thrift stores, soup
kitchens, and assisted-living centers. Other projects include work with Habitat for Humanity
and Calvary Children’s Home. Students are also encouraged to get involved in worship,
fellowship, and service through a local church during their stay at Anderson University.
Student Development & Campus Life | 339
Sports, Intramural and Athletics
Anderson University has many intramural sports activities available to all students.
Opportunities include air hockey table, basketball, billiards, dodge ball, flag football, ping
pong, powder puff football, softball, tennis, ultimate Frisbee, and volleyball. Students are
encouraged to participate in the many teams that are organized to provide fun, exercise,
and spirited competition.
Students may participate in a wide range of intercollegiate sports while enrolled
at Anderson University. Women may participate in cross country, track & field, soccer,
basketball, volleyball, tennis, golf, and fast-pitch softball. Men’s teams compete in cross-
country, track & field, soccer, wrestling, basketball, baseball, golf and tennis. Anderson
University is a member of the National Collegiate Athletic Association (Division II) and the
South Atlantic Conference (SAC). Also under the athletic umbrella is the club team for
Cheerleading.
Facilities: Fitness Center in Abney Gym, Game Room in Student Center, and the Athletic
Campus.
Student Government
Every student enrolled at Anderson University is automatically a member of the Student
Government Association. The object of the SGA is “to foster student interests and
activities, to maintain high standards of scholarship and honor among students, to aid in
administering regulations, and to transact business pertaining to the student body.” The
Administration and the Board of Trust of Anderson University believe that the welfare
of the University will be advanced by the development of an efficient system of self-
government among the students. Students have been entrusted to share in matters relating
to student conduct, loyalty and honor. It is the duty of each student to uphold the highest
standards of conduct, loyalty and honor in all phases of college life.
Every student who wants to become involved in the Student Government Association
has ample opportunity. In addition to numerous elected positions, the President of the
SGA appoints members to committees under the jurisdiction of the SGA. Every student
has an opportunity to serve, whether a commuter or a resident and whether a freshman,
sophomore, junior, or senior. (A complete description of the organization of the Student
Government Association may be found in the Student Handbook.)
Student Publications
Student publications include Ivy Leaves, a literary journal published once a year and AU
Echoes
, a student newspaper published each month. Ivy Leaves, which is sponsored by the
faculty in English and Art, solicits short stories, poetry, drama, and art from students.
Major staff positions for
AU Echoes are filled in the spring of each year. Students selected
for the publication staff earn academic credit. In addition, Anderson University maintains
a television production studio. All of these student media are designed primarily to be
direct extensions of the classroom experience, supervised by faculty members and budgeted
as part of the academic program.
Traditions
President’s Reception. During the opening days of the fall semester, members of the
campus community are invited to the President’s home for an outdoor reception, allowing
new students the opportunity to meet other students, faculty, and staff.
Christmas First Night. Presented as a gift to the Anderson community to usher in the
season of Advent, this tradition highlights student leaders and musical groups in an evening
of praise and worship.
340 | Student Development & Campus Life
Student Development & Campus Life | 341
Founders’ Day. Celebrated in mid-February, this convocation service focuses on the
heritage of Anderson University.
Homecoming. Typically held during the fall semester, alumni join students as class
representatives are selected to the Homecoming Court and a Queen and King are selected
from the senior class; athletic events, dances, concerts, and alumni programming usually
accompany the event.
Freshman March. After the worship service in the Rainey Center on the first Sunday
freshmen are on campus, new students participate in a march from the Rainey Center to
front campus and under the Anderson University arch. This march anticipates their walk at
graduation and symbolizes their entrance into the Anderson University family.
Honors and Recognitions
Students at Anderson University are eligible for many outstanding awards, based on
academic achievement, leadership, personal character, and service to the university and the
community. These recognitions include, but are not limited to, the following: Academic
Awards in the various Majors; the Denmark Society; the President’s Award; Dean’s List,
and the South Carolina Independent Colleges and Universities’ Student of the Year.
Bookstore
The bookstore is located in the Student Center. The bookstore carries a wide selection
of required and optional reading, both print and electronic formats, course supplies,
clothing, and other merchandise. Follet is the contracted bookstore operation vendor for
the University.
3RVW2IÀFH
The campus mail office is located in the Student Center. Mailing supplies and services are
available during normal operation hours. Each residential student is assigned a mailbox,
and regular mail delivery and service is in operation unless the University is closed.
Dining Services
Martin Dining Room in Merritt Administration Building, The Grill in the Student
Center, and Food for Thought in the Thrift Library are the primary settings for food
service on campus. Residential students must select one of the university meal plans.
Aramark is the contracted food service vendor for the university.
Campus Safety
Maintaining the safety of the campus community is the preeminent concern of university
officials. While a university campus is an open environment and no assurance of complete
immunity from risk can be made, the University is committed to implementing the
highest standards of safety and health promotion in accord with its safety management
plan. In compliance with the Federal Crime Awareness and Security Act of 1990,
Anderson University prepares an annual report setting forth campus security policies
and campus crime statistics. This report, which also contains safety and security tips, is
furnished to all current students and employees and to any applicant for enrollment or
employment upon request.
The primary purpose of the Campus Safety department is to protect the property and
lives of the faculty, staff, students and guests of Anderson University. The department is
also responsible for enforcement of parking regulations. The Campus Safety officers are
employees of Anderson University. They are certified by the state of South Carolina, and
have the same arrest power of a deputy sheriff. One or more members of the department
are on duty 24 hours a day during the time school is in session. The officers are available
any time after dark to transport students from their cars to their campus housing or from
one building to another on campus.
Academic Honesty
Students are expected to observe the highest ethical standards pertaining to academic
achievement. Without honesty there is no achievement. Plagiarism, fabrication, cheating,
and academic misconduct are serious offenses and may result in dismissal from the course
or the University. Initial jurisdiction in such offenses is with the professor and College
involved. The nature of offenses, appeals process, penalties, and consequences are outlined
in the Student Handbook.
Student Development
The University provides a comprehensive program of student development. All activities
and programs are designed to help students to have positive and rewarding personal
growth experiences while at Anderson University. The areas within Student Development
include the following: Career Planning and Placement, Counseling, Health Services,
Intramurals, Orientation, Freshman Programs and Community Service, Residence Life,
and Student Activities.
Career Services
The Office of Career Services provides assistance to students by helping them relate their
career goals to their educational plans. The staff seeks to meet students at their individual
level of need in developing a self-directed career search. This may begin through
counseling on career majors, career direction, and career interest inventories. The career
resource library provides information on internships, preparation for career fairs, and
on-campus recruiting. Students may participate in workshops on the traditional approach
to job searching, internet job searching, networking, resume writing, and interviewing.
Staff members are available to critique resumes and conduct mock interviews. The office
maintains listings of part-time and full-time jobs. If graduate study is an option for
students, this office can provide information regarding financial aid and appropriate
admission tests.
Center for Student Success
The Center for Student Success provides a number of academic support services, including
disability services, academic coaching and workshops, and a specialized program for
contractually admitted students. The Center also oversees the Tutoring Lab and is the
beginning point for students who need to withdraw from the university during the semester.
Counseling
Counseling is a process of assessing both academic and personal growth, discovering
potential, dealing with adjustment problems, and developing plans that will create a more
satisfying lifestyle. A variety of counseling services are available to all students. There is
no charge for most services, and the highest ethical standards are maintained. Individual,
confidential personal counseling is available to students. This type of counseling is useful
for those who are having significant problems with adjusting to life changes. It may also be
342 | Student Development & Campus Life
appropriate for those who are having significant distress over interpersonal relationships or
personal emotions and feelings. The University has a full-time counselor on campus whose
office is located in the Village. Referral service is available for those having needs that
cannot be met by the university counseling center.
Freshmen Programs and Community Service
The Office of Freshman Programs and Community Service exists to provide support
and assistance to new students in making a successful transition to college. In addition
to programs to aid new students, the Office also coordinates activities which provide
opportunities for faculty, staff, and students to live out the mission of the University by
practicing the Christian principle of service to others.
Health Services
The goal at the Health Services Center is to provide a Christ-centered clinic that will
provide care to enhance the educational process, by removing or modifying barriers to
learning and to promote an optimal level of wellness. The Center is located on the bottom
floor of The Village. A full-time nurse is available to triage students and arrange for a
physician referral if necessary. The clinic is available to all full-time, traditional students.
(Daily hours and drop-in times are posted at the beginning of each semester.)
Orientation
Through Orientation to Anderson University, new students embark upon a successful
transition to university life. The Orientation program is designed for participation by all
new students and sets the stage for future success in college. The program is successful in
helping students acclimate to college, and students are at a great disadvantage if they do not
attend.
Parents and spouses are included in the programming and are encouraged to attend as
well. Students may select to attend any one of three dates set for Orientation. The program
involves placement testing; get-acquainted activities with other students, faculty, and
administrators; introduction to academic majors, and general academic advising.
Housing and Residential Life
The Residence Life staff makes every effort to ensure harmonious and enjoyable living
conditions conducive to study and comfort within the resident halls. Anderson University
housing includes convenient single sex residence halls and smaller apartment style
buildings. Room assignments are made by the Residence Life Office. Students who wish to
live in a residence hall must maintain a minimum academic load of 12 semester hours.
Believing that students benefit in personal growth and educational opportunity from
residential living, Anderson University requires all freshmen and sophomore students to
live in campus housing. Students who desire to live off campus prior to their junior year
must meet criteria described in the Student Handbook. Residence halls are staffed by
adult area coordinators and student resident advisors. The resident advisors are student
leaders who are available to help guide their peers in developing good community living.
Students are encouraged to take leadership roles in the residence halls to help maintain a
quality environment. Resident students are expected to maintain a clean and healthy living
Student Development & Campus Life | 343
student is guaranteed the same room assignment each year. The University may choose to
move a student into another room assignment at any time in the semester if it is deemed in
the best interest of the university community.
Conduct and Expectations
As members of the University community, students enjoy the rights and privileges that
accrue to such membership. Additionally, students are expected to abide by all University
rules and regulations and by the laws of the city, state, and nation. Students are expected
to act responsibly and to avoid conduct detrimental in its effect upon themselves and the
University, both on and off campus. The University reserves the right to take disciplinary
action if students are involved in illegal or irresponsible conduct on or off campus.
Statement of Values
The basis of all interaction at Anderson University is the expectation that students, faculty,
and staff will behave in accordance with the values of a Christian academic community.
Anderson University’s ideals are the ideals of Christian people. Each student is responsible
for his or her actions, not only to self and to God, but also to the University and to fellow
students. Student responsibilities and expectations are described in full in the Student
Handbook found on the AU website. (A personal copy may be obtained, if needed, from
the Student Development Office). By enrolling at Anderson University, each student makes
a commitment to be guided by the Christian principles of love of God, neighbor and self.
Student Responsibilities and Expectations
The person-centered philosophy, which is at the heart of the university’s educational
mission, affects the lives of all who are part of the campus community. This is based on the
assumption that all who live and work here recognize the worth and dignity of all people
and the special contributions they make to the university, to society, and to the Christian
community. Community life involves both enhancements to and restrictions on our
personal and collective freedoms and concurrently necessitates both internal and external
restraints. Discipline is the responsibility of all members of the community to ensure the
preservation of the common good.
Familiarity with the academic and social guidelines of the University is a responsibility of
each member of the campus community. This includes all matters governing academic
programs and policies, graduation requirements, student life policies, cooperation
with university officials in matters related to institutional effectiveness, and other
responsibilities as a contributing member of the campus community. This catalog, various
academic program handbooks, the Student Handbook, and official university publications,
whether in print or electronic form, exist for the purpose of conveying such information.
Membership in the community is a privilege and not a right.
Policies
Alcohol, Tobacco, and Firearms. See Student Handbook for policies on Alcohol,
Tobacco, and Firearms.
Controlled Substances. The illegal use, possession, and/or distribution of narcotic or
other controlled substances are expressly forbidden. Individuals who violate this policy
may be subject to applicable civil law and penalties. (See Student Handbook for details.)
344 | Student Development & Campus Life
Harassment. Anderson University promotes a learning and working environment free
may from religious, racial, or sexual harassment and violence. The university’s policies
address this as well as outline prevention programs, reporting procedures, and penalties for
violation of the policy. (See Student Handbook for details.)
Motor Vehicles and Parking. The University controls traffic and parking on campus as
conferred by the South Carolina Vehicle Code (SCVC) and the Campus Safety Office
administers this. All operators of a motor vehicle, bicycle, or other form of transportation
governed by the SCVC must obey appropriate rules and regulations ensuring the safety
of all and the continued privilege of campus access. Knowledge of vehicle registration,
acceptable parking areas, regulations, fines, and the appeals process are the responsibility of
the operator and are detailed in the Student Handbook, Vehicle Code Handbook, and the
web page.
Theft or Damage to Personal Property. The University assumes no liability for theft
or damage to personal property. Individuals are encouraged to have insurance to cover
such events.
Interim Suspension
When the University Code of Conduct is violated (see full explanation in the Student
Handbook), the University may pursue disciplinary action via established campus judicial
procedures. In certain circumstances, the President of the University may impose a
University or residence hall suspension prior to the hearing before a judicial body. The
hearing should be scheduled as soon as possible to make a determination on the case.
Interim suspension may be imposed only: (a) to ensure the safety and well-being of
members of the University community or preservation of University property; (b) to
ensure the student’s own physical or emotional safety and well-being; or (c) if the student
poses a definite threat of disruption of or interference with the normal operations of the
University. During the interim suspension, students shall be denied access to the residence
halls and/or to the campus (including classes) and/or all other University activities or
privileges for which the student might otherwise be eligible, as the President may determine
to be appropriate.
Presidential Right of Dismissal
The President of the University is authorized by the Board of Trust to dismiss any
student whose presence in the University, for reasons of health, conduct, or scholarship
does not meet with the approval of the administration, or whose influence, whether by
word or deed, is injurious to other students or to the welfare and/or harmonious operation
of the institution. A presidential dismissal supersedes all other University dismissal
procedures or policies, does not require advance notice, and shall take effect at the sole
discretion of the President. A student dismissed under this policy may be required to
withdraw from enrollment and/or any or all dimensions of the campus community.
Student Development & Campus Life | 345
University Directory
Terms expiring in 2012:
Mary Anne Bunton
C. Nakia Davis
George H. Durham
William C. Rigsby
Charles C. Sanders
Terms expiring in 2013:
Melba Banton
William C. Elks, Jr.
Troy M. Gregg
W. Ray Partain
Terms expiring in 2014:
Martha M. Axmann
Daniel T. Cooper
Kip Miller
Denny Neilson
Dell Panagako
Terms expiring in 2015:
Timothy Edmonds
Donald Harper
Benjamin Littlejohn
Mark Quarterman
Ed Stewart
Terms expiring in 2016:
Hughlyn H. Burgess
Gerald J. Caskey
Alex D. Henderson
James M. Lusk
Robert W. Winburn
Executive Leadership Team (2012-2013)
(Date indicates beginning of service at Anderson University.)
Evans P. Whitaker, President (2002)
B.S., Gardner-Webb University; M.Ed., Ph.D., Vanderbilt University.
Danny M. Parker, Provost (2004)
B.A., M.A., Jacksonville State University; Ph.D., Auburn University.
J. Robert Cline, Jr., Vice President for Christian Life (2005)
B.A., Gardner-Webb University; M.Div., D.Min., Southeastern Baptist Theological
Seminary.
Bob L. Hanley, Vice President for Student Development (1985)
B.A., M.A., Clemson University; Ph.D., University of Georgia.
R. Dean Woods, Vice President for Institutional Advancement (1988)
A.A., Anderson University; B.A., Furman University; M.Div., The Southern
Baptist Theological Seminary.
Omar Rashed, Vice President for Marketing and Enrollment Management (2008)
B.S., Evangel University; M.A., Rollins College.
James A. Wright, Jr., Vice President for Finance and Operations (2011)
B.S., University of South Carolina.
Board of Trust
University Directory | 347
Faculty (2012-2013)
* indicates recipient of the Michael Boles Excellence in Teaching Award
indicates Honors Faculty
*Dorota A. Abramovitch, Professor of Chemistry (1996)
M.S., Technical University of Wroclaw; Ph.D., Clemson University.
Greg E. Allgood, Instructor of Speech/Theatre (2004)
A.A., Anderson University; B.A., Carson-Newman College; M.A.Comm.,
Southwestern Baptist Theological Seminary.
H. Kyle Anderson, CMA, CPA, Professor of Accounting (1997)
B.A., Furman University; M.P.A., Clemson University.
Phillip S. Ashley, Assistant Professor of Education (2011)
A.A., Anderson University; B.M., Mars Hill College; M.Ed., Ed.S., Clemson
University.
Kristopher K. Barnett, Assistant Professor of Christian Ministry (2010)
B.A., Angelo State University; M.Div., Ph.D., Southwestern Baptist Theological Seminary
.
Jerry Bilbrey, Associate Professor of Management (2010)
B.S., Tennessee Technological University; M.E., University of South Carolina;
Ph.D., University of Louisville.
Pamela Binns-Turner, MNA, CRNA, Professor of Nursing (2011)
B.S.N., M.N.A., Ph.D., University of Alabama at Birmingham.
Jeffery D. Black, Assistant Professor of Criminal Justice (2011)
B.A., University of South Carolina - Spartanburg; M.P.A., Columbus State
University.
Clarissa P. Brandão, Assistant Professor of Art (2011)
B.F.A., Universidade Federal do Rio de Janeiro; M.F.A., Georgia State University.
Nathan J. Cox, Associate Professor of Art (2002)
B.F.A., Millikin University; M.F.A., Bradley University.
*Wayne V. Cox, Professor of English (1992)
B.A., University of Maine; M.A., Ph.D., University of South Carolina.
Bryan H. Cribb, Assistant Professor of Christian Studies (2010)
B.S., B.A., Furman University; M.Div., Ph.D., Southern Baptist
Theological Seminary.
Channing L. Crisler, Assistant Professor of Christian Studies (2011)
A.A., Central Christian College of Kansas; B.S., Hardin-Simmons University;
M.Div., Southwestern Baptist Theological Seminary; Ph.D., Southern Baptist
Theological Seminary.
James A. Dancik, Instructor of Chemistry and Science Lab Manager (2006)
B.A., Illinois Institute of Technology; M.S., Governors State University.
348 | University Directory
University Directory | 349
Jacque W. Davison, Associate Professor of Mathematics (1978)
A.A., Anderson University; B.A., M.S., Clemson University.
Cheryl B. deHoll, Assistant Librarian/Cataloging (1989)
B.A., University of the Pacific; M.L.I.S., University of South Carolina.
Jane A. Dorn, Assistant Professor of Art (2009)
B.F.A., Louisiana State University.
George M. Ducworth, Assistant Professor of Criminal Justice (2004)
B.A., Clemson University; J.D., University of South Carolina.
Michael Duduit, Professor of Christian Ministry (2008)
B.A., Stetson University; M.Div., Southern Baptist Theological Seminary; Ph.D.,
Florida State University.
James S. Duncan, Associate Professor of Communication (2000)
B.A., Deakin University; M.A., Ph.D., Regent University.
Sarah Paige Ellisor-Catoe, Assistant Professor of English (2011)
B.A., Presbyterian College; M.A., University of Georgia; Ph.D., University of
Georgia.
Gilbert T. Eyabi, Associate Professor of Mathematics (2006)
B.S., M.S., University of Buea (Cameroon); Ph.D., Clemson University.
Deirdre W. Francis, Associate Professor of Music (2002)
A.F.A., Anderson University; B.M.E., Furman University; M.M., Westminster Choir
College.
*Kim H. Freeman, Assistant Professor of Mathematics (1988)
B.S., M.Ed., Clemson University.
Charles W. Fuller, Assistant Professor of Christian Studies (2010)
B.A., Campbellsville University; M.Div., Ph.D., Southern Baptist Theological
Seminary.
Polly Gaillard, Instructor of Art (2012)
B.A., University of South Carolina; M.F.A., Vermont College of Fine Arts.
Douglas J. Goodwin, Associate Professor of Management (2008)
B.B.A., Campbell University; M.B.A., Ph.D., University of North Texas.
Margarit S. Gray, Professor of Biology (2001)
B.S., Jacksonville State University; M.H.S., Medical University of South Carolina;
M.S., Ph.D., Clemson University.
Bradley B. Gregory, Assistant Professor of Psychology (2012)
B.A., Ph.D., North Carolina State University; M.A., University of North Carolina.
Bob L. Hanley, Professor of English and Education (1985)
B.A., M.A., Clemson University; Ph.D., University of Georgia.
*James P. Haughey, Professor of English (1989-94, 1998)
B.A., M.A., Clemson University; Ph.D., University of South Carolina.
Danny L. Hawkins, Associate Professor of Education (2004)
M.Ed., Ed.S., Clemson University; Ph.D., University of South Carolina.
Jane Hawley, Assistant Librarian/Reference (2005)
B.A., Anderson University; M.L.I.S., University of South Carolina.
Masa Higo, Associate Professor of Sociology (2011)
B.A., M.A., University of Central Missouri; Ph.D., Boston College.
Ethan E. Hodge, Assistant Professor of Education (2012)
B.A., M.Ed., Cedarville University; Ed.S., Liberty University.
Robert Homer-Drummond, Associate Professor of Theatre (2011)
B.A., Wheaton College; M.F.A., University of Louisville.
*Diana S. Ivankovic, Associate Professor of Biology (2004)
I.B., United World College of the Adriatic; B.S., Lander University; M.S., Ph.D.,
Clemson University.
Miren Ivankovic, Associate Professor of Economics and Finance (2006)
B.S, Lander University; M.B.A, M.A., Ph.D., Clemson University.
Teresa M. Jones, Assistant Professor of English (2007)
B.S., Auburn University; M.A., Ph.D., Georgia State University.
Peter J. Kaniaris, Professor of Art (1986)
B.F.A., Cleveland Institute of Art; M.F.A., University of Houston.
Carol L. Karnes, Professor of Management (1991)
B.A., Eastern Michigan University; M.A., University of Michigan;
M.B.A., Oakland University; Ph.D., Clemson University.
Howard D. Kim, Associate Professor of Music (2011)
B.A., University of California, Los Angeles; M.M., D.M.A., Eastman School of Music.
Larry R. Knighton, Assistant Professor of Education (2007)
B.A., M.Ed., Ed.S., Clemson University; Ed.D., University of Georgia.
Carrie T. Koenigstein, Assistant Professor of Biology and Chemistry (2007)
B.S., Virginia Tech; M.Ed., Converse College; Ph.D., Duke University.
David O. Korn, Associate Professor of Spanish (1987)
B.A., M.A., University of Wisconsin, Milwaukee; Ph.D., University of Michigan.
Thomas R. Kozel, Professor of Biology (1992)
B.A., University of Miami; M.S., Ph.D., University of Louisville.
350 | University Directory
University Directory | 351
William A. Laing, Associate Professor of Management (2003)
B.S., University of New Hampshire; M.B.A., University of Montana; Ph.D., Capella
University.
David Ward Larson, Professor of Theatre (1985-90, 1991)
B.F.A., Illinois Wesleyan University; M.A., University of Minnesota; Ph.D., University
of Illinois.
*John Lassiter, Professor of History (1984)
B.A., University of North Carolina; M.A., College of William and Mary; Ph.D.,
University of North Carolina.
Raymond S. Locy, Professor of Education (2009)
B.S., William Jennings Bryan College; M.M.E., Virginia Commonwealth University;
Ed.D., Virginia Polytechnic Institute and State University.
Jacquelynn A. Malloy, Assistant Professor of Education (2011)
B.A., Duquesne University; M.S., West Virginia University; Ph.D., Clemson
University.
Anne Marie Martin, Assistant Librarian/Instructional Services (2008)
B.A., Clemson University; M.L.I.S., University of South Carolina.
E. Anne Martin, Associate Professor of Interior Design (1981)
A.A., Anderson University; B.S., M.Ed., University of Georgia.
*Linda K. McCuen, Associate Professor of Education (2003)
B.S., Eastern Kentucky University; M.Ed., Georgia State University; Ed.D., Nova
Southeastern University.
Deborah W. McEniry, Professor of Theatre (2007)
B.M., Westminster Choir College; M.A., Ph.D., New York University.
Edgar V. McKnight, Jr., Associate Professor of English (2002)
B.A., Wake Forest University; M.A., Ph.D., University of North Carolina at
Chapel Hill.
Kent Millwood, Librarian (1988)
A.S., Hiwassee College; B.S., M.L.I.S., University of Tennessee;
M.Ed., Middle Tennessee State University.
Elizabeth A. Mirick, Assistant Professor of Interior Design (2010)
B.S., M.Arch., Clemson University; M.S., Florida State University.
*Jo Carol Mitchell-Rogers, Professor of Art (1988)
B.F.A., University of Georgia; M.F.A., Clemson University; Ph.D., University of
Georgia.
Jeffrey Moore, Associate Professor of Management (2010)
B.A., Whitworth College; M.B.A., D.E.A., Ph.D., Universite de Nice Sophia-Antipolis
.
James E. Motes, Associate Professor of Christian Ministry (2001)
A.A., Anderson University; B.A., Mars Hill College; M.Div., Southeastern Baptist
Theological Seminary; M.S., Southern Wesleyan University; D.Min., Gordon-
Conwell Theological Seminary.
Ryan A. Neal, Associate Professor of Christian Studies (2005)
B.A., Texas Tech University; M.Div., Southwestern Baptist Theological Seminary;
M.Th., Ph.D., University of Edinburgh, Scotland.
Frank A. Norris, Jr., Associate Professor of Biology and Chemistry (2010)
A.A., Anderson University; B.S., Erskine College; Ph.D., Clemson University.
Lois J. Oldenburg, Instructor of Education (2005)
B.S., Bob Jones University; M.S., Morehead State University.
Valerie J. Owens, Assistant Professor of Computer Information Systems (2001)
B.S., Clemson University; M.A., Webster University.
Conny Palacios, Associate Professor of Spanish (2004)
B.A., Saint Thomas University; Ph.D., University of Miami.
Lynette M. Pannell, Instructor of Education (2006)
B.S., Winthrop College; M.A., Furman University
Danny M. Parker, Professor of History and Political Science (2004)
B.A., M.A., Jacksonville State University; Ph.D., Auburn University.
David L. Perry, Associate Professor of Music (2005)
B.M., M.M., D.M.A., Arizona State University.
Terrie W. Poore, Instructor of Theatre (2012)
B.A., B.F.A., Columbia College; M.F.A., Texas Christian University.
David J. Prager, Assistant Professor of Mathematics (2011)
B.S., M.S., Miami University; M.A., Liberty University; Ph.D., University of Georgia.
Christel D. Price, Instructor of Interior Design (2010)
A.A., Blue Ridge Community College; B.A., Marymount University.
Betty Jo Pryor, Associate Professor of Biology (1967)
B.A., Tift College; M.Ed., University of Georgia.
Charles A. Rains, Jr., Professor of Physics (2008)
B.S., The Citadel; Ph.D., Clemson University.
Lee C. Rawl, Associate Professor of Education (2006)
B.S., University of South Carolina; M.A.T., Winthrop University; Ed.S., Clemson
University; Ed.D., Nova Southeastern University.
Lewie H. Reece, IV, Assistant Professor of History (2002)
B.A., University of Alaska at Fairbanks; M.A., Clemson University; Ph.D.,
Bowling Green State University.
352 | University Directory
David F. Reinhart, Associate Professor of Psychology (1999)
B.A., M.A., University of Windsor; Ph.D., California School of Professional
Psychology.
*
Jamie M. Ressler, Associate Professor of Marketing (2011)
B.S., Florida State University; M.B.A., Palm Beach Atlantic University; D.B.A., Nova
Southeastern University.
Vanessa Rettinger, Assistant Professor of Kinesiology (2007)
B.S., Wingate University; M.Ed., Clemson University ; Ph.D. (Exercise Science),
University of South Carolina.
Joy M. Rish, Assistant Professor of Mathematics (1986)
A.A., Anderson University; B.A., Carson-Newman College; M.A., Furman
University; M.A., The Southern Baptist Theological Seminary.
April A. Romanos, Associate Professor of Nursing (2011)
B.S.N., Clemson University; M.S.N., Gardner-Webb University.
Rodney M. Rutland, Associate Professor of Kinesiology (2001)
B.S., University of South Carolina-Aiken, M.S., Ph.D., Auburn University.
Patrice F. Shearin, Assistant Professor of Physical Education (2005)
B.A., Columbia College; M.Ed., South Carolina State University, Ph.D., University of
South Carolina.
Greg A. Silver, Assistant Professor of Computer Information Systems (2003)
B.B.A., M.S., Georgia State University.
Patty-Jeanne Slaughter, Associate Professor of Psychology (2011)
B.S., Houghton College; M.A., New York University; Ph.D., Indiana State University.
Gordon R. Smith, Associate Professor of Economics and Finance (2008)
B.A., Wake Forest University; M.B.A., Virginia Polytechnic Institute & State University;
M.A., Ph.D., George Mason University.
Anna Lee H. Smolen, Assistant Professor of Biology (2012)
B.A., Clemson University; M.S., D.P.T., Medical University of South Carolina.
Timothy P. Speaker, Assistant Professor of Art (2008)
B.S., Central Michigan University; M.A., M.F.A., University of Wisconsin - Madison.
*Joseph L. Spencer, Professor of Marketing (2005)
B.A., Baylor University; M.Div., Temple Baptist Seminary; M.B.A., Vanderbilt
University; M.S., University of Colorado; D.B.A., Argosy University.
*Sarah Lee Sprague, Associate Professor of English (1981)
B.A., Georgetown College; M.A., University of Kentucky.
Joanna B. Stegall, Assistant Professor of Education (2012)
B.S., Francis Marion University; M.Ed., Clemson University.
University Directory | 353
Charlotte H. Stephens, Assistant Professor of Nursing (2011)
B.S., Campbell University; B.S.N., East Carolina University; M.S.N., University of
South Carolina.
David Stern, Associate Professor of Music (2005)
B.M.E., University of Colorado; M.M., Ph.D., Texas Tech University.
Laura Allison Stewart, Instructor of Sociology (2004)
B.S., M.S., Clemson University.
Teresa P. Taylor, Instructor of Accounting (2012)
B.B.A., Georgia Southern University; M.B.A., Averett University.
Jason R. Thrift, Instructor of Nursing and Simulation Coordinator (2012)
B.S., M.S., Clemson University.
Jackie V. Walker, Assistant Professor of Kinesiology (2000)
B.A., Wesleyan College; M.A., Furman University.
Margaret E. Walworth, Associate Professor of Education (2007)
B.S., M.S., Clemson University; Ph.D., University of Georgia.
Tommy L. Watson, Associate Professor of Music (2001)
B.A., Anderson University; M.M., D.M.A., University of South Carolina.
Candace Weddle, Assistant Professor of Art History (2012)
B.A., Baylor University; M.A., Tulane University; Ph.S., University of Southern
California.
Linda M. Welborn, Instructor of English (2007)
B.A., Columbia College; M.Ed., Clemson University.
Evans P. Whitaker, Professor of Management (2004)
B.S., Gardner-Webb University; M.Ed., Ph.D., Vanderbilt University.
*Richard A. Williamson, Professor of Music (1996)
B.M., Furman University; M.M., M.A., Eastman School of Music;
D.M.A., University of Illinois.
Cara S. Wood, Associate Professor of Theatre (2005)
B.A., Converse College; M.F.A., University of Mississippi.
*Joyce Ann Wood, Professor of History (1982)
B.A., M.A.T., Winthrop University; Ph.D., University of South Carolina.
Susan Baker Wooten, Professor of Art (1976)
B.A., Oklahoma Baptist University; M.F.A., Clemson University.
Part-Time Faculty (2012-2013)
John H. Abraham, Jr., Management
B.S., Virginia Polytechnic Institute; M.A., Webster University; Ed.D.,Clemson University.
354 | University Directory
University Directory | 355
Dennis R. Adams, Kinesiology
B.S., Clemson University.
John M. Adams, Ministry
B.A., Furman University; M.Div., Southeastern Baptist Theological Seminary; Ph.D.,
Baylor University.
Natalie Amick, Art
B.A., Columbia College.
Lisa A. Anderson, Kinesiology
B.S., Augusta State University; M.L.I.S., University of South Carolina.
Torri N. Atkins, Mathematics
B.S., Anderson University.
James E. Bagwell, Organizational Leadership and Management
B.S., Presbyterian College; M.B.A., Clemson University.
Brandon E. Bailey, Music
B.A., Anderson University; M.C.M., Erskine Seminary.
Courtney Nations Baker, Marketing
B.S., M.S., Clemson University.
David B. Barfield, Kinesiology
B.S., Clemson University; M.A.R.E., Southwestern Baptist Theological Seminary.
Linda P. Batten, Education
B.S., Appalachian State University; M.Ed., Clemson University.
Kelly Addis Bell, Freshman Year Experience
A.A., Anderson University; B.S., Winthrop University.
Katherine V. Bennett, Human Services
B.A., Clemson University; M.A., University of South Carolina.
John Benson, Management
B.S., U.S. Military Academy; M.S., Southern Wesleyan University.
Kenneth E. Bickel, Christian Studies
B.A., Millersville University; M.Div., Grace Theological Seminary; D.Min., Denver
Conservative Baptist Seminary.
Laura N. Black, Education
B.A., Newberry College; M.Ed., Ph.D., University of South Carolina.
Lisa G. Black, English
B.S., Clemson University; M.A.L.S., Hollins University.
Mark A. Blakey, Psychology
B.S., College of Charleston; M.Ed., The Citadel.
Janice L. Bosman, Computer Information Systems
B.S., M.A.T., M.B.A., Winthrop University.
Claire R. Bowman, Interior Design
B.S., M.Arch., Clemson University.
Robin S. Bracken, Education
B.S., Anderson University; M.Ed., Lesley University.
Christopher O. Bradley, Art
B.A., Anderson University.
Donald Shane Bradley, English
B.A., Anderson University; M.A.T., Lander University; M.A., Clemson University.
Cari A. Brooks, English
B.A., M.A., Miami University.
Matthew Brooks, Healthcare Management
B.S., Kennesaw State University; M.P.H., Virginia Commonwealth University; Ph.D.,
University of South Carolina.
Donald E. Brookshire, Criminal Justice
B.S., Excelsior College; M.P.A., Columbus State University.
Ray D. Browning, Science
B.S., M.S., Clemson University.
Stacey M. Brunelli, Education
B.S., Clarion University of Pennsylvania; M.S., University at Albany.
Stephen Bryant, Personal Financial Planning
B.S., Clemson University; M.B.A., The Citadel.
Harriett M. Burdette, Education
A.A., Anderson University; B.A., University of South Carolina; M.Ed., Clemson
University.
William A. Burgess, Music
B.M., Anderson University; M.C.M., Erskine Seminary.
Roger David Burnett, Sr., Education
A.B., Erskine College; M.A., Western Carolina University; Ed.S., Clemson
University; Ed.D., University of South Carolina.
Beverly E. Burton, Human Services
B.S., Lander University; M.S.W., University of South Carolina.
Damon D. Camp, Criminal Justice
B.S., M.S., Georgia State University; Ph.D., Claremont Graduate School.
Edda Z. Cammick, Biology
B.S., University of Tampa; M.P.H., University of South Florida.
Phyllis Fay Campbell, Psychology
B.A., M.S.Ed., Western Illinois University.
Joshua Robert Cobb, Art
B.A., Anderson University.
356 | University Directory
University Directory | 357
Susan Cody-Rydzewski, Sociology
B.A., Jacksonville University; M.A., Ph.D., University of Florida.
W. Michael Coffin, Marketing
B.S., Limestone College; M.B.A., Anderson University.
Cassondra Cooley, Education
B.A., Johnson C. Smith University; M.S., Walden University.
Benjamin H. Cothran, Criminal Justice
B.S., Lander University; M.C.J., Anderson University.
Ashley S. Cowden, English
B.S., M.A., Clemson University
Don R. Cox, Christian Studies
B.S., Jacksonville State University; M.Div., Ph.D., Southern Baptist Theological Seminary.
Joni M. Criswell, Biology
B.S., Lee University; Ph.D., The Ohio State University.
Amy Cromer, Human Services
B.S., Lander University; M.A., Webster University.
Robert D. Dale, Christian Studies
B.A., Oklahoma Baptist University; B.D., Th.D., Southwestern Baptist Theological
Seminary.
Deborah L. DeMino, Mathematics
B.S.N., Hope College; B.S.M.E., Michigan State University; M.S.M.E., Georgia
Institute of Technology; D.V.M., University of Georgia.
Kimberly R. Dick, Art Gallery Director
A.A., Greenville Technical College; B.F.A., Clemson University; M.F.A., Winthrop
University.
Lori A. Dickes, Economics
B.A., M.A.A.E., M.A., University of Central Florida; Ph.D., Clemson University.
John W. Dickson, Jr., Education
B.S., University of South Carolina; M.Ed., Clemson University.
Sherry Lynn Dowis, Education
B.A., Ph.D., Clemson University; M.A., Furman University.
Fara Y. Driver, History
B.A., M.A., Clemson University.
William Edward Duvall, Kinesiology
B.S., Lander University; M.S., West Virginia University.
Nancy L. Earnhart, History
B.A., Central Wesleyan College; M.Ed., Clemson University.
Keith East, Education
B.A., M.A., Eastern Kentucky University; Ed.S., Ph.D., University of South Carolina.
Bennett Dale Ellenburg, Christian Studies
A.A., Anderson University; B.A., Southern Wesleyan University; M.Div., Ph.D., Mid-
America Baptist Theological Seminary.
Aubrey A. Elliott, Music
B.S., Bob Jones University.
Jenny H. Elliott, Education
B.A., M.Ed., Clemson University.
Robert J.F. Elsner, Psychology
B.A., University of North Carolina; M.Ed., Ph.D., University of Georgia; M.A.P.M.,
Erskine Theological Seminary.
Barbara M. Ervin, Art / Education
B.A., M.A., University of South Carolina.
Joseph A. Eskridge, Kinesiology
B.S., Winthrop University.
Christopher B. Fant, Economics
B.S., Clemson University; M.B.A., Gardner-Webb University.
Wilder N. Ferreira, Economics
B.S. Catholic University (Brazil); B.S., Federal University (Brazil); M.S., Auburn
University; M.S., Clemson University.
Tamila D. Fields, Education
B.A., M.Ed., University of South Carolina.
Harold N. Fonda, Chemistry/Science
B.S., The University of Nottingham; M.S., Washington State University; Ph.D.,
Michigan State University.
Robert H. Fries, Astronomy/Physics
B.A., Middlebury College; M.S., Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute.
Polly Gaillard, Art
B.A., University of South Carolina; M.F.A., Vermont College of Fine Arts.
Vincent Gallicchio, Biology
B.A., M.S., Southern Connecticut State University; M.T. Diploma, Yale University;
Ph.D., New York University.
Eleisha H. Garland, Human Services
A.A., A.S., Tri-County Technical College; B.A., Anderson University; M.S.W.,
University of South Carolina.
Brenda Garner, Education
B.A., M.Ed., Clemson University
358 | University Directory
University Directory | 359
Charles Mason Gary, Education
B.S., Lander University; M.Ed. Ed.S., Ph.D., Clemson University.
Tammy B. Glenn, Spanish
B.A., Georgia Southern University; M.A., University of Tennessee.
Roger Glidewell, Christian Studies
B.A., Southwest Baptist University; M.R.E., Midwestern Baptist Theological Seminary.
Kay B. Glymph, English
B.S., Erskine College.
Lyman E. Golden, Music
B.A., Lander University; M.M., Converse College.
Christopher L. Gratton, Music
B.Mus., University of South Carolina; M.Mus., University of Tennessee.
Gerald Randall Greene, Jr., Psychology
B.A., Winthrop University; B.H.S.R., Anderson University; M.S., Walden University.
Natascha R. Greene, Psychology
B.S., M.Ed., Troy University.
Jon Gropp, Freshman Year Experience
B.S., Greenville College; M.Ed., Azusa Pacific University.
Bob L. Hanley, Education and Freshman Year Experience
B.A., M.A., Clemson University; Ph.D., University of Georgia.
Maricary M. Hansen, Education
B.M.E., Anderson University; M.Ed., Lesley University.
William R. Hanson, Leadership
A.A., New Mexico Military Institute; B.A., Oregon State University; M.S., University
of Southern California; Ph.D., Clemson University.
Scott C. Harris, Christian Studies
B.A., California Baptist University; M.Div., Th.M., Golden Gate Baptist Theological
Seminary.
Katherine P. Hawkins, Education
A.A., Anderson University; B.A., M.Ed., Clemson University.
Mary Kristen Hearne, Education
B.A., Anderson University; M.L.I.S., University of South Carolina.
John Henzel, Finance
B.S., Washington & Lee University; M.B.A., St. Bonaventure University; Ph.D.,
University of Georgia.
Ann M. Hicks, Education
B.A., University of North Carolina at Charlotte; M.Ed., Converse College.
Montana C. Higo, ESL
A.S., NorthwestCollege; B.S., Boston University.
Ryan P. Hilburn, Kinesiology
B.S., University of South Carolina.
David Hill, Art
B.F.A., Shorter College; M.F.A., Clemson University.
Jan R. Holt, Psychology
B.A., University of South Carolina; M.A., Texas Southern University; Ed.D.,
University of Houston.
Kenneth L. Hood, Christian Studies
A.A., Anderson University; B.A., Central Wesleyan College; M.Div., New Orleans
Baptist Theological Seminary; D.Min., Erskine Theological Seminary.
Jerome A. Hudson, Education / Political Science
B.A., Benedict College; M.A., Kent State University; Ph.D., Clemson University.
Frank P. Hughes, III, Communication
B.S., University of Tennessee.
Timothy M. Jared, Freshman Year Experience
B.A., M.Ed., Azusa Pacific University.
Amy S. Jennings, Psychology
B.S., Belmont University; M.Div., Southern Baptist Theological Seminary.
James Jonathan Jennings, Science
B.S., Clemson University; M.A., Furman University; Ed.D., South Carolina State
University.
Janis M. Jennings, French
B.A., Winthrop University; M.A., Clemson University.
James L. Johnson, Biology
B.S., Clemson University; M.S., East Stroudsburg State College; Ed.D., University of
Georgia.
Leonard Johnson, Music
B.A., Clark College.
Thomas C. Johnson, Criminal Justice
B.S., Troy State University; M.A., University of West Florida; Ph.D., Mississippi State
University.
Valerie Johnston, Healthcare Management
A.S., Macon State College; B.S., Georgia Institute of Technology; M.B.A., Duke
University; Ph.D., University of North Carolina, Charlotte.
Kelly G. Jones, Education
B.S., Anderson University; M.Ed., Clemson University.
Caren Kelley-Hall, Education
B.S., Lander University; M.Ed., Ed.D., Clemson University.
360 | University Directory
Dock Kelly, III, Kinesiology
B.A., University of North Carolina-Greensboro.
Ray C. Kimbrell, Education
A.A., Anderson University; B.S., East Tennessee State University; M.Ed., Clemson
University.
Dianne King, Freshman Year Experience / Psychology
B.A., Tift Collelge; M.R.E., Southwestern Baptist Theological Seminary; Ph.D.,
Auburn University.
Ellen S. King, Mathematics
A.A., Anderson University; B.S., M.Ed., Clemson University.
Daniel R. Kirkpatrick, Music
B.Mus., University of North Texas; M.Mus., University of Wisconsin – Milwaukee.
Karen L. Kloeck, Mathematics
B.S., Clemson University; M.S., Technical University of Munich.
Marty Knight, Kinesiology
A.A., Anderson University; B.S., Erskine College.
Michelle W. Knighton, Education
B.S., Anderson University; M.Ed., Columbia College.
Larry Kraemer, Human Resource Management
B.S., Southern Illinois University; M.B.A., Dominican University.
Ryan M. Kroskie, Kinesiology
B.S., M.S., Indiana University.
Candice K. Lapham, Business Law
B.B.A., Anderson University; J.D., Mississippi College.
Joanna M. Lebo, Music
B.M., Bob Jones University; M.Mus., Peabody Institute of the Johns Hopkins University.
Robert W. Lever, History
B.A., Anderson University; M.A., University of Florida.
Sonia C. Leverette, Education
B.A., M.Ed., Clemson University; Ed.D., South Carolina State University.
Jean Ellen Linkins, Music
B.A., Empire State College; M.M.Ed., Eastman School of Music; Ed.D., Bob Jones
University.
David G. Little, Biology
B.S., Presbyterian College; M.S., Clemson University.
Brandon L. Loudermilk, Psychology
B.A., Anderson University; M.A., Louisiana Tech University.
University Directory | 361
Donna M. Maher, Fine Arts
B.M., Arizona State University; M.M., Ph.D., Texas Tech University.
Michael Marks, II, Art
A.A., Macon State College; B.A., Georgia College and State University; M.F.A.,
Clemson University.
Beverly R. McAdams, Freshman Year Experience
B.A., Erskine College; M.Ed., Ph.D., Clemson University.
Katherine E. McClain, Science Lab Manager (PT)
B.S., Villanova University; M.S., Towson University.
Paula C. McCallister, Education
B.S., Granite State University; M.Ed., University of New Hampshire; M.E.Tech.,
Lesley University; M.Ed.Adm., Grand Canyon University.
Jonathan W. McCombs, Criminal Justice / Political Science
B.A., Clemson University; M.S., Troy University.
Victor McDade, Business
B.S., M.B.A., J.D., University of South Carolina.
Rory C. McDaniel, Music
B.S., Bob Jones University; M.Ed., Auburn University.
Robert H. McNamara, Criminal Justice/Sociology
A.S., Mattatuck Community College; B.S., Western Connecticut State University; M.S.,
Southern Connecticut State University; M.A., M.Phil., Ph.D., Yale University.
Frankie J. Melton, Jr., Christian Studies
B.A., Charleston Southern University; M.Div., Ph.D., Southern Baptist Theological
Seminary.
James R. Metts, Criminal Justice
A.A.S., A.S., Midlands Technical College; A.C.J., Palmer College; A.S.C.J., B.G.S.,
M.C.J., Ed.D., University of South Carolina; LL.D., Charleston Southern University.
Elizabeth F. Miller, English
B.A., M.Ed., Clemson University; M.L.I.S., University of South Carolina.
Joe Miller, Kinesiology
A.A., Anderson University; B.A., Newberry College; M.Ed., Gardner-Webb University.
Anita Milner, English
B.A., M.A., Mississippi College.
Omar Mirabal, Spanish
B.A., Havana University; M.S., Long Island University.
Jeremiah Mitchell, Marketing
B.S., Florida State University; M.B.A., Webster University.
William Monts, Kinesiology
B.S., Clemson University; M.Ed., Anderson University.
362 | University Directory
University Directory | 363
Scott W. Moore, Ministry
B.Mus., Augusta State University; M.Div., Ph.D., Southwestern Baptist Theological
Seminary.
Rebecca D. Morlok, Business
B.A., North Carolina State University.
Ana Moreno, Interior Design
B.S., University of Santo Tomas.
Craig M. Mosqueda, Kinesiology
B.Ed., Washburn University; M.S., Emporia State University.
Sarah G. Mudd, Freshman Year Experience
B.A., Belmont University; M.Ed., Texas A&M University.
Marcia H. Mynatt, Christian Studies / Honors Program
B.A., Furman University; M.Div., The Southern Baptist Theological Seminary.
David W. Neace, Freshman Year Experience
B.B.A., University of Georgia; M.Div., Southwestern Baptist Theological Seminary.
Danny R. Neal, Kinesiology
A.A., Polk Community College; B.S., Erskine College.
Samuel B. Neely, Christian Studies
B.A., Claflin College; M.Div., Erskine Theological Seminary; D.Min., McCormick
Theological Seminary.
Douglas R. Norwine, Music
B.M.E., Bowling Green University.
Harold N. Ostrander, II, Christian Studies
B.A., Dallas Baptist University; M.Div., Ph.D., Southwestern Baptist Theological
Seminary.
William Bruce Ostrom, Christian Studies
B.A., College of Charleston; M.Div., Ph.D., Southern Baptist Theological Seminary.
Larry Pace, Psychology and Quantitative Methods
A.B., M.S., Ph.D., University of Georgia.
Charles A. Parker, Kinesiology
B.S., University of South Carolina; M.Ed., The Citadel.
Joseph Paul Parker, Education
B.A., M.Ed., Clemson University.
Donald M. Peace, Jr., Healthcare Management
A.S., Columbus College; B.S., Thomas A. Edison State College; M.S., Central
Michigan University; Ph.D., Capella University.
Jorge Antonio Perdomo, Human Services
B.A., M.S.W., University of South Carolina.
Monica Perez, Psychology
B.S., M.Ed., Clemson University.
Kelly U. Pew, Education
B.A., Ph.D., Clemson University; M.Ed., Furman University.
Timothy A. Pittenger, History
B.A., M.A., The University of Alabama at Birmingham.
Elizabeth M. Poole, Education/Physical Education
B.S., Western Carolina University; M.Ed., Clemson University.
Terrie W. Poore, Theatre
B.A., B.F.A., Columbia College; M.F.A., Texas Christian University.
Lisa B. Reece, Sociology
B.S., Eastern Michigan University; M.S.W., Ph.D., Tulane University.
John-Perry Reed, Music
B.A., Anderson University; M.C.M., Erskine Theological Seminary.
Kara L. Renfro, Art / Fine Arts
B.A., Georgetown College; M.F.A., Clemson University.
Catherine Reno, English
B.A., University of Mississippi; M.F.A., Queens University of Charlotte.
Danny L. Rhodes, Leadership
B.A., Clemson University; M.A., Pepperdine University; Ph.D., Walden University.
Robert William Rhoton, International Business
B.A., University of Cincinnati; M.B.A., Indiana University.
Tracy L. Richardson, Psychology
A.A., Anderson University; B.A., Erskine College; M.A., Webster University.
Mary Ellen Roberts, Education
B.A., Clemson University; M.A., Furman University.
Beverly Robinson, Education
B.A., Columbia College; I.M.A., University of South Carolina.
Louis Joseph Rosas, III, Christian Studies
B.A., Union University; M.Div., Th.M., Ph.D., The Southern Baptist Theological
Seminary.
Ryan J. Roseberry, English
B.A., Newberry College; M.A., Clemson University.
James N. Roser, Human Resource Management
B.S., Purdue University; M.B.A., Golden Gate University.
David M. Ross, Criminal Justice
B.S., J.D., University of South Carolina.
364 | University Directory
A. Ray Royalty, Organizational Leadership
B.S., United States Military Academy; M.A., Webster University; M.S.S., United States
Army War College; M.B.A., Winthrop University.
Margaret R. Rucker, Spanish
B.A., Allen University; M.Ed., Clemson University.
Kristin Rufo, Fine Arts
B.F.A., Georgia Southwestern State University; M.F.A., Long Island University.
Jason D. Rutland, Kinesiology
B.S., Anderson University; M.S., California University of Pennsylvania.
Nan B. Rutland, Kinesiology
B.S., University of South Carolina; M.B.A., Auburn University, Montgomery.
Malura M. Shady, Education
A.A., B.A., Anderson University; M.A., Lesley University.
Yoko Shigemi, ESL
B.A., Anderson University.
Adam M. Siegfried, Chemistry
B.A., Coker College; M.S., Clemson University.
Jeff Sinkele, Organizational Leadership / Psychology
B.A., Hiram College; M.A., Roosevelt University.
Hanna Kozlowski Slone, Art
B.A., Anderson University; M.F.A., Clemson University..
Beverly D. Smith, Mathematics
B.S., Florida State University; M.Ed., Clemson University.
Christa Ann Smith, Geography
B.A., M.A., Marshall University; Ph.D., University of Tennessee.
Gregory Keith Smith, Command College Recruiter
B.B.A., Southern Wesleyan University; M.C.J., Anderson University.
Kay F. Smith, Education
B.S., Lander University; M.Ed., Clemson University.
Michael A. Smith, History
B.A., M.A., Clemson University.
Susan Smith, Healthcare Management
B.S., University of Iowa; M.S., Georgia College and State University; D.H.A., Central
Michigan University.
Tony R. Smith, Mathematics
B.A., M.Ed., Ph.D., Clemson University.
Dallas M. South, Mathematics
B.S., Anderson University.
University Directory | 365
R. Alexander Spainhour, III, Music
B.A., Florida Presbyterian College; M.M., Memphis State University.
Jamie D. Spinks, Education
A.A., Gainesville College; B.A., North Georgia College and State University; M.Ed.,
State University of West Georgia.
Stuart R. Sprague, Philosophy
B.S., Duke University; M.Div., Ph.D., The Southern Baptist Theological Seminary.
Alison Springs, Biology
B.S., University of Georgia; Ph.D., Clemson University.
Brenda Stephens, English
B.A., University of Alabama in Huntsville; M.A., Gardner-Webb University.
Matthew L. Stone, Biology / Science
B.S., Anderson University; M.S., University of Southern Mississippi.
Michael Stone, Communication
B.A., Anderson University; M.A.T., Converse College.
David Stubblefield, English
B.A., M.A., University of South Carolina.
Tracie M. Sweet, Education
B.S., Anderson University; M.Ed., Clemson University.
Charles W. Tarbutton, Jr., Music
B.M., University of South Carolina; M.M., Southern Oregon University.
John W. Tate, Criminal Justice
B.S., J.D., University of South Carolina.
Patricia Tate, Biology
B.A., Wesleyan College; M.S., Georgia College and State University; Ph.D., Clemson
University.
Teresa P. Taylor, Accounting
B.B.A., Georgia Southern University; M.B.A., Averett University.
Tonya D. Thomas, Kinesiology
B.S., Lander University; M.S., California University of Pennsylvania.
Beverly G. Thompson, Biology
B.S., M.S., Clemson University.
Karen B. Threlkeld, Mathematics
B.A., Erskine College; M.Ed., Clemson University.
Treva A. Tiberghien, Education
B.S., Georgia Southern College; M.Ed., Lesley University.
Marshall Kelly Tribble, Sociology
B.A., Mercer University; B.D., Southeastern Baptist Theological Seminary; M.Ed.,
Ed.D., University of Georgia.
366 | University Directory
University Directory | 367
Austin B. Tucker, Christian Studies
B.A., East Texas Baptist College; B.D., Th.D., Southwestern Baptist Theological
Seminary.
Andrew F. Turner, History
B.A., M.A.E., University of Alabama at Birmingham.
Deborah A. Turner, Criminal Justice
A.S., West Georgia College & State University; B.S., Georgia State University; M.P.A.,
Columbus State University; J.D., Atlanta Law School.
Timothy W. Turner, Criminal Justice
B.S., Baylor University; M.Ed., Mississippi State University; M.Ed., Ed.D., University
of Virginia.
Brittany D. Tye, Legal Studies
B.S., Clemson University; J.D., Charleston School of Law.
Anne Vandiver, Mathematics
B.S., M.S., Florida Institute of Technology; M.A., Furman University.
Ryan D. Visser, Education
B.A., College of William and Mary; M.Ed., Ph.D., Clemson University.
Chastity Walker, Healthcare Management
B.S.W., University of South Florida; M.P.H., University of South Carolina; D.P.H.,
University of North Carolina.
Heather P. Walker, Biology
B.S., Clemson University; M.S., University of California, Davis; Ph.D., Clemson
University.
Rebecca H. Walker, Freshman Year Experience and Christian Studies
B.A., Gardner-Webb University; M.A., Southwestern Baptist Theological Seminary.
Joe Wehunt, Music
B.Mus., Furman University.
Donna R. Weinbrenner, Biology
B.S., M.S., Ph.D., Clemson University.
Suzanne D. Weissenburger, Kinesiology
B.A., Presbyterian College; M.S., Ph.D., Florida State University.
Cynthia J. Welborn, History
B.A., Erskine College; M.A., American University.
Carlene M. Wentworth, Psychology
B.A., University of South Florida; M.Ed., Clemson University; Ph.D., Capella University.
Donald K. White, Communication
B.A., North Carolina State University; M.A., University of Georgia.
Sandra M. White, Human Resource Management
B.S., Southern Wesleyan University; M.H.R.D., Clemson University; M.A., Webster
University.
Leah G. Wilson, Music
B.A., Anderson University; M.M., Western Carolina University.
Amanda D. Wimpey, Mathematics
B.A., Clemson University; M.Ed., Sousthern Wesleyan University; Ed.D., Walden
University.
Meagan D. Wolfe, Communication
B.A., University of Tennessee at Martin; M.S., Murray State University.
Christy C. Wood, Freshman Year Experience / Psychology
B.A., M.Ed., Clemson University.
G. Fred Woodworth, Education
B.A., Eastern Nazarene College; B.Ed., M.Ed., University of New Brunswick;
Ph.D., University of Connecticut.
Charles A. Wooten, Education
B.A., Carson-Newman College; M.Ed., Clemson University; Ed.D., South
Carolina State University.
Stephanie P. Yarbrough, Education
B.S., South Carolina State University; M.A., Furman University; Ed.S., University of
South Carolina.
Rebecca P. Yates, Music
B.A., Anderson University; M.M., University of South Carolina.
Jeane E. Zorn, Education
B.A., Charleston Southern University; M.Ed., Southern Wesleyan University.
Emeriti
Annie Frances Blackman (1969-1988), Librarian
John K. Boyte (1966-1998), Economics
Ruth P. Boyte (1966-2002), Accounting
Robert E. Burks (1965-2001), Religion
E. Perry Carroll (1975-2001), Music
Faye Penland Cowan (1962-1987), English
Walter Glen Hughey (1964-1987), Registrar/Mathematics
Robin B. Kelley (1962-1998), Biology
Ellen S. King (1984-2006), Mathematics
Marion Dowis Mandrell (1965-1991), Psychology
Kathryn Axmann McGregor (1961-1995), Economics
368 | University Directory
University Directory | 369
Frances Flynn Mims (1956-1967), (1974-1992), English
Patrick P. Mulligan (1971-1999), History/Political Science
Denise S. Oxford (1983-2006), Speech/Theatre
Stuart R. Sprague (1977-1996), Religion
B. J. Taylor (1972-1991), Senior Vice President for Institutional Advancement
Brena B. Walker (1973-2002), English
Lawrence E. Webb, (1963-1967; 1981-2000), Journalism
William Franciscus West, Jr. (1963-1992), English
Staff
Administrative Support Staff, Office of the President
Diane B. Sutherland, Executive Assistant to the President
A.A., B.B.A., Anderson University.
Athletics
Nancy Simpson, Athletic Director
B.S., Berry College; M.S., University of Southern Mississippi.
Samar Azem, Women’s Soccer Coach
B.A., Campbell University; M.Ed., Mercer University.
Jennifer L. Bell, Compliance Coordinator, Sr. Women’s Administrator, Assistant Athletic
Director
B.S., Wofford College.
Jim Brunelli, Women’s Basketball Coach
B.S., M.S. (Communications), Clarion University of Pennsylvania.
Jason Bryan, Assistant Men’s and Women’s Cross Country and Track Coach
B.S., Anderson University.
Kelsey Cannon, Assistant Athletic Trainer
B.A., Coe College; M.S., East Illinois University; M.A., Southeast Missouri State
University.
William Ed Duvall, Head, Athletic Trainer
B.S., Lander University; M.S., West Virginia University.
Joey Eskridge, Men’s and Women’s Tennis Coach
B.S., Winthrop University.
Becky Farmer, Administrative Assistant
A.A., Anderson University.
Randy Greer, Head Men’s and Women’s Cross Country and Track Coach
B.S., Cumberland College.
Erica Grunst, Assistant Volleyball Coach
B.S., Purdue University.
Tommy Hewitt, Softball Coach
B.S., Mercer University.
Ryan Hilburn, Assistant Men’s Basketball Coach
B.S., University of South Carolina.
Jonathan Jackson, Assistant Wrestling Coach
B.S., Anderson University.
Phillip Jones, Sports Information Director
B.S., University of Kentucky.
Dock Kelly, Wrestling Coach
B.A, University of North Carolina-Greensboro.
Ryan Kroskie, Assistant Athletic Trainer
B.S., M.S., Indiana University.
Joe Miller, Head Varsity Baseball Coach
A.A., Anderson University; B.A., Newberry College; M.Ed., Gardner Webb University.
Rob Miller, Men’s Soccer Coach
B.S., Olivet Nazarene University.
Craig Mosqueda, Vollyball Coach
B.Ed., Washburn University; M.S., Emporia State University.
Danny Neal, Head Men’s & Women’s Golf Coach
B.S., Erskine College.
Jason Taylor, Head Men’s Basketball Coach
B.S., Jacksonville State University.
Jackie V. Walker, Faculty Athletic Representative
B.A., Wesleyan College; M.A., Furman University.
Michael Whitling, Assistant Women’s Basketball Coach
B.S., M.Ed., Clarion University.
Michael Zion, Assistant Men’s Soccer Coach
B.S., Anderson University.
Administrative and Support Staff, Office of the Provost
Susan B. Wooten, Vice Provost
B.A., Oklahoma Baptist University; M.F.A., Clemson University.
Bob L. Hanley, Vice Provost for Academic Advising
B.A., M.A., Clemson University; Ph.D., University of Georgia.
Linda T. Clark, Administrative Assistant, Office of the Provost
A.A., Holmes Junior College.
370 | University Directory
Academic Colleges/School
Wayne V. Cox, Dean, College of Arts and Sciences
B.A., University of Maine; M.A., Ph.D., University of South Carolina.
Carrie T. Koenigstein, Associate Dean for the Natural Sciences
B.S., Virginia Tech; M.Ed., Converse College; Ph.D., Duke University.
Rodney M. Rutland, Associate Dean, College of Arts and Sciences
B.S., University of South Carolina – Aiken; M.S., Ph.D., Auburn University.
Carol L. Karnes, Dean, College of Business
B.A., Eastern Michigan University; M.A., University of Michigan;
M.B.A., Oakland University; Ph.D., Clemson University.
Jerry Bilbrey, Associate Dean, College of Business
B.S., Tennessee Technological University; M.E., University of South Carolina; Ph.D.,
University of Louisville.
Michael Duduit, Dean of the College of Christian Studies and the David T. Clamp
Graduate School of Christian Ministry
B.A., Stetson University; M.Div., Southern Baptist Theological Seminary; Ph.D.,
Florida State University.
Kristopher K. Barnett, Associate Dean, College of Christian Studies
B.A., Angelo State University; M.Div., Ph.D., Southwestern Baptist Theological Seminary.
Samuel Totman, Director of External Relations, College of Christian Studies
B.S., North Greenville University; M.A., Southeast Baptist Theological Seminary.
Raymond S. Locy, Dean, College of Education and Campus Director, Teaching Fellows
B.S., William Jennings Bryan College; M.M.E., Virginia Commonwealth
University; Ed.D., Virginia Polytechnic Institute and State University.
Danny L. Hawkins, Associate Dean, College of Education
M.Ed., Ed.S., Clemson University; Ph.D., University of South Carolina.
Sandra M. Mancuso, Dean, Graduate, Online and Non-Traditional Programs
A.S., Monroe Community College; B.S.W., SUNY Brockport; M.S.W., SUNY
Buffalo; M.S.S., United States Sports Academy; Ph.D., Capella University.
David Ward Larson, Dean, College of Visual and Performing Arts
B.F.A., Illinois Wesleyan University; M.A., University of Minnesota; Ph.D.,
University of Illinois.
Nathan J. Cox, Associate Dean, College of Visual and Performing Arts
B.F.A., Millikin University; M.F.A., Bradley University.
E. Anne Martin, Dean, School of Interior Design
A.A., Anderson University; B.S.H.E., M.Ed., University of Georgia.
Pamela Binns-Turner, Dean, School of Nursing
B.S.N., M.N.A., Ph.D., University of Alabama at Birmingham.
Matt Parker, Nursing Admission Coordinator, School of Nursing
B.S., Clemson University; MATS, M.Div., Erskine Theological Seminary.
University Directory | 371
Betty Baskin, Administrative Assistant, College of Graduate, Online, and Non-Traditional
Programs
B.A., Tift College; M.Ed., Clemson University.
Katherine Davenport, Administrative Assistant, School of Nursing
B.A., Augusta State University; A.A.D., Athens Area Technical College.
Patricia Day, Administrative Assistant, College of Arts and Sciences
A.A., Tri-County Technical College.
Brenda G. Gray, Graduate Studies Coordinator/Teaching Fellows Assistant
Medical Secretary Diploma, Forrest College; A.A.S., Greenville Technical College.
Stephanie McLees, Coordinator of the MBA and Administrative Assistant, College of Business
A.A., Tri-County Technical College; B.S., Southern Wesleyan University.
Elizabeth D. Nix, Administrative Assistant for Art and Music Departments (PT)
B.S., Anderson University.
Shelly J. Steenwyk, Administrative Assistant, College of Christian Studies
B.A. (Psychology), Columbia International University; B.A. (Bible), Columbia
International University.
Stacie Turner, Administrative Assistant, College of Visual and Performing Arts
Kay C. Babecki, Administrative Assistant, College of Education
B.S., Western Carolina University.
Graduate, Online, and Non-traditional Programs
Amy Cromer, Advisor for Accelerated Program
B.S., Lander University; M.A., Webster University.
Claudia Boles, Advisor for Accelerated Program
B.S., Southern Wesleyan University.
Sheryl Locy, Office Manager
Center for Learning and Teaching Excellence
Peter J. Kaniaris, Director
B.F.A., Cleveland Institute of Art; M.F.A., University of Houson.
Fine Arts Center
Douglas G. Marshall, Technical Director
B.A., Davis and Elkins College.
Honors Program
John Lassiter, Co-Director
B.A., University of North Carolina; M.A., College of William and Mary;
Ph.D., University of North Carolina.
Ryan A. Neal, Co-Director
B.A., Texas Tech University; M.Div., Southwestern Baptist Theological Seminary;
M.Th., Ph.D., University of Edinburgh, Scotland.
372 | University Directory
University Directory | 373
Patricia Day, Administrative Assistant
A.A., Tri-County Technical College.
Information Technology
Peter B. Harvin, Chief Information Officer
B.A., Wofford College; M.A., University of Georgia.
Jason Ritchie, Associate Director
B.S., University of Georgia.
Wayne T. Clinton, Coordinator of Administrative Technology
B.S., Anderson University.
Benjamin Deaton, Director of Instructional Design
B.S., Carson Newman College; M.S., Clemson University; Ph.D., University of Georgia.
Kevin M. Selman, Telecommunications Coordinator/Office Manager
B.S., Anderson University.
Douglas Lee Davison, Coordinator of Instructional Technology
A.A., Anderson University; B.A., Furman University; M.A., Clemson University.
Ken Krenick, System Manager
M.A., Western Connecticut State College.
Jason Long, Online Services Technician/Web Programmer
B.S., Anderson University.
Chris Newman , Coordinator of Student Technology
B.A., American InterContinental University.
Ronald Oppatt, Director of Information Systems
B.S., Syracuse University; M.S., SUNY at Buffalo.
International Education
Jane S. Cahaly, Director
B.S., Auburn University; M.A., Clemson University; Ed.D., Nova Southeastern
University.
Thrift Library
Kent Millwood, Director
A.S., Hiwassee College; B.S., M.L.I.S., University of Tennessee; M.Ed.,
Middle Tennessee State University.
Lorraine Casey, Technical Assistant
Cheryl B. deHoll, Assistant Librarian/Cataloging
B.A., University of the Pacific; M.L.I.S., University of South Carolina.
Jane Hawley, Assistant Librarian/Reference
B.A., Anderson University; M.L.I.S., University of South Carolina.
Kay Maynard, Reference Assistant
B.S., Winthrop University.
Anne Marie Martin, Assistant Librarian/Instructional Services
B.A., Clemson University; M.L.I.S., University of South Carolina.
Registrar’s Office
Kendra B. Woodson, Registrar
B.A., Anderson University.
Wanda D. Fricks, Associate Registrar
B.H.S.R., Anderson University.
Robin M. Roberts, Assistant Registrar
B.H.S.R., Anderson University.
Administrative and Support Staff,
Office of the Vice President for Christian Life
Campus Ministries
Greg E. Allgood, Director of Campus Ministries
A.A., Anderson University; B.A., Carson-Newman College; M.A.Comm.,
Southwestern Baptist Theological Seminary.
Lynn Guthrie, Office Manager
David Neace, Associate Campus Minister for Baptist Collegiate Ministries
B.S., University of Georgia; M.Div., Southwestern Baptist Theological Seminary.
Rebecca Walker, Associate Campus Minister of Women’s Ministry, Outreach and Events
B.A., Gardner-Webb University; M.A., Southwestern Baptist Theological Seminary.
Administrative Support Staff, Office of the Vice President
for Marketing and Enrollment Management
Pam Bryant-Ross, Director of Undergraduate Admission
A.A., Anderson University; B.A., Winthrop University.
Daryl A. Iverson, Director of Enrollment Management Systems and External Reporting
B.H.S.R., Anderson University; M.A., Webster University.
Sabrina Meierholtz, Data Entry Coordinator
A.A., Forrest Junior College; B.H.S.R., Anderson University.
Rebekah S. Burdick, Director of Financial Aid
B.S., Southeastern University.
Olivia Eyabi, Office Support Clerk (PT)
B.S., Anderson University.
Beth Horton, Assistant Director of Student Financial Services
A.A., Tri-County Technical College; B.B.A., Anderson University.
Diane Whitaker, Coordinator of External Relations
B.Mus., Belmont University.
374 | University Directory
University Directory | 375
Leonard Johnson, Coordinator of International and Multicultural Recruitment
B.A., Clark College.
Jody Bryant, Campus Visit and Admission Event Coordinator
A.A., Gateway College; B.A., Lehman College.
Jacob Queen, Senior Admission Counselor
B.S., Anderson University.
Jason Rutland, Admission Counselor and Athletic Department Liaison
B.S., Anderson University; M.S., California University of Pennsylvania.
Jonathan Rutland, Admission Counselor
B.S., Lander University.
Jill Fowler, Admission Office Coordinator
B.S., Anderson University.
Maranda Medlin, Data Entry Specialist / Mail Coordinator
Michael Yohe, Associate Director of Financial Aid Planning
B.A., Palm Beach Atlantic University.
Roberta Houston, Financial Aid Counselor
A.A., American Intercontinental University.
Rachael Howard, Financial Aid Counselor
B.S., Toccoa Falls College.
Tiffany Blackwell, Transfer Coordinator
B.A., Lander University; M.H.R., Clemson University.
Judy B. Smith, Financial Aid Counselor
Junior Accounting Certificate, Forrest Junior College.
Leah Suttles, Financial Aid Counselor
Kathy Kay, Associate Director of Graduate and Evening Admission
A.A., B.H.S.R., Anderson University.
Kelley Norwine, Graduate Admission Coordinator
B.S., Southern Wesleyan University.
Tracy Brown, Anderson Central Student Services Coordinator
Ginny Pekarik, Anderson Central Student Services Coordinator
Carrie A. Motes, University Switchboard Operator and Receptionist
B.S.W., Mars Hill College.
Marketing and Communications
Barry D. Ray, Director of Marketing and Communications
B.A., Baylor University.
Wendy Bignon, Publications Coordinator
B.A.J., University of Georgia.
Design and Print Resources
Shelli Rutland, Design and Print Coordinator
B.A., Anderson University.
Administrative and Support Staff, Office of the Vice President for Finance
and Operations
Darlene Fisher, SPHR, Director of Human Resources
B.S., University of Evansville; M.B.A., University of Southern Indiana.
Tammy Gilbert, Assistant Director of Human Resources
B.S., Mars Hill College.
Sherie Jackson, Administrative Assistant
Elizabeth Waller, Human Resources Coordinator
B.S., Texas A & M University.
Business Office
Kristie Cole, CPA, Controller
B.S.Acc., Clemson University.
Julie Bates, Cashier
B.S., University of South Carolina.
Sandy James, Payroll/Clerk
Martha McMinn, Accountant
B.S. Business Administration, Erskine College.
Chere Moules, Perkins Loan Clerk/Accounting Assistant
Paula Palomo, Accountant
B.A., Anderson University.
Allison Quarles, Accounts Payable Clerk
B.S. Acc., Winthrop University.
Campus Safety
James S. Kines, Director
A.P.S., Greenville Technical College; B.C.J., Anderson University.
Tony Boseman, Campus Safety Officer
Terence Coleman, Campus Safety Officer
Michael Erwin, Campus Safety Officer
376 | University Directory
Paul Ferrell, Campus Safety Officer
A.S., Art Institute of Fort Lauderdale.
Doug Hayes, Campus Safety Officer
A.A., Anderson University; B.A., Erskine College.
Gleynnda Miller, Campus Safety Officer
B.S., Anderson University.
Jacqueline Allen Myers, Campus Safety Officer
Michelle Austin, Part-time Campus Safety Officer
Cynthia Ferrell, Part-time Campus Safety Officer
Paul Ferrell, Jr., Part-time Campus Safety Officer
Gail Hayes, Part-time Campus Safety Officer
Tammy Smith, Part-time Campus Safety Officer
Clarence Thurmond, Part-time Campus Safety Officer
Kim Woods, Part-time Campus Safety Officer
Facilities and Procurement
Dane Slaughter, Director
B.S., Ball State University.
Dennis McKee, Physical Plant Director
Gail Tollison, Administrative Assistant
Gary Patterson, Facilities Coordinator
Kevin Capps, Motor Coach Driver
Brian Richardson, Service Department Supervisor
Davis Barnwell, Service Department Technician
Gary Greenwood, Service Department Technician
Lee Griffey, Rehab and Remodeling Department
Greg Isbell, Service Department Technician
Joey Kinard, Service Department Technician
University Directory | 377
Sissy Mulanax, Staff Painter
Tim Simpson, Rehab and Remodeling Department
Mark Tollison, Service Department Technician
Matt Turner, Service Department Technician
Jonathan Wells, Service Department Technician
Allen Whitehead, Service Department Technician
Cameron Woods, Service Department Technician
Post Office
Scott Taylor, Post Office Supervisor
Administrative and Support Staff, Office of the Vice President for
Institutional Advancement
Mary W. Long, Administrative Assistant
Teresa Culpepper, Grant Writer (Temporary PT)
A.A., B.A., M.Ed., Anderson University.
Alumni and Development Office
Cathy K. Beard, Executive Director, Board of Visitors and Special Gifts
B.A., Furman University.
Beth M. Friend, Administrative Assistant and Coordinator of Student Alumni Programs
B.A., Davidson College.
Brenda McKee, Coordinator, Research and Records
A.A., BBA-CIS, Anderson University.
Chad R. Nelms, Director of Alumni Relations and Director of the Trojan Club
B.S., Anderson University; M.H.R.D., Clemson University.
Bradley Orr, Director of Annual Giving
B.S., Clemson University.
Susan M. Stegall, Data Entry Specialist and Mail Coordinator
A.A., Anderson University.
Administrative Support Staff, Office of the Vice President for
Student Development
Beverly Rice McAdams, Associate Vice President of Student Development
B.A., Erskine College; M.Ed., Ph.D., Clemson University.
378 | University Directory
University Directory | 379
Position Vacant, Administrative Assistant to the Vice President for Student Development
Career Services
Kelly Addis Bell, Director of Career Services
A.A., Anderson University; B.S., Winthrop University.
Center for Student Success
Dianne King, Director
B.A., Tift College; M.R.E., Southwestern Baptist Theological Seminary; Ph.D.,
Auburn University.
Jane MacLennan, Administrative Assistant
B.S., Clemson University.
Intramural Activities
Winfred Green, Director of Intramurals
B.H.S.R., Anderson University.
Counseling Services
Erin Maurer, Director
B.A., Pennsylvania State University; M.Ed., Clemson University.
Carlene Roberts, Administrative Assistant
B.A., Columbia College.
Freshman Programs and Community Service
Beverly Rice McAdams, Director
B.A., Erskine College; M.Ed., Ph.D., Clemson University.
Position Vacant, Administrative Assistant
Health Services
Deb Taylor, RN, CWE, Director
A.D.N., Tri-County Technical College.
Sarah Forsythe, RN, CWE, Assistant Director
B.S.N., University of North Carolina—Greensboro.
Residence Life
Tim Jared, Associate Director
M.A. (Psychology), M.Ed., Azusa Pacific University.
Joshua Crocker, Residence Director
B.S., Anderson University.
Felicia Suto, Residence Director
B.A., Anderson University.
Student Activities
Jon Gropp, Dean of Student Life
B.S., Greenville College; M.Ed., Azusa Pacific University.
Sarah G. Mudd, Director of Student Activities
B.A., Belmont University; M.Ed., Texas A&M University.
380 | University Directory
University Directory | 381
ANDERSON UNIVERSITY PROFILE, 2012-2013
Founded ..................1911
Location ..................316 Boulevard, Anderson, SC 29621
Campus ..................271 acres in northeastern section of city
Classification ..............Balanced Arts & Sciences/Professions,
some Graduate Coexistence
Calendar .................Two 15-week semesters; two summer sessions;
five 8-week terms; Master’s Program: six 6-week sessions;
eight 7-week sessions, five 8-week sessions
Degrees/Majors . . . . . . . . . . . . . BA, BS, BM, BME, BBA, BCJ, BESM, BHS, BOL, BLS, BCS,
MAT, M.Ed, MBA , M.Min., MCJ, M.M. M.Ed., D.Min
36 majors, 38 concentrations and 25 minors
Enrollment: ...............2705
Student/Faculty .............17:1
Faculty PhD ...............71%
2011 entering class: ..........Average 1054 SAT; 3.49 HS GPA
Financial Aid ..............Over $46 million distributed in 2011-2012
to over 99% of the student body enrolled in the
traditional program and 89% of the student body
enrolled in the ACCEL program
Athletics ..................NCAA Division II; Carolinas-Virginia
South Atlantic Conference; 18 sports
Alumni ...................Over 10,000 in 50 states and 36 countries
CAMPUS OFFICES FOR QUICK REFERENCE
Dial 1-864-231- and the following extensions:
Academic Affairs ...........2145
Admission ................328-1835 or (
1-800-542-3594
)
Alumni ...................2025
Anderson Central ...........2070
Athletics ..................2029
Bookstore .................2010
Business Office .............2130
Campus Ministries ..........2077
Career Services .............2149
Community Relations ........2015
Counseling Services .........2149
Disability Services ...........2026
Evening Admission ..........2020
Financial Aid ..............2070
Fine Arts Center ............2125
Graduate and Evening Admission
.....2020
Help Desk .................2457
Human Resources ...........2066
Institutional Advancement ....2102
Library ...................2050
President .................2100
Registrar ..................2120
Campus Safety ..............2060
Student Accounts ...........2181
Student Development ........2075
Other Offices ..............2000
Or visit us on the web ......www.andersonuniversity.edu
382 | University Directory
University Directory | 383
384 | Index
Academic Calendar, ACCEL Program / 150-151
Academic Calendar, Graduate Studies (DMin) / 303
Academic Calendar, Graduate Studies (MCJ) / 292-293
Academic Calendar, Graduate Studies (MBA) / 306-307
Academic Calendar, Graduate Studies (MAT, M.Ed.) / 318
Academic Calendar, Graduate Studies (MMin) / 297-298
Academic Calendar, Graduate Studies (MMMEd) / 321
Academic Calendar, Traditional Program / 3
Academic Courses / 144
Academic Curriculum and Academic Support / 48
Academic Forgiveness / 276-277
Academic Honesty / 265, 289, 330
Academic Load / 265-266
Academic Policies / 272
Academic Probation and Suspension / 275
Academic Programs / 60-142
Academic Responsibility / 277
Academic Scholarships / 26-28
Academic Support Services / 57-59
ACCEL Courses, Traditional Students taking / 56, 147, 271
ACCEL Program for Adult Students / 145-149
ACCEL Program, Financing Your Education / 148
ACCEL Students, Financial Responsibility Policy / 148
Accounting Courses / 192-193
Accounting Concentration / 95
Accreditations and Affiliations / 17
ACE Credits / 264
Adding and Dropping Courses / 266
Admission / 19
Admission, ACCEL Program / 146-147
Admission, Contractual / 19, 147
Admission, Regular / 19
Admission, Special Procedures / 20-21
Advanced Placement / 268-269
Advising / 57
Aerospace Studies Courses / 258
Air Force ROTC / 56-57, 258
Anderson Central / 22
Anderson University Profile / 370
Anthropology Course / 161
Appeal, Financial Aid / 30, 38
Appeal, Right of / 272
Applicants, Notification to / 21
Application Procedures / 20-21
Application for Graduation / 264
Army ROTC / 56, 258-259
Art Courses / 229-234
Art Education / 65
Astronomy Courses / 161
Auditors, Admission / 21
Award Limitations / 25
B.A. with a Major in Art / 63, 64, 65, 66, 67
B.A.with a Major in Christian Ministry / 68, 69, 70, 71
B.A. with a Major in Christian Theology / 72, 73
B.A.with a Major in Communication / 74, 75, 76
B.A. with a Major in Criminal Justice / 77, 78, 79
B.A. with a Major in English / 80, 81, 82
B.A. with a Major in History / 83, 84
B.A. with a Major in Humanities and the Law / 85
B.A. with a Major in Interior Design / 86
B.A. with a Major in Music / 87
B.A. with a Major in Psychology / 88
B.A. with a Major in Spanish / 89
B.A. with a Major in Musical Theatre / 90
B.A. with a Major in Theatre / 91, 92, 93
B.S. with a Major in Biology / 94
B.S. with a Major in Business / 95, 96, 97, 98, 99, 100, 101
B.S. with a Major in Elementary Education / 102
B.S. with a Major in Elementary Education, add-on certification in
Early Childhood Education / 103, 135-136
B.S. with a Major in Elementary Education, add-on certification in
Special Education/Learning Disabilities / 104
B.S. with a Major in Kinesiology / 108
B.S. with a Major in Mathematics / 105, 106, 107
B.S. with a Major in Physical Education / 109
B.S. with a Major in Pre-Engineering / 110-111
B.S. with a Major in Psychology / 112
Bachelor of Business Administration / 120, 121, 122
Bachelor of Christian Studies / 123
Bachelor of Criminal Justice / 127, 128, 129
Bachelor of Criminal Justice (degree completion) / 124, 125, 126
Bachelor of Emergency Services Management / 130, 131, 132
Bachelor of Human Services / 133, 134
Bachelor of Liberal Studies / 137-138
Bachelor of Music Degree / 113, 114, 115
Bachelor of Music Education Degree / 117, 118, 119
Bachelor of Organizational Leadership / 139, 140
Behavioral Science Concentration / 134
Benchmark I / 212
Benchmark II / 213
Benchmark III / 213-214
Benchmark IV / 214
Biblical Studies Concentration / 73
Bills Online via Student Self-Service Account / 23
Biology Courses / 162-165
Bookstore / 329
Business Courses / 193-194
Business Courses, Graduate / 307-309
Campus / 16
Campus Life / 325
Campus Mail / 329
Campus Map / 383
Campus Offices for Quick Reference / 370
Campus Organizations / 325
Campus Safety / 329
Career Services / 330
Catalog Information / 2
Center for Student Success / 58, 330
Charges, Explanation of / 44-45
Check Cashing Policies / 24
Ceramics Concentration / 64
Changes to Name/Address/Phone Number / 23
Chemistry Courses / 165-166
Christian Life / 326-327
Christian Ministry / 68
Christian Studies / 123
Christian Studies Courses / 202-206
Christian Studies Courses, Graduate / 298-299, 303
Christian Theology / 72
Church-Related Vocations Program / 54
Church Music Courses / 235-236
Classification of Students / 267
Class Attendance Regulations / 277
CLEP / 264, 268-270
Clinical Experience / 215-216
College of Arts and Sciences / 160-188
College of Business / 190-191
College of Christian Studies / 202
College of Education (Undergraduate) / 208-216
College of Graduate, Online, and Non-Traditional Programs /
145-152
College of Visual and Performing Art / 228
Communication Courses / 167-168
Community Service / 331
Complaint Procedure / 2
Completion of General Education Requirements / 263
Completion of Second Degree / 262
Computer Information Systems Concentration / 96, 121
Computer Information Systems Courses / 194-195
Computer Services / 59
Concentration / 50
Concurrent Enrollment Program / 54
Concurrent Students, Admission / 21
Conduct and Expectations / 332
Consumer Information / 41
Contents / 5
Correspondence Course Limitations / 264
Counseling / 330
Course Challenge / 269
Course Numbering / 267
Creative Writing / 80
Credit by Examination / 268-270
Criminal Justice / 77-79, 124-129
Criminal Justice, Undergraduate Courses / 153-155
Criminal Justice, Graduate Courses / 293-294
Cultural Experience / 263-264
Curricula / 49
Dance Concentration / 92
David T. Clamp Graduate School of Christian Ministry / 294
Dean’s List / 274
Debit Card Payments (for meal plans) / 23
Declaring a Major/Minor / 264
Degrees Awarded / 262
Degree Designations on Diplomas / 263
Degree Programs / 50-52
Dining Services / 329
Directed Study / 56, 271
Directed Study Course / 256
Directory / 334
Disability Services / 58
Dismissal / 333
Doctor of Ministry Program / 299-302
Double Major / 265
Dropping Courses / 266
Early Childhood/Elementary Education, ACCEL / 135-136
Economics Courses / 195-196
Education Courses / 216-225
Education Courses, Graduate / 310-318
Elementary Education / 103
E-Mail Policy / 59
Emergency Services Management / 130-132
Emergency Services Management Courses / 155-159
Endowed Scholarships / 38-39
Engineering Course / 168
English Courses / 168-171
English, Literature / 81
English, Secondary Education / 82
Enrollment, Continuation of / 22
Exam Schedules / 261
Examinations / 267
Executive Leadership Team / 335
Expectations / 332
Expenses / 42-44
Faculty / 336-342
Faculty, Emeriti / 356-357
Faculty, Part-time / 342-356
Fees, Special / 42-43
Field Experiences / 215
Final Examinations, Policies Governing / 267-268
Finance Courses / 196-197
Financial Economics Concentration / 97
Financial Aid, Academic Requirements / 26-27
Financial Aid, Application Process / 24-25
Financial Aid Awarding Policies and Procedures / 30
Financial Aid, Eligibility / 24-25, 275
Financial Aid, Off-Campus, Foreign, International Studies / 41
Financial Aid, Suspension / 29
Financial Aid, Withdrawal, Charges and Refund Policies / 37-38
Index | 385
Financial Obligations / 148, 264, 277
Financial Policies / 46-47, 148
Fine Arts Course / 234
First Choice / 26
Former Students, Admission / 21
French Courses / 171-172
Freshman Year Experience / 256
Freshmen Programs / 331
General Education / 61
General Education Requirements / 61-63, 263
Geography Course / 172
Grade Changes / 274
Grade Point Average / 272
Grade Reports / 274
Grades in Major/Minor Courses / 265
Grading System / 272-273
Graduate, Academic Policies / 286-290
Graduate Admissions, Policies and Procedures / 284
Graduate Financial Aid / 285-286
Graduate Studies / 294
Graduation Honors / 274
Graduation Marshals / 274
Graduation Requirements / 263, 264
Grant-in-Aid Information / 26
Graphic Design Concentration / 66
Health Services / 331
Healthcare Management Courses / 197-198
Healthcare Management Concentration / 122
History of Anderson University / 14-16
History Courses / 173-174
History/Social Studies, Secondary Education / 84
Homeland Security/Emergency Preparedness / 78, 126, 129
Honors Courses / 256-257
Honors Program / 53
Housing and Residential Life / 331-332
Human Resource Management Concentration / 98
Human Services / 133
Human Services: Behavioral Science / 134
Human Services Courses / 151
Incomplete Grades / 273, 288
Indebtedness Must Be Paid / 23
Independent Study / 56, 271
Index, General / 372-373
Index, User’s Guide / 374
Institutional Effectiveness / 14
Instrumental Performance / 113
Instrumental Track / 118
International Baccalaureate / 268
International Business Concentration / 99
International Students, Charges and Scholarships / 43
International Students, ESL Support Program / 55
Interim Suspension / 333
Interior Design Courses / 248-254
International Students, Admission / 20-21
International Students, English as a Second Language Support
Program / 55
International Studies Courses / 257
Interruption of Enrollment / 277
Journey Program / 263
Kinesiology Courses / 175-177
Law Enforcement / 79, 125, 128
Legal Studies Courses / 177
Liberal Studies Course / 177-178
Library Services / 58-59
Loans / 31
Major / 49, 264
Management Courses / 199-200
Management Concentration / 100
Marketing Concentration / 101
Marketing Courses / 200-201
Mass Media Concentration / 74
Master of Arts in Teaching: Elementary Education / 309-312
Master of Business Administration Degree / 304-306
Master of Criminal Justice Degree / 290-292
Master of Education Degree / 309-310, 312-315
Master of Education Degree: Administration and Supervision /
309-310, 315-316
Master of Ministry Degree / 294-297
Master of Music in Music Education Degree / 319-320
Mathematics Courses / 178-181
Mathematics, Actuarial Concentration / 106
Mathematics, Secondary Education / 107
Meal Plan Change Forms / 23
Media Services / 59
Military Leadership Courses / 258-259
Minors / 49, 53, 141-142, 264
Minors, Requirements for / 141-142
Missed Exams, Permission to Make Up / 278
Mission Statement of Purpose / 7
Mission Statement, Graduate Studies / 283
Music, Applied Courses / 234-235
Music Courses, Undergraduate / 240-242
Music Courses, Graduate / 321-322
Music Education Courses / 236-237
Music History and Literature Courses / 237-238
Music, Performing Ensembles Courses / 238-239
Music, Recitals Courses / 239-240
Music, Theory Courses / 242-243
Non-Discrimination / 2
Nursing / 260-271
Off-Campus/Foreign/International Studies / 41
Online Courses, ACCEL Program / 149
Online Courses, Traditional Program / 270-271
Opportunities for Involvement / 325
Organizational Leadership Courses / 151-152
Orientation / 331
Other Resources: Financial Aid / 34
Painting and Drawing Concentration / 67
Pass/Fail Option / 273
Pastoral Ministry Concentration / 69
Payment Plans / 24, 46
Personal Contact Information, Changes to / 23
Personnel, Graduate Studies / 283-284
Philosophy Courses / 182
Physical Education Courses / 225-227
Physical Science Courses / 182
Physics Courses / 182
Political Science Courses / 183
Preaching Concentration / 70
Pre-Professional Studies / 55-56
Presenting Anderson University / 6-17
Pre-Teacher Candidate Status / 215
President’s Message / 4
Presidential Right of Dismissal / 333
Professional Writing Concentration / 76
Profile / 370
Program Completer, College of Education / 214
Psychology Courses / 183-185
Public Records / 280
Public Relations/Advertising Concentration / 75
Re-admission Following Suspension / 276
Re-admission, Repetition of Coursework / 277
Re-enrollment Option / 276
Recognitions / 329
Refund Policies / 24, 37
Registration / 266
Repetition of Courses / 274-275
Requests for Transcripts / 23, 279
Residency Requirement / 265
Right of Appeal / 272
ROTC / 56-57, 257-259
Safety / 329
Satisfactory Academic Progress / 28-29, 275
Satisfactory Academic Progress Deficiency, Notification of / 30
Scholarship/Grant Opportunities / 35
Scholarships, First Choice Academic / 26
Scholarships, General / 39-41
Scholarships/Grants, Transfer Students / 27-28
School of Criminal Justice / 153-159
School of Interior Design / 248
Science Courses / 185
Second Degree / 262-263
Sociology Courses / 185-186
SC Teachers Loan / 32
SC Teachers Loan for Career Changers / 32
Spanish Courses / 186-188
Sports, Intramural and Athletics / 328
Staff / 357-368
Stafford Loan / 31, 286
State Tuition Prepaid Plans / 34
Statement of Values / 332
Strategic Plan / 7-14
Student Development / 330
Student Development Policies / 332-333
Student Development and Campus Life / 336
Student Disability Services / 58
Student Government / 328
Student Publications / 328
Student Records / 279-280
Student Responsibilities / 332
Study/Travel Abroad / 55
Summer School / 37, 54
Summer School Students, Admission / 21
Suspension Appeals / 275
Teacher Education Program / 210-211
Teaching Fellows Program / 55
Temporary Student Leave / 279
Tests and Examinations / 267
Theatre Courses / 243-247
Theatrical Design Concentration / 93
The Cultural Experience / 263-264
The Journey Program / 263
Total Credit Hours Required / 263
Traditions / 328-329
Transferring Credits / 268
Transient Course Work Policy / 268
Transient Students, Admission / 21
Transcript Requests / 23, 279
Transfer Students, Admission / 20
Trust, Board of / 335
Tuition and Fees, Graduate / 43-44, 285-286
Tuition Exchange / 34
Unit Assessment System / 212
University Directory / 346
Values / 7, 332
Vision Statement / 7
Veterans Administration Benefits / 34, 280
Vocal/Choral Track / 119
Vocal Performance / 114
Vocational Rehabilitation / 34
Washington Center Courses / 259
Withdrawal, from ACCEL Courses / 148
Withdrawal from Seated ACCEL Class / 148
Withdrawal from Online ACCEL Class / 149
Withdrawal from Courses / 278, 288
Withdrawal from Summer School / 37-38
Withdrawal from the University / 37-38, 278-279, 288
Worship Leadership / 115
Writing Center / 58
Youth Ministry Concentration / 71
386 | User’s Guide Index to AU Catalog
Academic Standards and Policies
Academic Calendar / 3
Academic Honesty / 265, 289, 330
Academic Load / 265-266
CLEP, ACE Credits, Correspondence / 264, 268-
270
Credit by Examination / 268
Dean’s List / 274
Declaring a Major/Minor / 264
Double Major / 265
E-mail Policy / 59
Final Exam Schedule / 261
Financial and Academic Responsibility / 26
Grade Change / 274
Grade Point Average / 272
Grade Reports / 274
Grades in Major/Minor Courses / 265
Grading System / 272-273
Graduation Honors and Marshals / 274
Incomplete Grades / 273. 288
International Baccalaureate / 268
Pass/Fail Option / 273
Permission to Make-up Exams / 277
Policies Governing Final Exams / 267
Policies for Students with VA Benefits / 34, 280
Residency Requirement / 265
Satisfactory Academic Progress / 28-29, 275
Tests and Examinations / 267
Transferring Credits to AU / 268
Academic Difficulties
Academic Probation and Suspension / 275
Incomplete Grades / 273, 288
Re-admission Following Suspension / 276
Reenrollment Option for Academically Suspended
Students / 276
Repetition of Courses / 274-275
Right of Appeal / 272
Satisfactory Academic Progress / 28-29, 275
Suspension Appeals and Financial Aid / 275
Temporary Student Leave / 279
Withdrawal from Courses / 278, 288
Withdrawal from the University / 37-38, 278-279,
288
Academic Support
Academic Advising / 57
Center for Student Success and Tutoring / 58, 330
Student Disability Services / 58
Writing Center / 58
Admission
Continuation of Enrollment / 22
General Application Procedures / 20-21
Notification to Applicants / 21
Special Procedures for Admission / 20-21
Types of Admission / 19
Adult ACCEL Students
Academic Forgiveness / 276-277
Admissions to ACCEL / 146-147
College of Graduate, Online, and Non-Traditional
Programs / 145-152
Expenses and Fees / 42-44
Financial Responsibility Policy for ACCEL / 148
Financing your Education in ACCEL / 148
Online ACCEL Courses / 149
Withdrawal from ACCEL Courses / 148-149
Degree Information
Academic Course Descriptions / 151-259, 293-332
Degrees Awarded / 262
General Education Program / 61-62
List of Degrees, Majors, and Concentrations / 50-53
Recommended Course Sequences by Degree / 63-140
Requirements for Minors / 141-142
Enrollment and Course Registration
Academic Load / 260
Adding and Dropping Courses / 266
Class Attendance / 277
Classification of Students / 267
Course Numbering / 267
Financial and Academic Responsibility / 264, 148, 277
Independent and Directed Studies / 56, 271
Interruption of Enrollment / 277
Online Courses / 270-271, 149
Registration / 266
Repetition of Courses / 274-275
Financial Aid and Expenses
Academic Requirements for Maintaining Financial Aid /26
Anderson Central / 22
Award Limitations / 25
Check Casing Policies / 24
Consumer Information / 41
Debit Card Payments / 23
Expenses / 41-44
Explanation of Charges / 44-45
Financial Aid Application Process / 24-25
Financial Policies / 30-33, 45-46, 148
First Choice / 26
Full Grant-in-Aid Information / 25-26
Indebtedness Must Be Paid / 23
Meal Plan Change Form / 23
Payment Plan / 24, 46
Satisfactory Academic Progress (quantitative) / 28-30
South Carolina Teachers Loan / 32
Special Fees / 42-44
Student Loans / 31-32
Withdrawal, Charges, and Refund Policies / 24, 37-38
Graduate Programs
Master of Arts in Teaching / 309-312
Master of Business Administration / 304-306
Master of Criminal Justice / 290-292
Master of Education / 313-315
Master of Education: Administration and
Supervision / 315-317
Master of Ministry / 294-297
Master of Music in Music Education / 319-320
Doctor of Ministry / 299-302
Graduation Requirements
Application for Graduation / 264
Clearing Financial Obligations Prior to Graduation / 264
Completion of General Education Requirements / 263
Residency Requirement / 265
The Cultural Experience / 263-264
The Journey Program / 263
Total Credit Hours Required / 263
Student Records
Information about Students Considered Public Records / 280
Name/Address/Phone Number Changes / 23
Requests for Transcripts / 23, 279
Student Records / 279-280
Student Transcripts / 23, 27
!NTKDU@QCø MCDQRNM2"
@CLHRRHNMR@MCDQRNMTMHUDQRHSXDCT
VVV@MCDQRNMTMHUDQRHSXDCT

ø